RS-06-004, Additional Information Supporting Request for License Amendment Regarding Offsite Power Instrumentation and Voltage Control

Additional Information Supporting Request for License Amendment Regarding Offsite Power Instrumentation and Voltage Control

ML060170218
Person / Time
Site:	Dresden
Issue date:	01/13/2006
From:	Simpson P Exelon Generation Co, Exelon Nuclear
To:	Document Control Desk, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
References
FOIA/PA-2010-0209, RS-06-004
Download: ML060170218 (459)

Text

January 13,2006 U. S. Nuclear Reguiatory Commission ATTN: Document Control Desk Washington, DC 20555-0001 Dresden Nuclear Power Station, Units 2 and 3 Renewed Facility Operating License Nos. DPR-19 and DPR-25 NRC Docket Nos. 50-237 and 50-249

Subject:

Additional Information Supporting Request for License Amendment Regarding Offsite Power lnstrumentation and Voltage Control

References:

1. Letter from P. R. Simpson (Exelon Generation Company, LLC) to U. S.

NRC, "Request for License Amendment Regarding Offsite Power lnstrumentation and Voltage Control," dated April 4, 2005

2. Letter from M. Banerjee (U. S. NRC) to C. M. Crane (Exelon Generation Company, LLC), "Dresden Nuclear Power Station, Units 2 and 3 -

Request for Additional lnformation (RAI) Re: Technical Specification Changes Related to Offsite Power lnstrumentation and Voltage Control (TAC Nos. MC6712 and MC6713)," dated November 3,2005 In Reference 1, Exelon Generation Company, LLC (EGC) requested an amendment to Renewed Facility Operating License Nos. DPR-19 and DPR-25 for Dresden Nuclear Power Station (DNPS), Units 2 and 3. The proposed changes revise Technical Specification Section 3.3.8.1, "Loss of Power (LOP) Instrumentation," and also revise the Updated Final Safety Analysis Report to implement use of automatic load tap changers on transformers that provide offsite power to DNPS, Units 2 and 3.

In Reference 2, the NRC requested additional information to support its review. In response to Reference 2, EGC has prepared the attached information.

EGC has reviewed the information supporting a finding of no significant hazards consideration that was previously provided to the NRC in Attachment 1 of Reference 1.

The supplemental information provided in this submittal does not affect the bases for

January 13,2006 U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Page 2 concluding that the proposed license amendment does not involve a significant hazards consideration.

There are no regulatory commitments contained in this letter. Should you have any questions related to this letter, please contact Mr. Kenneth M. Nicely at (630) 657-2803.

I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on the 13th day of January 2006.

Patrick R. Simpson - I Manager - Licensing Attachments:

1. Response to Request for Additional Information

2. Calculation 8982-13-19-6, "Second Level Undervoltage Relay Setpoint - Unit 2,"

Revision 005

3. Calculation 8982-17-19-2, "Second Level Undervoltage Relay Setpoint - Unit 3,"

Revision 004

4. Procedure MA-DR-771-402, "Unit 2 - 4 kV Tech Spec Undervoltage and Degraded Voltage Relay Routines," Revision 03

5. Procedure MA-DR-771-403, "Unit 3 - 4 kV Tech Spec Undervoltage and Degraded Voltage Relay Routines," Revision 3

ATTACHMENT 1 Response to Request for Additional Information NRC Request 1 Describe what testing will be performed on the automatic load tap changer (LTC) transformers to demonstrate functionality.

Response

The LTC transformers for both Dresden Nuclear Power Station (DNPS), Units 2 and 3, were recently installed. The Unit 2 transformer has been in service in the manual mode of operation for approximately two years, and the Unit 3 transformer was installed in November 2005. Both transformers were subjected to standard transformer tests during acceptance testing. These tests include Doble/sweep frequency response, transformer through-fault, core ground, turns ratio on all taps, low voltage excitation, winding megger, and alternating current impedance testing. Also, operation of the LTC on each transformer was verified over the full range of tap positions.

For both Unit 2 and Unit 3, LTC transformer control circuits, controls, and control switches were verified to function properly in accordance with the applicable schematic diagrams. Also, the local and control room indication for the transformer LTC were checked for proper functionality.

Testing of the main and backup controllers included verifying with a simulated voltage input that the LTC regulating relay provided the correct raise/lower response and the LTC backup relay provided the proper blocking function.

Additionally, on a two year frequency, the LTC will be verified both manually and electrically for proper timing and sequencing of operation. On a six year frequency, preventive maintenance consisting of inspection of contacts for damage and pitting, checks for loose or damaged components, and functional testing of the LTC (i.e., similar to the two year test) will be performed.

NRC Request 2 What is the response time of the LTC transformers (i.e., how fast can a tap change occur) and in the event of a voltage dip, how responsive will the LTC be in preventing a trip of the degraded voltage relays?

Response

The regulating relays controlling the LTCs are set with an initial delay of 1 second (i.e., the voltage must be out of band for 1 second before the controls initiate a tap change). Once given a signal to change taps, either manually or automatically, the tap changer will complete a tap change in two seconds.

In the event of a voltage dip with no accident signal present, the second-level degraded voltage relay scheme includes a nominal 5-minute timer to allow voltage to recover before the safety buses are disconnected from offsite power. The 5-minute timer allows adequate time to complete needed tap changes to correct the transient before disconnecting from offsite power.

Page 1

ATTACHMENT 1 Response to Request for Additional Information In the event of a voltage dip concurrent with an accident, the second-level degraded voltage relays are set with a nominal time delay of 7 seconds after which, if the voltage does not recover, the safety buses will be disconnected from offsite power. If a loss-of-coolant accident were to occur at full power operations, it has been determined that two tap changes are required to support the additional continuous load imposed on the transformer and compensate for the resulting switchyard voltage drop due to loss of the unit. Considering the additional time needed for the 1 second initial delay before the two tap changes begin, the LTC will complete voltage correction in 5 seconds. The allowable value for the nominal 7-second degraded voltage time delay is > 5.7 seconds and < 8.3 seconds, as specified in Technical Specification (TS)

Table 3.3.8.1-1, "Loss of Power Instrumentation." Therefore, the LTC will be successful in preventing a trip of the degraded voltage relays in the event of a voltage dip, precluding unnecessary disconnection of the safety buses from offsite power.

NRC Request 3 Provide the setpoint methodology with setpoint calculation used at Dresden to establish the allowable value (AV), trip setpoint, as-left (value) tolerance band, and as-found (value) tolerance band.

Response

The setpoint methodology used at DNPS is described in engineering standard NES-EIC-20.04, "Analysis of Instrument Channel Setpoint Error and Instrument Loop Accuracy." This methodology was provided to the NRC as Attachment 1 of Reference 1, in support of the conversion to Improved Technical Specifications (ITS). In Reference 2, further clarification regarding the setpoint methodology used at DNPS was provided to the NRC. The NRC approved the conversion to ITS for DNPS in Reference 3, and concluded that the instrument setpoint methodology is acceptable.

Attachments 2 and 3 provide calculations 8982-13-19-6, Revision 005, "Second Level Undervoltage Relay Setpoint - Unit 2," and 8982-17-19-2, Revision 004, "Second Level Undervoltage Relay Setpoint - Unit 3." These calculations establish the AV, trip setpoint, as-left (value) tolerance band, and as-found (value) tolerance band.

NRC Request 4 Discuss the channel calibration procedure and channel operational test procedure. Include in your discussion how the technical specification (TS) surveillances ensure the operability of the instrument channel.

Response

The function of the degraded voltage relay is to monitor Essential Service System (ESS) bus voltage to ensure adequate voltage is maintained to support operation of required equipment.

In the event that the minimum required voltage is not maintained, the buses are disconnected from offsite power and connected to the onsite emergency diesel generator. The Channel Functional Test is performed on each required channel to ensure that the channel will perform Page 2

ATTACHMENT 1 Response to Request for Additional Information the intended function. A successful test of the required contact(s) of a channel relay may be performed by the verification of the change of state of a single contact of the relay.

A Channel Calibration is a complete check of the instrument loop and the sensor. This test verifies the channel responds to the measured parameter within the necessary range and accuracy. Channel Calibration leaves the channel adjusted to account for instrument drifts between successive calibrations consistent with the plant specific setpoint methodology.

The ESS bus degraded voltage relays are surveilled, by means of calibration and functional testing, on an 18-month frequency. The instruments are isolated by test switches, removed from the panel, and then calibrated. If, during calibrations, the relays are found to be outside the setting tolerance, the relays are re-calibrated. After calibration is complete, the relays are reinstalled in the panel and a functional test is performed. The functional test involves tripping the relays by means of test switches and verifying the degraded voltage relay contacts operate properly for both trip and reset conditions.

The degraded voltage relay surveillance is specified in procedures MA-DR-771-402, Revision 03, "Unit 2 - 4 kV Tech Spec Undervoltage and Degraded Voltage Relay Routines" and MA-DR-771-403, Revision 3, "Unit 3 - 4 kV Tech Spec Undervoltage and Degraded Voltage Relay Routines." These procedures are provided as Attachments 4 and 5, respectively.

NRC Request 5 Explain why this amendment request is not applicable to the TS requirements of 10 CFR 50.36 related to limiting safety system settings.

Response

10 CFR 50.36, "Technical specifications," requires that the TS include safety limits (SL), limiting safety system settings (LSSS), and limiting conditions for operation (LCO) among other items.

10 CFR 50.36(c)(1)(i)(A) sets forth the criteria for safety limits, and 10 CFR 50.36(c)(1)(ii)(A) sets forth the criteria for LSSS.

10 CFR 50.36(c)(1)(i)(A) states "Safety limits for nuclear reactors are limits upon important process variables that are found to be necessary to reasonably protect the integrity of certain of the physical barriers that guard against the uncontrolled release of radioactivity."

10 CFR 50.36(c)(1)(ii)(A) states "Limiting safety system settings for nuclear reactors are settings for automatic protective devices related to those variables having significant safety functions. Where a limiting safety system setting is specified for a variable on which a safety limit has been placed, the setting must be so chosen that automatic protective action will correct the abnormal situation before a safety limit is exceeded."

As required by 10 CFR 50.36, the DNPS SLs and LSSS are defined in the TS. The DNPS SLs are defined in TS Section 2.1 as follows.

TS SL 2.1.1.1 requires that the THERMAL POWER shall be < 25% rated thermal power with the reactor steam dome pressure < 785 psig or core flow < 10% rated core flow.

Page 3

ATTACHMENT 1 Response to Request for Additional Information TS SL 2.1.1.2 requires that the minimum critical power ratio (MCPR) for Unit 2 shall be

> 1.11 for two recirculation loop operation or > 1.12 for single recirculation loop operation, and the MCPR for Unit 3 shall be > 1.10 for two recirculation loop operation or > 1.11 for single recirculation loop operation, with the reactor steam dome pressure > 785 psig and core flow > 10% rated core flow.

TS SL 2.1.1.3 requires that the reactor vessel water level shall be greater than the top of active irradiated fuel.

TS SL 2.1.2 requires that the reactor steam dome pressure shall be < 1345 psig.

Prior to implementation of Improved Technical Specifications (ITS), the DNPS TS defined the SLs and LSSS parameters in Section 2.0. This section clearly indicated that the only LSSS parameters at DNPS were those associated with the Reactor Protection System (RPS). This LSSS section became part of the RPS section as a result of NRC approval of ITS. The Background section of the RPS TS Bases was revised as part of ITS implementation to address how the LSSS parameters are directly monitored by RPS.

The LSSS are clearly specified for parameters directly monitored by the RPS. Whether the LSSS concept applies to systems or instrumentation outside of RPS is not presently defined.

As documented in Reference 4, the NRC staff stated that the systems the LSSS related instruments are typically associated with are RPS and emergency core cooling systems (ECCS) for boiling water reactors. In Reference 4, the NRC also stated that there may be other plant-specific systems that could be included within the scope of systems covered by 10 CFR 50.36.

Exelon Generation Company, LLC (EGC) agrees that there are LSSS parameters monitored by RPS and select ECCS instrumentation. EGC has evaluated whether the loss of power (LOP) instrumentation directly protects an SL. The LOP instrumentation is required for the Engineered Safety Features to function in any accident with a loss of offsite power. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4160 V ESS buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4160 V ESS buses. If the LOP instrumentation determines that insufficient voltage is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources.

Based on the definition of an LSSS as provided in 10 CFR 50.36, the settings that are to be classified as an LSSS in TS shall protect the SLs contained in TS Section 2.1. The trip setpoint values for these parameters must be directly associated with an SL for the parameter to be an LSSS. The results of the evaluation of the LOP instrumentation parameters against the above SLs are provided below.

Reactor Core Safety Limits (Thermal Power & MCPR) and LOP Instrumentation SLs as defined in TS Sections 2.1.1.1 and 2.1.1.2 are protected by the settings associated with certain RPS functions. The RPS setpoints, in combination with other LCOs, are designed to prevent any anticipated combination of transient conditions for reactor coolant system water level, pressure, and thermal power level that would result in reaching the MCPR SL. A reactor scram is initiated by these RPS functions to ensure that fuel limits are not exceeded. Protection of the thermal power and MCPR SLs does not require the standby AC system (i.e., DGs) or LOP instrumentation.

Page 4

ATTACHMENT 1 Response to Request for Additional Information Reactor Coolant System Pressure SL and LOP Instrumentation TS SL 2.1.2 is protected by both the RPS reactor vessel steam dome pressure-high scram function as well as the pressure relief function of the safety/relief valves, which are defined as LSSS. The LOP instrumentation function is not required to protect SL 2.1.2.

Reactor Vessel Water Level SL and LOP Instrumentation The top of active fuel SL is protected by both the RPS low level scram function and the low level initiation of the ECCS. Establishment of ECCS initiation setpoints higher than this SL provides margin such that the SL will not be reached or exceeded.

The DNPS ECCS consists of High Pressure Coolant Injection, Automatic Depressurization System, Low Pressure Coolant Injection, and Core Spray. These systems have initiation signals based on low reactor pressure vessel water level, which are required to protect the SL.

Based on this, the associated ECCS settings are considered as LSSS in the DNPS TS.

Successful operation of the required safety functions of the ECCS is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control circuits. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4160 V ESS buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4160 V ESS buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient voltage is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite DG power sources.

The primary effect of the assumption that the offsite power becomes unavailable coincident with a LOCA is an increase in the time delay for injection by the low pressure ECCS. Therefore, based on the transfer function from offsite power sources to the onsite power sources, the LOP instrumentation is required for the transfer function, which in turn is required for ECCS operation. Since the LOP instrumentation affects the availability of adequate power sources for certain ECCS functions and not the safety limit (i.e., reactor vessel water level) directly, the LOP instrumentation is not an LSSS.

Conclusion The settings for the LOP instrumentation are based on station voltage regulation studies to assure that safety related equipment has an adequate power supply. In accordance with Instrument Society of America (ISA) S67.04, "Setpoints for Nuclear Safety-Related Instrumentation," instrument settings are derived from Analytical Limits (ALs), which are "established by the safety analysis to ensure that a safety limit is not exceeded." The voltage regulation analysis is not directly tied to any of the SLs. Since the LOP instrument settings are not derived to directly protect the SLs via automatic action, they are not an LSSS as specified in 10 CFR 50.36.

References

1. Letter from R. M. Krich (Commonwealth Edison Company) to U. S. NRC, "Supplemental Information to Support Request for Technical Specifications Changes," dated June 5, 2000 Page 5

ATTACHMENT 1 Response to Request for Additional Information

2. Letter from R. M. Krich (Commonwealth Edison Company) to U. S. NRC, "Supplemental Information to Support Request for Technical Specifications Changes," dated November 30, 2000

3. Letter from S. N. Bailey (U. S. NRC) to O. D. Kingsley (Exelon Generation Company, LLC), "Issuance of Amendments (TAC Nos. MA8382 and MA8383)," dated March 30, 2001

4. Letter from J. A. Lyons (U. S. NRC) to A. Marion (Nuclear Energy Institute),

"Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society S67.04 Methods for determining Trip Setpoints and Allowable Values for Safety-Related Instrumentation," dated March 31, 2005 Page 6

ATTACHMENT 2 Calculation 8982-13-19-6, "Second Level Undervoltage Relay Setpoint - Unit 2," Revision 005

E xe I (5n,.

CC-AA-309-1001 ATTACHMENT 1 Revision I Design Analysis Cover Sheet Pg I NudeaT Last Page No. 15 Analysis No. 13982-13-19-6 Revision 005 ECIECR No. 350335 & 350336 Revision 000

Title:

Second Level Undervoltage Relay Setpoint - Unit 2 Station(s) Dresden Component(

Unit No.: 2 Discipline E Description Code/

E07,E13 Keyword Safety Class Safety Related System Code 67 Structure N/A CONTROLLED DOCUMENT REFERENCES Document No. From/To Document No . From/To Is this Design Analysis Safeguards? Yes Ej No [IF;li41 Does this Design Analysis Contain Unverified Assumptions? Yes F-1 No Z ATI/AR# NIA Is a Supplemental Review Required? Yes E] No Z If yes, complete Attachment 3 Preparer Patricia A. Ugorcak Print Name Sign Name, Date

,A Reviewer Richard Low I t'4,V4W"?

' 07 "

- 1!21- Cy I

Print Name Sign Name Date Method of Review 0141 Detailed Review 0 Alterna Calculations F-1 Testing Review Notes :

A, Approver 1/ 2 aQ Print Name 'Sign some Date (For External Analyses Only)

Exelon Reviewer PA L-lE- C-_ j-j /-1,q N Print Name Sign N e Date Approver POOL -'e -

Print Name Sign Name Date Description of Revision (list affected pages for partials) : Incorporate ITS DCR 990552 (EC 13947) and minor revision 4A. Apply latest methodology to determine new setpoint, Allowable Values and Expanded Tolerances .

Reformat entire ca1c. Revision bars shown only for content changes, not for format or section numbering changes .

THIS DESIGN ANALYSIS SUPERCEDES : 8982-13-19-6 Revision 4,4A

CC-AA-309 Revision 3 Page 15 of 15 ATTACHMENT 2 Owners Acceptance Review Checklist for External Design Analysis Page 1 of 1 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO. REV: S Yes

1. Do assumptions have sufficient rationale?

NONE ,

2. Are assumptions compatible with the way the plant is operated and with the licensing basis?

3. Do the design inputs have sufficient rationale?

4. Are design inputs correct and reasonable?

- Are design inputs compatible with the way the plant is operated and with the 5.

licensing basis?

6. Are Engineering Judgments clearly documented and justified?

Are Engineering Judgments compatible with the way the plant is operated and with the licensing basis(

Do the results and conclusions satisfy the purpose and objective of the design

8. analysis?

Are the results and conclusions compatible with the way the plant is operated

9. and with the licensing basis? 0A

10. Does the design analysis include the applicable design basis documentation?

Have any limitations on the use of the results been identified and transmitted 11 .

to the appropriate organizations?

12 . Are there any unverified assumptions?

13 . Do all unverified assumptions have a tracking and closure mechanism in place?

EXELON REVIEWER : PALE E R Ml-} N ~ ~ DATE : '

Print/ Sign SUP~'~~-TSREV) .'/VN 005- A- L t C' NS A1`?Ee+J.DM-=Nr R)E

-171 Q Ur-5?" (LA'Q) . 7`iy5 PO SI GAl >A~°a7 -s .4 N D SVt,rSZCO-AJ C L U5'1 a<Vs 412 F. C6M l"3-7 / A'3LE w 13"/-)

-"AF-,- L-A A,

NES-G-14.01 Effective Date :

04/14/00 CALCULATION TABLE OF CONTENTS I

CALC NO.: 8982-13-19-6 REV. NO. : 005 PG NO. 2 SECTION - PAGE NO.: SUB PAGE NO. .

DESIGN ANALYSIS COVER SHEET 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS 2

1. PURPOSE 3

2. METHODOLOGY 3

3. ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 5

4. ASSUMPTIONS/ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS 5

5. INPUT DATA 5

6. REFERENCES 7

7. CALCULATIONS 9

8.

SUMMARY

AND CONCLUSIONS 15 Attachments A DIT DR-EPED-0671-00 A1-A72 B Fluke 45 Dual Display Multimeter User's Manual, Appendix A 131-1312 C S&L Interoffice Memorandum from J. F. White C1-C2 D GE Document 7910 Dated 6-20-77 D1-D3 E Telecon Between S. Hoats (ABB) and A. Runde (S&L) E1-E2 F Telecon Between C. Downs (ABB) and H. Ashrafi (S&L) F1-F6 G Calculation MLEA 91-014 G1-G22 H DIT DR-EPED-0671-01 H1-H3 I S&L Interoffice Memorandum from B. Desai 11-142 J RSOs for 2nd Level UV Relays J1-J3 K DOC ID 0006191944 K1-K4 L Telecon Between J. Kovach (ComEd) and C. Tobias (S&L) L1-L.3 M DIT BB-EPED-0178 M1-M3

NES-G-14 .02 Effective Date:

04/14/00 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO. 8982-13-19-6 REVISION 005 PAGE NO. 3 of 15

1. PURPOSE The purpose of this calculation is to determine a setpoint, the allowable values, and the expanded tolerances for the second-level undervoltage relays at Dresden Unit 2 based on post LOCA voltage analysis.

The setpoint will consider the setpoint error of the circuit that monitors the voltage at the 4.16 kV safety-related switchgears 23-1 (Div. 1) and 24-1 (Div. II) . The circuit consists of a GE type JVM-3 4200-120 volt potential transformer (PT) (catalog no. 643X94) and an ITE-27N undervoltage relay (catalog number 411 T4375-L-H F-DP) .

2. METHODOLOGY The methodology for determining the loop uncertainties, setpoints, allowable values, and extended tolerances is done in accordance with NES-EIC-20.04 (Ref. 6.14) and the main body of Reference 6.17 with the clarifications as identified below . Appendix 1 of Reference 6.17 does not apply to this calculation because Appendix 1 is a documentation of guidelines for the Exelon calculations prepared under a different scope of work. However, where the setting tolerance (ST) is greater than the drift tolerance interval (DTIc), the methodology identified on page 23 of Reference 6 .17 (part of Appendix 1) is used to determine loop random errors . The nomenclature for the relay setpoint terms, such as pickup, dropout, and reset is taken directly from the relay instruction bulletin (Reference 6.1 .3) .

2.1 . The error associated with the PT will be established . The error for the PT is classified as a random process error and will be based on the accuracy assigned the PT by the manufacturer . It is not expected that the PT performance will be significantly affected by environmental factors . Therefore, no additional error for the PT will be introduced for environmental factors .

2.2. The error associated with the second-level undervoltage relay will be established . The following items will be considered in determining the setpoint error as a result of the relay :

" Reference accuracy (defined by the mfr as repeatability at constant temperature and control voltage) . Per the methodology of Reference 6.14, reference accuracy or repeatability as specified by the manufacturer are taken as 2a values, unless specified otherwise .

" Calibration instrument error (defined by the mfr). The error due to calibration standards is considered negligible per the methodology of Reference 6.14 .

" Temperature effect (defined by the mfr as repeatability over temperature range)

" Control voltage effect (defined by the mfr as repeatability over the allowable do control power range)

" Relay setting tolerance (see Input Data Section 5.4)

" Drift error The following items will be evaluated for their effect on the relays' functional capability:

Seismic error

" Humidity error

" Pressure error Radiation error 2.3. Per the methodology of Reference 6.14, the errors identified above will be combined into total error by adding the total random error to the total non-random error, as follows .

N ES-G-14.02 Effective Date:

04114100 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO . 8982-13-19-6 REVISION 005 PAGE NO. 4 of 15 All random error are converted to 1a values and combined by the "Square root of the sum of the squares"(SRSS) method . The outcome of the SRSS is then doubled to a 2Q value .

All non-random error will be added together by straight addition .

2.4. The nominal dropout for the two relays will be determined by adding the total error to the Analytical Limits. No margin will be considered in this calculation since all applicable components in the circuit have been accurately represented .

2.5. The drift based on vendor specifications (DTIv) is determined by calculating the square root sum of squares of reference accuracy (RA), calibration error (CAL), setting tolerance (ST), and drift (DR).

If specific values for drift are not provided by the vendor, then a default random [26] value of

+/-1 % of span per refueling cycle for mechanical components and +/-0.5% of span per refueling cycle for electrical components is assigned (Section 3.1 of Ref. 6.14).

2.6. Allowable Value An allowable value will be determine utilizing the following equations based on Appendix C of Reference 6 .14 as applicable :

[lower AV  ? SPc - Zav+ limit]

AV <_ SPc + Zav ( [upper limit]

Where AV: is the allowable value SPc is the calculated setpoint Zav+, Zav is the total error (positive, negative) applicable during calibration .

Note: The names of the terms in the generic equations shown above may be modified in accordance with specific loop designations .

The errors that are included for the determination of the allowable values (Zav) are only those applicable during calibration. Thus, only reference accuracy (RA), calibration errors (CAL),

setting tolerance (ST), drift (DR) and if applicable, the input error (oin) are included. If DTIc is available, then RA, CAL, ST and DR errors will be replaced by the calculated drift (DTIc).

2.7. Expanded Tolerances (ET)

Expanded tolerances are determined as follows :

a. ET = +/-[0 .7*(Zav - ST) + ST], where ST is used at a 2v value.

b. If any of the tolerances determined using the equations above result in an expanded tolerance (ET) value that is less than the setting tolerance (ST), then ET = ST is specified .

The expanded tolerance is specified as an acceptable tolerance for as-found values. It is expected that the calibration setting tolerance is still utilized as the as-left tolerance .

N ES-G-14.02 Effective Date:

04/14/ 00 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO. 8982-13-19-6 REVISION 005 PAGE NO. 5 of 15 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA The relay setpoints will be chosen such that the lowest possible voltage for relay operation, considering setpoint error, will be no lower than the Analytical Limits as identified in Section 5.6 of this calculation :

3820 V or 91 .8% of 4160 V at Switchgear 23-1 (Div I) 3820 V or 91 .8% of 4160 V at Switchgear 24-1 (Div II)

There are no acceptance criteria for the allowable value determination . The allowable value is calculated in accordance with the methodology and the results are provided for use.

The expanded tolerances are determined in accordance with Section 2.7 and are acceptable if the result is greater than or equal to the application setting tolerance and do not result in a violation of an applicable limit.

ASSUMPTIONS/ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS None INPUT DATA 5.1 . Instrument Channel Configuration (per Reference 6.1 .1)

The ABB/ITE 27N undervoltage relay trip unit is fed from a 4200-120 volt PT . The 4200 volt side of the PT is connected to two phases of the 4160 volt source at the safety-related switchgear . The trip unit is connected to the 120 volt side of the PT. The trip unit is powered by a 125 volt do source. Per Reference 6 .19, the burden on the PT is within the standard test burden of the PT.

5.2. Loop Element Data (per Reference 6.1 .2, 6.5, 6.6, 8< 6.1 .3) 5.2.1 . The PT is a GE, type JVM-3 (catalog number 643X94)(See Reference 6 .6)

Voltage ratio: 4200-120 Accuracy class: 0 .3 W,X,M,Y Frequency : 50 Hz, 60 Hz Burden : 750 VA @ 55°C rise above 30°C Ambient 500 VA @ 30°C rise above 55°C Ambient BIL : 60 kV 5.2.2. The trip unit is an ABB/ITE, type 27N undervoltage relay with a Harmonic Filter (catalog number 411T4375-L-HF-DP, Ref. 6.1 .2)

Setpoint Ranges (per Ref. 6.1 .3`)

Pickup : 70 V - 120 V (See Reference 6.1 .3)

Dropout: 70% - 99.5% '` of Pickup Dropout Delay: 1 - 10 sec.

• Note: - Difference between pickup and dropout can be set as low as 0.5% . The setting is 99.50% of pickup (References 6.15 and 6.18).

Operating Ranges (per Refs. 6 .5, 6.1 .3, and 6 .13)

Control Voltage : 38-58 Vdc (48 Vdc nominal)95-140 Vdc (125 Vdc nom .) (Reference 6.13) 89 Vdc for 1 sec. (Reference 6.13)

Temperature : -20 to +55°C (normal)

-30 to +70°C (accident)

Seismic: 6g ZPA

NES-G-14 .02 Effective Date :

04/14/ 00 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO. 8982-13-19-6 REVISION 005 PAGE NO. 6 of 15 Humidity: 0 to 100% no condensation (Reference 6.10, Section 10.3)

Pressure : Atmospheric, to 5000 ft Radiation : Gamma 100k cads over 40 yrs Repeatability Tolerances (per Reference 6.1 .3)

@ const temp & const control volt: +/-0.1%

for volt. range 100 - 140 Vdc : +/-0.1%

for temp . range +10 to'+40*C: +/-0.4%

0 to +55'C : +/-0.75%

-20 to +70'C : +/-1 .50%

The 3 tolerances are cumulative and are taken as 2a values per Reference 6.7) .

For the tolerance over temperature range, the repeatability effect is linear over the range of 0 to +550C, as indicated in Reference 6.7.

5.3. Calibration Instrument Data (per References 6.2 and 6.13)

The Fluke 45 Digital Multimeter will be used for the calibration of the trip unit (see Ref. 6 .13 included as Attachment J) .

Reference Accuracy: +/-0 .2% + 10 digits Full Scale: 300 Vac, 5 digits Minimum Gradation : 0 .01 V 5.4. Calibration Procedure Data The setting tolerance when setting the trip unit voltage is +/-0.2 V (Ref. 6.13, 6.15 and 6.18 which is taken as a 36 value per the methodology in Reference 6.14 .

5 .5. Station Data The circuits for these two processes are located entirely in the Reactor Building in Environment Zone 26 per Reference 6.1 .2. The following are the conditions that the circuits will be subject to:

Normal Conditions Control Voltage Range : 95-14OVdc (Ref. 6.13)

Temperature Range : +18 .33 - +39 .44'C (see Ref. 6.11 Humidity Range : 0-90%

Radiation Level : <10k cads over 40 years Accident Conditions Control Voltage Range: 95-14OVdc ; 89 Vdc for I sec. (Ref. 6.13)

Temperature Range : +18 .33 - +39 44'C (see Ref. 6.11)

Humidity Range : 0 - 100% non-condensing As noted in Reference 6.12, the maximum actual temperature inside the cubicle where the relays are installed will be approximately 2.78 0C higher than the ambient temperature outside the cubicle . The minimum actual temperature inside the cubicle where the relays are installed will be approximately 0 .39'C higher than the ambient temperature outside the cubicle . Therefore, the relays will experience temperatures in the range, of 18.720C to 42 .220C.

for humidity The relay has already been qualified variation, seismic events, radiation exposure, and pressure variation as discussed in References 6.1 .2, 6.5, and 6.10 .

NES-G-14.02 Effective Date :

04/14/00 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO . 8982-13-19-6 REVISION 005 PAGE NO. 7 of 15 5.6. Analytical Limit of Switchgear Voltage The minimum voltages required at the 4160 V safety-related switchgear for adequate auxiliary system performance are taken from References 6.3, 6.4 and 6.16 as:

3820 V or 91 .8% of 4160 V at Switchgear 23-1 (Div 1) 3820 V or 91 .8% of 4160 V at Switchgear 24-1 (Div 11) 5.7. Per Reference 6.19, the burden on the PT is within the standard test burden of the PT.

6. REFERENCES

&t DR Number DR-SPED-0671-00, entitled, "ITE-27N Undervoltage Relay and Potential Transformer Technical Informatino", dated 1-22-92 (Attachment A). The following were included in the DIT:

6.1 .1 . Dresden Unit 2 Drawings :

12E-2301, Sheet 3, Rev . AD 12E-2334, Rev . T 12E-2345, Sheet 3, Rev . AD 12E-2346. Sheet 3, Rev . AD 12E-2655G, Rev . T 6.1 .2 . Work Request Number D-97548/D-97549, Rev . 0, entitled "Minor Plant Design Change Package for Commonwealth Edison Company, Dresden Unit 2, Replacement of Second-Level Undervoltage Relays," dated 1-15-92 .

6.13 . ABB Instruction Bulletin Number I.B. 7.4.1 .7-7: Issue D for ITE-27N relays and others.

6.2. User's Manual for Fluke 45 Dual Display Multimeter, Appendix A, Rev . 4, dated 7/97 (Attachment B).

6.3. S&L Calculation Number 9198-18-19-1, Rev . 3, entitled "CaIc. for Dresden 2/1 Safety-related Continuous Loads - Running/Starting Voltages" 6.4. S&L Calculation Number 9198-18-19-2, Rev . 3, entitled "CaIc. for Dresden 2/11 Safety-related Continuous Loads - Running/Starting Voltages" 6 .5. S&L Interoffice Memorandum from J. F. White, entitled "Seismic Qualification of ITE/ABB Undervoltage Relay Model 27N, Series 411T," which references ABB document number RC-5039-A, entitled "Equipment Performance Specifications, 27N Undervoltage Relay." (Attachment C) 6.6. GE document 7910, page 131, providing information for type JVM-3 Potential Transformer, dated 6-20-77 (Attachment D).

63. Memorandum of Telephone Conversation between S. Hosts of ABB and A. Runde of S&L concerning ITE-27N relay characteristics, dated 1-23-92 (Attachment E).

6.8. Dresden Unit 2 Technical Specification Number DPR-15, Amendment number 108, specifically table 3.2.2, page 3/4 .2-10 . This reference provides the second-level undervoltage relay time delay requirement .

6.9. Memorandum of Telephone Conversation between C. Downs of ABB and H. Ashrafi of S&L concerning effect of temperature on the ITE-27N relays with Harmonic Filter Units, dated 3-30-92 (Attachment F).

NES-G-14.02 Effective Date:

OVIV00 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO. 8982-13-19-6 REVISION 005 PAGE NO. 8 of 15 6.10 . Main Line Engineering Associates (MLEA) Calculation No. MLEA 91-014 for Commonwealth Edison Company, entitled, "Environmental Qualification of Dresden Second Level Undervoltage System and Equipment for RWCLU Line break Environmental Conditions", dated 1-23-92 (Attachment G).

6.11 . DIT Number DR-SPED-0671-01, "Reactor Building Ventilation, Minimum Temperature," dated 5 92 (Attachment 1).

6.12. DIT Number BB-SPED-0178, "Undervoltage Relay Accuracy Calculation Input Data," dated 5-07-92 (Attachment M).

6.13. Interoffice Memorandum from Bipin Desai (EPED), dated December 1, 1993 to R. Nk HQdon (EAD) which contains information required for assumption verification (Attachment 1).

6 .14. NES-EIC-20.04, Revision 3, "Analysis of Instrument Channel Setpoint Error and Instrument Loop Accuracy" (Not Attached) 6.15 . Current Relay Setting Orders for the Second Level Undervoltage Relays (Attachment J) 6.16 . DOC ID 0006191944, Rev. 5-DIT transmitting Improved Technical Specification (ITS) Analytical Limits (Attachment K).

6.17 . "Improved Technical Specifications and 24-Month Technical Specification Project Technical Plan",

Revision 2 dated 04/28/2000 6.18 . Telecon between John Kovach of ComEd and Craig Tobias of Sargent & Lundy dated 4/20/2000 verifying the relay setting orders far the degraded voltage and loss of voltage relays (Attachment L).

6.19. EC 8228, ITS Disconnect U2 Watt-Hr Meter at 23-1 & 24-1, Rev . 0, Work Order 99261478-01

NES-G-14 .02 Effective Date:

04/14/ 00 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO. 8982-13-19-6 REVISION 005 PAGE NO . 9 of 15 CALCULATIONS 7.1 . Per inputs 5.1 and 5.2 .1, the PT has a standard published error of +/- 0.3% and the burden of the PT is within the standard test burden of the PT . Therefore, the maximum error of +/- 0 .31/6 will be considered in this calculation . PT testing would have to be performed to justify a smaller error. The error contributed by the PT is considered to be a process error since the PT is not a calibrated device .

This is classified as a random 26 error . Therefore the PT 1 cr error value is +/- 0 .15%.

7.2. Second Level Undervoltage Relay Random Errors :

7.2.1 . Reference accuracy (RA) :

Per Input 5.2.2, repeatability at constant temperature and control voltage is +/- 0.1 % of voltage reading [2a] . Dividing by 2 to take to a 1 a value:

RA = 0 .05% of reading [1o] .

7.2.2. Calibration Instrument error (CAL) :

The reference accuracy at medium sampling rate (Reference 6.13) of a 60 Hz voltage signal 0 .2% of reading + 10 least significant digits), to a 2a value per the methodology of Reference 6.14 . The linear resolution at medium sampling rate on the 300 V range is 0 .01 V.

Thus, each digit corresponds to 0.01 V. Therefore, the 2a reference accuracy is +/- (0 .2% of reading + 10"0.01 V}.

Conservatively taking this at a reading 112 V, which is slightly larger than the existing relay setpoint value, and dividing by 2 to get a 1 cr value:

CALv=+/-(0 .2%*112V+10* 0.01V)/2=0 .162V [1cr]

In terms of % of reading (taken at a reading of 112 V):

CAL= CALv/112V=0 .162V/ 112V=0.145%of reading [1a]

Since the instrument has a digital readout, there is no reading error.

Also, since the calibration instrument and the relay are calibrated within the allowable range as specified by the calibration instrument manufacturer, there is no temperature effect for the calibration instrument . (See Input Data Section 5.3) 7.2.3 . Setting Tolerance (ST)

Per Input Section 5.4, the relay setting tolerance is a random error of +/- 0.2 V [3cr] .

Converting this to terms of % of reading, for a 112V reading, and dividing by 3 to get the 1 cr value :

ST =+/-(0.2 V)/((112V)*3)=+/-0 .060% of reading [1a]

7.2 .4. Drift (DR)

According to Reference 6.7, no drift error is expected for the relay as long as the relay is calibrated at reasonable intervals . Thus, DR = 0. However, this is not the case. From operating experience it is known that these relays do drift some. Unfortunately, there is not enough data to perform a drift uncertainty calculation .

Based on the above discussion, a drift value is needed . It is considered conservative to use the default drift effect of 0.5% of span per refueling cycle (reference 6.14). This specification conservatively encompasses the 18 month calibration interval plus 25% late factor (22 .5 months) considered in this calculation . The 0.5% of span is a 2a value. Per Section 5 .2 .2,

NES-G-114.02 Effective Date :

ovivoo DESIGN ANALYSIS NO. 8982-13-19-6 REVISION 005 PAGE NO. 10 of 15 the relay functions over a voltage range of 70 V to 120 V, for a span of 50 V. Converting the drift to % of reading, by conservatively setting the reading at 112V, and taking to a lcr value:

DR = (+/- 0 .5% of span) * (120 V - 70 V) / (1112 V) / 2 = +/- 0.112% of reading 7.2 .5. Random Input Error (crin)

The random input error present at the relay is the random error from the PT, which per Section 7.1 is 0 .15% . Thus :

Gin = 0.15% of reading [Icy]

7.2.6. Drift Tolerance Interval (DTIv) 2)1/2 DTIv = +/- (RA z + CAL z + STz +DR Where RA = reference accuracy = 0.050% per Section 7 .2.1 CAL = calibration error = 0. 145% per Section 7.2.2 ST = setting tolerance = 0.060% per Section 7.2.3 DR = drift = 0.112% per Section 7.2.4 Thus:

)2 + (0.060%)2 +(0 .112% )2)112 DTIv = +/- [(0 .050%)2 +(0 .145%

DTlv=+/-0 .199%of reading [1 a]

7.2.7 . Total Random Error (a)

The total random error is the SRSS of the random errors from Sections 7.2.1 through 7.2.6.

Therefore :

Cy = +/- (RA2 + CAL 2 crin 2)112 2 (0.150%)2)112

[(0 .050% (0.145%) 2 +(0 .060%) + (0. 112%)2+

cy = +/- 0 .249% of reading [1 a]

7.3 . Relay Non-Random Errors 7.3 .1 . Temperature effect (eT):

Per Input 5.2, the temperature effect is +/-0.75%, and the absolute effect is 1 .5% over the temperature range of 0 to +55'C . Per References 6.7 and 6 .9, the relay operating voltage increases or decreases approximately linearly with temperature . Applying the 1 .5% linearly across the 0 to 550C range results in a rate of 1 .5% / (55 - O)OC = 0.0273% / 'C.

The actual pickup or dropout voltage is lower than the setpoint value if the operating temperature is higher than the temperature at which the relay was calibrated.

Similarly the pickup or dropout voltage is higher than the setpoint value if the operating temperature is lower than the calibration temperature .

Then, for a temperature range of +1&72 to +4222'C and a relay calibration temperature range of 21 to 24'C (per Reference 6.13), the temperature effect is developed below:

Negative Temperature Effect :

In determining the error due to relay negative temperature effect, it will be considered that the relay is calibrated at a temperature of 240C (per Reference 6.13). This will provide a conservative reference point from which the temperature effect for the relay can be incorporated into the determination of the nominal dropout . At 24'C, a larger portion of the error used in the calculation for relay temperature effect will be negative, which will provide a conservative nominal dropout .

NES-G-14.02 Effective Date :

04/14/00 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO. 8982-13-19-6 REVISION 005 PAGE NO. 11 of 15 Neg. Temp. Effect :

-eT = (24-18 .72'C)*0.0273%/'C = 0.144%

Positive Temperature Effect:

In determining the error due to relay positive temperature effect, it will be considered that the relay is calibrated at a temperature of 21'C (per Reference 6.13). This will provide a conservative reference point from which the temperature effect for the relay can be incorporated into the determination of the maximum dropout of the relay .

At 21 *C rather than 24'C, a larger portion of the error used in the calculation for relay temperature effect will be positive, which will provide a conservative determination of the relay maximum dropout .

Pos . Temp. Effect :

+eT = (42 .22-21'C)*0 .0273%/'C = 0 .579%

Thus, the temperature effect is -0.579%/+0 .144% .

This is classified as a non-random error .

7.3.2. Control Voltage Effect (CV)

Per Input 5.2, control voltage effect is +/- 0.1 % over the dc control voltage range of 100-140 Vdc . This is classified as a non-random error.

CV = +/- 0.1 % of reading 7.3 .3. onmental Effects By comparison of the acceptable relay conditions provided in Section 5.2 .2 with the expected station conditions provided in Section 5.5, it is evident that no effect on functional capability is introduced as a result of pressure variation or humidity variation .

7.3.4 . Seismic Effects As discussed in Reference 6.1 .2, section 1 .7, no effect on functional capability of the relay is introduced as a result of a seismic event since the relay capability envelops the seismic requirement for the relay locations .

7.3.5. Total Non-Random Error The total non-random error is the sum of the non-random errors from sections 7.3.1 through 7.3.2. Therefore :

Negative non-random error is the addition of the negative relay temperature effect (-eT) from Section 7.3.1 and the negative control voltage effect (CV) from Section 7.3.2 :

7-e- = -eT + (-CV) = (- 0 .579%) + (- 0.1 %) = - 0 .679% of reading Positive non-random error is the addition of the positive relay temperature effect (+eT) from Section 7.3.1 and the positive control voltage effect (CV) from Section 7.32 7e+ = +eT + (+CV) = (+ 0.144°l0} + (+ 0.1 %) = + 0 .244% of reading

NES-G-14 .02 Effective Date :

04/14/ 00 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO. 8982-13-19-6 REVISION 005 PAGE NO. 12 of 15 7.4. Total Error It should be noted that this calculation utilizes the methodology defined in Sections 2.3 and 2.4 to calculate the dropout setpoint. The calculation uses the Total Negative Error (TNE) in determining the dropout setpoint and the Total Positive dropout value .

the Error (TPE) in determining the maximum These definitions of error do not follow methodology defined in Sections 2.6 and 2.7 far calculating the Allowable Values and Expanded Tolerances. Thus, THE and TPE are used in the determination of the dropout setpoint and maximum dropout value, and Z+, Z-, Zav+ and Zav- are used in the determination of the Allowable Values and Expanded Tolerances .

The total error present at the relay is the combination of the random and non-random errors determined in Sections 7.2 .7 and 7.3.5.

Total Error = 20 + Fe Total Negative Error (TNE) = 2 * (0 .249%) + (0 .679%) = 1 .177% of reading Total Positive Error (TPE) = 2 * (0 .249%) + (0.244%) = 0.742% of reading Converting to 4kV voltage process units, by conservatively taking the relay voltage reading at 112V, and then multiplying by the voltage ratio:

THE = 1 .177% - (112 1) - (4200 V/ 120 V) = 46 V (in the 4kV process)

TPE = 0.742% - {112 1} - (4200 V/ 120 V) = 29 V (in the 4kV process)

In this calculation, the terms of Total Positive Error (TPE) and Total Negative Error (TNE) are used for calculating the setpoint . A positive error is one that would cause the actual trip value to be higher than the setpoint value . Using this definition when the errors are applied to calculating the Allowable Values and Expanded Tolerances results in the following relationships :

Z+ = THE Z_ TPE le+ = Negative Non-Random Errors = 0.679% of reading Ze- = Positive Non-Random Errors = 0.244 % of reading the Per Section 2.6, Zav will be used to determine the allowable value random errors . Because relay is bench calibrated, Zav includes only the contributions of DTIv, which from Section 7.2.6, is +/- 0.199%

of reading . Therefore, aAv = DTIv = +/-0.199°l0 of reading Per Section 2.6, the total errors for determining allowable values are :

V + = 2 * (+ 0.199%) = + 0.398% of reading ZAV- = 2crAv- = 2 * (- 0 .199%) = - 0 .398% of reading Converting to voltage at relay, by using a reading at 112V:

Zav = (0.398% of reading) * (112 V) = 0.45 V at relay

N ES-G-14.02 Effective Date :

04/14/00 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO. 8982-13-19-6 REVISION 005 PAGE NO. 13 of 15 7.5. Setpoint Determination for The sopoiks 4160 V Switchgear 23-1 (Div . 1) and 24-1 (Div . 2) are calculated as:

Nominal Trip Setpoint for Dropout (NTSPDO)= Analytical Limit (AL) + THE NTSPDO = AL + THE (Using values from Sections 5 .6 and 7.4)

= 3820 V + 46 V = 3866 V at 4.19 kV bus Converting to voltage read at the relay by multiplying by the voltage ratio:

NTSPDO-R = NTSPDO * (120 V) / (4200 V) = (3866 V) - (120 V)/(4200 V)

= 110.46 V - 110.5 V at relay NTSPPU-R = NTSPDO-R / 0 .995 =110.5 V / 0 .995

= 111 .06 V =111 .1 V at relay From the nominal dropout, the maximum dropout and pickup voltages can be determined :

Maximum Dropout = NTSPDO + TPE = (3866 V) + (0.74%

• 3866)

= 3895 V at 4.16 kV bus Converting to terms of voltage at the relay: (3895V)*(120V)/(420OV)=111 .3V Maximum Pickup = Maximum Dropout / (dropout/pickup ratio) = 3895 V / 0.995

= 3915 V at 4.16 kV bus Converting to terms of voltage at the relay: (3915V)*(120V)/(420OV)=111 .9V (The Max. Pickup is the relay Max. Reset Voltage) 7.6. Allowable Value Determination Per Section 2.6, the Allowable Value is determined .

The lower allowable value for the dropout setpoint is determined as :

AVDOL2:spc-IZAV+l [lower limit]

SPCDO = 3866 V at 4.16 kV bus (Section 7.5)

ZAv+ = 0.398% of reading (Section 7.4)

AVDOL ? (3866 V) - (0 .398% * (3866 V)) = 3851 V Converting to voltage at the relay, by multiplying by the voltage ratio:

ANYOOR 1 (3851 V) - (120 19 / (4200 V) = 110.029 V - 110.0 V Applying the applicable uncertainties to determine the upper dropout AV:

AVDOU :5 SPC + I ZAV+ I [lower limit]

AVDOU a (3866 No + (0398% * (3866 0)) = 3881 V Converting to voltage at the relay, by multiplying by the voltage ratio:

AVDOVR 5 (3881 IV) - (120 V) / (4200 V) = 110 .886 V - 110.9 V

NES-G-14 .02 Effective Date :

04/14/00 SIGN ANALYSIS NO. 8982-13-19-6 REVISION 005 PAGE NO. 14 of 15 7.7. Expanded Tolerance Determination Per Section 2.7, the Expanded Tolerance is determined as:

ET [0.7 * (I ZAV+ ( - ST) + ST] where ST is taken to a 2a value ZAv+ = 0.398% of reading (Section 7 .4)

ST = 0.2 V [3cy] (Section 5.4)

Taking the ET at a reading of 112V at the relay:

ET = +/- [(0 .7 - ((0 .398% of reading) * (112 V) - (0.2 V *2/3)) + (0.2 V *2/3) 0.352 V at relay ET = +/- 0.35 V at relay The ET is now checked to ensure that the applicable limits are maintained :

Check 1 : ET ST ?

+/- 0.35 V +/- 02 V PASS Check 2 : SPc - ET AV ? [lower limit]

110 .5-0.35V 110 .O V 110 .15 V 110 .0 V PASS Check 3: SPc + ET :5 AV ? [upper limit]

110.5+0.35V < 110.9V 110.85 :5 110.9 V PASS

NES-G-14 .02 Effective Date:

04114100 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO. 8982-13-19-6 REVISION 005 PAGE NO. 15 of 15 FINAL

8.

SUMMARY

AND CONCLUSIONS The following are the recommended settings for the Division I and 11 second-level undervoltage relays :

The results summarized below are applicable bar normal and accident operating conditions, Q the existing Analytical Limit of 3820 V. It should be noted that the field setpoint value is required to be revised per this calculation .

Calculated Values Summary Description Div . I / 11 V at relay--- Div . 1/ 11 (4.16kV equiv.)

SPc (DO) 1115 3866 SPC (PU) 111 .1 3885 AV(DO) lower 2:110,0 3851 AV(DO) upper :5 110.9 53881 Max. DO 111 .3 3895 Max. PU 111 .9 3915 NOTE: Pickup (PU) is 99.5% of Dropout (DO) (see Section 5.2.2)

The delay setting for the relay was not analyzed in this calculation nor was it intended to be. Thus, the delay of the relay should be set to the same value as previously required per the Dresden Unit 2 Technical Specifications (Reference 6.8), which is 7 seconds .

Please utilize the Instruction Bulletin I.B . 7.4.1 .7-7, Issue D (Reference 6.1 .3) when setting the relay since the setpoints and setpoint terminology in this calculation are based on this instruction bulletin Calibration Summary The calibration information used to support the results of this calculation is defined below . In addition, the field calibration setpoint and expanded tolerances are identified .

Calibration Setpoint / Allowable Value (for Dropout (DO)):

EPN Parameter Process Units 127-3(4)-B23-1 Field Calibration Setpoint 110 .5 V 127-3(4)-B24-1 Allowable Value - Lower 110 .0 V Allowable Value - Upper 110 .9 V Calibration Frequency, Setting Tolerances and Expanded Tolerances:

Surveillance Interval Setting Tolerance Expanded Tolerance Channel Calibration 18 months +/- 0.2 V +/- 015 V The values calculated above are dependent on the relays being calibrated with a Fluke 45, set on medium rate, to read the voltage at the relay, in the 300 Vac range. Use of other M&TE is only permitted if it is analyzed to be of equal or better accuracy than the Fluke 45.

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

A Page Al of A72

SAiGiNT i LUNDY DESIGN INFORMATION TRANSMITTAL Page of MODIFICATION OR DESIGN CHANGE NUMBER(S)

~ .. 1( SA 5P ,5D

~ IWA 1J

.1,1 y YR C Preparer tPlease, print name) Division Preparer's signature Issue date TATUS OF INFORMATION (This information is approved for use . Design information, approved for use .

that contains assumptions or is preliminary or requires further verification (review) shall be so identified.)

Calc . No . 8982-13-19-6

/D4?.Ct,'iFD 14= -ole (- ,'.s- E Rev . 3 Page A2 of Project No . 8982-64 IDENTIFICATION OF THE SPECIFIC DESIGN INFORMATION TRANSMITTED AND PURPOSE OF ISSUE (List any supporting documents attached to DIT by its title, revision and/or issue date, and total number of pages for each supporting document .)

12-C-23o I V, .4D 14 I /

~&l 17- E 7 /V clkIDEe

,-54 , -3 AP 46 C IC&I/I t' O L //,7E /r+

~FORAK,4 7WA a6 59 , 3 ve 0, 4P

/ -2 G 65- 5cy 9~u , T-bA7-A 3 HC-E- 7 C-) FOk 5P67C, - 2J 5-Z8 7, 41 - 7- 7 -;-s-S~ : /67 D 47-G-0 ,4x1&,4kii,, ~s- lqr~ 2- .

.A 5r,4-r/C/L, '14-e k _r/0'704",4 7-10 0

DISTRIBUTION FI&E 1~F, >// 5 'Z4 1077 Z?,-P16 /A)A / - 1~D 1~c' 1 4, - 31/

- /< I *y / / 3 2-/ Calculation No. 8982-13-1 .9-6 Revision 005 P613A (112)

Attachment:

A 011 F3 Page A2 of A72

MINOR PLANT CHANGE DESIGN PACKAGE FOR COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY DRESDEN STkdON UNIT 2 REPLACEMENT OF SECOND LEVEL UNDERVOLTAGE RELAYS January 15, 1992 Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : A Page A3 of A72

W .R . No . : 0-97548/0-97549 Rev . : 0 Date : January 15, 1992 Page 1 Minor Plant Change Design Package for Commonwealth Edison Company Dresden Station - Unit 2 Replacement of Second Level Undervoltage Relays Connected to the Class 1E Buses 23-1 & 24-1 Revision 0 Date : January 15, 1992 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION :

CECo : AE..L.

P .O ./Release 327125/NED 753 Project No . 8982-58 W .R ./Function # D-97548, a-97549/59 (Other)

Budget # N/A AIR # NIA Mod # NIA PROJECT MANAGEMENT,

!LECO . Phone Number Project Eng . B . M . Viehl (8152 942-2870 Cog . Eng . g . M . Collin s (815) 942-2873 Tech . Staff Eng . 1 . Rivera 01515402549 A_E~

Project Mgr . R. H. Jason (312) 269-6489 Proj . Mech . Eng . - N/A NIA Senior Struct . T. J. Ryan 1312) 269-7098 Senior Elect . Ta R . Eiseqbart (3121 269-6670 Elect . Proj . Eng . M4 E. Hill 13121 269-2190 Elect . Eng . J, W. Hyrc 3_1ZJ_ 26_9-w_3 535 COMMITMENTS :

NRC Required Completion None INPO Commitment None Outage Requirement Yes CLASSIFICATION :

Safety-Related Non-Safety-Related Reliability Related Environmental Qualification Regulatory-Related Calculation No . 898Z13aT6 Revision 005_

Attachment : A -

Page A4 of A72

W .R . No . : D-97548/D-97549 Rev . . 0 Date : January 15, 1992 Page 2 EVISION STATUS Revision Date Revision Purpose 0 01-15-92 First issue, pages I thru 20 for use Calculation Rlo . 8982-13-19-6 ReWsbn 005 Attachment : A Page _ A of - A72

W .R . No . : D-97548/D-97549 Rev . : 0 Date : January 15, 1992 Page 3 DESIGN INPUT REQUIREMENTS - TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Description PdQQ 1 .0 DESIGN INPUT REQUIREMENTS (DIR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 .1 BASIC FUNCTIONS TO BE PERFORMED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 .2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS . 5 1 .3 CODES, STANDARDS, REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS, I ' I * * * . AND . . . . . . . . .

QA REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 .4 DESIGN CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1 .5 DESIGN LOADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1 .6 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1 .7 SEISMIC QUALIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1 .8 ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1 .9 INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 1 .10 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 1 .11 STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 1 .12 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 1 .13 LAYOUT AND ARRANGEMENT REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 1 .14 OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 1 .15 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . 12 1 .16 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CHANGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 1 .17 FSAR/UFSAR CHANGES . . . . 13 1 .18 REDUNDANCY, DIVERSITY, AND SiP4RiTiOt*l REQUIREMENTS *NT*S' 13 1 .19 FAILURE EFFECTS REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 1 .20 TEST, NOE, AND WELDING REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 1 .21 ACCESSIBILITY, MAINTENANCE, REPAIR, AND ISI . . . . . . . . . 13 1 .22 RISK TO HEALTH AND SAFETY OF THE PUBLIC . . . . . . . . 14 1 .23 SUITABILITY OF PARTS, EQUIPMENT, PROCESSES, AND MATERIALS . . 14 1 .24 PERSONNEL SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 1 .25 CATHODIC PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . 14 1 .26 INDUSTRY EXPERIENCE (SER/SOER KEYWORD INDEX) . . . . . . . . .14 1 .27 STANDARD INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . 15 1 .28 STANDARD STATION INSTALLATION PROCEDURES AND QC PROCEDURES . 15 1 .29 ENGINEERING CHECKLISTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 1 .29 .1 SYSTEM INTERACTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 1 .29 .2 ACCEPTANCE TESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 1 .29 .3 ALARA . . . 16 1 .29 .4 ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION . . . . . . . 17 1 .29 .5 FIRE PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 2 .0 IRLMXAWS . 17 2 .1 DESIGNER'S WAS& 17 2 .2 INSTALLER'S WALKDOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 3 .0 CONCEPTUAL DESIGN DOCUMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 4 .0 SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT OR MASTER EQUIPMENT LIST . . . . . . . . . 18 5 .0 COMPONENT CLASSIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 6 .0 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : A Page - A6 of A72

W .R . No . : 0-97548/D-97549 Rev .  : 0 Date  : January 15, 1992 Page 4 7 .0 PROCUREMENT DOCUMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 7 .1 BILL OF MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 7 .2 EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 7 .3 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 7 .4 EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS SCHEDULES (ERS) . . . . . . . . . . . 18 7 .5 PURCHASE ORDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 8 .OA AC/DC LOAD TICKETS . . 19 8 .08 ELECTRICAL PROTECTIVE DEVICE SKIN* GS' 19 9 .0 ENGINEERING DESIGN EVALUATION (QP 3-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 10 .0 REFERENCE TO CONFIRMATORY ANALYSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 10 .1 CALCULATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 10 .2 TECHNICAL REPORTS . . . . . 19 10 .3 STRESS REPORTS/OVERPRESSURE PROTECTION REPORT

'

• i *. *. .* .* .' .* *. .' 19 10 .4 COMPUTER 1/0 LISTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 11 .0 ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 11 .1 ENGINEERING CHECKLISTS 11 .2 WALKDOWN CHECKLISTS 11 .3 ENC-QE-12 .1 FORMS 11 .4 DC LOAD DATA FORMS/LOAD TICKETS Calculation No . 898511106 Revision 005 Attachment : A -

Page A7 of A72

W .R . No . : D-97548/D-91549 Rev . . 0 Date : January 15, 1992 Page 5 1 .0 DESIGN INPUT REQUIREMENTS 1 .1 BASIC FUNCTIONS TO BE PERFORMED The basic function to be performed by this Minor Plant Change is to replace the existing second level undervoltage relays Type ITE-270 connected to the Class lE 4 .16-kV Buses 23-1 and 24-1 with Type ITE-27N . This Minor Plant Change also relocates the second level undervoltage Panel 2252-83 and routes new cables to it from 4 .16-kV Switchgear 23-1 .

1 .2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS The performance requirement is for the second level degraded voltage protection scheme relays for the Class lE 4 .16-kV Buses 23-1 and 24-1 to be able to reset (once they drop out) when the system voltage recovers to an acceptable level within the time delay setting . This can be achieved by replacing the existing ITE-27D with ITE-27N relays .

1 .3 CODES . STANDARDS . REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS, AND OA REQUIREMENTS The codes and standards listed below will be used as guidelines for this Minor Plant Change . Some portions of the Minor Plant Change may not be designed or procured according to these, but the design will conform to them whenever practical .

Code Standard A) ANSI C37 .90 Relay and Relay System Associated with Electric Power Apparatus .

B) ANSI C37 .90A Guide for Surge Withstand Capability .

C) ANSI C37 .98-1978 Standard Seismic Testing of Relays .

D) ANSI N45 .2-1971 or Quality Assurance Program NQA-1 (1986) Requirements for Nuclear Facilities .

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : A Page A8 of A72

W .R . No . : D-97548/D-97549 Rev . : 0 Date : January 15, 1992 Page 6 E) ANSI N45 .2 .2-1978 Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants .

F) *IEEE-308-1980 Criteria for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations .

G) *IEEE-323-1983 Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations .

H) *IEEE-344-1975 Recommended Practices for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E Equipment .

1) 10 CFR 21 Reporting of Defects and Noncompliance .

J) 10 CFR 50, App . A General Design Criteria .

K) 10 CFR 50, App . B Quality Assurance .

L) 10 CFR 50 .49 Environmental Qualification of Electrical Equipment Important to Safety for Nuclear Power Plants .

M) Specification K-4080 General Work Specification for Rev . 5 Maintenance/Modification Work .

N) Specification Equipment Qualification .

13524-068-NIOZ, Rev . 3 Specification (by Bechtel) .

0) DC-SE-002-DR, Rev . 2 Dresden Seismic Design Criteria .

P) Specification Bechtel Radiation Study 13524-068-N101, Rev . 1 Nuclear Station Work Procedures Calculation No . 89851119-6 Revision 005 Attachment : A Page _ A9 of A72

W .R . No . : 0-97548/D-97549 Rev .  : 0 Date  : January 15, 1992 Page 7 R) CECo Electrical Installation Standard (EIS), Rev . 2 S) 10 CFR 50 .59 Changes, Tests, and Experiments T) AWS D.I .1, Rev . 1 Structural Welding Code U) DC-SE-01-DQ Project Structural Design Criteria V) *IEEE-383-1974 Type Test of Class 1E Electrical Cable, Field Splices, and Connections for Nuclear Power Generating Stations .

Note : An asterisk (*) designates a code or standard to which CECo has committed Dresden Station, Unit 2 . The revision committed to is not necessarily the same one as is to b, used in the design of this Minor Plant Change .

1 .4 DESIGN CONDITIONS The Type ITE-27N relays shall operate under all plant operating conditions and in the environmental conditions given in Section 1 .6 . The ITE-27N relays will be purchased with an internal harmonic filter to eliminate harmonic distortion in the ac input circuit .

The ITE-27N relay has a lower pickup voltage/dropout voltage ratio, which allows the relay to reset (once it drops out) when the system voltage recovers to an acceptable level . Thus, avoiding unnecessary tripping of the off-site power source and transferring of the Class IE 4 .16-kV buses to the on-site diesel generators . See also Section 1 .12 for electrical design conditions .

1 .5 DESIGN LOADS The new ITE-27N relays are the same size as the existing ITE-27D relays . Structural loading will be affected as the result of relocation of Panel 2252-83, however, the weight increase in the new panel location will not be significant . Structural loads (i .e .,

seismic and dead weight) have been evaluated for this Minor Plant Change and found acceptable (see also Calculatio n Rlo . 8982-13-1g-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

A Page _A10 of PJ2

W .R . No . : D-97548/D-97549 Rev . : 0 Date : January 15, 1992 Page 8 Sections 1 .7 and 1 .11) . The new relay has an input circuit at 0 .5 VA/120 Vac and a control circuit at 0 .05 A/125 Vdc which are less than 1 .2 VA/120 Vac and 0 .08 A/125 Vdc for the existing relay . The new relays will have no significant thermal heat contribution to the area where they will be located .

1 .6 ENYIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS The existing Dresden, Unit 2 second level undervoltage relays are mounted in Panels 2252-83 and .2252,844-Each panel contains two undervoltage relays : These panels are associated with and located just behind 4160-kV Switchgear Buses 23-1 and 24-1, respectively .

These switchgears and panels are located on elevation 545'-6" of the Unit 2 Reactor Building . This area is Environmental Zone 26 . The environmental parameters (based on E . Q . Binder 440 and Bechtel Specification 13524-068-NIOI, Rev . 1) were determined for the present locations of these undervoltage relays as presented below :

Parameter Normal LOCA Temperature 1044 1040 Pressure 14 .7 Asia 14 .7 psia Humidity <90% 100% (non-condensing)

Radiation <I .OE04 Duration 40 years I year Further detailed reviews (based on distances from radiation sources) have determined that Core Spray Pipe 1404-12" is the relevant radiation source for the panel locations . The existing location of Panel 2252-83 is 6 feet away from the core spray pipe and the radiation level at its location is 2 .8E05 rads .

This radiation level exceeds the vendor radiation limit for the new replacement undervoltage relays (ITE-27N), which is 1 .0E05 rads . Therefore, Panel 2252-83 will be relocated to the distance of 18 feet from the pipe in order to decrease the radiation level below the relay's limit . Comparison of the distances of both panels from this pipe provided the one-year post Loss Of Coolant Accident (LOCA) doses as shown in the following :

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

A Page _ A11 of __A72

W .R . No . : D-97548/D-97549 Rev . . 0 Date : January 15, 1992 Page 9 Distance From_

Panel No . Pipe 1404-12" Dose (radsj 2252-83 18 feet (new location) 3 .5EO4 (mild) 2252-84 27 feet 3 .OE04 (mild)

Panels 2253-83 and 2253-84 are subject to the effects of an RWCU line break at this location . This area is considered to be a harsh environment in the event of an RWCU line break . However, per EQ binder 44D, the second level undervoitage relay is not required to mitigate the consequences of an RWCU line break (Bechtel Chron 13303 and MLEA Calculation 88011-03, dated 11/15/88) .

1 .7 SEISMIC QUALIFICATIONS The seismic information contained in ABB Certification Report RC-5039-A (submitted for Modification M12-3-89-53) was compared against the seismic requirements for the location of the relays in each subject panel . The Seismic Design Criteria DC-SE-002-DR provides the response spectra damping values and seismic design requirements for the Dresden Station . The new conduit supports and support for Panel 2252-83 will be seismically qualified (Reference Calculation 8900-03-EE-S, Rev . 1) . The results of this review is that the ITE-27N relays, purchased to the ABB Report mentioned above, do indeed envelop the seismic requirements for this location and the relays would, therefore, maintain their functional ability during and after a seismic event (Reference Calculation CQD-051325, Rev . 1) . Seismic evaluation of Panel 2252-83 relocation is provided in Calculation CQD-510158, Rev . 0.

1 .8 ENVIRONMENTAL OUALIFICATIONS The new relays will be installed in Panels 2252-83 and 2252-84 . Panel 2252-83 will be relocated to an area with a lower radiation level . For a LOCA condition, Panels 2252-83 and 2252-84 are considered to be in a mild environment . For a HELB condition., specifically an RWCU line break, these panels are considered to be in a harsh environment . But, second level undervoitage relays are not required to mitigate the consequences of an RWCU line break (see EQ Checklist ENC-QE-6 .6) . Therefore, the second level undervoitage relays do not require environmental qualifications .

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision _ 00 5 Attachment : A Page A12 of A72

W .R . No . : D-97548/D-97549 Rev .  : 0 Date  : January 15, 1992 Page 10 1 .9 INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS This Minor Plant Change is limited to the second level undervoltage protection of the Class 1E 4 .16-kV Buses 23-1 and 24-1 . No other plant system is impacted .

This Minor Plant Change will increase the reliability of the second level undervoltage protection by using ITE-27N relays, which have a lower pickup voltage/dropout voltage ratio .

1 .10 MATERIAL-REOVIREMENTS In addition to the ABB ITE-27N undervoltage relays, the following materials are required for this Minor Plant Change :

a) Terminal lugs for #14 AWG SIS wires .

b) Switchboard wires, #14 AWG, and 600-V Type SIS .

c) Control Cable-d) Conduits e) Conduit Supports f) Mounting hardware for Panel 2252-83 1 .11 STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS The impact of replacing the second level undervoltage relays on Panels 2252-83 and 2252-84 have been seismically evaluated (see Section 1 .7 above) . The new relays provide no significant change to the structural loading of the subject panels . The new conduit supports and new support for Panel 2252-83 shall be designed to meet allowable stress requirements under normal seismic loading conditions as described in FSAR, Section 12, Seismic Design Criteria DC-SE-002-DR, and Project Structural Design Criteria DC-SE-01-0Q . The building structure was evaluated for the additional loads from the new conduit supports and relocated Panel 2252-83 . The normal and seismic loads were found to be within the allowable stress requirements described in FSAR, Section 12 and DC-SE-01-DQ .

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : A Page A13 of A772

W .R . No . : 0-97548/D-97549 Rev .  : 0 Date  : January 15, 1992 Page 11 1,12 ELECTRICAL REQUIREM ENTS This Minor Plant Change does not change the existing design and electrical function of the second level undervoltage relays . The new undervoltage relays shall meet the following specifications :

Detailed Description :

Type : ABB ITE-27N (High Accuracy Undervoltage Protective Relay)

Control Voltage : 125 Vdc (Nominal)

Input Voltage : 125 Vac (Nominal), Single-Phase Input Frequency : 60 Hz Case : Test Case Mounting : Semi-Flush Operating Time : Definite Time Delay Unit (Dropout Range I to 10 Seconds)

Harmonic Filter : Yes Standards : Per IEEE-344 (1975) ANSI C37 .90 and C37 .98 Catalog No . : 412T4375-L-HF-DP Replacement relays will have the same settings as the existing relays . System Planning will issue the relay setting order and Electrical/Instrument and Control Group may review the relay setting order .

Dresden Station Technical Specification, ELMS, electrical design drawings, vendor supplied information, and field walkdowns are utilized to establish the necessary electrical parameters for the second level undervoltage relays .

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

A Page _A14 of A72

W .R . No . : D-97548/D-97549 Rev . : 0 Date : January 15, 1992 Page 12 1 .13 LAYOUT AND ARRANGEMENT REQUIREMENTS The outline dimensions and panel drilling for the new ITE-27N undervoltage relays are identical to the existing ITE-27D relays .

Therefore, there will be no additional layout arrangement requirements . Layout of new box location will be specified on Engineering Change Notice 12-00470E .

1 .14 OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS The plant operational requirements are not changed by this Minor Plant Change .

The second level undervoltage relays are required to protect Class 1E 4 .16-kV Buses 23-1 and 24-1 against a degraded voltage condition . The relays are required to initiate a timer (five-minute time delay setting) if a degraded voltage condition persists (see Tech .

Spec . Table 3 .2 .2) . After the delay, the relays actuate associated circuits to trip off-site power source breakers, initiate load shedding and start the diesel generators . The relays are also required to be able to reset when the line voltage recovers to an acceptable level within the time delay setting . Thus, overriding unnecessary tripping of off-site power source breaker, load-shedding and starting of the diesel generator .

1 .15 I NSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL REQUIREMENT_S There are no additional instrumentation and control requirements since this Minor Plant Change does not change the function or logic circuitry of the second level undervoltage protection scheme .

1 .16 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CHANGES This Minor Plant Change does not change any set points or time delay settings for the existing undervoltage protection scheme . The new relay has a drop out tolerance of +/- 0 .5% which is bounded by the existing relay tolerance of t/- 2%. This tolerance is stated in Table 3 .2 .2 of the Technical Specification . The lower reset voltage is an internal characteristic of the new undervoltage relay . Therefore, no changes to the Technical Specifications are required as result of Calculation No . 8982-13-12-6 Revision 005 Attachment : A Page _ A15 of A72

W .R . No . : D-97548/D-97549 Rev .  : 0 Date  : January 15, 1992 Page 13 this Minor Plant Change . The Dresden station, Unit 2, Technical Specifications, Sections 3 .2 and 3 .9, and Table 3 .2 .2 were reviewed in making this determination .

1 .17 FSARAFSAR CHANGES This Minor Plant Change does not require changes to the Dresden Station, Unit 2 Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR)/Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR) . The FSAR/UFSAR, Section 8 .2 .3 .1 . was reviewed in making this determination .

1 .18 REDUNDANCY, DIVERSITY, AND SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS The redundancy, diversity, and separation requirements for the Class 1E 4 .16-kV Buses 23-1 (Division I) and 24-1 (Division II) are not affected by this Minor Plant Change .

1 .19 FAILURE EFFECTS REQUIREMENTS This Minor Plant Change will reduce the probability of inadvertent tripping of the Class IE 4 .16-kV buses off-site power source when the system voltage is at an acceptable level, and thus minimize unnecessary load shedding and starting of the diesel generators . No other failure effects are changed by this modification .

1 .20 TEST . NDE . AND WELDING REQUIREMENTS CECo and S&L will define the applicable tests and the acceptance criteria for the tests . This test declares the relays operable after the implementation of this Minor Plant Change . Welding of the conduit support to its base should conform to the requirements of AWS 0 .1 .1 .

1 .21 ACCESSIBILITY , MAINTENANCE, REPAIR, AND ISI This Minor Plant Change does not affect or change the accessibility for maintenance, repair, and in-service inspection of the undervoltage relays .

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : A Page 16 of A72

W .R . No . : D-97548/D-97549 Rev . . 0 Date : January 15, 1992 Page 14 1 .22 RISK TO_HEALTHAND SAFETY . OF THE PUBLIC This Minor Plant Change will not increase the risk to the health and safety of the public .

1 .23 SUITABILITY OF PAR S . EQUIPME NT, PROCESSES . AND MATERIALS All components used for this Minor Plant Change shall be compatible with the existing design and shall comply with the requirements in Sections 1 .2, 1 .6, 1 .7, 1 .8, 1 .9, 1 .10, 1 .11, and 1 .12 .

1 .24 PERSONNEL SAFETY No special personnel safety requirements exist for installing this Minor Plant Change . Standard precautions for working on electrical equipment are considered adequate for this project . No hazardous materials (e .g ., asbestos) are to be used .

1 .25 HOODC PROTECTION REOUIREMENTS Cathodic protection is not required for this Minor Plant Change, since no new metal pipes or structures are being added .

1 .26 INDUSTRY EXPERIENCE {SERISOER KEYWORD INWO After the degraded system voltage events at the Millstone Unit 2 Nuclear Plant in 1976, the Nuclear Regulatory Commission concluded that system design alone does not ensure the adequacy of the off-site power supply, and therefore, undervoltage relaying schemes should be installed on the system to protect against the possibility of degraded system voltage .

Experience with the added protection system over the past 10 years has revealed some problems in scheme logic and application that caused loss of the off-site power supply . The following is a brief review of one of these occurrences :

On August 1, 1983, the Monticello Nuclear Generating Plant experienced an actuation of the degraded voltage protection system . The plant was operating at rated power . The safety buses were running at 95 .2% of nominal bus voltage .

This is 1 .8% higher than the degraded voltage protection system setpoint . During this time, a Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : A Page A17 of A72

W .R . No . : 0-97548/D-97549 Rev . . 0 Date  : January 15, 1992 Page 15 large safety-related pump motor was started .

The voltage dip from starting the motor caused the voltage to drop below the degraded voltage protection system's setpoint . This activated the undervoltage relay and initiated the time intended to allow the protection system override such motor starting events . After the motor started, the voltage at the bus recovered to about 95% of bus nominal voltage, the same voltage level prevailing before the motor starting event . This, however, did not allow the undervoltage relay to reset at a higher level than the voltage of the buses even prior to the motor starting (95 .8%) . This actuated the degraded voltage protection system . This event suggested that the undervoltage relay reset characteristics have not been carefully considered in analyzing the system or selecting the hardware . In this case, the relay reset point is 2 .6% higher than the trip setpoint .

This would require that the bus voltage be maintained at a level 2 .6% higher than the relay setpoint to prevent inadvertent loss of off-site power .

This Minor Plant Change is being initiated to prevent a similar occurrence at the Dresden Station, Unit 2 .

1 .27 STANDARD INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS Installation work for this Minor Plant Change will be performed in accordance with the CECo's EIS, NSWP, General Work Specification K-4080, and Asea Brown Boveri Instruction Manual for ITE-27M relays .

1 .28 STANDARD STATION INSTALLATION PROCEDURES AND 4C PROCEDURES Standard Station Installation and QC Procedures will be used for this Minor Plant Change .

1 .29 ENGINEERING CHECKLISTS Attachment 11 .1 contains the following engineering checklists required by Procedure ENC-QE-06 .

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

A Page A18 of A72

W .R . No . : D-97548/D-97549 Rev .  : 0 Date  : January 15, 1992 Page 16 1 .29 .1 System Interac tio n_

The Nuclear Engineering Department (NED)

Procedure ENC-QE-06 .2, Exhibit A, "System Interaction Checklist," was used to evaluate system interactions that might be created by the installation of this Minor Plant Change and, therefore, must be considered in its design . Input for this evaluation was taken from the Dresden Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR), Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR), applicable station drawings, vendor information, and walkdown information . There are no system interactions that must be accounted for .

1 .29 .2 Acceptance Testing The NED Procedure QE-06 .4, Exhibit A, "Modification Acceptance Testing Checklist,

was used to evaluate the testing requirements . The testing requirements are described in the Summary of Testing Acceptance Criteria . Input for this evaluation is from the documents used as the guidance for writing the test procedures and other references listed in the Summary of Testing Acceptance Criteria .

1 .29 .3 ALARA The NED Procedure ENC-QE-06 .5, Exhibit A, "ALARA Review Checklist," was used to evaluate the ALARA requirements for this Minor Plant Change . Input for this evaluation is from station personnel, Radiation Zone Maps, Regulatory Guide 8 .8, and the modification description .

The radiological impact of this Minor Plant Change is minimal . Therefore, a formal ALARA plan is not required and that standard radiological control procedures may be followed .

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : A Page _A19 of A72

W .R . No . : D-97548/D-97549 Rev . : 0 Date : January 15, 1992 Page 17 1 .29 .4 Environmental Qualification The NED Procedure ENC-QE-06 .6, Exhibit A, "Equipment Environmental Qualification Flowchart Checklist" was used to evaluate the environmental qualification requirements for this Minor Plant Change . Input for this evaluation is from Bechtel's Specification 13524-068-N101, Dresden Station UFSAR, and Mr . Hunsader to Mr . Viehl letter, dated January 8, 1992 .

1 .29 .5 Fire Protection The NED Procedure ENC-QE-06 .7, Exhibit A, "Fire Protection Review Checklist," was used to evaluate the fire protection and safe shutdown requirements for this Minor Plant Change . The Fire Protection System in the surrounding area where the undervoltage relays are located is not required to be modified as a result of this Minor Plant Change . No other fire protection or safe shutdown concerns were identified .

2 .0 WALKDOWNS 2 .1 Designer's Waikdown The Designer's Walkdown was performed on January 3, 1992, to confirm and provide input for the detailed design of this Minor Plant Change . The Designer's Walkdown Checklist is included as an attachment .

2 .2 Installer's Walkdown The Installer's Walkdown was on January 13, 1992, to verify constructability of this Minor Plant Change . The Installer's Walkdown Checklist is included in the Minor Plant Change Design .

3 .0 CONCEPTUA L DESUGN DOCUNENTS No conceptual design documents were required for this Minor Plant Change .

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

A Page A20 of A72

W .R . No . : 0-97548/D-97549 Rev .  : 0 Date  : January 15, 1992 Page 18 4 .0 SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT OR MASTER EQUIPMENT LIST The new second level undervoltage relays for the Class 1E 4 .16-kV Buses 23-1 and 24-1 are classified as safety-related . The Master Equipment List should be updated to include the device numbers for the new relays . the Master Equipment List Update Form (Exhibit C, ENC-QE-12 .1) is included as an attachment .

5 .0 COMPONENT CLASSIFICATION_

The new second level undervoltage relays are classified as safety-related . The Classification of Component Form (Exhibit B, ENCAE-12 .1) is included as an attachment .

6 .0 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES Installation work for this Minor Plant Change shall be performed in accordance with the CECo EIS and standard procedures for safety-related work .

7 .0 PROCUREMENT OOCUMENTS 7 .1 Bill of Materials Bill of Materials associated with conduit supports and panel mounting apply for this Minor Plant Change . They are specified in the conduit support drawings of the ECNs and ERSs .

7 .2 Eguipment Specifications No equipment specifications are required for this Minor Plant Change .

7 .3 ater al Specifications No material specifications are required for this Minor Plant Change .

7 .4 Eauiament-Recuirements Schedules (ERS)

Materials other than the protective relays required for this Minor Plant Change are specified in the ERS .

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : A Page A21 of - A72

W .R . No . : D-97548/D-97549 Rev .  : 0 Date  : January 15, 1992 Page 19 7 .5 Purchase Orders The undervoltage relays have already been procured and are on site . Therefore, no purchase orders are required for this Minor Plant Change .

8 .OA AC/0C LOAD TICKETS DC Load Data forms have been completed to reflect the new undervoltage relays (ITE-27N) . The affected dc bus circuits include other loads, therefore, the total load on the circuit is the combination of the relays and the other loads . Thus, the load ticket reflects the combination of all the loads on the circuit .

The data forms and load tickets are included as an attachment .

8 . OB ELECTRICAL -PROTECTIVE DEVICE SETTINGS System Planning will issue the relay setting order to CECo .

Electrical/Instrument and Control group may review the relay setting order . New relays will have the same settings .

9 .0 ENGINEERING DESIGN EVALUNTION 10P 3-1)

The design documents for this Minor Plant Change have been reviewed in accordance with Quality Procedures 3 .1 .

10 .0 REFERENCE TO CONFIRNATORY ANALYSES 10 .1 Calculations Seismic Qualification Calculation CQD-051325 Calculation CQD-510158 Structural Calculation 8900-03-EE-S Electrical Calculation 7056-00-19-5, Rev . 12 10 .2 Technical Reports There are no Technical Reports prepared for this Minor Plant Change .

10 .3 Stress Reports/Overpressure Protection Report This Minor Plant Change does not require a Stress Report or Overpressure Protection Report .

Calculation too . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

A Page _ A22 of A72

W .R . No . : D-97548/D-97549 Rev .  : 0 Date  : January 15, 1992 Page 20 10 .4 Computer I10 Listings No Computer 1/0 Listings were generated for this Minor Plant Change .

11 .0 ATTACHMENTS 11 .1 Engineering Checklists 11 .2 Walkdown Checklists 11 .3 ENC-QE-12 .1 Forms 11 .4 DC Load Data Forms/Load Tickets Approved by : Date :

JWH : dmd 41DQC2433 .EP Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : A Page A23 of A72

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : A Page A24 of A72

ATTACHMENTS 11 .1 EnineerinvChecklists System Interaction Exhibit A, ENC-QE-06 .2 Modification Acceptance Testing Exhibit A, ENC-QE-06 .4 .

ALARA Review Exhibit A, ENC-QE-06 .5 Equipment Environmental Qualification Flowchart Exhibit A, ENCAE-06 .6 Fire Protection Review Exhibit A, ENC-QE-06 .7 Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : A Page A25 of A72

Exhibit A MOD . NO . W .R . Nos . D-9754 8 & D-97549 ENC-QE-06 .2 Revision 3 Page 1 of 4 SYSTEMS INTERACTION CHECKLIST I. General Evaluation Yes Na N .A, A. Does this modification connect non-safety-related equipment (piping, electrical, etc .)

to safety-related equipment?

Documents reviewed during determination of answer to this question ; Station Drawing Does this modification result in the in-terconnection of safety-related systems that provide the same safety function?

Documents reviewed during determination of answer to this question ; Station Drawings C. Does this modification require the connection to/interface with (ie, core holes, expansion anchors, anchor bolts, steel beasts, embedded plate attachments, HVAC seals, etc .)

Safety-Related Structural components?

Note : Identify in "Safety Classification" and/

or "Component Classification" sections of Mod .

Approval Letter and Mod . Package . (See Master Equipment List/Q List)

Documents reviewed during of answer to this question ; determination Calculation 8900-03-E.E-S., .ECN 12-00470E D. Does this modification add equipment that increases the floor loading?

Documents reviewed during determination of answer to this uestion ; Structural Calculation 8900-03-EE-S,-ECN 12-00470E Is this equipment to be installed in close proximity to safety-related equipment?

Documents reviewed during determination of answer to this question ; Station Drawings, ECN 12-00470E F. Will this modification introduce any new or revised operating modes for existing systems or equipment? Note : If new or revised modes are introduced, ensure the equipment is evaluated for operation in these modes and operating procedure limits are considered .

Documents reviewed during determination of answer to this question ;~ Station Drawings Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 E-06 .2(3) Revision 005

Attachment:

A Page A26 of A72 0565g-3

Exhibit A MOD . 'i0 . R ._ - Nos ...- D- 97548'& 0-..9.75_49 ENC-QE-06 .`

Revision 3 Page 2 of 4 SYSTEMS INTERACTION CHECKLIST N .A .

G. Does this modification effect other modifi-cations or temporary alteration,?

Documents reviewed during, determination of answer to this question ; Verification with Mod . Coord . and Temp . Alt . Log Does this modification result in (or cause) increased system or component operating volt-age and/or pressure? Impact of increased voltage/ pressure on existing system components (e .g ., relays, relief valves) must be evaluated .

Documents reviewed during determination of

• X ~*

answer to this question ; ABB Instruction Manual, IB 7 .4 .1 .7-7 . Issu e D II . Mechanical Interaction Have the following been considered for their affect on nearby safety-related equipment?

A. Missile Generation B. Pipe Whip C. High Energy Equipment D. Fire in the Equipment E. Primary Containment . Penetrations F. Secondary Containment Penetrations G. Structural Loading or Alteration of Structure (core holes, anchor bolts, expansion anchors, steel beams, HVAC seals etc .)

H. HELB Analysis (including EQ) X I. MSLB/LOCA Analysis (including EQ)

J. Any Attachments to Masonry Walls (conduit, supports, fire protection, etc .)

K. Damage to Safety-Related Equipment Due to Seismic III . Electrical Interactions Have the following been considered for their affect on nearby safety-related equipment?

A. Cable Qualifications B. Cable Separation C. Additional Diesel Loading D. Additional Battery Loading E. Load Shed Coordination F. Fault Trip Coordination G. Electromagnetic Capability (EMC)

H. Additional' Loading to a Safety-Related AC Distribution Circuit I. Damage to Safety-Related Equipment due to Seismic QE-06 .2(4)

Calculatio n No . 8982-13-19-6 05658-4 Revision 005

Attachment:

A Page A27 of A72

Exhibit A MOD . °rn . W ..R_-_Nos . D-9 8&D-97549 ENC-QE-06 . 2 Revision 3 Page 3 of 4 SYSTEMS INTERACTION CHECKLIST IV . Fire Protection A. Will this modificat act the safe shutdown analysis?

B. Will this modification add significantly to the fire loading determined in the fire hazards analysis?

C. Will this modification add a fire hazard not considered in the fire hazard analysis?

Is additional fire detection and protection required?

E. Are new fire stops or fire seals required?

• X -_

F. Is the need to repair existing fire stops documented?

G. Has the cable tray fill density in an electrical fire stop been exceeded?

V. Security A. Will this modification alter barriers to allow unauthorized access to protected or vital areas? _*

B. Will this modification remove equipment that forms part of a security barrier such as piping, valves, that would allow passage of small objects into or out of a vital area?

C. Will, this modification create holes in protected or vital area barriers to facilitate construction?

Will this modification leave vital area door alarms in access mode after work completion?

E. Will this modification effect essential security telephones/communication systems, computer systems or lighting?

F. Will this modification place equipment structures or vehicles within the isolation zones of the protected area or within exterior "clear" zones of sensitive facilities, such as storage vaults?

VI . Impact on Plant Simulator A. Does this modification affect any controls, meters, recorders, alarms, CRT displays or any other items on the Main Control Board which will require alterations to the plant simulator?

B. Does this modification affect parameters which will affect the rgspQ_nfiV of the plant simulator (e .g ., auto-+vatic initiation interlocks, transient responses, time delay relays, etc .)?

QE-06 .2(5)

Calculatio n No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : A 0565g-5 Page A28 of A72

Exhibit A MOD . NO . W .R . Nos . D-9754 8 & D-91549 ENC-QE-06 .2 Revision 3 Page 4 of 4 SYSTEMS INTE~rTION CHECKLIST Yes No N .A .

VII . a) Does this mod affect the process computer inputs to SPDS?

b) Does this mod affect the instrumentation providing process computer inputs to SPDS?

c) Does this mod affect the SPDS CRT display?

d) Does this mod affect the operating limits or X

values of parameters on SPDS?

e) Does this mod affect the logic for computing parameters on SPDS?

VIII . Explain any

• Marked Answers Below.

(Attach Additional Page If Necessary)

See below ;

PREPARED BY : DATE :

APPROVED BY : DATE :

I .C . Panel 2252-83 will be relocated to Column 39-N in the Reactor Building . It will be mounted to the column utilizing concrete expansion anchors and unistruts .

I .E . The second level undervoltage relays are safety-related and are connected to the safety-related 4 .16-kV Buses 23-1 and 24-1 . The replacement relays and Panel 2252-83 will be seismically mounted so that they will not affect nearby safety-related equipment .

QE-06 .2(6 - LAST)

Calculation No .

Revision

,5658-6 Attachment : _

Page - A29

ALARA REVIEW CHECKLIST Exhibit A LEVEL 1 REVIEW WR No . D-97548 ENC-QE-06 . 5 Mod ification No . :WR . No, D- 915_4Q Revision 3 Page 1 of 2 RADIOLOGICAL SCREENING Cosaclete Parts 1 And 2 PART 1 : ENSTALIATION Yes 1 .1 Is any work performed inside radiologically controlled areas? [XI I I Conaen t (If "Yes" continue . If "No" go to Item 1 .6 .1 1 .2 Is there a possibility of coming into contact with contaminated liquids? ( l (X I Consent (If "Yes" go to Item 1 .5 . If "tto" continue .)

1 .3 Is there a possibility of cooing into contact with airborne contamination? I (X I Consent (If "Yes" go to Item 1 .5 . If "!lo" Continue

.)

1 .4 Is the estimated installation dose from this modification I I IX I greater than 1 .0 man-rem (calculation below)?

ComEent Documents reviewed during determination of answer to this question ; Conversation with station ALARA Coordinator and S&L EPED "Yes" go to Ites 1 .5 . If ' .po" go to Items 1 .6 .1 INSTALLATION DOSE CALCULATION Area Descrition Dose Bate Rem  ?!ra-hra Dose Man- Rem Panels 2252-83*

2252-84' .004 200 0 .8 Unit eactor Buildin g El 545'-6" Total Estimated Dose 0 .8

• Panel 2252-83 will be moved to Col/Row 39-N 1 .5 If questions 1 .2, 1 .3, or 1 .4 are answered "yes, ,, this is a radio) tally significant modification . A level 2 ALAAA INSTALLATION review must be completed and attached .

Prepared By : Date 1 .6 This modification does NOT require a level 2 ALARA INSTALLATIOl1 review .

Prepared By :, Calculation No, 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

A Page A30 of A72

ALARA REVIEW CHECKLIST Exhibit A LEVEL 1 REVIEW WR No . D-97548 ENC-QE-06 .5 Modification No . : WR No . D-97549 Revision 3 Page 2 of 2 RADIOLOGICAL SCRMING

2. PART 2 : DSSIGH Yes NO 2 .1 Does this modification alter systems which contain or could ( ) (X )

contain radioactivity (e .g ., liquid, gaseous, or solid rad-waste ; BVAC in contaminated areas ; postaccident recovery systems, etc .)?

Comment (If "Yes" go to Item 2 .5 . If "No" continue .)

2 .2 Does this modification alter parts or components that could ( (X be in a flow path leading to the reactor core?

Comment (If "Yes" go to Item 2 .5 . If "No" continue 2.3 Does this modification alter or add radiation shields? ( ) (X )

Comment (If "Yes" go to Item 2 .5 . If '?to" continue .)

2 .4 Is that estimated additional annual operating dose frogs this modification greater than 1 .0 man-rem (calculation below)? t ) (X )

cm mat No anticipated maintenance (If "Yes" go to Item 2 .5 . If "No" go to Item 2.6 .)

ADDITIONAL OPERATING DOSg CALCUIATION Area Description Dose Rate ?Lm-bxs/Tr Dose Unit-2 Reactor Bldg .

E l 545' -6 " .001 S1 ~..0 .

Total Estimated Dose 2.5 If questions 2 .1, 2.2, 2.3, or 2.4 ,ere answered "yes," this is a radiologically significant modification . A level 2 ALAU DESIGN review must be completed and attached .

Prepared By : Date 2 .6 This modification does NOT require a level 2 ALARA ISSTALIATION review .

Prepared By : Date QE-06 .5(6)

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 og51g-6 Revision 505 Attachment : A Page A31 of A72

FOUIPMEN'T ENN'IRONNIENTAL QUALIFICATION EARBIT A FLOWCHART/CHECKLIST ENC-QE-06.6 W .R . Nos . D-97548 & D-97549 NO Revision I CAN THE COMPONENT E COMMENT IDEsnFYTHE PATH AND PRO'"DE NO_ THE REQUIRED INFOPMATIONCY AFFECT ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL? (or AC71VE W* COMPLETING THIS FLOWCHART/CHECKLIST EQvimirNm MECHANICAL FOR (t .c. EWRONMENTAL) BYROXIBRAIDWOOD NOTE. Before signing below, the information path required for be aph"ble mum be coffni.

YES IS C ON I PON ENT LOCATED INA HARSH NO - E,NNIRO.N%tE'.%-r TiFs"-'

IS THE NO NO COMPONENVT sAFM RELATEDT T l oth x DOES THE COMPONUTST DETERMINE KT-S AFFECT THE OPER4TI0N OPERATING AND OF A SAFEW-REIATED CCIDENT SERVICE M* COMPONENT?

CONDMO%S

~,, NO DL-MX%IISE THE SHOULD COMPONENT ZONE OPERATING DURINGTIME BE EQ BY OTHER REQUREMEN-TTS 26 P057 ACCIDENT (I.E. RG L97)

NO S THE COMPONEVT EXPOSED TO A HARSH ENNI RONNI ENT

'No X AT THE TIM E IT IS REQURED TO OPERATE' COMPONENTS REQU RE FULL QUALIFICATION TO IEEE 323-1974 RE%1EWQt:AuncAnoN RE%1 E W QUALIFLOMION DOCUMENTATION PER DOCUMENTATION PER ENC-QEt1. E.NC.QE42.

UPDATE/DEVELOP EQ IJTDATE/DEVELO P EQ BINDER IF APPUCABLE. BINDER IF APPLICABLE.

EQ BINDER NO. EQ BINDER NO.

NTMFY INSTALLATION CONSTRAINTS ARE ACCOWTED FOR. PRO#71 DE EQ hWNT.

PROVIDE EQ .MAINT. & SM. REQUREIMENTS SM. REOLIREMENTS AND FILL OAT SCEW SHEETS. (or EI)LUMMEMI)

AJ%'D FILL OLT SCEW SHEETS. (or EQUVALEN-n INMATE UNION OF - INITUTE REVISION OF EQ UST. EQ UST.

REVISED COPY SHOULD MISED COPY SHOUD BE SENT TO APPROPRIATE BE SENT TO APPROPRIATE EQ LIST COORDINATOR i EQ USr COORDMATOR y

COMPLETE PREPARED BY. DATE :

APPROVED BY. DATE.

QE-06 .6(7)

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : A Page A32 of A72

Exhibit A

~Qo no 'SIR. . Pros - D797548, D-jA49 ENC-QE-06 .7 Revision 2 Page I of 7 b

Any of the questions which are answered -yes - shall. e ex lamed .

if a change to the design is made so that a question can e answered "no, then this change should also be explained .

XU

• N4* ffLA 1 . POST_ FIRE SAFE SHUTDOWN ANALYSIS A. Will the modification alter the function or location of a safe shutdown system or component as described in the safe shut-down report?

See the attached sheet .

B. Is an electrical cable (power, control, instrumentation) being added or rerouted or is an electrical control circuit being modified? (If "No", proceed directly to Question I .D . if "Yes", continue) .

See the attached sheet .

1 . Will operation of a hot or cold post fire shutdown system be affected by a circuit fault in any way?

2. Will potential fire induced circuit or cable faults introduce additional spurious operations of equipment (e .g ., breakers or valves) adverse to safe shutdown and not previously analyzed?

3. Does the circuit share a common power source with post fire safe shutdown equipment in a manner that degrades the availability of that equipment?

Does the circuit create a safe shut-down "common enclosure" problem?

C. If any question I .B .1 through I .B .4 is answered "Yes" continue . Otherwise go to Question I .D .

1. Are the physical separation and electrical isolation commitments in the post fire safe shutdown report violated?

.7(b)

QE-O6 g-6 anon No. 8982-13-19-6 Revision . 005 Attachment ; A Page A33 of A72

Exhibit

--aw-A-97543, D-97549 - ENC-QE-06 .7 Revision 2 Page 2 of 7 FIRE PROTECTION REVIEW CHECKLIST MY NO* NLIA

1. C. 2. Are additional design features (e .g .,

isolation switch) or manual actions necessary for hot shutdown?

3. Are additional repair procedures or manual actions necessary for cold shutdown?

D. Will this modification alter the performance of 1) existing emergency lighting or

2) plant communications systems necessary for post fire safe shutdown or fire fighting?

E. Will this modification block access to or egress from plant areas for post fire safe shutdown equipment operation or fire fighting?

Ii . RE HAZAUS AVALYSI Will the modification significantly alter the fire loading considered in the fire hazards analysis?

Will this modification create any new fire X hazards not considered in the fire hazards analysis?

Will this modification violate the separation requirements of the station?

III . QM110 MEASURES A. Are the fire detection or suppression systems, rated fire barriers, or curbs being modified or proposed? If "No'", go to Question III .B .

1. Have any deviations to applicable NFPA code commitments been identified?

2. If a new water suppression system is installed, is drainage inadequate?

QE-06 . 7(7) 1160g-7 Calculation No .

Revision Aftachrnen-F-Page --A34

7 xhibit A MD . NO . _U_R__1oS__ ;-.97548, 0-97549 ENC-QE-06 .7 Revision 2 Page 3 of 7 W IN)

• NN11 A III .A . 3 . If a suppression system (water, gas, foam, dry chemical) is being Wified, are there any adverse effects of actuation on safe shutdown equipment (water spray, local freezing, pressurization, flooding at lower elevations)?

4. If the fire water system or a water suppression system is altered, will the supply from the fire water system be degraded?

5 . Is a new fire rated barrier being installed or has the rating of an existing barrier (rated or unrated) been upgraded? (If so . all penetrations should have the same rating as the barrier) .

6. Has a new curb been added? (If so, adequate drainage and/or retention capacity must be provided .)

B. The performance of existing fire protection measures may be degraded by any of the following :

1. Will the modification involve a physical change (e .g ., the routing of cable, conduit, RVAC ducts, or piping ; change of ventilation air flow ; change in a structural element) to a fire area/zone with a detection and/or with a suppression system? (If so, the installation must not prevent a suppression or detection system from performing its intended function) .

See the attached sheet .

.7(d)

QE-O6 Calculation No . . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : j Page --A35 of A72

Exhibit A W .R . Nos . D-97548, D-97549 ENC-QE-06 .7 Revision 2 page 4 of 7 FiREAPERQ- CTION REVIEW CFIECKLiS IU* U* MIA III-B, 2. Will the modification block access to or reduce coverage of any of the following manual fire protection equipment .

a. hose stations

b. fire extinguishers C . fire protection control panels

d. fire system valves

e. manual pull stations .

The following types of modifications may affect the performance of a barrier to fire :

a. Does this modification affect the protective coating on structural steel?

b. Will this modification involve an X alteration to any of the existing fire barriers through the install-ation, removal, or modification of a penetration or penetration seal?

e doors pipe and HVAC ducts penetration seals iii . fire dampers - X iv, electrical penetration seals of X trays, conduits, risers v . access openings

4. a. Will the modification route cables X through cable tray fire break (Dresden only)?

b. Do modification design drawings reflect the passage of cables through (not around) cable tray fire breaks (Dresden only)?

New cables do nQt pass through fire breaks

5. a . will the modification require the disturbance of a cable tray wrap?

QE-06 .7(9) 1160g-9 CaKWOM No.

Revision Attachmer~F Page __A36

7 xhibit ;

W . R . Nos . D-97548, D-97549 ENC-PE-06 .7 Revisicn 2 Page 5 of 7 FIFE FROTECTION ALI ST M* NQ III . B . 5 - b Does the modification involve routing items above fire-wrapped conduits or cable trays or their supports .

6 Have curbs, door sills, ramps, in tray water stops, waterproofing, etc . designed to contain flammable or combustible liquids or water from suppression systems been altered?

X

a. Has smoke removal capability been affected?

b Will the modification affect the hold time or concentration of a gaseous suppression system?

IV . CONTROL 0 COMBUSTIBLES A. Identify Fire Zone(s) associated with this change . 1 .1-2 .3 B. Identify fire protection documentation which might be affected by this change :

FIRE ZONE SER DEVIATION/ SAFE SHUTDOWN FAA EXEMPTION ANALYSIS 1 .1 .2 .3 3 .2 .2 3 .5 .4 .3 4 .2 4 .2 .3 C. Does this change involve an increAge n r reduction of fixed combustibles (including electrical cable) in anv Zone identified in A?

If YES . identif.-.- . 1 1 , 't; i n g t ,P' I 1

If NO, proceed to D .

QE-06 .7(lo) og-10 CAKWMbn No. 8=5146 ReMbn 005 Attachment : A Page A37 of A72

Exhibit A Ao : . no . R-Nos . D-97548, 0-97549 ENC-QE-06 .7 Revision 2 Page 6 of 7 FIRE_PRQTECT1OV.REVIEW §H C1111-T FIRE ZONE EQUIPMENT COMBUSTIBLE QTY HEAT CONTENT HEAT LOAD 01 BTUIET BTU 1 .1 .2 .3 Electrical Cable Insulation 12 1612 19,344*

This is negligible compared to existing heat load of 2 .1 x 108 BTU . FHA need not be revised .

I=* NQ* ffJ-A

1. Is fixed combustible heat load higher than that identified in the Appendix R SERB and/or Exemption Requests?

If YES, attach NRC submittal . Applicable portion of work may not proceed until NRC approval is granted .

2. Provide FHA text revisions here and submit to Maintenance and Station Support Fire Protection Group for concurrence prior to installations .

3. Provide technical justification and answer the three 10CFRSO .59 questions for the revised heat load .

D. Does this change require any estimated temporary increase in combustible heat loads (i .e ., during installation and testing)? - X If YES, inform the Station Fire Marshall through the Mod Approval Letter for concurrence and appropriate administrative controls .

FIRE ZONE EQUIPMENT COMBUSTIBLE QTY HEAT CONTENT HEAT LOAD QE-06 .7(11)

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-§ 1160g-11 Revision 005

Attachment:

A Page A38 of A72

Exhibit A MOD - '10, . Nos_ 9::9754$ . ENC-QE-06 .7 Revision 2 Page 7 of 7 FIRE UQ-TUTUN EW (ZU_QKL M* UQ* NIA V . DOCUMENTATION MAINTENANCE A. Does this modification change a fire protection y commitment to the NRC or change a justification in an approved Appendix R exemption or deviation?

Is a revision to the Fire Protection Report or X Safe Shutdown Report or a supporting document necessary (e .g ., hydraulic analysis)?

C. Is a revision to NFPA code deviation report necessary?

D. Will this modification require a revision to X the fire protection drawings?

(Dresden and Quad Cities only .)

Will this modification change plant conditions X as currently described in the Fire Hazards Analysis?

F. Will this modification impact any other part of the fire protection documentation not addressed in Questions A through E above?

G. Will the modification impact the Station's Pre-Fire Plans?

Will any question answered "YES" in Section I, II, III, or IV above impact the Fire Hazards Analysis, Pre-Fire Plans or Fire Protection Drawings?

Any of the questions which are answered "yes - shall be explained .

If a change to the design is made so that a question can be answered "no, then this change should also be explained .

PREPARED BY : DATE :

APPROVED BY : DATE :

QE-06 .7(12 - LAST)

Calculation No. 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 116ug-12 Attachment : A Page A39 of _A72

W .R . Nos . D-97548 and D-97549 Page 1 of 1 Attachment to ENC-QE-06 .7, Exhibit A Following are the explanations related to the questions answered "Yes" in the fire protection review checklist :

I .A . Second level undervoltage relays for 4 .16-kV Buses 23-1 and 24-1 will be replaced . Panel 2252-83 with undervoltage relays for Bus 23-1 will be relocated to a new location within the same fire zone . The new relays will provide the same safe shutdown function as the existing ones .

I .B . A control cable will be routed to the new location of Panel 2252-83 . None of the electrical control circuits will be altered .

The cable routing will be confined to one fire zone . The new cable routing will not block the access to or the function of any fire detection or protection equipment .

III .B .1 The Minor Plant Change does involve routing of new control cables from Bus 23-1 to the new location of the panel . Existing cables from the old location of the panel to Bus 23-1 will be removed .

Since the new location is within the same fire zone, no fire boundaries need to breached WDQC2433 .EP Calculatio n fro . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : A Page A40 of A72

ATTACHMENT 11 .2 Walkdown Checklists Designer's Walkdown Exhibit C, ENC-QE-62 Installer's Walkdown Exhibit D, ENC-QE-62 Calculation hlo. 8982-13-19-6 ReWsW 005 Attachment : A Page _JAW41 of A72

3,ARGENT  :'5942292(2922 - & LUNDY ;"* 2 3Y :CECC Cresoen ENC PM Exhibit C RENC-QZ-62 Revision 2 Page l of 7 0 5'~ ,Scs.a 2,°

z 67 Mdit3ationNub 6

Station Unit Syste ml b Modification Description : Re-fiac .G",e,-Z4; k " err Patticf;ogata, Mame .,.(Please e Print) .,-. Firm/Dpi'4ag .m n IL t~~

~va4~ 7

&-W PW y~o 64L Chi- - n C9 =

1

i. The designer (Station or PtLD) is responsible onsible for arranging this alkdown and notifying participants, ,,and coordinati. ng this activity with NED . I I .

2. The a&signed Station representative is res onsible ;for arranging all necessary access clearances and notifying Station walkdown participants

3. fhe Designer is responsible for prepalring the Desi I er " s-Walkdown Checklist (to be completed f-411y -- NIA ir4advance as appropriate) and for recording walkdo4n observations .

4. each observation should be clearly idlentified, including location, such as building, room numbbr, elevation,jpiant coordinates, etc . '

5. Clarifying photograph& or Sketches should be utili :id when approprists .

6. Individual observations should =t bellumped into single entries

7. The Desi per is responsible for the resolution of all observations . -  ; I S. Copies of previous walkdown checklists with attachments shall be provided for subsequent walkdown reference .

9. The Desi ;ner°s Walkdown checklist shad be includedlin tho applicable Project Plan . 1 Qg-62(x3) Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : A Page A42 of A72 2

SENT BY :CECO Dresden ENC PM o 1-10-92 ; 14 :53 61594229202922- 5ARGENT & LUNDY ;# 3 t"ibit C i r Revision 2 pa~e 2 of 7 "ST .mm I S WA 'M in b 4-t r~tp' modification Number :

s resolution Walkdown Questions XU NA WA required?

(Yet or No)

1. Are there s eeial work area access probless? ( inky or heavy equipment, fimited access of work spaces, stM

2. Do work areas require special considerations for construction, operation, or maintenance?

(Respirators, tomporary work enclosures, radiation access,

scurity, job specific radiation work permits or clearances .)

3 . Is there need to temporarily remove grating, handrails, structural steel, conduit, tubing, piping, supports, aqvipment, or instruments tol facilitate final installation? i 1 )J SM 'M 4A*tVvCr 4 . Is there need to permanently remove I tutinN&.

grat ;nt, handrails structural steel, tr,V C e.'aC v tt.8" conduit, tubin= , piping, supports, equipment, or instruments to facilitate final installation?

5 . Do design or work couple:ities requital special installation or testing procedures? (Special vendor installation requirements?)

6 . Do other modifications affect the work areas, creating potential interferences?

Calculatio n No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

A Rage A43 of A72 0235%-16

wSNT " :DECO rrasaen ENC rM  ; '-10-92 ; 14 :53 ; 31594229202922-4 SARGENT & LUNDY9r 4 Exhibit C ENC-QZ-62 Revision 2 Page 3 of DISYGNER I s WALIMowrr_ca~c,~p, .`

Modification Humber : gloul Is resolution Walkdown Questions 1 U1 39 ~ required?

(Yes or No)

?, Will tOMporary Shielding be required A) o 8 . Will permanent shielding be required!

No 9 . Will the design increase radiation/

contamination levels?

0 10 . Will the design increase radiation/

contamination spread?

1 . is instrumentation or operating equipment located to minimise installation and ;

operating personnel radiation exposure? X i

12 . Are alternate designs feasible to red uce potential, radiation exposure?

13 . Does the routing (conduit $ tray, tubing) provide the clearest route piping, relative to installing supports, restraints, etc?

14 . Does the design provide for efficientr l See

'C 7Zff&a6%,

maintenance of existing equipment/ rt0AJ system? R-aCea.D °t

" War 15 . Does the design provide for efficient << FL~caia rc~~

maintenance of new equipment/system?

~CO~LCr ,f S rar 16 . Doe: the design provide for efficient) << M dtCoa+u ?WA) operation of existing equipment/systel? ,&

P.Otoxcr " '

Z-62(17) Calculation No. 1 8982-13-19-6 Revision 1005

Attachment:

_ A Page A44 of A72 5 g-

fir =Y07 Diresmen ENC RM  ; 1-10-92 ; 14 :54 9159422°202922 SARGENT & UUNDY ;# 5 Exhibit C ENC-QE-b2 Revision 2 Page 4 of 7 Modification Number :

s resolution Walkdown Questions XU IQ &A required?

(Yes or No) i I 6W 17 . Doer the design provide for efficient '~ ~FS a c. ~ T'~ o ~1 operation of new equipment or systems?

t . &C-0 (L 1> It 18 . Does the design provide for efficient testing of new equipment or systems?

14 . Does the deei $a rovids for efficient testing of exist ng equipment or systems? r PO 20 . Does the design provide for efficient I tie - =-&Z ISI of new equipment or systems? i .. _.. . e-au t P M ax.~T i ~4.d .C ot.1 M'tv*

0' 4*)

21 . Does the design provide for efficient . ..e ~. ; `-fw t P#A vjl~

ZSZ of existing equipment or systems? r.i ec.e wqW "a ertl a am ja,u 22 . Are flammable materials being added to the area? PO 23 . Does the equipment being installed or altered increase fire hazards in the area?

24 . If the equipment is safety-telated . doj fire hazards exist in the area which many impair its operability?

25 . Are fire barriers being breached by the design? i ._.., o 26 . Are security barriers being breached by the design?

Calculation N 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment :

Page A45 of A72

dY :Gc;.;C uresaer c r,m 1-1U-92 ; 14 :54 a15942292029 1 SARGENT & LUNDY ;# 6 Exhibit C INC-QZ-b2 Revision 2 Plate 3 of 7 Modification Number :

I : resolution Walkdown Questions SLA required?

(Yes or No) 27 . If safety-related, is new equipment located in proximity to high energy pipe whose failure could impair operability due to pipe whip, jet impingement, pressure or temperature conditions?

28 . If new a qui ment is a high energy Iv" SZ2 U f PM calf' system, is t located near safety-related Par mod equipment whose operability could be dM,4 Y .t' Y108Rt .

impaired due to failure of the new equipment?

29 . If the new equipment is safety-related, are there existing non-seismic items located such that their failure could!

impair the new equipment'e-safety function?

30 . If the new equipment is non-seismic, could its failure impair adjacent safety-related equipment functions?

31 . Have adequate measures been taken to I maintain required separation between redundant equipment?

32 . Can existing structures accommodate new equipment ; e .g ., are the existing steel beams to be used for supporting the equipment still available?

33 . Has all adjacent equipment been identified Seer

~`~ Ct O vu BZo~

that may affect new equipment ; e .g .,

access requirements? 1 2L Calculation Noi 8982-13-19-6 QE-62(1 ) Revision _ 005 Attachment : A Page A46 of A72

r-,vi or .wV~ cresven vv 91594228202922-+ SARGENT & LUNDY ;# 7 Z3chibit C ZNC=QZ-62 Revision 2 Pagi 6 of 7 1

n N,~A S WILL- OWN C"CxLill

~g7rYp Modification Number : 0 Of -7.C~ 'I

=s,reeo u ut on Walkdown Questions 'Z.~. au WA , required?

I(Yee or No) 34 . What are rastaller's requirements, e .g .

types of installation drawings, special post? or '"a installation equipment, partial modifi-cation requirements and modification i a ~ o o K't ! ~'.. yUa installation sequence? m ena. '1` fis24 A.L. " ~

"" Z1= u e LSM4, r9un.

a Zs interlace information available, e .g .1 I tie-fns? _ o 36 . Are spares available, e .g .

penetrations?

37 . 2s electrical and IBC information avail-able e .g . spare/correc tsize MCC compartment?

3$ . What are Station practices - electrical, ; ~'L.Er~LT7~!tGl}d,..

3&C, piping and structural? 5C _ i,f My c.7VAfiL.

39 . What are warehouse inventory stock YS,,

items?

~AA*l"t0Y 40 . Does design provide appropriate tolerances?

41 . Have Partial modification packages been Kss rj h t a s R_ O dr% tw aJ scope properly?

42 . For electrical modifications, do the drawings reflect actual field installed conditions for all terminal points which will be utilised for the modification?

Note! Develop additional or revised questio s depending o the modification scope prior to conducting the walkdcwn4 culation No 8982-13-19-6 ision Z-62(2 achment :

of

-) :NI uresjen tw pm 14 : 155  : 31062=922- SARGENT & LUNDY ;# 8 libibit C IMC-QZ-62 Revision 2 We 7 of 7 7SNIT 0 01 '7,S"( I Modification Number  :

I I Question Resolution question No .

Observation (Attach Sketch No, Otach Sketch Vts- 71 pt 6" 47 X. TO dr gnr I du wpu (.4.-0 Ow AOj i jA>xr7*rL4,9FI7, AJOT- A't tJOWP- VO I

rp I

)q,4. ,A 4W,+ .% 40,41C-A-4L47- &U*L<

)l~ Or r4 AJ HA raP4 Su4EG "

14, 4'~Cj L'04 O'J hw 77TJ-4c co . . we: S. r U.1 Aj rO -%- dO 0 / -F-- W- A-) &TwJ I

G7uc-L-oro- wowc-o ,~~p~r- rtt tic

om-ewrZovulivie-d- op% aR 6we L.4x a 24f" r% ei7- r--. &,X WA-S Sa R'S?z 0 1 am ~ 0 P, KO 0.7- / e /of a-Aj r JrtJ DrvrC+r~,rf^c._.s' t~~ g^'lrtddxJ St5"~a'z..~'S G~` ~'~° N AW p Oa j rq 4) . go Flo ~.r Jt. ~,s;:.,~e ~~ r}~. ~t~ ~ ,~ ~~.r' 4AW./av- 11 4-r

.2b7- ,fit r~ ~0 ie r*VU r TV le 0 1 &v,-j iXojsAmyrar, jr- eS  ? 6 62310 rZ c- M r7f,4"f-o I 0 11 16V t Pp S I A OW&AYWANK UK/

O .J I I

-'A /97- ":Se*.p su-:0xil rawiv=M I-0  : Ms ro C 4-y hw, /.*t& '46 PP-013 ( .Vy"A W , " r*a A; mj go,% )JIgr rftr Z-

"404 MAI"UrbU "" IPP CA Ali&

00V "/PAZ -T- C'o ruo L t VO, ir - X+-- /,fio rfor xaLU 6,yucL4swou-LOO-A,176tJ AUM 40 CPT24-"4Vp I

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 QZ-62(21) Revision 005

Attachment:

A Page A,148 of A72 21

ATTACHMENT 11 .3 ENME-12 .1 Forms Classification of Component Exhibit B, ENC-QE-12 .1 Master Equipment List Update Exhibit C, ENCAE-12 .1 Calculatio n No 89821 30 06 AvOW 005

Attachment:

A Page A49 of A72

Exhibit B ENC-QE-12 .1 Revision 3 Page 1 of 3 W .R . Nos . D-97548 & D-97549 CLASSIFICATION OF COMPONENT Directions : To complete this form, provide written documentation and specific reference s) for each item . (A Yes, No or N/A answer without a written explanation is not acceptable .)

A. EVALUATION Identify the system and system classification of the component to be classified .

The second level undervoltage protection for Class 1E 4 .16-kV Buses 23-1 and 24-1 ; Safety-Related .

2. List the components equipment identification number or stores item number as applicable .

MUMMA 127-4-B21-1 . 127-2-824-1 . and 127-4-024-1

3. Identify the pertinent documents required in describing the operation and required safety function of the component .

(Drawings, P&ID's, Wiring Diagrams, Technical Manuals, etc)

Technical Specification MR-19, 3ection 3 .2 . Table 3,2 .2 ; Updated Final Safety Analysis Report, Section 8

4. Identify the failure modes of the component and the effects of a failure on the safety-related system .

Failure of the second level undIrvoltage relays wil] result in long-time degraded voltage condition at 4 .I6-kV Buses 23-1 and 24-1 ; other undervoltaus protection devices are in place to protect these buses .

Do any of these failure modes prevent the system from performing its safety-related function?

Yes . This failure is a design basis of the Updated Final Safety Analysis Reaort .

02488-12 QE-12 .1(12)

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

A Page A50 of A72

Exhibit B ENC-QE-12 .1 Revision 3 Page 2 of 3 W .R . Nos . D-97548 & D-97549 CLASSIFICATION OF COMPONENT Must the component maintain the pressure boundary of a safety-related system .

No .

• 7 Would leakage prevent the system from performing its safety related function?

N/A

• 8 . Is the component required to function to ensure the proper operation of the safety-related system?

Yes . When HOW power has a degraded voltage, the second level under-voltage relays ensure the transfer of the safety-related Buses 23-1 and 24-1,tg,the diesel generators .

9. Identify special requirements or documentation required for purchase or installation (e .g ., Certified Material Test Report, Certificate of Compliance, Environmental Qualification, etc .)

Seismic Test Report, Certified Test Report for Dielectric and Surge _

Withstand Capability 10 . List the persons contacted to discuss the components function and/or operation .

Name Date Comments NVA These items must be evaluated, other items are for documentation purposes . The answers to these questions essentially determine whether the component should be classified as Safety-Related or Non Safety-Related .

QE-12 .1(13) 0248g-13 Calculation No . 89851119-6 Revision 005 Attachment : A Page A61 of - A72

Exhibit B ENC-QE-12 .1 Revision 3 Page 3 of 3 W .R . Nos . D-97548 & D-97549 CLASSIFICATION OF COMPONENT CLASSIFICATION OF THE COMPONENT From the results of this evaluation, it is concluded that the component is :

NON SAFETY-RELATED Component malfunction does not prevent the proper operation of the safety-related system . However, since these components are used for Fire Protection Systems, these components are classified as Regulatory-Related .

X SAFETY-RELATED Component malfunction prevents the proper operation of the Safety-Related System .

Prepared by : Date :

Approved by : Date :

QE-12 .1(14) 0248g-14 Calculation NO . 89851119-6 Revision OQ5 Attachment : A Page A52 of A72

Exhibit C ENC-QE-12 .1 Revision 3 Page 1 of 2 W.R . Nos. D-97548 & 0-97549 MASTER EQUIPMENT LIST UPDATE (SAFETY-RELATED CLASSIFICATION LIST UPDATE)

MECHANICAUELECTRICAL COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY STATION : Dresden UNIT : 2 DATE : _ 01-15-92 WDQC2433 .EP QE-12.1(15)

ATTACHMENT 11 .4 DC Load Data Forms/Load Tickets Undervoltage Relay 127-3-B23-1 Undervoltage Relay 127-4-B23-1 Undervoltage Relay 127-3-824-1 Undervoltage Relay 127-4-B24-1 Calculatio n No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : A Page A54 of A72

WOWRUMDV ELECTRICAL LOAD MONITORING SYSTEM (ELMS) s~ssv~

SAFETY RELATED YES Cg NO Q UTILITY :__ ~- 0. .. . STATION :. RF11:> Jt) ._____ . UNIT : A_ PROJ . NO . : 2Gj~ a NOTES TI i1E: LOAQ STARTS. .-- t as I SYSTEM CODE MODIFICATION NUMBER V CABLE NUMBER SOURCE OF DATA EXCEPT AS NOTED :

CY1oc~c1 A i38 s' TE ° .;L 7N GHQ' . AJo . ~1 !TF From A188 Z3 '7 .44 .1 .10 -7 ~SssvE b)

Ccr14rol :rr1 p v+ Cvrrcrn -f ,05 Ani f s, (M,4 )e, "DATA FORM PREPARATION 1-~lh-fa,A Kl  szaQ~_7 . -1A- 6 F 1066F 08°66°i4 Revision 005 Attachment :

Page A55 of A72

ELECTRICAL LOAD MONITORING SYSTEM (ELMS) i ssewiswed SAFETY RELATED DC LOAD DATA FORM FACE _ ~: OF y YES NO (Q UTILITY :__ ~ c-------- STATION : RF~UrtAi  _,___ . UNIT : _ . FROJ.NO. : S $A?d

-OA DESCRIPTION DATA NOTES

~c NAB LOAD: DURATIOK- =: cam. 3,.

SOURCE OF DATA EXCEPT AS NOTED :

modci AkA3*5 s rE - 7 /,1 GIAT . flo, gIIT ,13?6 - 14F From A33 ..Lr -? -

r vG mt 0r1 _I 3 -7 .44 .1 .1 .7 C=35 VE b)

Car14rcl :lr'Puf Cur'rcnt .05 Amps . (MA)el) n 005 chment : A Page A56 of A72

s A Ra E rt Ruxor I ELECTRICAL LOAD MONITORING SYSTEM (ELMS)

. w"wwomanou SAFETY RELATED DC LOAD DATA FORM PAGE 3+ -OF'q-_

YES 0 NO Q UTILITY : -- ~ 0. . . . . . STATION :__1~

"_ RCa.U i . . . . . .. UN ITc_

ITEM DESCRIPTION DATA NOTES

'A,,`*:- I Z'1104` N LOW STATUS : t E; N" OR W C INRUSH CURRENT - AMPS 0 INRUSH DURATION - SECONDS E INRMS: LOAQ:,CURRENTS - AMPS I 05 -AMPS TIME. LOAD STARTS :,!- f 16F . Fo LOAD DURAT

-of-. 0 a SOURCE BUS OR PANE E B 6 I I SYSTEM COD M MODIFICATION NUMBER CABLE NUMBER SOURCE OF DATA EXCEPT AS NOTED :

I'node 1 '~- A r38 ' = TE -.;~ -7 CAT. AJo . z4l1T,43-75-NF From A3S -7,L4,1 .17 ~xssvr 10)

Cor14rol Zrlpu+ Currtrl4 .05 Amps, (MAO DATA FORM PREPARATION DA TA ENTRY _INTO (ELMS)

DATE I PREPARER ( REVIEWER )REV . DATE PREPARER REVIEWER r~. rr~r o

` t~aicU a Rnvicinn I F 1 r 68w 8-88-1{ Attachment :

Page A57

TRICAL LOAD MONITORING SYSTEM (ELMS)

UTILITY ------- STATION, _111? UjIlley . . . . . . . UNIT :,  , P R 0 J . NO . : 814 gl_ -_ a AM NAME 1 0686 0856-K Page

DATE : 01-09-92 RGENT i LUNDY -- ELMS-DC VER 1 .20 ***

UTILITY : CECO PROJECT NO . 8982-

?TATION : DRESDEN(FILE : D2D5YLS .Ml4 2nd Level UV} UNIT NO . 2 DC LOAD TICKET BATTERY NAME : UNIT 2 125VDC BATTERY NOMINAL VOLTS = 125 .0

• • • Record number = 39 ***

Load name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4KV BUS 23-1 MN 1OF4 Status 0,141, or M) . . . . . . . . . . M (Existing, New, or Modified)

Inrush current amps . . . . . . . 32 .749 Inrush duration sec . . . . . . . 5 Cont load current amps . . . . 2 .749 Time load starts MM.ss . . . . .00 Load duration - MM .ss . . . . . . .10 Source bus or panel . . . . . . . . . RED BUS 2 CKT 2 System code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Source of equipment data CALC 705600 19 Drawing or other reference 12E-2322 Revision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cable number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ROUTING :

COMMENTS :

PREPARED BY :

REVIEWED BY :

APPROVED BY :

Calculation No. 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : A Page A59 of A72

G :-A " & LONDf -- ELNS - DQ (iER 1-20 "*

wilLITA  ; CECO PROJECT NO . 6982-03

!T&N  : DRE3DE E : DOHYLS .013 2nd level UV) jNIT NO . 3 DC LOAD TICKET

&ArTERY NAME : UNIT 3 125VDC BATTERY NOMINAL VOLTS = 125 .0

• • • Record number = 56 ***

Load name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4KV BUS 24-1 MN 1OF4 Status Q,N, or N) . . . . . . . . . . M (Existing, New, or Modified) current -- amps . . . . . . . 33 .440 Inrush duration - sec . . . . . . . 5 Cant load current amps . . . . 3 .440 Time load starts MM .ss . . . . .00 Load duration - MM .ss i . . . . . . .10 Source bus or panel . . . . . . . . . 2B-1 CKT 4 System code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Source of equipment data . . . . CALC 705600 19-5 Drawing or other reference . . 12E-265GE Revision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cable number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ROUTING :

COMMENTS : CO.'s /VTC Proj,"Ns PREPARED BY :

REVIEWED BY :

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6

!PPROVED BY : Revision 005 Attachment : A Page A60 of A72

Proposal fir K-2175 4160 VOIL SWILChgear R.

For 4000 Volt Auxiliaries, Conc .

Dresden Units 2 and 3

lame of Qddcr

Kneral Electric Compan i( Insert all data A columns}?

SWITCREAR DATA, Conc . 200 A 1 2000 A 1 3000 A I H. Percentage of water absorbed in bus sup-ports per ASTM Test D570 (plastic) or .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (M)

I . Minimum clearance between buses :

a . Phase-to-phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (inches) b . Phase-ro-ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (inches)

J . Bus spacing cencer-to-center . . . . . (inches)

K . Tap spacing cencer-to-center . . . . . (inches)

L . Type and description of bus joints . . . . . . .

M . Size and material of main bus . . . . . . . . . . . .

N . Size and material of ground bus . . . . . . . . . .

0 . Watthour meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

P . Circuit breaker control switch . . . . . . . . . . .

Q . Overcurrent relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., . ., .

R . Overcurrent ground relay . ., . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

S . Undervoltage relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., . ., .

T . Elapsed rime meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., .,

U . Potential transformer. .*,,*, . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V. Current transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accuracy, . . . . . . . . . . ., . . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

W . Cubicle Space Heaters :

Watts per cubicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Voltage rating . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . .

9 . BUS DUCT ASSEMBLIES (Furnish information for both indoor and outdoor designs, where different) :

A . High potential withstand test at factory on assembled structure :

60-cycle (1 minute) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JQ 8982-13-19-6 Calculation No Revision 005 Attachment : A Page A61 of A72

AL Of It IB 7 .4 .1 .7-7 PrAlpir Issue D

.SEA BROWN SOVERI INS7RUC71C)NS Single Phase Voltage Relays

---

i ---------------------------------------------------------

Type 27N HIGH ACCURACY UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY Type 59N HIGH ACCURACY OVERVOLTAGE RELAY Type 27N Catalog Series 211T Standard Case Type 27N Catalog Series 411T Test Case Type 59N Catalog Series 2110 Standard Case Type 59N Catalog Series 4110 Test Case ASEA BROWN BOVERI

1. M%*Mp Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : A Page 62 of A72

IS 7 .4 .1 .7-7 Single-Phase Voltage Relays Page 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 2 Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 2 Placing Relay into Service . . . . Page 2 Application Data, . . . . . . . . ., .  Page 4 Testing . . . . . . . . . . ., .. . . . . . . . . . .Page 10 INTRODUCTION These instructions contain the information required to properly install, operate, and test certain single-phase undervoltage relays type 27N, catalog series 2117 and 4117 ;

and overvoltage relays, type 59N, catalog series 211U and 411U .

The relay is housed in a case suitable for conventional semiflush panel mounting .

All connections to the relay are made at the rear of the case and are clearly numbered . Relays of the 4117, and 4110 catalog series are similar to relays of the 2117, and 2110 series . Both series provide the same basic functions and are of totally drawout construction ; however, the 411T and 4110 series relays provide integral test facilities . Also, sequenced disconnects on the 410 series prevent nuisance operation during withdrawal or insertion of the relay if the normally-open contacts are used in the application .

Basic settings are made on the front panel of the relay, behind a removable clear plastic cover . Additional adjustment is provided by means of calibration potentio meters inside the relay on the circuit board . The target is reset by means of a pushbutton extending through the relay cover .

PRECAUTIONS The following precautions should be taken when applying these relays :

1 . Incorrect wiring may result in damage . Be sure wiring agrees with the connection diagram for the particular relay before energizing .

2. Apply only the rated control voltage marked on the relay front panel . The proper polarity must be observed when the dc control power connections are made .

3 . For relays with dual-rated control voltage, withdraw the relay from the case and check that the movable link on the printed circuit board is in the correct position for the system control voltage .

4 . High voltage insulation tests are not recommended . See the section on testing for additional information .

5 . The entire circuit assembly of the relay is removable . The unit should insert smoothly . Do not use excessive force .

6 . Follow test instructions to verify that the relay is in proper working order .

CAUTION : since troubleshooting entails working with energized equipment, care should be taken to avoid personal shock. Only competent technicians familiar with good safety practices should service these devices .

PLACING THE RELAY INTO SERVICE 1 . RECEIVING, HANDLING, STORAGE Upon receipt of the relay (when not included as part of a switchboard) examine for shipping damage . If damage or loss is evident, file a claim at once and promptly notify Asea Brown Boveri . Use normal care in handling to avoid mechanical damage .

Keep clean and dry.

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

A Page A63 of _A72

Single-Phase Voltage Relays 18 7 .4 .1 .7-7 Page 3

-i -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2 . INSTALLATION Mounting :

The outline dimensions and panel drilling and cutout information is given in Fig . 1 .

Connections :

Typical external connections are shown in Figure 2 . Internal connections and contact logic are shown in Figure 3 . Control power must be connected in the proper polarity .

For relays with dual-rated control power : before energizing, withdraw the relay from its case and inspect that the movable link on the lower printed circuit board is in the correct position for the system control voltage . (For units rated 110vdc, the link should be placed in the position marked 125vdc .)

These relays have an external resistor wired to terminals 1 and 9 which must be in place for normal operation . The resistor is supplied mounted on the relay .

These relays have metal front panels which are connected through printed circuit board runs and connector wiring to a terminal at the rear of the relay case . The terminal is marked "G" . In all applications this terminal should be wired to ground .

3 . SETTINGS PICKUP The pickup voltage taps identify the voltage level which the relay will cause the output contacts to transfer .

DROPOUT The dropout voltage taps are identified as a percentage of the pickup voltage . Taps are provided for 70%, 80%, 90%, and 99% of pickup, or, 30%, 40%, 50%, and 60% of pickup .

Note : operating voltage values other than the specific values provided by the taps can be obtained by means of an internal adjustment potentiometer . See section on testing for setting procedure .

TIME DIAL The time dial taps are identified as 1,2,3,4,5,6 . Refer to the time-voltage charac teristic curves in the Application section . Time dial selection is not provided on relays with an Instantaneous operating characteristic . The time delay , may also be varied from that provided by the fixed tap by using the internal calibration adjust-ment .

4. OPERATION INDICATORS The types 27N and 59N provide a target indicator that is electronically actuated at the time the output contacts transfer to the trip condition . The target must be manually reset . The target can be reset only if control power is available, AND if the input voltage to the relay returns to the "normal" condition .

An led indicator is provided for convenience in testing and calibrating the :stay and to give operating personnel information on the status of the relay . See Figure 4 for the operation of this indicator .

Units with a "-L" suffix on the catalog number provide a green led to indicate the presence of control power and internal power supply voltage .

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : A Page A64 of A72

IB 7 .4 .1 .7-9 Single-Phase Voltage Relays Page 4 APPLICATION DATA Single-phase undervoltage relays and overvoltage relays are used to provide a wide range of protective functions, including the protection of motors and generators, and to initiate bus transfer . The type 27N undervoltage relay and type 59N overvoltage relay are designed for those applications where exceptional accuracy, repeatability, and long-term stability are required .

Tolerances and repeatability are given in the Ratings section . Remember that the accuracy of the pickup and dropout settings with respect to the printed dial markings is generally not a factor, as these relays are usually calibrated in the field to ob-tain the particular operating values for the application . At the time of field cal-ibration, the accuracy of the instruments used to set the relays is the important factor . Multiturn internal calibration potentiometers provide means for accurate adjustment of the relay operating points, and allow the difference between pickup and dropout to be set as low as 0 .5% .

The relays are supplied with instantaneous operating time, or with definite-time delay characteristic . The definite-time units are offered in two time delay ranges :

1-10 seconds, or 0 .1-1 second .

An accurate peak detector is used in the types 27N and 59N . Harmonic distortion in the AC waveform can have a noticible effect on the relay operating point and on measuring instruments used to set the relay . An internal harmonic filter is available as an option for those applications where waveform distortion is a factor .

The harmonic filter attenuates all harmonics of the 50/60 Hz . input . The relay then basically operates on the fundamental component of the input voltage signal . See figure 5 for the typical filter response curve . To specify the harmonic filter add the suffix "-HF" to the catalog number . Note in the section on ratings that the addition of the harmonic filter does reduce somewhat the repeatability of the relay vs . temperature variation . In applications where waveform distortion is a factor, it may be desirable to operate on the peak voltage . In these cases, the harmonic filter would not be used .

CHARACTERISTICS OF COMMON UNITS 1$7 Time Delay Catalog Numbers Type Pickup Range Dropout Range Pickup Dropout Std Case Test Case

---

z -------------

27N 60 - 110 v 70% - 99% Inst Inst 211T01x5 411T01x5 Inst 1 10 sac, 211T41x5-- 411T41x5 Inst 0 .1 1 sac 211T61x5 411T61x5 70 - 120 v 70% - 9990 Inst Inst 211T03x5 411T03x5 Inst 1 - 10 sac 211T43x5_ _411T43x5 Inst 0 .1 - 1 sac 211T63x5 411T63x5 60 -110 v 30% - 60% Inst Inst 211T02x5 411T02x5 Inst 1 - 10 sac 211T42x5 411T42x5 Inst 0 .1 - I sac 211T62x5 4llTb2x5 59N 100 - 150 v 7071 - 99% Inst a Inst 211U01x5 411001x5 1 - 10 Inst 211041x5 411041X5' 0 .1 - 1 a Inst 211U61x5 411U61x5 rMPORTANT NOTES :

1 . Each of the listed catalog numbers for the types 27N and 59N contains an "x" for the control voltage designation . To complete the catalog number, replace the - x' with the proper control voltage code digit :

48/125 vdc / . . . . . 7 250 vdc . . . . . . 5 220 vdc . . . . . . 2 48/110 vdc . . . . . . 0 2 . To specify the addition of the harmonic filter module, add the suffix '°-HF" . For example : 411174175-HF . Harmonic filter not available on type 27N with instantaneous delay timing characteristic .

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : A Page A65 of - A72

IB 7 .4 .1 .7-7 Single-Phase Voltage Relays Page 6 (41 421-9 DIA HOLES 9 .56 Figure 1 : Relay Outline and Panel Drilling Figure 2: External Connections Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 095 Attachment : A Page A66 of A72

Single-Phase Voltage Relays IB 7 .4 .1 .7-7 Page 7 Figure 3 : INTERNAL CONNECTION DIAGRAM AND OUTPUT CONTACT LOGIC The following table and diagram define the output contact states under all possible conditions of the measured input voltage and the control power supply . "AS SHOWN" means that the contacts are in the state shown on the internal connection diagram for the relay being considered . "TRANSFERRED" means the contacts are in the opposite state to that shown on the internal connection diagram .

Condition Contact State Type 27N Type 59N Normal Control Power Transferred As Shown AC Input Voltage Below Setting Normal Control Power As Shown Transferred AC Input Voltage Above Setting No Control Voltage As Shown As Shown Pickup Voltage Level Dropout Voltage Level Input Voltage Decreasing Figure 4a : ITE-27N Operation of figure 4b : ITE-59N Operation of Dropout Indicating Light Pickup Indicating Light Figure 4 : Opera of Pickup/Dropout Light-Emitting-Diode Indicator

IS 7 .4 .1 .7-7 Single-Phase Voltage Relays page 8 T, .6 TAI! TX

'A .

SWMT TING CA I x arty attUaxxx ING 09LAY AS SHOWN "GOW14 T1 Cato)* So 21 MAN . 41 IU4 ...

WJL T IN OILAT IT to

- NOT To extols UIPUT NATING Figure 5 : Normalized Frequency Response - Optional Harmon Iter Module Calculation No . 8982-13-1 Revision 005

Attachment:

Page __jQ8 - of A72

Single-Phase Voltage Relays IB 7 .4 .1 .7-7 Page 9 Pickup Voltage Calibration Pot .

2714 : CCW to Incr .

59N : CW to Incr .

Dropout Voltage Calibration Pot .

CCW to Incr .

Figure 6 : Typical Circuit Board Layouts, types 27N and 59N Figure 7 : Typical Circuit Board Layout - Harmonic Filter Module Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : A Page A69 of A72

113 7 .4 .1 .7-7 Single-Phase Voltage Relays Page 10 TESTING 1 . MAINTENANCE AND RENEWAL PARTS No routine maintenance is required on these relays . Follow test instructions to verify that the relay is in proper working order . We recommend that an inoperative relay be returned to the factory for repair ; however, a circuit description booklet C07 .4 .1 .7-7 which includes schematic diagrams-, can be provided on request . Renewal parts will be quoted by the factory on request .

211 Series Units Drawout circuit boards of the same catalog number are interchangible . A unit is identified by the catalog number stamped on the front panel and a serial number stamped on the bottom side of the drawout circuit board .

The board is removed by using the metal pull knobs on the front panel . Removing the board with the unit in service may cause an undesired operation.

An IS point extender board (cat 20OX0018) is available for use i n troubleshooting and calibration of the relay .

411 Series Units Metal handles provide leverage to withdraw the relay assembly from the case . Removing the unit in an application that uses a normally closed contact will cause an operation . The assembly is identified by the catalog number stamped on the front panel and a serial number stamped on the bottom of the circuit board .

Test connections are readily made to the drawout relay unit by using standard banana plug leads at the rear vertical circuit board . This rear board is marked for easier identification of the connection points .

Important: these relays have an external resistor mounted on rear terminals I and 9 .

In order to test the 'rawout unit an equivalent resistor must be connected to terminals I & 9 on the rear vertical circuit board of the drawout unit . The resistance value must be the same as the resistor used on the relay . A 25 or 50 watt resistor will be sufficient for testing . If no resistor is available, the resistor assembly mounted on the relay case could be removed and used . If the resistor from the case is used, be sure to remount it on the case at the conclusion of testing.

Test Plug :

A test plug assembly, catalog number 40OX0002 is available for use with the 410 series units . This device plugs into the relay case on the switchboard and allows access to all external circuits wired to the case . See Instruction Book IB 7 .7 .1 .7-8 for details on the use of this device .

2 . HIGi POTENTIAL TESTS High potential tests are not recommended . A hi-pot test was performed at the factory before shipping . If a control wiring insulation test is required, partially withdraw the relay unit from its case sufficient to break the rear connections before applying the test voltage .

3. BUILT-IN TEST FUNCTION Be sure to take all necessary precautions if the tests are run with the main circuit energized .

The built-in test is provided as a convenient functional test of the relay and assoc-iated circuit . When you depress the button labelled TRIP, the measuring and timing circuits

. of the relay are actuated . When the relay times out, the output contacts

%ransfer to trip the circuit breaker or other associated circuitry, and the target is Jisplayed . The test button must be held down continuously until operation is obtained .

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

A Page A70 of A72

Single-Phase Voltage Relays IS 7 .4 .1 .7-7 Page 1 1 4 . ACCEPTANCE TESTS Follow the test procedures under paragraph 5 . . -- - - I wa_ U .4110 units, select Time Dial #3 . For the type 2714, check timing by dropping the voltage to 50% of the dropout voltage set (or to zero volts if preferred for simplification of the test) .

For the type 59N check timing by switching the voltage to 105% of pickup (do not exceed max . input voltage rating .) Tolerances should be within those shown on page 5 .

If the settings required for the particular application are known, use the procedures in paragraph 5 to make the final adjustments .

5 . CALIBRATION TESTS Test Connections and Test Sources :

Typical test circuit connections are shown in Figure S . Connect the relay to a proper source of de control voltage to match its nameplate rating (and internal plug setting for dual-rated units) . Generally the types 27N and 59N are used in applica-tions where high accuracy is required . The ac test source must be stable and free of harmonics. A test source with less than 0 .3% harmonic distortion, such as a "line corrector" is recommended . Do not use a voltage source that employs a ferroresonant transformer as the stabilizing and regulating device, as these usually have high harmonic content in their output . The accuracy of the voltage measuring instruments used must also be considered when calibrating these relays .

If the resolution of the ac test source adjustment means is not adequate, the arrangement using two variable transformers shown in Figure 9 to give "coarse" and "fine" adjustments is recommended .

When adjusting the ac test source do not exceed the maximum input voltage rating of the relay.

LED Indicator :

A light emitting diode is provided on the front panel for convenience in determining the pickup and dropout voltages . The action of the indicator depends on the voltage level and the direction of voltage change, and is best explained by referring to Figure 4 .

The calibration potentiometers mentioned in the following procedures are of the multi-turn type for excellent resolution and ease of setting . For catalog series 211 units, the 18 point extender board provides easier access to the calibration pots . If desired, the calibration potentiometers can be resealed with a drop of nail polish at the completion of the calibration procedure .

Setting Pickup and Dropout Voltages :

Pickup may be varied between the fixed taps by adjusting the pickup calibration potentiometer R27 . Pickup should be set first, with the dropout tap set at 99% (60%

on "low dropout units) . Set the pickup tap to the nearest value to the desired setting . The calibration potentiometer has approximately a +/-5x range . Decrease the voltage until dropout occurs, then check pickup by increasing the voltage . Re-adjust and repeat until pickup occurs at precisely the desired voltage .

Potentiometer R16 is provided to adjust dropout. Set the dropout tap to the next lower tap to the desired value . Increase the input voltage to above pickup, and then lower the voltage until dropout occurs . Readjust R16 and repeat until the required setting has been made .

Setting Time Delay :

Similarly, the time delay may be adjusted higher or lower than the values shown on the time-voltage curves by means of the time delay calibration potentiometer R41 . On the type 2714, time delay is initiated when the voltage drops from above the pickup value to below the dropout value . On the type 59N, timing is initiated when the voltage increases from below dropout to above the pickup value . Referring to Fig . 4, the relay is "timing out" when the led indicator is lighted .

External Resistor Values : The following resistor values may be used when testing 411 series units . Connect to rear connection points 1 & 9 .

Relays rated 48/125 vdc : 5000 ohms ; (-HF models wit? harmonic filter 4000 ohms) 48/110 vdc : 4000 ohms ; (-HF models with harmonic filter 3200 ohms) 250 vdc : 10000 ohms ; (-HF models with harmonic filter 9000 ohms) 220 vdc : 10000 ohms ; (-HF models with harmonic filter 9000 ohms)

Calculation No . 8982-13-1,9-6 Revision 1, 005 Attachment : A Page A71 of A72

AD B ASEA BROWN ROVER!

ABS Power Transmission Inc .

Protective Relay Division 35 N . Snowdrift Rd .

Allentown, Pa . 18106 Issue 0 (2/89) 215-395-7333 Supersedes Issue C To AC Test Source See Fig . 9 Timer START Input SN? & LQ~pY GENT J UN 01 1990 vzv,C5 IV 5.0 Figure 8 : Typical Test Connections T1, T2 Variable Autotransformers (1 .5 amp rating)

T3 Filament Transformer (I amp secondary)

V Accurate AC Voltmeter Figure 9 : AC Test Source Arrangement These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met in conjunction with installation, operation, or maintenance . Should particular problems arise which are not'covered sufficiently for the purchaser's purposes, the matter should be referred to Asea Brown Boveri Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

A Page A72 of A72

ATTACHMENT B Fluke 45 Dual Display Multimeter User's Manual, Appendix A Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : B Page 61 of B12

FLUKE .

Dual Display Multimeter Users Manual PN 855981 January 1989, Rev . 4, 7/97 C 1999 Fluke Corporation, All rights reserved . Printed in USA All product names are trademarks of their respective companies.

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

B Page B2 of B12

Appendix A Specifications Introduction Appendix A contains the specifications of the Fluke 45 Dual Display Mult eter .

These specifications assume :

" A 1-year calibration cycle

" An operating temperature of 18 'C to 28 'C (64.4 'F to 82 .4 'F) 0 ve humidity not exceeding 90 % (non-condensing) (70 % for 1,000 W range Accuracy is expressed as +(percentage of reading + digits).

Display Counts and Reading Rates Rate Readings per Second Full Range Display Counts Sow 15 99,999" Medium 5 30,000 Fast 20 3,000

• Ohms full range will typically be 98,000 counts RS-232 and IEEE-488 Reading Transfer Rates Reading Per Second Rate Internal Trigger Operation Print Mode Operation Internal Trigger Operation (TRIGGER 1) (TRIGGER 4) (Print set at 1)

Slow 2 .5 1 .5 2 .5 Medium 4 .5 W 5 .0 Fast 15 3 .8 13 .5 Response Times Refer to Section 4 for detailed information.

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 A-1 Revision 005 Attachment : B Page B3 of B12

45 Users Manual DD Voltage Range Resolution Accuracy Slow Medium Fast (6 Months) (1 Year) 300 mV - 101JV 100 NV 002%+2 0.025%+2 3V - 100/UV 1 rnV 0.02%+2 0.025%+2 30V - 1 mV 10 mV 0.02%+2 0.025%+2 300V - 10 mV 100 mV 0.02%+2 0.025%+2 1000 V - 100 mV 1V 0.02%+2 0.025%+2 100 mV 1 PV - - 0.02%+6 0.025%+6 1000 mV 10 jlV - - 0.02%+6 0.025%+6 10V 100 NV - - 0.02%+6 0.025%+6 100V 1 mV - - 0.02%+6 0.025%+6 1000V 10 mV - - 0.02%+6 0.025%+6 Input Impedance 10 Mn in parallel with <100 pF Note In the dual display mode, when the volts ac and volts do functions are selected, the 10 MD do input divider is in parallel with the 1 MQ ac divider.

Normal Mode Rejection Ratio

>80 dB at 50 Hz or 60 Hz, slow and medium rates

>54 dB for frequencies between 50-440 Hz, slow and medium rates

>60 dB at 50 Hz, fast rate (Note: Fast rate has no filtering)

Maximum Allowable AC Voltage While Measuring DC Voltage or (AC + DC)

Voltages Range Max Allowable Peak AC Peak Normal Mode Signal Voltage NMRR* >80 dBt NMRR >60 dBt 300 mV 100 mV 15V 15 V 15V 3V 1000 mV 15V 15V 15V 30V 1O V 1000 V 50 V 300 V 300 V 100 V 1000 V 50V 300 V 1000 V 1000 V 1000 V 200 V 1000V

" NMRR is the Normal Mode Rejection Ratio t Normal Mode Rejection Ratio at 50 Hz or 60 Hz +/-0 .1 %

Common Mode Rejection Ratio

>90 dB at do, 50 or 60 Hz, (1 kf) unbalanced, medium and slow rates)

Calculation No. 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

B Page B4 of B12

Appendices Specifications Maximum Input 1000V dc or peak ac on any range True RMS A C Voltage, AC-Coupled Resolution Range Slow Medium Fast 300 mV - 10 NV 100 kNv 3V - I OOYPV 1 mV 30 V - 1 mV 10 mV 300 V - 10 mV 100 mV 750 V - 100 mV 1 V 100 mV 1 Igiv 1000 mV 10 W - -

lo v 100 PV - -

100 V 1 mV - -

750 V 10 mV - -

Accuracy Max Linear Accuracy dB Accuracy Frequency Power* Input at Slow Medium Fast Slow/Med Fast Upper Freq 2450 Hz 1 %+100 1 %+10 7%+2 0.15 0.72 2%+10 750V 50 WO0 kHz 0.2%+100 0.2%+10 0.5%+2 0.08 0.17 0 .4%+10 750V kHz 1420 0.511+100 01%+10 1516+2 0.11 117 1$1+10 750V kHz 2050 204+200 2 it + 20 2%+3 0.29 134 494+20 400 V 50-100 kHz 5 It + 500 5%+50 1 5%+6 030 038 1011+50 200 V Error

• in power mode will not exceed twice the linear accuracy specification Accuracy specifications apply within the following limits, based on reading rate:

Slow Reading Rate: Between 15,000 and 99,999 counts (full range)

Medium Reading Rate: Between 1,500 and 30,000 counts (full range)

Fast Reading Rate: Between 150 and 3,000 counts (full range)

Decibel Resolution Resolution Slow & Medium Fast 021 dB 0.1- dB Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 A-3 Revision 005

Attachment:

B Page B5 of B12

45 Users Manual Decibel Reference Resistance 8000 Sz 500 Q 124 Q 8 Sit 1200 S2 300 S2 110 S2 4 Sgt 1000 S2 250 S2 93 S2 2 92t 900 S2 150 S2 75 S2 800 S2 135 S2 50 S2 600 S2* 125 S2 16 Of Default resistance t Reading displayed in watts (POWER)

Input Impedance 1 M(I in parallel with <100 pF Maximum Crest Factor 3.0 Common Mode Rejection Ratio

>60 dB at 50 Hz or 60 Hz (1 kf1 unbalanced medium rate)

Maximum Input 750 V rms, 1000 V peak 2 X 107 Volt-Hertz product on any range, normal mode input 1 x 106 Volt-Hertz product on any range, common mode input (AC + DC) Voltage Accuracy Total Measurement Error will not exceed the sum of the separate ac and do accuracy specifications, plus 1 display count. Refer to the table under "Maximum Allowable AC Voltage while Measuring DC Voltage or (AC + DC) Voltages" located on page A3.

Note When measuring ac dc, (or any dual display combination of ac and dc) in

+

the fast reading rate, the Fluke 45 may show significant reading errors .

This results from a lack offiltering on the do portion of the measurement for thefast reading rate. To avoid this problem, use only the "slow" and "medium" reading rates for ac + do or ac and do combinations .

Frequency of AC Voltage Input While Measuring AC Current When the meter makes ac current and ac voltage measurements using the dual display, the maximum frequency of the voltage input is limited to the maximum frequency of the current function. For example, if you are making an ac current measurement on the 10 A range, the maximum frequency of the voltage input must be less than 2 kHz .

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : B Page 66 of B12

Appendices Specifications DC Current Resolution Burden Range Accuracy Voltage Slow Medium Fast 30 mA 1 NA 10 NA 0 .05%+3 0 .45V 100 mA 10pA 100 NA 01516+2 1A V 10A 1 mA 10 rnA 12%+5 0 .25V 10 mA 100 nA 0 .05%+ 0 .14V 100 mA 1 /jA 50.05%+5 1 .4 V 10A 100 jjA 0.2%+7 0 .25V

• Typical at full range Maximum Input To be used in protected, low energy circuits only, not to exceed 250 V or 4800 Volt-Amps . (IEC 664 Installation Category 11.)

mA 300 mA de or ac rms. Protected with a 500 mA, 250V, IEC 127-sheet 1, fast blow fuse 10 it dc or ac rms continuous, or 20 A dc or ac rms for 30 seconds maximum.

Protected with a 15 A, 250 V, 10,000 A interrupt rating, fast blow fuse.

Note Resistance between the COMbinding post and the meter's internal measuring circuits is approximately . 003 Q A C Current Resolution Burden Range Voltage Slow Medium Fast 10 mA 100 nA 0 .14V 30 mA - I PA 10 NA 0 .45 V 100 mA 1 jPjA 10 IjA 100 /jA 1 .4 V 10A 100 pA 1 WA 10 mA 0 .25 V Typical at full range Calculation ado . 8982-13-19-6 A-5 Revision 005 Attachment : B Page 137 of B12

45 Users Manual Accuracy Accuracy Range Frequency Slow Medium Fast mA (To 100 mA) 20-50 Hz 2%+100 2%+10 7%+2 mA (To 100 mA) 50 Hz-10 kHz 0.5%+100 0.5%+10 0.8%+2 mA (To 100 mA) 10 -20 kHz 2%+200 2%+20 2%+3 A (1 -1 OA) 20-50 Hz 2%+100 2%+10 7%+2 A (1-10A) 50 Hz-2 kHz 1 %+100 1 %+10 1 .3%+2 A (0 .5 to 1 A) 20-50 Hz 2%+300 2%+30 7%+4 A (0 .5 to 1A} 50Hz-2 kHz 1 %+300 1 %+30 1 .3%+4 mA accuracy specifications apply within the following limits, based on reading rate:

Slow Reading Rate: Between 15,000 and 99,999 counts (full range)

Medium Reading Rate : Between 1,500 and 30,000 counts (full range)

Fast Reading Rate : Between 150 and 3,000 counts (full range)

Maximum Crest Factor 3 .0 Maximum Input To be used in protected, low energy circuits only, not to exceed 250 V or 4800 Volt-Amps . (IEC 664 Installation Category 11.)

mA 300 mA dc or ac rms. Protected with a 500 mA, 250 V, IEC 127-sheet 1, fast blow toe 10 it dc or ac rms continuous, or 20 it dc or ac rms for 30 seconds maximum .

Protected with a 15 A, 250 V, 10,000 A interrupt rating, fast blow fuse.

Note Resistance between the COM binding post and the meter's internal measuring circuits is approximately . 003S2.

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

B Page B8 of B12

Appendices Specifications Ohms Resolution Typical Full Max Current Range Accuracy Scale Through the Slow Medium Fast Voltage Unknown 300 Q - 10 mi2 100 W2 0 .05 % + 2 + 0 .020 0 .25 1 mA 3 ka - 100 MS2 1 Q 0 .05%+2 0 .24 120pA 30 kQ - 1 a 10 Q 0 .05%+2 0 .29 14pA 300 W - 10 Q 100 S2 0 .05%+2 0 .29 1 .5 pA 3 M92 - 100 52 1 kQ 0 .06%+2 0 .3 150 IiA 30 MS2 - 1 W 10 W 0 .25%+3 2 .25 320 IiA 300 MW - 100 W 1 W2 2 % 2 .9 320 IiA 1000 1 mu - - 0 .05 % + 8 + 0 .02 Q 0.09 1 mA 1000 S2 10 mi2 - - 0 .05 % + 8 + 0 .020 0.10 120 IiA 10 W 100 m52 - - 0 .05%+8 0 .11 14 IiA 100 W 1 Q - - 0 .05%+8 0 .11 1 .5 pA 1000 1QQ ion - - 0 .06%+-8 0 .12 150 pA 10 ma 10092 - - 0 .25%+6 1 .5 150 IiA 1 00 m52 . 100 kQ 2%+2 2 .75 320 pA

• Because of the method used to measure resistance, the 100 Mil (slow) and 300 Mn (medium and fast) ranges cannot measure below 3 .2 W2 and 20 W2, respectively . "UL" (underload) is shown on the display for resistances below these nominal points, and the computer interface outputs "+1 E-9".

Open Circuit Voltage the 3 .2 V maximum on 151 Q 300 10,30 MU, 100 MU, and 300 MS2 ranges, 1 .5 V maximum on all other ranges .

Input Protection 500 V dc or rms ac on all ranges Diode TestlContinuity Maximum Reading Resolution Slow 999 .99 mV 10 NV Medium WV 100 PV Fast z5 v 1 mV I Test Current Approximately 0 .7 mA when meas ng a forward biased junction .

Audible Tone Continuous tone for continuity . Brief tone for normal forward biased diode or semiconductor junction.

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 A-7 Revision 005 Attachment : B Page B9 of B12

45 Users Manual Open Circuit Voltage 3.2 V maximum Continuity Capture Time 50 us maximum, 10 us typical Input Protection 500 volts do or rms ac Note When the meter A set to measure frequency and there is no input signal (L e., input terminals are open), the meter may read approximately 25 kHz (rather than the expected zero). This is due to internal capacitive pickup of the inverter power supply into the high-impedance, input circuitry. With source impedance of <2 U2, this pickup will not affect the accuracy or stability of the frequency a reading.

Frequency Frequency Range 5 Hz to >1 AID Applicable Functions Volts ac and Current AC Resolution Range Accuracy Slow & Medium Fast 1000 Hz 11 Hz .1 Hz 05%+2 10 kHz .1 Hz 1 Hz .05%+1 100 kHz 1 Hz 10 Hz .05%+1 1000 kHz 10 Hz 100 Hz .05%+1 1 MHz* 100 Hz 1 kHz Not Specified

• Specified to 1 MHz, but will measure above 1 MHz.

Sensitive of A C Voltage Level Frequency Pine wave}

5 Hz-100 kHz 30 mV rms 100 kHz - 300 kHz 100 mV rms 300 kHz - 1 MHz 1 V V rms Above 1 MHz Not specified Sensitivity Level of AC Current Frequency Input Level 5 Hz-20 kHz 100 mA >3 mA rrms 45 Hz-2 kHz 10A >3 A rms Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : B Page B10 of B12

Appendices Specifications Note When the meter is set to measure frequency and there is no input signal (i.e., the input terminals are open), the meter may read approximately 25 kHz (rather than zero). This is due to internal capacitive pickup of the inverter power supply into the high-impedance, input circuitry. With source impedance of <2 W this pickup Q11 not affect the accuracy or stability of thefrequency reading.

Environmental Warmup time I hour to rated specifications for warmu p < 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />, add 0.005 % to all accuracy specifications .

Temperature Coefficient <0 .1 times the applicable accuracy specification per degree C for 0 *C to 18 'C and 28 *C to 50 *C (32 *F to 64 .4 'F and 82 .4 'F to 122 *F)

Operating Temperature 0 'C to 50 - C (32 'F to 122-F)

Storage Temperature -40 *C to + 70 *C (-40 *F to 158-F)

Elevated temperature storage of battery will accelerate battery self-discharge . Maximum storage time before battery must be recharged:

20 oC - 25 oC 1000 days 50 oC 180 days 70 'C 40 days Relative Humidity To 90 % at 0 *C to 28 *C (32-82 .4 *F),

(non-condensing) To 80 % at 28 *C to 35 *C (82.4-95 *F),

To 70 % at 35 ' C to 50 *C (95 *F -122

• F) except to 70 % at 0 'C to 50

• C (32 *F -122 *F) for thel 000 W, 3 MQ, 10 MQ, 30 MKI, 100 MK2,and 300 MKI ranges .

Operating 0 to 10,000 feet Altitude Non-operating 0 to 40,000 feet In an RF field of I V/m on all ranges and functions: Total Accuracy =

Electromagnetic Specified Accuracy +0 .4% of range. Performance above 1 V/m is not Compatibility specified 3G@55 Hz Vibration Half sine 40 G. Per Mil-T- 28800D, Class 3, Style E.

Shock Bench Handling . Per Mil-T-28800D, Class 3.

Calculation No. 8982-13-19-6 A-9 Revision 005

Attachment:

B Page B11 of B12

45 Users Manual General Common Mode Voltage 1000 V dc or peak ac maximum from any input to earth Size 9.3 cm high, 21 .6 cm wide, 28 .6 cm deep (3 .67 in high,8 .5 in wide, 11 .27 in deep)

Weight Net, 2.4 kg (5 .2 lbs) without battery; 3.2 kg (7 .0 lbs) with battery; Shipping, 4.0 kg (8 .7 lbs) without battery; 4.8 (10.5 lbs) with battery Power 90 V to 264 V ac (no switching required), 50 Hz and 60 Hz < 15 VA maximum Standards Complies with: IEC 348, UL1244, CSA Bulletin 5668 EMC: Part 15 subpart J of FCC Rules, and VDE 0871 .

RS-232-C Baud rates: 300, 600,1200,2400,4800 and 9600 Odd, even or no parity One stop bit Options Battery (Option -01 K) Type 8 V, Lead-Acid Operating Time 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> (typical). E- 27 lights when less than 1/2 hour of battery operation remains.

Meter still meets specifications .

Recharge Time 16 hours1.851852e-4 days <br />0.00444 hours <br />2.645503e-5 weeks <br />6.088e-6 months <br /> (typical) with meter turned off and plugged into line power. Battery will not charge when meter is turned on .

IEEE-488 (Option -05K) Capability codes SH1, AH1, T5, L4, SRI, RL1, PPO, DC1, DT1, El, TED, LEO and CO External Trigger Input VIH 1 .35 V minimum VIL 1 .25 V maximum Input Threshold Hysteresis 0.6 V minimum Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : B Page B12 of B12

ATTACHMENT C S&L Interoffice Memorandum from J . White "Seismic Qualification of ITEABB Undervoltage Relay Model 27N, Series 411 T" Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : C Page C1 of C2

S A R G E N T L U N D Y INTEROFFICE MEMORANDUM From J. F . White - 22 x-3172 Date August 14. 1921 Project No . 8900-03 Dept ./Div . Mech ./Component Qualification Spec . No .

File No . COD-052214 Rev . 01 Page No . 1 of I Client Commonwealth Edison Co .- Stn . Dresden Unit 2 & 3 Subject Seismic Qualification of-ITE/ABB Undervoltgge Relax

- Mode-1-27N.SerleS 411T TO : J . Sinnappan - 22 (1/0)

CC : K. L . Adlon - 22 (1/0)

R. W Ferogier - 22 (1/0)-

. sac arias - --A J-/ -L )

CQD File 22 (1/1)

Reference : Asea Brown Boveri (ABB) Equipment Performance Specification RC-5039-A, dated 1-10-90, including Qualification Report Summary RC-5139-A, dated 1-10-90 for "ndervoltage Relay Type 27N .

CQD, has reviewed the Referenced Test Report and found it to be acceptable . This revision is being made to add a reference from the vendor that clarifies identification of the tested model . The seismic test levels meet the requirements for the intended application of the relay, and the test requirements of IEEE 344-1975 . Therefore, the relay is seismically qualified for use in panels 2252(3)-83(4), at elevation 545 1 -6" in the Reactor Building at the Dresden Station.

By copy of this memorandum, the Checklist for Dynamic Qualification of Mechanical and Electrical Equipment, supporting documents, are being sent to the CQD file .

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

C Page C2 of C2

ATTACHMENT D GE Document 7910 Dated 6-20-77 Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : Q Page D1 of D3

,laatecv1Actvl IKAtvorUMmtXb-(NUUUR VOLTAGE

-r HY .BUTE ! c10k MOLDED a FUSED AND UNFUSED MODELS Type JVM-3 Page 13 2400 to 4800 Volts 5"0 Hs June 20.19' (Fbea 1234x731 (Fit" 1234674 (Ptloe 123447sl Fig. 1 . Type JVM-3 veltege heestenew ft 2. Typo 1VR43 "ft" treesteww ft 3. Type 1VM.3 wkep Mtasfenem (uavsed) (easrht69 4e81194 (Iw04srse 411,11610111111 APPLICATION-The TypcJVM-3 voltage trattsformeris desiped DIMENSIONS for indoor service and is suitable for operating meters, III instruments. relays and control devices. aearydae CONSTRUCTION AND INSULATION--See Section 7907, item 1.4.

Unto. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Soy, 6%

CORE-See Section 7907. item 2.3 .

WNA see pYrwy !w. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7y4 666 COILS-Enamel insulated wire is used in the primary and secondary coils. The primary is wound and cast in epoxy resin. wtl, two haw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7'y. Wy,.

The secondary is inside the primary next to the core.

DATA TABLE (For Pricing information, see Section 7901) _ ._

T,endere,w Thenealgoing In APgt Asew'ea7 CfaaJNcsldea, 60 Hit tannq 0 Voh.a~ep F,y T FMM I W* In 6wdee Per ANSI Wtdso --~.---

cat Ne. ss C 30 e 1 "s"d°'°' t3te4t Pe,e'~1tsle v°a~gt% 6060

~d i n.e blue Volt .

a.M,a..

vonege teno °,~ e opwaed a Ron6 o

s 6ted et pp,,~d at U= fwset!

tTata~lst FUM Cat Na side. h A.aelea Anmbiea Y aW 58% Ra+d C am UNFUSEt3 1400 1 eat 1643x83 750 Soo 0.3 W. X. M.Yt1 .2Z 0.3 W, X,1.2 A, T 0.3 W, r.W.Y't12r{20 ~av j 3S ~-

4200 133.11643x" 750 500 0.3 W, X. K Ys 1.2 2 0.3 W. X, 1.2 M, Y 0.3 W'. 7r, Y:t 12 r~ 4200

.aOO ( 40:1 1 643x95 7$0 soo 0.3 w. X, e,, Y,1 .2 z 0.3 W, x,1.2 M. Y 143 w, tr. M~. ry 1.2 r!!! 4400 ~I i 3s WITH ONE PRIMARY FUSE (Nevtt~ Nrteieel IesuleNew to greued"2 .! Kv11

-400 i 20:11763921 042 73 SOO 0.3 w, X, M,T,1.2Z 0.3 V4, X,12 AT 03 W', X', M; Y't 12 r 1 2,100 120,1 1 643x85 750 500 0.3W,x,AkY,1 .2Z i.-W,xtt.2Ar .3W.IrAV,Y'-11.2r 0 461 1 "601 "0001 37 4200 35 :116,63)[91 730 500 0.3 w,xM.Y,1 .2Z 0.3 W, X,1.2AkT a3 w", x'r~Y t 1.2r 4200 4400 O,s 4800 1 40,1 643x96 750 Sooo 0JW,X.M,y,1 .2z 0.3 w. x,1.2M,r 0.3 Fr. M .v- ttjr Ya= ir 4400 os 99Pbox4o 4m "s s 3T WITH TWO PRIMARY FUSES 2400 12MI 1 763x21040 750 500 G.3w.X,M,y,11 .22 0.3w,X,t.2A,Y 013w',rAt;Y12r 2400 tier 2400 1 9F68AA400i 36 t:2 4200 35:1' 643x92 780 7'so soo 02 W. x, M, Y, .2Z o.3 w, x, I.2 A{, Y 0.3 Yrr, x, Au". w,' 1.2 r 4200 a. 4400 Os 9r6aa0gos 3s 4800 40:11643x97 Soo 10a w, x. At, Y; 1.2 Z oa w. X,1.2 M, r oat w, 1r, M: rt 12 r 4x00 a.. r aoo o s 9F6oaao"s

' The prime symbol ('1 is used to signify that these burdens do not conditions. overvottage must be limited to 1.23 times the transform corrcspond to standard ANSI definitions. primary-voitar rating.

On transformers with one primary ruse the neutral terminal insulation j For Yconnections. it is preferred practice to connect orte lead from eat<

voltage transforms directly to the grounded neutral, using a true on to ground is 2500 volts.

in the line aim of the primary. Bp this connection a transformer a OFor continuous operation. the transformer-rated primary voltage tevsr be "alive" from the lire sade by reason of a blown fuse on t:

should not be exceeded by more than 10%. Under emergency Founded side, Can61e e re.lew sieve Doc 23, 1974 Hope. Fe.ew,ty pee 123. tc/d 0ete seb0e0 t0 411AwW o00166W 880 Sit 700,701,702,711-713,721-723.731 .733.7V 794 Tab 2 CW35, Sw35 . Cw351Gt, Sw351GE GEt1EItAL O ELECT11I TvP+

,vM.3 Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

D Page D2 of D3

• 'i a %a I H Y- BUTE 1 60 9 MOLDED 0 FUSED AND UNFUSED MODELS Type JVM-3 Page 132 2400 to 4800 volts 50-60 Hz BIL-60 Kv 1

June 2C . 1977 RY TERMINALS-The primary ter. from the base plate to permit primary phks tio_ provisim is made for sealing the a&,_,s on the unfused models consist of insulation-resistance testing a& voltalla up cow.

tapped holes in the center of a flat boss with to 2500 volts.

lock washer and screw. On the two-fuse models, both terminals are bolts attached FUSES-Current-limiting tins, Type JIM, FOLARM-4a Section 7907. item &2.

directly to the fuse supports and provided are used.

with lock washers and nuts. On the one-fuse NAMMATI-See Sectim 7907. item 5.3.

design the line terminal is on the fuse 1111111de support and the neutral terminal is a stud SECONDARY TERMINALS-rW Monday Of b=VY tits! plift and is provided with protruding from the back a short distance terminals are solderjess damp type. holes above the base plate

. This stud is insulated lemuml cover is made of transpa"mc rw and sots "111111"S ittor mountinj by atbar bolts of pqp danV&

01MENSIONS Fig. 4. Fhj. L tihnmslo" of N111-3 CaL MOIL ?"X21042 and Dimonsi*** of NM-3 (uni'vaed) 7"X21040. 0ae ft 4 tie bow) 6- DifnOnsiOns Of JVAP-3 (*064usf 41106iVaL COL No'*. "3X$S. Fle. 7. M-1-o of JM3Ckv-fun des" C@L He's. 643X" b43X9I, and 6.43)(96. (See 1* 4 1w bee*) WW "3XVY. (SM ft 4 for be*

w"sm s-An "m Nm 23. 1 9744um. Femoody peon 126-1211. k1c) Daft WW6*100 aAAW"" "040 Maim 011111EIAL0 ELECTRIC Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : Q Page Q3 of D3

ATTACHMENT E Telecon Between S . Hoats (ABB) and A. Runde (S&L)

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : E Page El of E2

Memorandum of Telephone Conversation SARGENT & LZUNNMD Date I-23792 Time 9 :30 AA Person Called Company Steve Hoa s ABB 95-7 3 erson Calling Company A . J . Runde S&L EAD (3121 269 6799 Project iProject No .

Dresden Unit 2 8982-64 Subject Discussed Repeatability of the ITE-27N Undervoltage Relay Mr . Hoats provided the following information :

The tolerances listed in IB 7 .4 .1 .7-7 Issue D do not include an-considerations for instrument drift . However, no drift error i .

expected if the relay is calibrated at, reasonable intervals .

The absolute range of repeatability over temperature range is twice the published values . For example, the absolute range of repeatability over a temperature range of 0* to 55 0C for a relay with a. harmonic filter is 2 X 0 .75% or 1 .5% based on the published data .

The published tolerances are generally twice the tested tolerances, so they are quite conservative .

The information on the attached sheets from Cliff Downs of ABB concerning the linearity of the published tolerances over the identified ranges is applicable to both the 27D and the 27N relay .

Al Wetter of CECo may have further information regarding the 27NN relay tolerances by test methods .

NOTE : THIS CONSTITUTES OUR UNDERSTANDING OF THE DISCUSSIONS .' IF WRITTEN COMMENTS ARE NOT RECEIVED WITHIN FIVE WORKING DAYS, THE ABOVE WILL BE ASSUMED CORRECT .

cc :

Steve Hoats - ABB File AJR : 1sc CAEAMMS-TELE-AJA Calculation No . --qaq2ALL9&

Revision 005

Attachment:

Page E2 of E2

ATTACHMENT F Telecon Between C. Downs (ABB) and H. Ashrafi (S&L)

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

IF Page F1 of F6

00 10% v#V^Ono rte H OV00011 at0

-~1cs M00~1 "11+0444 00 0 i

- 0 0" " pw<o C' 0 41 n 1 0 M1 ad% 36 iA b 1t 11011 031,# u u., of 1 m 1,1,# C 01-00614A 1t 1 19#t a0A 2 301# Q Vol 0V30r na01 nltnIC-0 M 0 m 0 0 ft 0 QM3 " 'r00~ 0r1,0 RiOM AG" d0d a p1 n r#ti 1 AND CM tat 9"C1113 a t nt'.

m 0171 H <A"Ott n MOO 0 91,46 4 MOM t r a 1

1. p11#

rr t0a xn # i # A#1-1rrt Aw#A r~n'0# < 101,4 " n 3rt1,3n a 0 i A

0 1 SIN M t 6o 160 00603 r r C A 0 40 0Z CA) c} mo 0 0 ; 1011169 6X30 0 6 44001 0 1 w o za 301,0 069 1 t 906 get n#n 9 i KM30 v aa0x41, 4116# ON ra t A 6# 013 1, A 1,9go10 1 0 m 0 Ap, 4044 4 no 40111410 1. PF t n0> 1,0%$1t0 in n Ox 611,3 0 r0#x lo3r 103 M r 1, n04 3 F

1. NOm93ao 4011 a a 40 141 iM so "ap no"1 °o b P i z ~coi i ° a a 1ro 4i "~ " No tan Uses b Mea 1110 i #t 1 140 z 0 t" " i 0 +!#1 n#0006 a 101 1 1,460 6tOh1,ni " 9 i 1,i Ob 1, N A t!1 N 00 a 31190 w0"a-nan~t 6 OV9403 r 1,n

1. 1,V <MHa 3'K#0p1, 0' to 6 " 11N 013 x a0nvt r nrn3 "

N 0 O H

1. i 6"4 0 VPOOVo6r

-i A m 100 or Gn018C 46 4 3# do 1 Nod 1x6 11"wQ00 0b D 104 4 i 0 r 1-i 40 1-11,11 n Do %

310 x"lHitoi` #1!# 04100 t 3 n n HA 1 t4#ttN 111 #tt to 9 Ht a 00 n 0 H 01 #n0 1,i 41, rrOI0H1 0 0 No tic OAt4mvn1 . 104 1,N 1,G u a di 0 C 100 U ° 01 0 01~44 00 9104 ~rR u 0 ° a1 O n A 14 z(a o00 4n""Win" it ° wan4rtzo 1,o 6' m

0 6p0 1+ 00 t1 1"0 4oonn n

.T D ayaopH 1 ti 0"Arto 011 a3 0

~xV 0~

Pi . a ~g 644N n 4 no#No n;

>s i Itsbn 1 00 #onto n!

v K(to0 so 10 :11 "04 01 00KA 1' C D 1# x hnnr"NI t 0 # x"" 31 >>~

m m toff

!wonx x r ~ ~ 3w1oi4 rt"a M 14 )&A 1 1400 0 1-1 11

" a u1 g " 14< 0#N " 3 004 ON 01°1011 AM 0 " YXKi16 1491 wGMio or uu x 0"i,l11 VV m e ili0 1`U1+ " "1% M " 61, 600 0 uu x m 0140 M~0 1 0 410 0 1 0, it 0

3a# 1 O3xa6 40 3poo I:0 m PO r1, on a"Mt 0 + 0 0 t6 m 0901 0000 +oo- OMrt 110 r z 0 m 610 4Dia+H on ao0r0 01,0 d#MOW # D up 0 " °" 31 ""i t0 9 n w up v

rbr;,3 1M 1,3 d ago t ~tto m alts 0 a6 " "" 0 r p0 It v

0 3'1°3 N

r

March 21, 1992 Memorandum of Telephone Conversation SARGENT i LUNDY Date 3130192 Time 11 :15 a .m .

Person Called Company FAX (215) 395-1055 Cliff Downs ABB (215) 395-7333 Person Calling Company H . Ashrafi S&L (3121 269 -2041 Project Project No .

ua ed_ Effect of Temperature on the ITE-27N Relays with Harmonic Filter Units Summary of Discussion, Decisions, and Commitments :

Based on earlier conversations, it was understood by S&L that the deviation in the relay set point of ITE 27N Relays (from the calibration point) is linear over an operating temperature range of 0-55°C. It was also understood that the actual pickup or dropout voltage is lower than the set point value if the operating temperature is lower than the temperature at which the relay was calibrated . Similarly, the actual pickup or dropout voltage is higher with higher than calibration temperature .

It was later noted from the type test report (Page 6 of RC-6004) that this trend is not true for ITE 27N Relays with Harmonic Filter Units .

The actual pickup or dropout voltage decreased with increased operating temperature and vice versa .

Mr . Cliff Downs informed me that this inverse relationship between pickup or dropout voltage and operating temperature is true because of the presence of the Harmonic Filter Unit in the ITE 27N Relays . He pointed out that the test results for the ITE 27N Relay without Harmonic Filters (on top of page 6 of RC 6004) does show direct relationship-between pickup or dropout voltage and the operating temperature . He, therefore, mentioned that the information provided during earlier conversations was probably related to Relays without Harmonic Filters .

He suggested that, while it can be assumed that the deviation'is linear over the operating temperature range of 0-55°C, the inverse relationship between pickup or dropout voltage and operative temperature should be considered in any calculation where ITE 27N Relays with Harmonic Filters are involved .

Note : THIS CONSTITUTES MY UNDERSTANDING OF OUR DISCUSSION .

PLEASE CONTACT ME AT 312/269-2041 IF YOU HAVE ANY COMMENTS PERTAINING TO THE ACCURACY OF THE ABOVE

SUMMARY

cc : C . Dawns-ABB File : Relays kam :7 obi

\Relays .HA H. s ation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision _ 005 Attachment : _ F Page F3 of F6. J

from: S71TVIUR Ic . 110jurs ABB Power T&D Co .

Protective Relay iv .

7036 Snowdrift Rd.

hI I g%"I- ^W" MA 18106 I

ASEA BROWN BOVERI Telephone 215 395 7333 Telefax 215 395 1055 Date : :3 / 16 / Cft Total Pages :-~i Reference : IlAi P-Pta,.

i a.

P e Pj ib" '01*le :7 WF ~/~-

eer4~.rc%~r 1Q.- 27AJ relet ,4- 'Me-se a,& )4..e 43!14- egtj,' 't'e's g-U g ,j rQ"M &"'/'YAn,, .,qU&S A -L ". . 4,-S4-q j2 )g PQbjjj5VIMj tar, -'X". L. eS kcpy 4y%z, , 4 An Calculation No . 8982-13-.19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : F Page F4 of F6

Report,Number : RC-6004 Revision : Page 6 of 6 Temperature Tests :

Pickup variation from Dropout Variation from Temperature Voltage Room Temperature Voltage Room Temperature 25°C 100 .04v --- 99 .95v ---

0 100 .04 0 .00 % 99 .94 -0 .01%

-20 100 .04 0 .00 % 99 .94 -0 .01%

40 100 .11 +0 .07 % 99 .93 -0 .02%

55 100 .15 +0 .11 % 99 .96 +0 .01%

70 100 .21 +0 .17 % 100 .10 +0 .15%

Time Variation from Temperature Delay Room Temperature 250 C 0 .997 sec -----

0 0 .996 -0 .1%

-20 0 .993 -0 .4%

+40 0 .998 +0 .1%

+55 1 .007 +1 .0%

+70 1 .013 +1 .6%

Results of Test : relay characteristics are stable with temperature and within published specifications .

Relay Tested : 211T6175 Date of Test : 10/15/82 Tester : W .C . Martin Temperature Test with Harmonic Filter Option :

Pickup Variation f,om Dropout variation from Temperature Voltage Room Temperature Voltage Room Temperature 22°C 100 .12V --- 100 .03v ---

-3 100 .53 +0 .41% 100 .43 +0 .40%

-20 100 .90 +0 .78% 100 .81 +0 .78%

+40 100 .14 +0 .02% 100 .05 +0 .02%

+55 99 .88 -0 .24% 99 .79

+70 99 .30 -0 .82% 99 .25 -0' .78%

Results of Test : relay operation is stable with temperature and within published specifications .

Relay Tested : 211TO175-HF Date of Test : 3/8/84 Tester : C .L . Downs Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 ision 005

Attachment:

F Page F5 of F6

, rC A :-: Et; _=zz:z C

-?f13 Project Clued C Subject Discussed: Effect of TSZperatuse an the ITE-27Y Relays with Harmonic Filer t7nits Based on earlier conversations, it was understood by S&L that the deviation is the relay set point of = Z?H Relays (from the an point) is linear ever an opera(i, g te~aparature range of 0-3Sec . it was also understood that the actual pickup or dropant voltage is lower than the set point value if the operating temperature is lower than the temperature at which the relay was calibrated . Similarly, the actual pickup or dropout voltage is higher with higher than calibration temperature .

Zt was later noted from the typo test report (Page 6 of RC-6004) that this trend is not true for ZT8 27N Relays with Harmonic Filter thins.

The actual pickup or dropout voltage decreased with increased operating temperature and vice versa . .

air. cliff Downs informed me that this inverse relaticuiship betweem pickup or dropout voltage and operating temperature is true because of the presence of the Hasamcnio Filter Unit in the ITa i?H Relays. He pointed out that the test results for the ZT8 27Y Relay without Harmonic Filter (on top of peg* 6 of RC 6004) does show direct relationship between pickup or dropout voltage and the operating-temperature . He,, therefore, mentioned that the information provided during earlier conversations was probably related to days without Harsonia Filters .

He suggested that, while it can be assumed that the deviation is M uasr aver the operating temperature range of 0-354 C, the inverse relationship between pickup or dropout voltage and operative temperature er2uld be considered in any calculation where ZTa 27K Relays veldt Harmonic Filters are involved.

VMS Maill CONSTITUTES MY M321 O oft.

PLWASZ CONTACT ME AT 312/269-zoos, IP YOU HM may cxntK=TS P8RT1~i,t:LNo To TAS ACCtTULCY OF TER Awn BAY.

cc : --C. -

File : Relays Rh: kam I Z:\Re ays .

Calculation No. 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : F Page F6 of F6

ATTACHMENT G Calculation MLEA 91-014 Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

G Page G1 of G22

SEAT BY : 4- 4-92 : 2 :36PM : - 3122683757 ;* 2!22 MAIN UNE ASSOCIATES January 23, 1992 Serial No.92-024 Mr. somris Nwiny Commonwealth lIbma Cbmpawny Nuclear Engineering Department 1400 Opus Place, Suite 300 Downen Orrove, EL 60S15

Subject:

Transmittal of Environmental Quaffmation of Dresden Second LcM Uadervoltalle Sysuan aW Equipment for RWCU line 8realc Environmental Conditions, Dresden Nuclear Power Station Units 2 and 3, hCLFA Calculation hUZA-914)14, Revision 0. dated 1123192, System Code 6705 Dear Mr. PilwhyT.

Attached is the subject document for use. Please contact us if you have any qucstiouL (per DDL C020 and Steve Hunsader)

H. Massin (CEQMMXLetter Only)

N. Smith (CECbft4M)(L,,ctter Only)

S. Hunsader (CF.CAVNMXLetter Only)

D. Wheelcr (CECo/Drcsden)(IxtLcr Only)

F- Eenigenburg (CECh/Dresden)(Latter Only)

Tyler (CECo/NEDXP.O. Bat 117 3UNNI(JeUcr Oaf CHRON Sym EL along (CEW41M)(Letter Only)

F. Petrusich (CECo/Dresden)(Utter Only)

MLEA Project FOe M{1071 MILEAL Kid Re (Utter Only)

VF Ewd SmIsOwd Road

• Exton, Penneywania IgUl . (215) "9.9M . FAX (g15) 8894419 Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

G Page CA of _G122

4- 4-82 : 2 :57PNI ; 3122693757 ;* 3/22 SENT BY :

NILEF-102 Rev 0 Calculation 50 . 89801119-6 Revision 005 Attachment* G Page G3 Of G22

SE'A'T BY 4- 4-92 : 2 :37PM ; 3122683737 ;* 4/22 T

I' IIIM a mUm Lim Calculation Sheet culatm No.

9 2 of 20 Revision: 0 preparw MI-EA41-014 TABLE Of GONT6N'T$

to Purpose of tits Evakiedort 20 ShOmmarit of Quililillication and summery of the WaIkauibian 10 IA4 of KaWreancem, 4.0 OUWNWAdm cAteft 5.0 Method of Ouallilllimmimn and Team Sequemos mo Eaqw.0mmerit Descrilptim and Sim" to Tested Equipment 7.0 Safety Function and R*qL*-ed Operating Time 8.0 QLW~ LIS 9.0 OusWication for Radiation 10.0 QuaNkAdon for High Temperature $town Erivirommits 10.1 Pka Accident Environmeritail Prom 10.2 Equipmerit Performance Chamcterwb=

of 10.3 sumts Humidity 11114 w

Acciderit ShhumAbkon Toot Margin v

11 .0 gig EAacts 110 MaheriancearidSunmftme Attachment i - Rsdh*wwenxcme MLEF-IOU Roc 0 Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

G Page CA of -GQ22

4- 4-92 : 2 :5 77M ; 3122633757 ; 9 5/22 SEEK BY -

tO FUMasw of Iis ESVWGkumuclaw 110 Clumilkytion =1 gawon contained herein demonstrates cluallsomeon lbor the 46MC Second Level UnMdww"MAktagP Circuitry and EqApment for Dresden won 4Kvw for Buses ZFIK W 31,11, and 344 tire harsh tonjulltrature and humidity erw*oMnwW 0000160al RWW*g from AWCU the break.

Dresden Station ED Bier ED-44D, 30srowmW Electric SWOMAgoar Conjactno, 101100111 MG-4.78, Rev. 06 (Rat. 110 dIDIUMMMON' GRYAM01111011 CIM111110016on in accordance vith Flelleasnoon JLI aWKII 32 of the (GawnGnM 011ICtric 4Mmc awitollwar wMabsol WtIll Atedlen iltation buses S011, ZAt 35t and 3?1 kx a poet LOQh radiation exposure of 108E+05 rods, R0wwX*&17 established triad tit mAdVear esau*aed with Dresden Station buses Z:3.1 and 33-1 Locatad In Em*rMentall Zone 2e 11 P are wVnermadly qwd%d fa to harsth temperature and humidity (2120 F/10056 RH) cmultions nwUkg front a postulated break in the RWCU piping (Reference 3.5).

The second WwvJ undervo" protection equiptrant fa buses 234, 351, 24i ancf 34-1 are located in separate pander QNM2424 =5344A ZMZ6k and 2=1410 it Envirorrnerttal Zone 2S and are r

also att"a to the harsh tetnporsture and huunm0fty (M F/I 00% iii} anuftanwroewat rogtidrtg front ttte AINCU the break (Rat. 3.r) . Raferertca3 .8 esta~tattsdtit~ the seoortd isret underrvowtawyja ey#wwm for Nwaaw 211 and 334 must nct fall in at manner which would proven of prevent closure the K powered FIVWTJ isolation %moas in the first 40 seconala after FhVCAJ the brnnudk.

FM*uxm 13 provided a Justification for Cw%nued Operation and determined that fait" of the second bust wndetvwu% "UoMent is unlkeV *XkV the first 40 SOUVOM of *11 ARMWACAU break accident break that ins when the couldis isolated but theta is a pambbly Mat the kwq tone porkwmance of the equipment be aversely affected Qe Me *Wmtecl UmVerature and humidity conditionsi resubV from 1AMAU Ems bank U).

Refwwnce&7 provided a toot plan for HELS Wmulatim stow testing of the sawnd Ievsll untlervoltage circuilIN and equipment. An auzoptaws can**w1a for the ten was that the L04601mMONNagge relay equipment must not faill by charging state dut*jj the year Axte of t" steam e3powns. Reference 3.13 owhirs the results  ; of steam wqxxuo teatirg VON&

second hour Ammonstrame that the WVIN UndetvAbye equipment does not tai for the one duration of Me HEW exposure.

MLEF-11CO Caw n Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : _G Page G5 Of G 22

SDT BY , 4- 4-92 ; 2 :38FM ; 3122693757 ;# 6/22 2013 81111111111110MINt of Andpowdon end &Mffny of the DAMM This COWAIJOn clOAMMOVINO We d the Dreaden 80=16 I" uxisevaiiap

-- I and componern locallaicl in arOwnenhid zoneM for the harsh Unqwgure arid hUwffw0d*Y Condillkwe (21!rF/110016 AM Caused bly RWCU We break (Raftroweas). lbs aWMAWMI 160MMOMI 1110 IqXWNN ; cowVanalst VAN we ivyAratt u) txj epwaMpa Ifor the pCISASOul HS11-101 In Vii FIAK;U i"qnwswan owe awkm 6 cd Mie callumailor; he bkwwtMwbw corrlixonamts amp z0fts MelemIme 3.7) to those wood for HELB mv*" as did in vVytia Teat deport 1'7199-f (R9t~rar~aa 3.8}. Ouallilicadontw radiationconclikligna jig nrtnwA&vd P" section ao) .

MLU-ioam Rev. a Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : G Page A. of G22

4- 4-92 ; 2 :58PM ; 3122693757 ;# 7/22 S 7 8Y C8lcul8l0T1 No. MLEA,B1-014 Page 5 of 20 Calculation Sheet 0

e) 1~"

ao Unt of Pdnwntr at IEEE Standard 323.1974,' QueMylng Ctae4 t E EqLOTOM for Nuclear POW Generating stations'.

• 3.2 10CFReQ49,'Environmental Quar0lostim d EkcbtW Equipnut la*xxmt t0 Safety for Nudser Power Ptana, January 1, 1987*.

3.3 Male Line Engineering Associates Report M0004-11, JLoWcadon for Corfttcrd Operation Tadt" Evaluation and Enviro mentai Quafetion Deviatlorl, Assessment for RWCU Line Break Scenario for ABBME Type 270 Sold Strata Undervoltage Relay, Agastat ETA Time Delay Relays, and A Control Relays Contained In the Ckctitry for 4 Me Bus 23.1, Dresden Nuclear Power Station Unit 2, Revision 1, 1.

• 3.4 93L Loan No. 8900034)02W, dated 7/15/91 ; with Attad vnmt: Engineering Change Notioes (ECM 12-00311 E, Pages 1 Vrough 7 and ECN 12-00312!;

Pages t through 8, for Construction, (DIT-71-000}

3.s Bectel Letter Ch r on 13308, dated July 0, 1888, S Equipment Oueitikation, Reactor Wetter Cleangp System tire Break Arm. (W-71 .M8}

3.6 CECO RequlskW No. 066469, dated 6119/91 for 23 ASS IM-27N Undervokoge Relays. (DIT71-007}

3.7 Appendix VI to Wyfe Nuclear Environmental QuaBicadbn T44t Repent Nor 17199-1 dated Septetrt' 215, 1991, HELB Sinwlstion TOM Program on Undervofge Cko,dt Components

-MLEA Test Plan M0071-0071P, Rev. 0 For Use, dated 9112191, Test Pier for HELB SkMANdon Tenting of Second L4M Undervoltage Clr+cuitry and Equ t htduding ADS Type 2TD Solid State Undarvotaga Relays, ABB Type 27N Solid State Und4rvoltage RsMA Agmtat EOPD002 Cc" Relays, Agmtat ETRi 4D3NM TYtte Delay Aft, Agastat ETR14038003Tlnne Delay Relay, Westinghouase FT-1 Swkd1 and Marattnon 1 800 Terminal Blocks.' M>is reference Is contained in reference as below.)

a8 WVM Ntxlsur Envirramentat QusBkation Test Report No. 171m1 dated SOPMrnt ar 25, 1991 . HELB Skntstion Test Program on Undervolage CkoUk Connpmwm a8 AB8 Drawkng Nor 61199&OOa Revision OM dated Wl1/94 Sdwnaf 8irVis Phase Undervokage Refit, Type 27N (w/HoTrnonio Mar Moils} . (DIT-71-0 3.10 No. 611798-001, Revision 0. dated 3/27/88, Harmonic Flier "71-032}

3.11 AM Brown Bowd Report RC-50058 with RC-5105-8, dated 11/12/88, Class 1 E Eleotdcal Equipment QuaTificatim of 27D1H Undervaltage Relays with Appen* W. Component Aging Evett.0ions and Apperx* -a-, Selamia MLEF-10013 Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : G Page G7 of G22

4 92 ; 2 : 58PNI ; 31226937-57 ; # 8/22 SENT BY ;

Report Model Summary tar MeMw=* EqL*jalent Device 470. (DIT-71 4M

&12 ASK Brawn Soverl meqpvort RC-5039-A with RC-5139A dated III MGets IE Elseftal Equipment OmMeatlon, 27N troervolwgis Roby wth AAWov* "Ag.

and Component Aging Evaluations Appendix *B% 8%,mit SOuinnammq Report grmrt .cam

• S13 ROKIN 110188f ETNUX04=111 119111 AMPMA On AQ0181 00 EENNILL, and ETA Control Relays by (CU"Mm Produce DIvision Ameraw Corporaft%

15K Report ES-2t)00, Rev. A dated 70 1180. (ArNMIed M COG) 82 Ball, P t 14 1 and 7 are attached.) Sh 71456f 0" Collins 3.14 MemorandLim from C. (CEColDresdoo to C. Crane OA.FA) dated SOptembw 11, 1901,

Subject:

RepWownent of 2nd Level UUrddwwvvoWftwgp Raiii" Dresden Unit I (DIT-71 -W4)

Its wowqv ton C. COMM (CEC010resdero to J. Murphy (MLEA aorta" 015013 RRqUation No. D66MRS, dated 1011191, Subow liveass Descriplim d ROW to 89W Specty the (UMOn light 110ting Diode & Dun Prod UK &

Correction in Part Number. (MT-71-033)

• 116 Dreomdesden StAdon EO Binder S044% Gavad 86m SmWoear CQQmMvP*"mWn^

Model MC-4 .76, Rev. 06 dated I ifi4/W 11117 MLE MLEA C4kulstlom No, $8011-03, Rev,t dated 214190, EmtonmeMEr%*Onrn9rtiW OuaftstiOn of GE SwItchgear, MC-4 .78, txo 23-1(33-i), Dresden Stdion FhVtXj Line Break.

KIS 80oh0el SpewcmftoKibon NICIZ Rev. 3, dated 10121188, Response to 1E SUktin 79.

01 B. Procedure for Use of Environmental Me hUys for DresdarI Qt0ftwoll, P*wW SUIWI Units 2 and IL Cammormmalth Eton COmparIj (UT-6W,WXqn 3 .19 VVISSUrghOUS9 D&NOP008 BUINA 41 -075C, 0000 100010m; 1977, Flieudkta Switch typo FT-1 .

a2D Tblecopy from SM DAN ME Tschnolo&& Irv-, ) to Joe Murphy 04JU4 Watted Cutolber 28,199t Suboa; Thermal A&V Date W Pdycarloon" (DR-Ti-MM 021 Main Lkwo EngUmmim; Awsocions Report M0084-8, JuWlestion for Continued and Environmental Ouaft"on oftkan%

Assessment for RNCU LOCA &UnWio for ABAREIgm 27D &Ad Sum, Delay and Undervobqe lVe1q, 04pstat ETR 7%o Fiebys, Agaswt 00wretrol far AMqu CorwItned in to Unty 4 ONVIC Bus 204, Dresden Wear PORM Station Unit Z Revision Z 5-20-21 .

Indimse alert tha roferancod damment is not attached and controlled within this catUation.

MUM-103A WK. A Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : G Page G8 of -G 22

4- 4-92 ; 2 :89pM 31226337374 2/22 5EXT 8Y C"Wk Crk" used to dwonorate queft*tjon is in acoorclance with the folowkV (Mome clommmis A& ims appPOAKWA*j):

ANPO DOR4UM*mmkTUdMMnRwEvwakUWU*VEfwkorvwUOLWNtagonaI Chas I E EWcftW Equipment lin ()PSnW*q; Readout, Noombw t979.

USNAC NURE(34M, Reybbn 1, "IMeft Staff Position on EnmWWomrmrfwmvatW QuandAmwaddion of 38"-Related ElMricei Equipment", July 198f Camgmyl- Category 11 -

I OCIF111150.49. TnWrorinient2d QUWkalon of E)Wria Equipment Important to Safety for Nuclear Power PUMA Fabramit 22. 194410a LISAIRAC RegtWoq Wde 1 .89 Revision 1, "Edykanmaund ()usmmvm%N3 d Certain Equipment IMPOnM to Safety for Nuclear Power PWw, June 1A84, pwaamph C.&S.

IEEE 32TI M IEEE EE Standard for Ouallifft Claw 1 E EWW" Equipment for Ntchm Power Gemadrv Stationw.

Outer, Spwj:

Calculation No . -8982-13-19-6 Revision - 005 Attachment : G Page G9 of G22

4- 4-92 ; 2 :59FM : 3122693757 ; #10/22 BY :

of 10 Abdad Andflowdon and Tart MWcymrvm aw"111now MWD**W (Check or#j am bb*}

Ted of Identical Rom Under Identical Conditiors ar under SWOW Wormattroll with Suppartlrt8 Analyse Test of ShOw hems W Sulppow0ng AAWW"Slis AnslaMs ln Combs with Partial Type Test Dan that SLqXwts the ArwV" Awn"" and Conclusions Experience with Identical or Similar Equipment Under Simflar Conditions with Supywong AndallyA WYJ6 LabOrMtOMM QKWt 111000 {Reference 3.8) dernonstrates that to chwMy and equipment smar to that used A the Dresden 415a: sorand level undervokage equilpanot located lin enwWwwarwammaw Mone the 00 was sAposed to a sworn Monnuot Mich ammQw; harsh temperattwe and humkM NST*RY (21ZF/100% FWq demstod in ReferIS and meets to acceptance :e criteria ( Le. the equlipment result does not chaff state as a of the steam exposure in the first mirx" of the MELS earwWoonrmwenVo .

T40 Seolluenw (ReWence 3.8 Secdon 110 .0) and test Equornent was opewed for damage conformity w gun daftacalowWwn by Wyle tabs. {fief &S, 1 0.1 )

EM14038003was so at a.98 sormnals and for 15111414D004002mras set W 15 Mutes, 7 swcw= {Ref. IS, 10.4 Base 0 ko functional tes*V (Rat. 3.8,10.3):

(94 With to DC cartnA voltage at 125 Vd, the 12D Vac voltage was reAuxosed to 107 We to verity that to ASS uurxwMwnVUCkbxige relays would dwvo "M appraxirnatety 7 seconds altar to AC kput volltage nWed 10% 1 Vas In also adAkn it was voted that the ft Agastat EMUMOM MW Charged SUM approxima* 5 m1nutes after the ASS undue rubp changed sum P# the on-off SWMAI at to A40pwU ETA14MB003 r"y was closed to very after mat lt would c1nwVqe state appmxhuaV 3 secoruft (c) The AC input Wtage was increased to 120 We V) vw*V Out as sqpmekknawwal would return to their initial cwdlfion it noffnal volltaga of 00 Proper operation as wired specimen contacts was also VoIftea 0 HELS Test (FW. 3-A 10.4,2): Initial ramp to 2112T Wlowed by a gradual rad(Ctbn to aPproximately U.? F at am hcxv Mw start of the led. The MLENIM Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 n 005 Attachment : G Page G10 of G22

SE%17 BY : 4- 4-92  : 3 :00P.V  : 3122633757 ;#11/22 Not HOLLS Functional Test (Rat. & 10.5): The ftrjc*xW ISM dawrind In RoWence 3.8, pwagraph 10.3 won repeated 6 Poet 7101 OWISONOMMOlomn (Rat. && 10.6)- 7he specknem were vbu&* kwpgct q4 and Ow (wondbomn of the specnom wa rooorded.

MLEF-10" Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 045 Attachment : G Page G11 of _G22

4- 4-92 : 3 :00Fli 3122693757 ,4412122 SE\'T BY Equfprrra9 D=Wpdon and t33knlnrly to TOMB Egtlp=rit The following table lists the equipment installed in Dresden Station as idesMIed in Rehra oa a7 and the Equipment tested as dandled h References a4.3.7. &0, WW MS, Tasted Eaubment ASS Type 270 Rf Cat. 211 R4175 ASS Type 270 R410y Cat, 411 A4176 ASS Typo 27N Racy CeL 411T437s-L-HF-DP ASS TWO 27N Ribl y Cd, 411T437SkiF43P Westhghotm FT-I Switch $"I 2kJA'.fO1G01 W Vuts, Fr-1 switch style 12MMGol Aaastat Time Delay Re* ETR14o3No02 Agastat Time Delay Reply ETR1403f+IgOg AqUta Time Delay' Relay CM14036002 Agatat Tkne Delay Ashy ETR14D iBOO3 Ag8M Control Relays (2y EGPD002 Agastat Control ROMP (2) MPD002 MWahtln 1800 Sense Tarmha Blocks Marathon 1 800 Series Terminal Ollocke Hoffman duncWn Sour Ca. A30242M.P Hdfman Junction Box CaL A30242OLP Jurodon Box Back Panel Cat: A3OP24 JunaWn Box Back Pares CPL A30P24 Agastat Relay Socket Sow ECR0o9sooi Agastat Relay Socket Bass ECROOM001 Ap" Locikttg Step ECRO155d01 Agastat Locking SUM ECR013ti001 Amsr-tte 3" Flex Corduk Artaoords Ssaitito 3 Flex CondL*

Top Entry 3 condult Fit" Top Entry 3 O-ZMadnW conduit GE VUlkars 14 AWG &9 WUa Rookbestoe 14 AWG 848 Win Rocikbestos 14 AM F7rewd Vft Rockbes:oa 14 AVM SIS Wks Reference 3.7 establishes that the equipment and cuccdry bled above and tested in Reference 3.8 are similar to the equipment and circuitry installed m the Dresden Station Second Level Undervolts" circuits.

Rafslertce 3.15 transmkmd a revised CECo purchase rec on for the ASO type 27N sold state urxtervoltaule relays for installation at Dresden Station (ReiiaMtce a4) . Rdwence a16, regairad the linstallation of the DP Bezel (as in the tested ASS Type 27N unduvofps reiay) and apps required a green amOnq dkds to be added to indicate the presence at DC control power CV op" in motion to the red wr*tinp diode normallir irmta1led for ikon that the relay hat changed stae.

The ASS" 27N test specimen did not have the green light emit" dkxle for hrtdfk-21ian of DC central power. The teat specimen was based on the origiroat CECo putd'tma requiellm Relerence 3s. However, k was not known trot the'! .' designstar was mgjred to bs spedtd to Asia.

Ratrenosa9 shows the groan fight emkthg diode as'!.' optbn, installed in swim with a 18 kotms resistor across the poakive and negative sides d the DC control power portion of ihn relay ctrcxt, The Oman light em dodo is wed in the same mantle~ as the normally Iratalad tad light omitting diode, which is installed in settee win a 15 kotm restaoar as shown on Reference 3 .9.

MLEF-' Wli3 Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

G Page G12 of G22

4- 4-32  ; 3ON . ; 3122683737 ;*13/22 SEAT BY' The nawimdV halANXI red QQ 00*0%; Olkh9dW pGrOmed x5tW&MOdly durkV the HELS ors toning 41misod in Referenda &a. Slice Me grow ipH' added to the 008 110 ZM rMys for DMaJen Malka by ROVeze & 1 S is in ate sarms madam (arid Is the same dwAw) a 00 numally linOlAbd cad tight wntling dicide 64L. ill MW wkh a is Ma noteim* and Vw rinivielly kwWbd red AQ emitting alkide pMtwwd MOduaW under HELB corKWom the Spen IQ emk1j; Me added U) No typo A411 Mil oWW IMMUM" underw%ge nAMm by Rahmmm WS is queffled by similarity for HELD wqokm IbMWOnk V101 MWM9 at SIMIW eqjOftWt W the Dresden 4WAM Seeded Level UndcomMig; rxwvo" pmwwkin Wulf and equormt astabbities ova tv lineuded equomwit and ckcAy am envirarrryerrtaly qWW%d by AMw*m* is for an harsh tonparamn and humidity cwxA" (21 F/I 00% RH) rewuftV from RWOU to tweak.

MLEF-1 W/3 Aw M Calculation No . 8982-13-1.9-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

G Page G13 of G22

31226337579*14/22 4- 4-92  ; 3 :01PM :

SENT BY :

to lwhq, ponamw am ft"w Openstttp "stns Dulng mmmd plant opmWon, to lunatbn al the secorcl level unctervollnge ckmpr and equipownt to to pmAche pwaoupcodim sponst a degraded votUmWK 00ndkbn an the M'dy rakod 4 I(Vac bume. A degraded wh9a conW*m WN auras hk= FIFICOM 10 brew 11010010 00wallfit the and nay ram* h owmmmWhql of motor %K*% 1% mond evil underomitage lmbqnl 4arme set bammeen 208Via and 3116 Via IT a o0yadecil condWort ganwas for 7 mwaw=6 an ammnalmor Wmuvia opmwmx and a 5 U*uw rims deny is WMet N the bus voltage is not roatored to norrmd operatliog voltage Wdn 5 MADS, 11110 AG&I 9UMMUW IS XUMWMNKd to incaftig breakers am clipped, tact shedding is Wwwwl, and the diesel generator breakers aim when al permissives; am sellorled Rat. 3.3).

In the event of RNOU line WK 4 WAc bums 23-1(33-1) must provide AC poorer to 480 Vao VMWW OXMW cerlmrs MCC I SlA(28-IA) for at WW 40 seconds olml the *a break in order to elbsie the AC RWCU 11801allion valm MO-2(3)-12001 and isolate the RWCU &W brw* (PAC &T,4 need As to r"nuoutwin tvhe second ImW undorvoltage pwtactlon, cArcident vAh a RWOU **l*

and break scenorlow Is M considered to be nommmay the scenario is not conaldered to be a mK" want ((Rd. 3.7).

Therefore, the swond Wundarvolulp protacadbon clircult nwm not change acres dattg the Wl 40 seconds at woosurs to the harsh temperature and Nm**y wwommel (2mrFmomons break RM) caused by RWCU One (Ref. 3.3).

MLEF-104=

ows 0%

Calculation No, 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : G Page G14 of G22

4- 4-92  ; 3 :01PM *, 3122633737 ; /22 SENT BY :

ILO Ckwdllad LUJIB All Type 27D and Taros 27N geld State WZftMUW Elha in Raterancow&l 1 and 3.12, ASS pravOiden ans"ea d the cats used 11 the Type IMD and 2M sold sow undcoutage nAsys. The nothal used Ila a CnMunudo Of AAWLIS ShadLOWOMI Of kist0abon irafai* used h Via rakqrs and MILUDDsw2l 7 and wakafts Of the efflem of elvaWaW Vienual suessee an the elecommUft components used In the relays. ReWencesMi I wW 02 awlUde that the qquwMb Me Of the type 27D and Type 27M SOW state undervokage re*s is in moess of 40 yaws at an average antAtnt at tonpwrattra of 4F C% an intummll at tenmpamose of OF, and a control vatage of 131 Vdft and 89M EM Time D9W ftM EGP Control A91" FkNenmno=13 Idendles; the qwdWd W* at the Agestat ETR and EGP relays as 10 yawns ftm ft dds d mwUWan or 9$000 opeoulimnk WHIhaver conim NK 8.3 Manadvon 1800 Smies; lbrmkol amass; Dresden 80 erode` EOMM, Revision It estabWes a 40 year qualdecl No of tft used Marathon 1400 Swiss tun0nal bo*s in Drosdon Statlion both inside and ouceide (n* bkxW is boated In to C*C* 00011den E90 yes.)

U VpWj=DMx=a FT1 Switch:

Refessnee 3A 9 Identhis to awledid Of cxmstnx2bn of the trase and oomw Of the Westinghouse FIN I SMUh se P01yCaMbOnSUL FhWermmus &20 uses the We of a WpIWAM bd matold as W420 yews at a tempars6ze of IOVFF.

that. with the sommuelpWdon at the Agentst ETR and EGP rebsys, the und9frW90 eqAprent lotaled in DMKbn Station far the SOWWOWWWO 4 fount:

Rw 40 years at I OV F (the magnum muenttemperature in zons 2e in Identified in FW. 3.18j . no qwWbd We of the Agpotal EnR and e3P `stays 4 10 yawns from data the of allWKWItre or 25,000 pwdorro whichever cones first The SIS wins used by WO WW4910ut the plant is OnAronmentaly goaded for 443 year AWdre; and the bUrnuallon be ocornaw,od " the CECo Dmwn 80 Iffles.

WLEVA-I C0MW aw. A Calculation No 89820319-6 Revision 005 Attachment : G -

Page G15 of G222

4- 4-92 ; 3 :02PM : 3122693757', #16/22 SEW BY CaWulftan No. ULEA-01-014 age 14 of 20 Calculation Sheet Revision: 0 prepaw,ak-,

9A C14111111011thn far 1:10:11111don 7to imm,nd level undavoBlUtlps cKnfto W4 GqLWWrWVt for Dresden Station 4 KVac buses 24-1, and 334, 344 mWe boated in a mid WWI Monment b to evol of LOCH . DWouddlan Station 4 We bus 234 Is WA/M2 U) it hAndn radiation anvimmnnn A the swul at LOOK&

Reference 311 established tot to Aystat ETI tines delay says and 193F conovi royml, thhe Marathon 1 800 series terminal bbdm and the 1751 WWI av qualified *w tits radiation em&wumm in which they would We W*cted in ft event at LOCA. Reftrom &21 also establisilod that to ASS type ZMI solid state undowdlippo Mays an opmabile in tits radiation erwironmers coxned by LCXTk NOxcgh to time delay is Wased from I seconds to qgmuiman* 20 seconds .

RWWMX* &14 000t Out 010 ASS Qpe 27D relays associated with g WIC: bus 23.1 Me be replaced %th ASS 11ps 27114 relays 3.4) and that the Wall COM01*9 the second level WC101VOU90 SquOnUnt for 4 Woo In 211 wit be moved u) a location which is mid for Mclia0mi in the sverk of LOCH

-t 00 Calculation No . 8-982-13_19-6 Revision - 005 Attachment : G Page G16 of G222

3122693757 ;917/22 sur BY : 4- 4-92 ; 3 :02M, ;

CalcuWw No. MLL441-014 Page Is at 20 Sheet Reftkin: 0 Properviolft-i 0 (.1 I Q& QL1011111M111011 Ibir 111gh 1T1sHfVp**rnxMftLn Barn Etnrinxttttsrrs 1 &1 Rent AccklM -PMft the Relorecm 3.15, Figures 2 and 3, provide the ImpWaturs in the M@Zzinihs am d Dresden Station Reactor Sulkfirq (onArorwrontal VV0 20 an a lunation a final NOW MNOU KHOO break. The temperature rises to 212T at appra3ftately 40 seconds after break the break 4e whit Ume to in Wathulk Ito U100PORMLIV then hdk ON to hour ousely 14& F at one altar the AMU fine break O*MXL Filgroo 2 and 3 cot Reruns 15 an reproclucad an rages 17 and IS of this caicutadiotL based break Figures 2 and 3 of Reforamn IS are on a clOtbit WAK guillotine in the a ton RNCU ptOg in the RWOU hut em:hanger room (RoWenceaM.

l a2 14M&MV1 AWfungncya OyMMM600 hatractedstim!

W3 Somlon & and F14910foo al section &Z not. Cut tits secom wwmvei

.7, umIsrw%gs protaction circuitry and equipment am not required to hrodon to mitigme the RWCU its break, U1 OWN not bd OA, CdtV=WVgo storey during the Awt Otnum attar break FWAY HMO in any manner which would prevent doMms of the AC RWCU holedon v" (MO-2(3)-1201-1).

111.3 EMMU does Ref foe 15 not specft* idendly the relative hurnicilty in tho rnezzanne am of III ooac= building. Therefore. for oormorvabmt a Walk* hurr*ny of i OV* has been assunned in this coicukiflon.

The ASS Type 22770 and Type 27N solid~zm =W101tap relays and the Agastat M roloys in to second level unr41annvhUq protection circuitry are slectrork devices.

Relerave &3 indicnaw lot noWture intrumbn and conimmotion on Me oMkwx**oOr4=

might a*Momusty affect the potfumance of the scluornent. ReWsroo I& coricksdedl Iva t is unlikeff trust to 003a*= would be apassed to Moft" during the first seconds alter a1NO1 &a break.

FlelbronmPIS is the report of steam testing (100% F*j of the second tovsi un :Wvaltago pvtoction equipment 77* report demnstrowe that the equipment is rot acloarsely a0unscl (r.o, does not ctv=wVgo state) when exposed to a stmen sewmorsnert for arts hour :

10A ACCkIM SkUhIft Tootho rd -Rasu%r pleferorme as densocrJoes HMO simulation (steam o4nows) temp of tits Drs$Wkin Txwnd Wool UnderoNtage reloy ewqjJjpa"eft aid droutty. The too proft shown on rages 41 through 45 of ROW= IS evvelaims to am*61 tonveroure pprmadw shown an Foves, 2 aW 3 of SAwnewroom a& The test was =Ojctod uskV slow lot which ensued to reloChe Wjnik& was in I W% throughOut the tea Page 45 at that which Reference 34 shows the bVenrno temperature of to XnMlon box contained MLEF-IONS phor (I Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision - 005

Attachment:

_~G Page G17 of G22

4- 4-92 ; 3 :02N ; 3122633757 ; #18/22 the second Well underwo" oquipmont 8ub8W9Jle* saga the t*Mpw*Wm of the stem environment.

Rebmw &A pages 48 tNVJM M dues that the urtWiaitage equipment did rot dullnge SWUfto ftoughtxA the HEMLS WAAW teldirg. In adddx% pat HIEUB feet furftwell testing (Reference &S, page 9) derronsinwed that Me UXumfWrwateg equpnwt mad VVU" WON design specification requirements (Reftwence &7, SecWn

&0) .

las -MMU A1111VAIUS111 IFISNOW00 aS dSM0rWtretQs a tempers*09 margin d 4&F to I V IF du" ft HELM sknulatim testing, the quallikeW magh Rw the OMMAM 4WAO SOMOS UUMMMI Ll0*MMtqs 10mllsaW WmAy ami EqLonsft is a Tk= Margin, The Dasdan 4WAVAac SeOW4 I" UmIlervoiliage Proteako Cirm*ry and 6*4mmn Equ"wt MUM not orange state during the *0 40 seconds after RWCU We break MW*wm U) In Wer to assure absure of the AC RWCU system bDWM valve (MO-2(3).1201-1). The HELD sirriubtion teslkg dewtondboad in Retwence aB established that the Dresden Whe second Not! Undsoolkage Protection WoUtly and Equipment (Ad not daNis state ke we hour shr RNCU fate bnxk This time margin mom the

=1 %,Am I the Margin CN Reguibnatrorry Guide x.89 (11 War pie operating raga),

MLEP-10=

Des A Calculation No. 8982-13-19-6 TWO ion --- 005 ---

Attachment : G Page G18 of G2-2

4- 4-92  ; 3 :03PNI  ; 3122693757 ;918/22 M

On NO. MLEA-91-014 y 17 of 20 Iculation Sheet Revision : 0 P C Becthtel item Power Company Figure 2

" illl i!il .

U 2 !

! I ~ 1 1 1 1 i I I Ill ~ l i i l l f ~ ! i f a

!M1H 11111 2

i"

~ ~`f ~_~Ili~!~I CM)

A Um a Name Nmr CA-MAWAMAN Calculation No . -8982A3-19-6 Revision - 005 Attachment : Page CA 9 of G22 -

--,; EM BY : 4- 4-92 ; 3 :03PM :

3122693757 ; #20/22

.7 L#ura 3 9

Qd &wwwm=

4 A Um w *mom P"w CWOOMM Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : G Page G20 of G22

3122693757 ;*21/22 SENT BY : 4- 4-92 ; 3 :03FM ;

11 .0 Synotgoft Eftft Syr&VWc Mfoas are associatod with bteractions of tampenewme PQIW and radllolJon dose rates. 7bS SOW laved unforwNtayp OWMV and equiptnont Hadled in Dresden Station are WOW I nmmw MOMMon emoonmMmus and therefore would not wit synorgWo 6111600 MW to ammmot lure and numallon coal "1064 Rahmances aI I and 112 addra" synorghft effaces for to ASS Type 27D and Type 2ZN oolkd sums undlwooltayl relays and star lut no syrorgfW ; efliects home been identiflod for W equoment.

Enamsm twong of Ajostall Ers and EGP reb" descrilood to Rolavurms & 13 Muse atom there am no synergistic alfocls associated with theme repays, Dresden 92 Binder EO-48D establishes that them are no synergistic effects for Marathon 1 UICIM OXSets Urninal bkbwdkm&

A review of available Ismaure on polycarborate materials +estabWed there are no dwd%d ywrnetoloft Was caused by gamma dcooOdlooe rate and (Sonar ,..M foomhdiors of polyourbonme have dim sanaMy to uMIMolot Npt and VtarnqVNwraWftwxnv but the Westinghouse FT- I switch is not =mudscl of clear po4s,orborato and therellome not outlec KOW to syrWgift effects due to ultraviolet light.)

MLEF-10=

Rat 0 Calculation No. 8982-13-,1 .9-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

G Page CAI of A222

3122693757;#22/22 4- 4-92 ; 3 :04FW ;

izo mdranomms alai 8tR1laomto" IV ASS Tip 2M NO Ty" 27N OW 00ft LIMIOMM90 Rol" In Relemencesau 1 and V Z ASS ADCOmOWN1411 Hist the tOOMI; idondled In the 1089 Instmedon OMMUNIS for two eqWforwont, WK are cuMud In Ajpwdk 8 to RAGgWrIlrone 3.7, be condwed at two yew Intervals.

12.2 AOOM ETR Tft DdW Rebys amd GQPD CoMmA RWqp Ah" The perhonwonco of two AgastAit OR rum Ofty Re"* and A"= jEGM Contid Relays am to Conlored dwMg parArmnuumnCuo of the A138 Sold StWe WrOwnwookegge Maya emery too years. In 100wence&134 Amoonsov Corp, i0mmes that imp yommot jEnm and EGPO M"* mum be repbuwl tart (10) years sitar the date of or SMOW 25,000 opersomis, "Whenrer comes WVL 123 IMAWWWWWO law Swim TWMkW abaft Cfewswun *MW EO SInder E046:4 T41 E4 caMaIns the awkWumt- and surveftnas uveamit reqWerrma to Marathon I SX) series toMmo blocks, No other Maintenance or arvedance is r*qL*W for the Maneam 1600 Senin tem*vd blicks kutabd in the

)wroadon boxes for the secamd Wvet uunwermodkwg equoywL 114 WOSOVhOwe FT-1 Owkic to Reference a i sk Washm;house dies not provide soy P,A*rnents for autumunnownce or suvellImice of the FT i switch. However, ne(Wenoe &3 estabushed that the FT-i switch Is essendOdly a termobW bbk)cdk. TherotoM the nuftenmice and survvIance recommended In TO E of Dresden 60 Blinder E04K) for AhwaWon WNW bkk)cks shmAl be applied to the Wastinghousa FY switch, MLEF-10313 C.- 9%

Calculation No. &11 13-19`6

- -982 Revision - _005 Attachment : ~G of Q22 Page G22

ATTACHMENT H DIT DR-SPED-0671-01 Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : H Page H1 of H3

Smsuff,it LUNDY DESIGN INFORMATION TRANSMITTAL IISAFETYRELATEO Z NON-SAFETY-RELATED D I T N o. - fPfP -;15 71 - 0 Page of 2.

WENT STATION UNIT(S) TO PROJECT NO(S).

SUBJECT E-EXCrOR 3(, , 1LD 1 &1 G frE X-/ 7- ILA -rl Cltj A., /,y Erg D,-e:'RA 7- Urn E MODIFICATION OR DESIGN CHANGE NUMBERS}

E/2 'A Preparer (Please print name) Division Preparer's signature 67 Issue date V STATUS 25 OF INFORMATION (This information is approved for use. Design inforny$"p&vWK9Yjse .

that contains assumptions or is preliminary or requires further verification (review) shalLbepcolentifled .)

IS APPR-01/6-D &-0RMPjYS&Zj992 RECEMED IDENTIFICATION OF THE SPECIFIC DESIGN INFORMATION TRANSMITTED AND PURPOSE OF ISSUE (List any supporting documents attached to DIT by as title, revision and/or issue date, and total number of pages for each supporting document .)

P/,f I-S Z)/7- IS 7- 717 W7- 06 71g-EP dil -46 700 0 T-*(S D/-r pe,0V1 DG -rHE 141A-1114e1A-4` REACrCA 31-11Z-D14r'~;

,4A/D 7-ff6 7-6"1"' 67 l- (SUC71a, aw I F3 ,4cco,e,D1,-Jq, ro TNT PA-C7 6 2 OF- 7-HIS D /7- /S 7-l-`E v,4C~ G blb ViOr leeOV14 15 7Y6 MINI A4vm SOURCE OF INFORMATION CaIc . no. Report no .

Rev. and/or date Rev. and/or date Other DISTRIBUTION 6,S&14W ACV

-1077 Fl 4-tc- -

)P_ ,7;4 Sc A-1 v

F413A (1/2) 0140 Its Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : H Page H2 of H3

Z I

E5C&?7 :0'I 7eatl!ig, , enciladng ana air :.,nai : ,,oning system consists of :::we alernents required to effect and control the following space air processes : supply and exhaust ; distribution and recirculation ; -ielocity ;

differential and static pressure control ; filtration of particulate con-taminates ; cooling and heating ; complete air conditioning ; and area iso-lation .

Elements necessary to perform and control the space air requirements are filters, dampers, cooling and heating coils, electric duct heaters, air washers, refrigerating equipment, fans, and the necessary control and support equipment .

The overall system is related, but divided into subsystems which are designed to control the air requirements in a particular area (see Figures 10 .11 .2 :1 thru 10 .11 .2 :5) . They are as follows :

1. Reactor Building Ventilation ; Min 65*F, Max 103*F

2. Turbine Building Ventilation ; Min 65 0F, Max 120OF

3. Radwaste Building :

Occupied areas ; Min 50 0 F, Max 103 0 F Cells and Collector Tank Room ; Min 50 0F, Max 120OF Concentrator & Concentrator Waste Tank Cells ; Min 500F Max 150*F

4. Main Control Room ; Min 10°F, Max 80°F

5. Drywell Ventilation :

Normal ; 135OF Average 8 hrs after Shutdown ; 105"F Average Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

Page IHQ

ATTACHMENT I S&L Interoffice Memorandum from B. Desai Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 005

Attachment:

I Page 11 of 142

DRESDEN STATION UNITS 2 AND 3 DEGRADED VOLTAGE CALCULATIONS ASSUMPTION VERIFICATION 4sumvtion - 9 . 1 The setting tolerance used for setting the trip unit voltage is assumed to be

+1-0 .2 V which corresponds to about +/-0 .182% for a setpoint expected to be used near 110 V .

Reference Calculations 8982-13-19-6, Revision 2 8982-17-19-2, Revision I Verification Description The attached relay setting order for Dresden Station Unit 2, Buses 23-1, 24-1, and Unit 3, Buses 33-1 and 34-1 from CECo System Planning already addresses tolerance of +/-O-2 V and setpoints are near 110 V . Therefore, this assumption does not require further verification .

Follow llp Action Incorporate assumption verification in the calculation .

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : I Page 12 1 142

RELAY SETTING ORDER FROM "STA . i!ZC .

0 Z . C 0 . t 0I two ow-ml0"~ . SYST . PLAN .

154 STATION - e 3- KY ,

117 C' t A14 a (3 Ca UL C3 C]

m- C3 Ma CC U-PL C3 _ 00Z MWMATZ 0

- -56t-z Awn LCLfL VOL7-A 6 F ZONE OR A. ,

C .T .

. .LoTsTUS"

1. A

• AV#4 1 IEm71.00 1 I

F211A Say,.=

36"11 3e-SOIL '001%

1A It UTID frx //0 1131 A';0V CUI.

'm RE A TIMING- -- - I*

- &,-F /UA>' k47- -=,XC-fgrQL11-0-- 19 'yVIOL-013 r) 1)  : lef'Arv Arnielo A 44 8- C : z0f . 4 V C%6 r1t, r-s k5o lmxye~ . .. hs 6, A(#. ,

i *OSSIONATIONS 140T COVERED ACOVC OR CZL .OW. SUCH AS LIN9 NO. . NEW OR OLD SZTTMG. 6T t.

1?-- .  ;; 5m- -j'k 5 - (3 STA . ELEC .

RELAY SETTING ORDER E3 on DIV . am* . .

C. I"V -A

• .h Wmi JV4 -, 1 , 1 n I'l "-,Ni  ;"*" ii SYST . PLAN.

.' fi-N-01 STATION Ac em &-7 z KV;K- 4( ryPLZ

- ,.Jr

, 16*nk- //)C' "im 0 chm Iff amervArt 0 UL 50 C91 0 0 IL 0 it" C3

- !5rWaAo"O zome on

-a L .'C"A R aa 0.3 to TIO C.T. tYtN 4ZA AIA RAO 1

,M) 43 V 1111A al ~

394 ful (it ~"/o 7. 1 -5` V0 LIS lx f ullo t1a y/d Los oil W m OEM, 1 Re-3 pr 7'4A e!?? 7, TimtmG I :;exec EZ RES e- r V. -f A .y A/10 7- C f F,-':) /0 L -7rn_t A 10 k6- 7-0"'m lug -,x MA ,

-OESIGNATIONS NOT COVERED ACOVE OR CELOW. SUCM AS LINE NO. . NEW 00 OLD SETTING . ETC.

Calculation No, 89851349-Revision 005 Attachment I Page - of 142

RELAY

'ROMY~$TST . PLAN .

l J'~+~4C " t..1N 771 on OIV. ENO.

E _ CO al~ ;

r STATION CHO 0 C 19

0omlln E1.1su .s 3..~ 1 UL (] = (3 I- 0 S"tt 0 KVg/4' UK' 0 r '- W OPrACTWATT 0

'C O

.U IZ1,A` ~V L-- CL ZONE on ELACHARA C) t T . IR01 E" t IC C .T .

IUTIOS -Art ~wE RANGE INGI 0 I " ~r,_

tRiMAlT _

SETTING tR j~4

". A tUET "~

COMPUTED TEST A " V CUR. tAG DEC' TIMING t_' X troy E)tt'~ two TS ns~ V' Ai3=~rS,46V , . - l lo.99V eie 6-2-9'L-,. G- ie°"no 411 'ST~

• DESIGNATIONS NOT COVERED ACOVE OR DELOTI . SUCH AS LINE NO. . NEW OR OLD SETTING, ETC .

f- k RELAY SETTING -0RO&R. .

"Trt o STA . ELEC .

_" KFvj,, FROM C3 on - Div . ENO C.E .CO. 0""0" S-RS STST. PLAN .

STATION .: 1Z UELDE,.: A. rE - Z7oJ-Nf I (Q CE) NIL p = C7 IL C] Cm CEACTTVATE Q 8y -T 3,f-/ S+Er_ :,1s 4. .COEt- UAAFf.VOLUr, ONE OR L .ICHARACI Ia , w U v I t .0 C.T. TURN RATIOS IAHOE 1RATI '70-MOV IRIMART SETTING 37YVV SEC . a!T'G lop . VAtUEI OWUTEO IAIS I/Ov Vf ET-4r ///.l

.EST A-v CUR, SAG DEG I ZL~ :I ~ o v TIMING 17-s .-acre Hzt-~ 9ed = /w . t I 044 _ro RFi 4.e R c:,er V&,rM F_ . SE'`rrm61 s +45E+ 0,J N£-6

+~'FCor. .-tE.Idfir r~ l-~rt~E.t.

!2 ;: MOAT- ibf&

URZrl iTA0 2T 0AII1' 'Zllli~t_ET .t it TE EO %h3 9Z4, 4Z T'

'DESIGNATIONS NOT COVERED ACOVE OR ;ELOit . SUCH AS LINE NO., NET OR OLD SETTING, rf

._.! a c c , r .

c,-k W .. -- . -

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 ion 005

Attachment:

I Page 14 o¬ 142

DRESDEN STATION UNITS 2 AND 3 DEGRADED VOLTAGE CALCULATIONS ASSUMPTION VERIFICATION As sumntions 10 & 16 The dc, control voltage for the undervoltage relays will be within the relay's acceptance range of 100 to 14&Vdc during both normal and accidental conditions .

Reference Calculations 8982-13-19-6, Revision 2 8982-17-19-2, Revision Verification Description To verify above assumption calculation 9198-42-19-1 was prepared .

The calculation demonstrates that there are sufficient terminal voltages at the second-level UV relays during the first seven seconds of a LOCA (no LOOP) combined with a degraded voltage condition . The calculation also shows that these* relays will not be exposed to terminal voltages exceeding their maximum limit during battery equalization .

Fol 1 ow-UD---Ac-li-on Incorporate assumption verification in the calculation wp : G:\ELEC%DQC\00C3545 .EP Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : I Page 15 of 142

cal.c . for min Contra Power voltage at The Te of The SeconCl level UM0efVCtta9* Ret8VS SARGENT A-1 LUNDY

- ENGTEEM L Safety-Related mon-safety-Retat'-

Client :_flffXWVw*44th Edison CO"Mnv Prevered by ION*

Project :resoen Station - units 2 ano 3 Rewimmed tbw Date roi. Mo. 09542 E060 Wo . kWWMMdbV 1 Carte The battery chargers are rated at 200A (Reference 16) and are set to curren ,

limit at 100% of the charger rating (Reference 15) .

J. The characteristics of the NCX-21 battery cells for the 125-Vdc battery (Reference 5) are the same as those of the NCX-1500 battery cells of the 250-Vdc batteries (References 6 and 21) .

IV . ASSUMPTLONS Assumptions not Reouirina Verification A. Fuse resistances are not included in this calculation . The fuses which are upstream of the control circuits where the second-level UV relays are installed, are all 35 A (Reference 10) . The resistances of the 35 A fuses are negligible when compared to the resistances of the cables . (ENGINEERING JUDGMENT)

Contact resistance for switches, breakers, and relays are assumed negligible . This is based on Dresden Station Design Iw :ormation Transmittt' DR-EPED-0503-00 (Reference 11) which shows that contact resistances vary from 0 .0028 to 0 .0002 OHMS . (ENGINEERING JUDGMENT)

C. The battery is fully charged at the time of COCA initiation . The battery voltages are checked daily by personnel from the station operations department (Reference 12) .

0. No LOOP condition exists .

E. The new main feed to Panel 903-34 on Bus 3A-2 (Reference 22) has been installed . {ENGINEERING JUDGMENT - This loading is conservative relative t(

premodification loading on the same bus) .

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA The input voltage at the terminals of the second level UV relays must not be belov the established minimum value of 95 Vdc or above the maximum value of 140 Vdc as determined by vendor information (References 7 and 19) . However, the relay will also tolerate a one second dip in minimum (Reference 19) terminal voltage to 89 Vdc-Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

I Page 16 of

Cats . For minimsa Controt Power voltage at The T of The Second t.evet uncervottage Retavs SARGENT AI LUNDY fete-tetated "*in Ctient =omeorwalth Edison ComDern Pressred br Date Project 9resoen station -,units 2 and 3 Reviewed bV Date Proj . No . 9146-42 Equip. go. Date Table 1 shows that during the worst interval (Switchgear 24-1, from -6 .917 to -6 seconds), the battery is still able to supply the minimum voltage to the UV relay, and would discharge from a fully charged state in about 15 minutes if this load were kept constant . Since the time delay for the UV relays is only seven seconds long, it is evident from the table that all UV relays will have the minimum necessary control voltage to operate during this time period .

The tables in Attachments A and 8 show the loading during a dual unit LOCA with no LOOP . However, the design basis for the station is a single unit LOCA only . Therefore, the results shown in Table 1 are conservative .

" The maximum battery equalization voltage is 135V when the battery is connected to the bus . Therefore, the maximum voltage of 140V at the terminals of the undervoltage relays will not be exceeded . .

VIII . CONPARISON OF RESULTS WITH ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA From the analysis of Section VII, the terminal . ;ltages of all second level UV relays will be within their minimum and maximum established limits under the postulated conditions .

Ix . CONC LUSIONS The calculaAlon demonstrates that there are sufficient terminal voltages at the second-level UV relays during the first seven seconds of a LOCA (no LOOP) combine with a degraded voltage condition . The calculation also shows that these relays will not be exposed to terminal voltages exceeding their maximum limit during battery equalization .

X. RECOMENDATIONS Not Applicable .

XI . REFE RENCES

l. Sargent & Lundy Standard ESA-102, Revision 04-14-93

2. Sargent & Lundy Standard ESI-253, Revision 12-06-91

3. Sargent & Lundy Standard ESC-291, Revision 05-23-91

4. Design Information Transmittal DR-EDO-0086-00, dated 08-02-93 (attached)

5. Sargent & Lundy Calculation 7056-00-19-5, Revision 23, dated 08-27-93 Calculation No. 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : 1 Page 17 of - 142

i CaIc . No . M2-17 2 Re,

,Page R25 2 of Project No . 8982- 64 AGEA IBROWN BOVERI 7eiecnone : !I!-i95- 7 3

lecccy

_ 5-e35  : " .:55 1

-, ATE :

101114 /43 =AGES :NCLUDING =VER SHEE7 :

TO : "T ( " k J 6-4 St.- L FROM - C~. IJF F p0%A,4#JS p4lb DJ cr IYO 0.

REFERENCE : Z, V? IJ MESSAGE n Pm Yo -i VC -p- ONO t .S 7-0 r- o tJ F t (t r? 'rWo+or 71~fr ArLLO~-JAOLC PC-CMJm4%- Votr?rc CNOJ6-C Vi OZ TY046-V NJ QW! % T14 WNW 0 NJ 14: ti= f 4.71VA . I S g? Sr .. t q c \V PrWD Tl+#Flr A 1 SlEcopiq E-)c C U QS I a 0J TO

\..j i " Ai or P~r6r&rLr i ws AWMaAd

--s. i S1.50- -

TWA 14-SSOMCI T~rt~ a&- -Z7,?J& 097-" r- D 13e'-rW6V-%J TVYLnIPJO~t-l I A-*f 0 4? 1# #6 A-r 0 ;= 4000 ON-ns

,U,ic 0 - 7 02-2 - :0 J4C 7 -' :'!WL! - - , AI=AUWe - I C A Calculation No . 8982-13 Revision 005

Attachment:

I Page 18 of 142

DRESDEN STATION UNITS 2 AND 3 DEGRADED VOLTAGE CALCULATIONS ASSUMPTION VERIFICATION As sumDtions - 11, 17 "It is assumed that the voltmeter used for setting the relay is a Fluke 45 Digital Multimeter .' It is also assumed this voltmeter has been set to a user selected reading rate of 5 (medium) readings per second ."

Assumptions ,-,12 . 18 "It is assumed that the multimeter is calculated to meet its technical accuracy specifications as identified in the Fluke 45 literature (Reference 0) . Furthermore, it is assumed that the relay is calibrated at a temperature that is within the range of 21 0 to 24 0 . This assumption is necessary to limit the conservatism in the error due to relay temperature effect to a reasonable level ."

Reference Calculations 8982-13-19-6, Revision 2 8982-17-19-2, Revision 1 Verification Description Dresden Relay Setting Procedure DOS 6600-09, Revision 8, specify to : a) use calibrated model-'Fluke 45 digital multimeter b) relays must be calibrated to an ambient temperature between 70 0 and 75 0F .

Commonwealth Edison Company will revise Procedure DOS 6600-09 to include the use of Fluke 45 Digital Multimeter with user-selected reading rate of five (medium) readings per second .

Follow Up Action Incorporate assumption verification in calculation .

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : I Page 19 of 142

To : J .J . Horwath Subject : Second Level Degraded Voltage Relay Settings Switchgear 23-1(Div . I) & Switchqear 33-1(Div . 1)

Dresden Station, Unit 2 & 3 Number Ref . : 1 . S&L Calculation 8982-13-19-6, Rev .2, entitled "Calc . for Second-Level Undervoltage Relay Setpoint, Dresden Unit 2, CHRON # 186718 .

Ref . : 2 . S&L Calculation Number 8982-17-19-2, Rev .1, entitled "Calc . for Second-Level Undervoltage Relay Setpoint", Dresden Unit 3, CHRON # 11216716 .

Ref . : 3 . Operability Determination of Safety Related Equipment Affected by the Second Level Undervoltage Relay Setpoint Change on Division I of Units 2 and 3, Dresden Station, CHRON - # 186841 .

The above listed references are for your files .

Reference 1 and 2 establish the design basis for the, setpoints of the subject relays . In order to expedite issuing new Relay Setting Orders reference 1 and 2. were previously sent to you and discussed via phone on June 2, 1992 . The need to adjust the existing settings is due to incorrectly applied vendor information which changed the ambient temperature effect tolerance in the original calculations-. This setpoint adjustment will restore margin to the level established in our current setpoint methodology . It is our understanding that Relay Setting orders for the subject relays have been issued as follows :

Dresden Unit 2 - Division I Primary Trip Setting  : 3835 volts nominal Secondary Trip Setting : 109 .57 volts +/- .2 volts Reset Bandwidth  : set to minimum achievable by device, approximately .5%

( .55 volts) above trip setpo t i .e . 110 .12 volts Timing 7 seconds +/- 20%

Dresden Unit 3 - Division I Primary Trip Setting  : 3884 volts nominal Secondary Trip Setting : 110 .97 volts +/- .2 volts Reset Bandwidth  : set to minimum achievable by device, approximately .5%

( .56 volts) above trip setpoint i .e . 111 .53 volts Timing 7 seconds +,/- 20%

Calculation No . _8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : I Page 110 4 142

It should be noted that the existing setpoints on the Division II second level undervoltage relays are conservatively set above the values indicated in the revised S&L calculations (see Ref . 3) . Therefore it is not required at this time to adjust the Division 11 settings .

The setpoint calculation has several stipulations for setting these relays which must be adhered to by the operational Analysis Department . They are as follows :

1 . A Fluke- Model 45 multimeter, must be used to set the relay and have been calibrated within the manufacturer's specified tolerance range of 18 to 28 degrees Centigrade .

The Fluke 45 must be set for a 60 Hz signal and at the medium sampling rate . If another voltmeter is to be used then it must have an accuracy equal to or better than the Model 45 in the appropriate volt range and be approved for use in this application by the Nuclear Engineering Department .

2 . The relay must be set (calibrated) at a temperature between 21 to 24 degrees Centigrade (70 to 75 degrees Fahrenheit) .

3 . Utilize ABB instruction bulletin I .B .7 .4 .1 .7-7 Issue D when setting the ABB/ITE, type 27N undervoltage relay with harmonic filter .

A copy of this letter has been sent to the station for appropriate.-setpoint control review . If you have any questions or concerns regarding this matter please call Stan Gaconis, X7644 or Mike Tucker, X7648 .

M. L . Reed Superintendent NED-E/I&C Design Attachment cc : H . L. Terhune w/o attachment G .P . Wagner w/o attachment C .W . Schroeder w/o attachment H. L. Massin w/o attachment K.E . Faber w/o attachment M .S . Tucker w/o attachment S . L. Gaconis w/o attachment Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment I 111 Of 142

In Reply, Refer to CHRON # 190945

Subject:

Second Level Undervoltage Protection Relay Setting Orders Dresden and Quad Cities Stations Mr. T.T. Clark:

Please provide copies of the Second Level Undervoltage (Degraded Voltage Protection)

Relay Setting orders for the ABB 27N relays installed for 4160 Volt buses 13-1, 14-1, 23-1 and 24-1 for Station 4, Quad Cities, and for 4160 Volt buses 23-1, 24-1, 33-1 and 34-1 for Station 12, Dresden. NED requires copies of the actual relay setting orders to close out some of the assumptions made in the degraded voltage calculations and for the FSAR rebaseline project.

We would appreciate copies of the subject Relay Setting orders by August 31, 1992 . If you have any questions, please call me on extension 7648 at Downers Grovel . '

Prepared :

M.S . Tucker Approved : Date : 'f M.F. Pietraszewski E/I&C Design Supervisor

)>7- 3 cc: M.L. Reed D. VanPelt T.S . Kriz H.S. Mirchandani Pace 1 of 1 RS6REQSTIX?C 12 f'7 Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

I Page 112 142

InterOMce Memo To: Bipm Desai From: Mike Tucker Date: September 2, 1992

Subject:

Calculation Assumpuons.

Relay Setting Orders Degraded Voltage Tom Clark of System Planning has sent copies of It Second Level Undervoltage Relay Settings as you requested. However, note that the new RSO for Quad Cities Unit I has not been issued at this tittle.

Therefore, only the relay setting orders for Quad Cities Unit 2. Dresden Unit 2 and Unit 3 am attached.

The relay setting order does not address the type pe of meter to be used. much lea specify. that the medium sampling rate only be user selected. Therefore. "vi are going to have to determine an alternate course of action.

If you have any questions, please call me on ext. 7649.

CC: ALL Raced IThe term Vv" in this context should be best interpreted to mean "you."

8982-1i3 19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : I Page 113 of 142

RELAY SETTING ORDER FROM 7"STA . ELEC .

TeSTST . P L.AM-C .C .C V . 46-46" 5-43 Z0949 OR bd cl RATlO C.T. TU04 RATIOS N/A RA NGE IlAtING1 70- a-0

-3 V sk MR, kv V Milo C1= 1/0 IIST A -v TIMING 7.0 NEW

• DESIGNATIONS NOT COV90WO ABOVE! OMP 21MOW . SUCH AS WN9 MO., OR OLD SUTTING.

RELAY SETTING ORDER C.Z.CO. $641004 5-43 m eyl , -I Z- '" Lfft U No-lizomw I a 44!

w zone an It WA3 VATIC RANGE

-2AUNGI SET"

ZO-/20V 11111A SEC WO taV-Atull - 03 /- Wz V o

IAIS CO"pull 1/ 0 -V rc9 11ST A;aV CUR DIG TIMING 7. 0 rra P1 proeNt- cz t 21. 5 fZ2 !ge 11 l?o 7 SU( J-10-q2j,61W 01'1SAIl

'DESIGNATIONS NOT COVEPMO AVOVE ON 21LOW, SUCH AS 1.1NE MQ-. NEW ON OLD SITTIHG. IETC CalculationNo . . 8982-13-39-87 Revision 005 Aftachment : I Page 114 of 142

RELAY .E.'~ i~~tQj4pt i#111Uty Uy~V PROM .

C.E.CO .86-&406 s" e3 2 0NE 01 1 ~

EL.IC H AR AC " _ t ~K J is RATIO .~.

C.T. TUp4 AI~A

~'

IV ttATIN01 0 " t SITTING sec. aMG 0A , I IOP. 4VALU41 .~ ~~~

cawuTtp TABS //D OLT; _T -1 0 ~~~

TEST A -V / ~'--

CUR. 1AG OM TIMING

~ s s ILsF ` ", III! F02=176 Mull QC esze r V, "d" - ilo.9gv 46SEM

"- AJ dU~VO 2-//-9x--Dii6- PRIM AB ST 6:~

`DESIGNATIONS NOT COVERED AUOVE OR . =FLOW SUCK AS LINE NO.. NEW OR 01.0 SETTING. ET C.

RELAY SETTING,ORQER.- ,

C.E.CO. is-4404 S" 47 5U T ill-t c~r.ly r- vet- urJ0 Ff_V0t.7 ZONE OR EL .iCHARA f IOC U ~o u v RATIO RA

. .o.t I 3SJr 3S/ I rt iiVr~I1 c.T . TUM .

RATIOS t NAN04 ttATINGI ( 7e - IZcs '70 - 120V S[iniNa 37~5~ti! 3370v .

SIC* afT'G IOC -Awes ln -i v JIO, (o v ' A ZV v L VRt~aT_ !Jl.J

`D"'"TE° TA.S JIOv //Dv /10."

of, CUR AG 1 I2L^ :J-.~ d ~ 120V 7 o V TIMING 17 SFct(s TAi  ? SFC ",' Cs" j Rd -m &G lj RF-Er t/647A6 F_ . SE`.'zr~~61 s+QSfw o~J ~SIE~o FCor. . E.JARfrrrl 1-aET't~L o QZ _rcXFe 7- l~~ ecJ l Issue DATE '?.,~tt ' Rr i11 T O a1~3 / 9 Zar ~~ "'

DESIGNATIONS NOT COVERED ACOVE OR CELOW, SUCH AS LINE NO ., ON NEW OLDSETTING, E"fC .

C .

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : I Page 115 of 142

RELAY SETTING ORDER "OM rISTA . ELLC .

C .E .Co . 6" sTsT . PLAN .

p ZONE a 1

kt 10 .0.)

1. Af1O Is C .T . TUR04 IATICS d AIA NAMIGA WIMMM 4 1 santma tlI a lop zi.116111 0 COAXIMPVSUTIDD TA 7=1 h

A 11 TOT Cut age I=r'I 1k Iff hhre-r V., 68 : lar.6y 60 11- 1 .4 .0 V NOT -

COVERED A SOV 6 OR ZELDIN. SUCH IS 1.1019 110. . NEW 00 OLD SETTING, ETC .

'ORSOISMATtONS RELAY SETTING ORDER room STA

. tLIC .

SYS; . PLAN .

c.~ 00W ONLY STATION 9x-rAE.V--

qp o CEO UL rl t C3 4-L°'eL

- SewQwdw any

-11410 11-0-1 C

I AIA RANG!

1h V SITTING "

(I S11j Q0 <

TAPS r OVUM I //a ;QS, T1 6-3 dp r zxesyzz~

1~?ESeZ: V. AfA >- A.10 -,fXCf- 6,0 /0

_S-.-jA,0 A97C Qe 13 F 7- 66 AAiOf 0A11 2 -1% - 9'A 1 NEW a N A & ONS NO' COVERED -LOVE OR CELOW . SUCH AS LINE NO . . ON OLD SETTING. XTe Calculation No . - .8982-13-IW-a Revision ---Q05

Attachment:

i Page __ Vq of 142

Commonwealth Edison Dresden nuclear Power Station R.R. 41 Morns, Illinois 40460 7*160hone 815!942-2920 F A C S I H I L I T R A N S M I T T A L S H Z E T DATE :

A x1v To : Y4 T4 oceAvl

, rELECCIPIER NUMBER%

FROM :

J. CTO -r-p f COVER SHEET PLUS 25 PAGE(S)

Do YOU WANT TELECOPY BACK? M YES IF YOU HAVE ANY PROBLEMS aXCEIVIM YOUR TELECOPY,

?LEASE CALL (815) 942-2920 EXT . _fl_

TeleCOPY 4 815-942-2920 Excension 2265

• • • N 0 T I S***

ID U K- -irw -4l, ~]L W- 0 jj rt M7*

-fA%k/ Ac A ~ te <I trey 4~v 4" 0-**Tl Sent'.

TImet By#

//, 2, /7, /,?-

Revision 005 Attachment : I Page -117 of 142

TESTING OF ZCCS UNDERVOLTAGE AND DEGRADED VOLTAGE RELAYS Requirements :

Technical Specifications Section 4 .2, Table 4 .7 .1 Special Controls/Reviews ;

NONE .

I- AtYVMMxMK Originator S, nee Independent Revievier/Terifier (If Applicable) 1-FlAdler Department Procedure Writer

, Karrh=sky-Departumt, Super- visor APPROVED AUG 05'92 zDOS/ 137 ZW/ 198 lots .O .

D

.S CaF6ULIf6in No"-

-T982-13-f9'-6"--Revision 005

Attachment:

I Page 118 of 142

TESTING OF ECCS UNDUVOLTACZ AND DEGRADED VOLZACE 111AU A. Elmp'S2S This procedure verifies the undervoltage relay settings for Emerpaey Core Cooling System (ECCS) buses 23-1, 24-1, 28 and 29 (33-1, 34-1, 38 and 39) and assures calibration of related Diesel Generator power instruments .

A. ygER ¢TTAEK~79 :

1. Technical Specifications :

Sections 4 .2, Table 4 .2 .1, Miniswm Test and Calibration Frequency for Care and Containment Cooling Systems Instrumentation, Rod Blocks and Isolations .

2. Procedures .

Relay Calibration Procedure (Supplied by Operational Analysis Department) .

Print$I 12E-2334, Relaying and Metering Diagram - 4160 V Switch Group 23-1 i 24-1 .

b. 12E-2335, Relay and Metering Diagram - 480 V Switch Groups 25, 26, 27, 28 16 29 .

12E-2344, Schematic Control Diagram, 4160 V Buses 23-1 i1~

24-1 Main Feed BKRS .

12£-2345, Schematic Control Diagram, 4160 V Bus 23-1 4KV SVGA Bus 40 Feed BJM.

e. 12E-2346, Schematic Control Diagram, 4160 V Bum 24-1 Standby Diesel 2 Feed L 34-i Tie Breaker .

f. 11E-3334, Relaying and Metering Diagram V Switch Croup 33-1 4 34-1 .

12E-3335, Relay and Motoring Diagram - 480 V Switch Groups 33, 36, 37, 38, 39, G 30 and 4160 V SYC1 CUR 15 .

h. 12E-3344, Schematic Control Diagram, 4160 V Buses 33-1 L 34-1 Main Feed BKR$ .

i. 12E-3345, schematic Control Diagram, 4160 V Bus 33-1 4KV SWCR sue 40 Feed BAI .

j. 12E-3346, Schematic Control Diagram, 4160 V Bus 34-1 Standby Diesel 3 Feed i 24-1 Tie Breaker .

zD08/137 Zt/198 2 of 8 t 017 , 'Y0 -

Calcuiation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

I Page 119 of 142

C. S,uPLLUMIL

1. Checklist A . ECCS Bus Relay rest .

1. Timer (Calibrated per DAP 11-12) . Record Serial Number and Calibration Due Date on Checklist A .

Z. *Fluke Model 45 Multimeter . Record Serial Number and Calibration Due Date on Checklist A . * (ii-2, W-3, W-4)

Digital Thermoometec . Record Serial Number and Calibration Due Date on Checklist A .

E. PR Indicate completion of the prerequisites on Checklist A .

Reactor in Cold Shutdown or Refuel .

2. Bus being tested is out of service for the Operational Analysis Department (OAD) .

Operational Analysis Department WAD) has verified the relay settings for the relays listed in Checklist A .

Permission to start the undervoltage test on each bus (Due 21-1, 24-1 . 33-1 or 34-1) has been obtained from the Shift Engineer .

24-1, F.

1. Use proper sequences when disconnecting or reconnecting the relays to avoid spurious bus tripe .

c. LIM1 A 2MS <<m A"Zt  :

1. A Fluke !lodes 4S Multimeter must be used to calibrate the ECCS degraded voltage relays . IL another voltmeter is to be used, 33M the Nuclear Engineering Department oust approve it's use .

H. ACCETTAN .t C11 Li :

1. All operating voltages and trip times shall be within the tolerances listed in Checklist A .

If any of the AS FOUND values fall outside of the Checklist A tolerances . ,= notify the Cperations Shift Supervisor and submit an out-cf-tolerance notification sheet to the Technical Staff Supervisor .

ZDOS/131 ZW/198 Sofa Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : I Page 120 of 142

6. 3. Acceptance criteria is annotated by acceptance criteria (AC) before the step .

EBMEMM Indication of completion of the relay tests is ace=plished by completing Checklist A .

lasarve the undervoitage relays as follows :

a. . Isolate the trips by removing the t.CM paddle .

b. Isolate the voltage sensing circuits by removing the QPPZR paddle .

c. Remove the relay .

Remove-the degraded voltage relays as follows :

a. Isolate the trips by opening Test Switch Z in the Test Switch Croup TS 23-1 UV (TS 33-1 UV) and TS 24-1 VV (TS 34-1 UV) directly below the relay .

b. Isolate the voltage sensing circuits by opening Test Switches A, S . C, and D is the Test Switch Croup TS 23-1 UT (TS 33-1 W) or TS 2d-1 W (TS 34-1 UV) directly below the 

relay .

c. Remove the relay .

3. Complete the following on each relay :

a. Verify relay settings .

b. Clean the relay .

c. Mote anything abnormal .

d. Complete Checklist A, F=S Due Relay Test .

Install the degraded voltage relays as follows :

a. Install the relay .

b. Connect the voltage sensing circuits by closing rest Switches A, D, C, and D in the Test Switch Croup TS 23-1 UV (TS 33-1 UV) or TS 24-1 UV (TS 34-1 UV) directly below the relay .

ZDQSl13T Zif/ 198 4 of S t r

. pa-TM av91Y.°18t .'14 .. .

Revision 005 Attachment : I Page 121 of 142

C. Connect the trips by closing Test 5 Switch Croup TS 23-1 UV (TS 33-1 LM) or IS 24-1 uy (TS 34-1 UV) directly below the relay .

Install the ucdervoltage relays as follows :

Install the relay .

b. Connect the voltage sensing circuits by installing the M ER paddle .

Connect the trips by installing the LOWER paddle .

6. (AC) All operating voltages and trip times are within the tolerances listed on Checklist A .

(Initial or N/A)-_

the A. I1" say of as found values fall outside of the Checklist A tolerances, MM notify the Operations Shift Supervisor and submit an out-of -tolerance notification sheet to the Technical Staff Supervisor .

(Initial or N/A)

Notify the Operations Shift Supervisor of test completion and give his the completed checklist . ',

These tests are based an a nominal Bus voltage of 4160 volts and a potential transformer ratio of 35 (4200 volts/120 volts) . The -- -+"

nominal voltage at the relay is 118 .86 volts .

1. Response to I= Information Notice 84-02, dated June 20, 1984 .

Electrical Distribution System functional Inspection, July 1991 .

3. S i L Calculation 8952-13-19-6 Rev . 2, Second-level Undsrvoltage Aelay setpoint .

S i L Calculation 8982-17-19-2 Rev . i, Second-Level Vadervoltage Relay Setpoint .

ZDOS/137 Z1i/ 198 5 of 8

, 7 . .,,r <

CatdOlAfioh7VC:-'^8982-13=9 9-6 Revision 005 Attachment : 1 Page 122 of 142

CHECKLIST A 2CC3 BUS RELAY TEST Prerequisites Complete

unit Initial/Date ZCCS Bus ftdarvoltage Relay Test (Tap setting is 93) ontaet Liver Caatact Closure

~.~r~ r~

getting (UT) 20 to OV

'+

~ i" l .r " ~ W Lif j27_t ..23-1f33_1l 2?7-1-29 (1 227-Z_-28 (38)

ZCCS ZuA Degraded Voltage Relay Tests*

Ambient Temperature OF Lever Contact Closure Time to Contact Sett Voltage (OW) Closure L20 to 09 Itelax -0 M ..3Z.SL 5 .6 to tr-Lever Contact Closure Time to Contact Setting Ve tag's (UV) Closure 120 to Gy Rain t#% 111,17_1_ 5 .fi tn Rae ToM or, - 0015 1 Time to Contact Closure 5 win to A-MUL-11LAUkE I TMt 13, f 33-1 Time to contact Closure 1 .8 to 2 .2 set 1UMN-An Theme relays sust be calibrated at an ambient temwraturs between 70 and 75 1 r . utilizing ASA Instruction bulletin 1 .& . 7 .4 .1 .7-7 Issue D .

w45/13T ZU1198 6 45 0 a

/2~ i7, 1p TOr - . rM irm. k "trw-mn - 4, Revision 005 Attachment : ---

Pap M Of IA42

CHECKLIST A (Continued)

ECCS BUS RVAT TEST Prerequisites Complete : Unit InitiallDate._1 ECCS Bus Undervoltage Relay Test (Tap setting is 93)

Lever Contact Closure Tina to Contact Setting Voltage tW) Closure 120 to Q'V

_..Reldar . .0.. iaal

_ Al wz~fIt 014%,Oe1-1- i 227-.1-29 (3~1 _.1 I I 1 ECCS Bus Degraded Vcitage Relay Tests*

Ambient Temperature Lver contact closure, Time to Contact Setting Voltage M) Closure 120 to c4 Raw inal 1011, 9S t 109, 3S V 1?I 2t, i Lver Contact Closure Time to Contact Setting Voltage (t1V) Closure 120 to OV t

7 _E4184D - 188_ Fat= .

Time to Contact Closure S min to 3 min . is nee rime to contact Closure 1 .8 to 1 27:= 2"_-1(34-1)

These relays mat be calibrated at are ambient temperature between 70 and 75'r, utilising ASA Instruction Bulletin 1 .1 . 7 .4 .1 .7-7 Issue D .

ZDOS/137 ZW/198 7oi8

,7 /Pa/~

8982- 19=8°°"

` Ca(cialatibra 1 To: °`° 17-Revision 005 Attachment : 1 Page 124 of 142

CRECKLIST A (Continued) aces BUS RMAY TEST Aboorml Findings and Coments :

Timer Serial Number voltmeter Serial NUMber Calibration Mm Date Calibration Dust Data OAD Representative, Digital Thernmastor Serial Nuwbe, -

Calibration Due Date ZDOO/137 ZW1198 80¢8

.. / 7 M, -

, --.0, - It I -

Revision 005

Attachment:

Page 125 142

DRESDEN STATION UNITS 2 AND 3 DEGRADED VOLTAGE CALCULATIONS ASSt14PTION VERIFICATION ASsumption5 - 13, 19 The Containment Cooling Service Water System (CCSW) pump cubicle cooler fans and the Diesel Generator 2/3 starting air compressor need not be considered in determining the minimum allowable 4 .16-kV system voltage .

The CCSW pump cubicle cooler fans need not be considered in determining the minimum allowable 4 .16-kV system voltage .

Reference Calculations 8982-13-19-6, Revision 2, and 8982-17-19-2, Revision 1 .

Verification Description See the attached CECo CHRON 179857 for swing diesel starting air compressor assessment .

The existing CCSW cubicle cooler fan motors are acceptable . The Calculation No .

9215-99-19-1, Rev . I (calculation for evaluatic :, of 3 H .P . ; 460 Volt CCSW motor minimum voltage starting requirements) demonstrates that the existing 460 Volt CCSW cooler fan motors will start during degraded voltage conditions without tripping their protective devices or exceeding their thermal capability limits .

Follow Up Action Incorporate assumption verification the calculation .

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : I Page 126 of 142

Febi In R~,vy ,

CnoN # 17 90 3 57 Mr . C .W . Schroeder Station Manager, Dresden Subject : Safety Assessment Degraded Voltage Dresden Unit 2 Reference : Safety Assessment of Degraded Voltage Dresden Unit 2 M.F . Pietraszewski to C .w . Schroeder dated 1/30/92 CSRON 179582

Dear Mr . Schroeder :

The Electrical/ILC group of the Nuclear Engineering Department has revised the assessment of degraded voltage previously issued under the referenced letter . These assessments addressed the swing diesel generator starting air compressor, CCSW cubicle cooling fans and the battery chargers . Additional assessments have been performed on the affect of 120V contactors being subjected, to a lower voltage than the manufacturer's recommended value and the use of test data to determine the minimum starting voltage required for the diesel generator cooling water pumps . Copies of the safety assessments are attached . Nuclear Engineering has concluded that this equipment is capable of performing all intended safety functions and is currently operable, Attachment H contains actions required to be completed by March 31, 1992 to ensure equipment operability during the summer months .

If you have any quest please call Mike Tucker on extension 7648 at Downers Grove .

Prepared :

M .S . Tucker Senior Engineer Approved : .,`/

M.L . Reed E/ILC Design Superintendent DRSDN =SFI\ SADVA.Doc M1 T :mst attachments cc : C .A . Grier - .

H L Massin M.F . Pietraszewski R > Radtke D . Taylor M .N . Richter H .M . Viehl M.-C.-Strait G .A . Gates S .A . Lawson nEDCC Calculation No . 8982-13-13=6' Revision 005 Attachment : 1 Page 127 of 142

Attachment A Affects of Degraded Voltage on Non-Safety Equipment Certain non-safety related equipment is shown in the critical voltage analysis below the NEMA acceptance criteria. These are the 2/3 diesel generator starting air compressor, the 250V battery charger 2 and the 250V battery charger 2/3 .

Swing Diesel Starting Air Compressor The diesel generator starting air compressor 213A would have 408 .6 Volts at the motor terminals at the new second level undervoltage relay setpoint, slightly less than the NEMA required 414 Volts . To assure the NEMA criteria is met for this motor, the relay would have to be set to assure 3827 Volts at Bus 23-1 as compared to the 3784 required to assure operation of the 2/3 diesel generator cooling water pump . The safety related portion of the air start system relies on accumulators of stored air, and would be fully charged prior to starting the diesel generator . The air compressor would have adequate voltage when it would normally be expected -to charge the receiver tank. The air compressor may start after the diesel has started due to low receiver pressure ; however, as the diesel has already started, recharging the accumulator is not required . Therefore, low voltage at the 213A starting air compressor is not a concern . Starting air compressor 2A and 28 have adequate voltage at the new relay setpoint.

259 Volt Battery Chargers The 250 Volt battery chargers are indicated as non-safety related in the Master Equipment List. The batteries were sized based on a loss of offsite power with no credit from the chargers . Unlike induction motors, the battery chargers are rated for 480 Volts nominal . Therefore, to meet the NEMA criteria of 90% terminal voltage, 432V is required. Further, the manufacturer of the battery charger, Power Conversion Products, specifies output voltage regulation and output current capability based on an input of 480V +15, -10% . To assure 432 Volts at the charger terminals, an operationally unacceptable setpoint would be required for the Second Level Undervoltage Relay .

NED has assessed the effect on the charger output at 414 Volts (86 .25% of 480 Volt rating) and has concluded there would be less than a 4% reduction in output voltage . This would be sufficient to prevent a discharge of the 250V battery. The charger maximum current output capability is also reduced ; however,_ with off-site power available the load demand on the DC system would be less-than the design basis loading . Therefore the small reduction in charger output is acceptable .

Attachment A to SADVA .000 Page 1 of 1 ORSDN EDMATTA.D0C 212192 9:07 AM Calculation No . 8982-13-144 ,

Revision 005 Attachment : I Page 128 of 142

Attachment 8 Affects ofDDearaded Voltage on Safety-Related Eauigment Certain safety related electrical equipment is shown in the degraded voltage analysis with available terminal voltage below the NEMA acceptance criteria .

Some of the safety related motors may have lower terminal voltage than vendor recommendations to assure successful starting . An assessment of this condition follows .

CCSW Cubicle Cooling Fans The Containment Cooling Service Water System (CCSW) provides long term decay heat removal . This system has a total of four pumps . CCSW pump A and B are ESS Division I and pumps C and D are Division 11 . Two of the CCSW pumps, B and C, are in vaults to provide protection against local flooding . Each of these two pumps have four cooling fans fed by the respective ESS division power source . See Table 1 below . CCSW Pumps A and D are not in vaults . Therefore, these pumps do not require cooling fans . Only one CCSW pump is required per the FSAR.

Table 1 CCSW Pump ESS Division I In Vault? I- CCSW Cubicle Cooling Fans Division I No None Division I Yes A Fan 1, A Fan 2, 8 Fan 1 and BFan2 D

Division 11 Division II Yes Na t C Fan 1, C Fan 2, D Fan 1 and D Fan 2 __

None The voltage available to the Division 11 fans (C and D) is adequate for starting and running these motors at the second level undervoltage relay setpoint issued per calculation 8982-13-19-6 Revision 1 . However, setting the relay to assure starting of the Division I fans (A and B) would result in an unacceptably high relay setpoint .

The simultaneous events of flood, COCA and degraded voltage with off site power available is not considered to be credible . This event is estimated to be on the order of 9 .9 x 10-12 per year (see 1/20/92 C .A. Grier memo) .

Therefore, the potential low voltage at the Division I cooling fans is not a concern .

AttaChment 8 to SADVA.DOC Page 1 of 6 ORSON EDSFIAA .DOC 212/92 11 :00 AM Calculation No . 8982-13-1 Revision 005 Attachment :

Page 129 of 142

Diesel Generator Cooling Water Pump Minimum Starting Voltage The purpose of this assessment is to evaluate the voltage available for starting the Diesel Generator Cooling Water Pumps (DGCWP) . The critical voltage calculations used to determine the second level undervoltage relay setpoint have determined that the swing DGCWP has an available terminal voltage of 370.6 Volts under starting conditions . This is 80 .6% of rated .

The Unit 2 Division I critical voltage was determined 'in calculation 8982 19-1 Rev . 0 dated 1/8/92 (CHRON # 179302) . Division I bounds Division 11 as shown by calculation 8982-15-19-3 Rev . 0 dated 1/14/92 (Unit 2 Division 11, CHRON # 179755); this calcultation determined that DGCWP 2 has 372.3 Volts available for starting .

The vendor of the Diesel Generator Cooling Water Pumps (DGCWP),

Chempump Division of Crane Company, does not specify a minimum starting voltage requirement . In response to a request by CECo for a minimum starting voltage requirement, the vendor responded that the motor was guaranteed to start and run at 90% of the 460 Volt rating (9r,414, Volts) and may not start if the line voltage dips by more than 15 0 6 (85% of rated or 391 Volts) . However, the 85% number was based on engineering judgement, and no actual testing was performed under degraded voltage conditions (under 90% of rated voltage) . The vendor was unable to provide a motor torque-speed curve applicable to this pump. This specific motor is no longer used by Crane, and they no longer have one available for testing .

Crane obtained a standard motor for each of Dresden's DGCWWs . The pump vendor modified each motor to allow for use in a submerged location .

To accomplisl' this, the vendor machined the rotor to increase air gap and installed a liner in the motor. This liner protects the windings from moisture, thus creating a submersible combination pump/motor in a common enclosure . A water cooling jacket was also provided, integral with the housing . Machining the rotor and providing a custom enclosure is standard practice for the vendor . The pumps were supplied to CECo in 1973.

A test of the Unit 3 Diesel Generator Cooling Water pump was performed to obtain the torque - speed characteristic curve by developing an analytical model of the motor. Torque - speed curves would normally be obtained using a dynamometer . Due to the design of the DGCWP, the motor shaft can not be connected to a dynamometer . Dynamometer testing may also result in motor failure . Therefore, this method of testing was impractical for the Dresden DGCWP .

Attachment B to SADVA .00C Page 2 of 6 ORSDN EDSFnATTB .DOC 212192 11 :00 AM Calculation fro . 8982-13-119'36. r Revision 045 Attachment : i Page 130 of 142

Alternate analytical methods are available to determine torque - speed characteristics of induction motors. Generally, these methods are not used by manufacturers as potentially destructive dynamometer testing of redundant motors -is more economical than the enginerring effort required to develop the analytical model . For the Dresden DGCWP, developing an analytical model of the motor based on test data was the only possible alternative . The test measured the three phase currents and voltage values from the initial inrush current until reaching a steady state value, indicating that the motor had started . Current and potential transformers were installed in the motor circuit to allow the use of a digital fault recorder to obtain the required data . The DGCWP was then started in accordance with normal station operating procedures . The testing accurately monitored the motor and pump as it is installed in the plant with the actual mechanical load applied to the pump impeller (cooling water flow to the Unit 3 diesel generator) .

An analytical model of the motor was developed and benchmarked against the test data for validity . This type of model can be used to predict motor behavior under all conditions . This type of motor model accurately represents the motor speed - torque curve, the changing rotor impedance with time and allows assessment of machine capability in response to available voltage. The motor circuit model developed is independent of starting voltage actually present during the test. The minimum starting voltage required to start and accelerate the motor was then calculated from the motor analytical circuit model . The test data, methodology and the torque - speed .:curve developed are documented in calculation 8982-13 4, Revision 0,"dated 1/6/92 .

Two requirements must be met at the minimum acceptable starting voltage .

Adequate torque must be provided at reduced voltage and the protective devices must not trip on overcurrent before the inrush drops to the steady state value. The torque - speed curve determined by the testing shows that the motor will successfully start at 70% of rated voltage . The overload relay will not trip during a degraded voltage start, and the maximum current drawn by the motor is below the trip curve of the breaker .

The motor develops adequate breakdown and pull-up torque at 70% of rated voltage to assure successful starting . The critical factor in this application, by the test data, is net accelerating torque available . A minimum value of 25% of load torque must be provided to accelerate the load in a reasonable-- time, or about 50 lb .-ft. in this application ; an accelerating torque of 73.8 lb .-ft. i s available at 70% voltage, providing a Attachment B to SADVA .DOC Page 3 of 6 ORSON EDSFRATt'B .DOC 212192 11 :00 AN Calculation No . 8982-13-la-6 ~_

Revision 005

Attachment:

1 Page 131 of 142

conservative margin in the calculated result . This will accelerate, the pump to operating speed in 1 .65 seconds .

At locked rotor current, the overload relay will trip in 13 to 21 seconds, assuring that the thermal rating of the motor is not compromised . As the motor will start in less than two seconds, the overload will not trip the motor under starting conditions at 70% of rated voltage . The maximum current will be drawn when the motor starts under the highest expected voltage, which causes a locked rotor current of 626 Amperes at 110% of rated voltage . The 200 Amp TFJ breaker will take 27 seconds to trip at this current.

Therefore, at 70% voltage,the motor has adequate torque to start and no undesired protective trip will occur.

125 V2 1t Battery Chargers The 125 Volt Battery Chargers are rated 480V, not 460V as most motors.,

Therefore, to meet the NEMA criteria of 90% voltage, 432V is required at the charger terminals . Further, the manufacturer of the chargers (Power Conversion Products) has a published specification of 130V :0% output voltage from no load to 200 Amperes with an input of 480V + 15, -10%.

To assure 432 Volts to the charger would require an operationally unacceptable setpoint for the Second Level Undervoltage Relay.

NED has assessed the effect on the charger output at 414 Volts (86 .25% of 480 Volt rating) and has concluded there would be less than a 4% reduction in output voltage . This would be sufficient to prevent a discharge of the 125Vbattery . The charger maximum current output capability is also reduced ; however, with off-site power available the load demand on the DC system would be less than the design basis loading (e.g . fewer breaker and solenoid operations; inverters remain on AC power) . Therefore the small reduction in charger output is acceptable . Additionally it should be noted that the batteries were sized based on a loss of off site power with no credit from the battery chargers . to SADVA.DOC Page 4 of 6 DRSDN EDSFRATr9MOC 212192 11 :00 AM Calculation No . 8982-13-19-63, Revision 005

Attachment:

I Page 132 of 142

1 .20 Volt Contactors Five safety related 120 Volt contactors on Dresden Unit 2 do not meet the vendor stipulated minimum voltage requirement of 75 0 of the 120 Volt rating at the new second level relay setpoint. These contactors control motor operated valves required for LPCI injection . These valves are :

Reactor Recirculation Pump 2A Discharge Valve, 2-202-5A Reactor Recirculation Pump 2B Discharge Valve, 2-202-58 LPCI Injection Valve 2A, 2-1501-22A LPCI Injection Valve 28, 2-1501-228 LPCI Full Flow Test Valve 2C, 2-1501-388 At the new relay setpoint of 3820 t 7 Volts, a minimum critical voltage of 3784 Volts is assured on the 4kV bus . This critical voltage is based on the minimum acceptable running voltage on all required safety related equipment under the highest auxiliary power system loading condition . The setpoint includes' a tolerance for the lower analytical limit of the potential transformer, undervoltage relay and calibration equipment. The relay setpoint was determined in calculation 8982-13-19-6, dated 1-29-92 (CHRON # 179508) . The critical voltage used was based on Unit 2 Division I (calculation 8982-13-19-1 Rev. 0 dated 1/8/92, CHRON # 179302) . This value of critical voltage bounds the Unit 2 Division 11 analysis.

The worst case valve, LPCI Injection Valve 1501-22B, has 72 .7% of rated voltage available at the contactor under these conditions . Raising the relay setpoint to meet the conservative vendor voltage requirement these contactors would result in an unacceptable relay setpoint. A higher relay setpoint would trip the preferred power source when it is still capable of supplying critical loads. This would challenge the diesel generators unnecessarily . Therefore, the higher relay setpoint is unacceptable, both from an operating perspective and considering overall plant safety .

The five contactors for the valves listed above were replaced during the fall 1991 outage with safety-related, environmentally qualified General Electric (GE) Series 300 contactors. CECo has tested the minimum pickup of a 300 Series contactor. The test data shows that the GE Series 300 contactor minimum pickup is 58% of rated voltage when new. The GE value for pickup of 75% is to allow aging over the useful life of the device (40 years) and to provide a margin for conservatism . to SADVA .DOC Page 5 of 6 ORSDN EDSFIIATTS .DOC 212192 11 :00 AM 13 /?-

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment  : i Page 133 of 142

The minimum expected voltage on the 4kV bus is 3840 Volts . " This is an extreme condition which would only occur at the highest off site power system loading condition with two transmission system contingences and a LOCA on Unit 2. CECo is a summer peaking utility, and the highest off site power system loading condition occurs on the hottest day of the year .

Lower loading conditions of both the transmission system and the station auxiliary power system will provide higher available voltage during spring, 1992. This will assure pickup of the contactors under worst case loading conditions.

Based on; 1) the qualified GE Series contactor design which assures 7596 voltage pickup at the end of its 40 year life ; 2) the demonstrated 5896 of rated pickup voltage of a new Series 300 contactor through testing ; 3) the installation of new Series 300 contactors in all five safety related circuits in question ; and 4) the minimum expected voltages during the Spring '92 time period, all contactors will properly perform their safety function .

Modifications will be completed by March 31, 1992 to assure that there is adequate voltage for contactor pickup at the new second level relay setpoint . to SADVA .D0C Page 6 of 6 DRSDN EDSFIXATTB .DOC 212/92 11 :00 AM Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 t Revision 005 Attachment : 1 Page 134 of 142

" W,4PI 2n Reply, IIefor to me . C .W . Schroeder Station Nonager Dtasden sweat : Safety Assessssot Degraded Voltage Dresdsa Gait 3

Dear,

Mr . Schroeder :

The Elsattical/lAC grWop of the Noclaaz aagtnaariaq fpastmsat has accessed the affects of degraded voltage act pleat sent , not ba"ded' by the setpodat of the second Twee tmies Voltage relay, These asassamaats address the DIWsics rX t~ enaiale cooling lass, the batter, Charoers, Certain L2W ccntaators being subjected to a loses voltage thus the as-taaturer " s sea0rssade" value and the we of teat data to determlse the sdntamt startinq "oltaq" ragtited tot the diesel generates 'cooling water p ule . . ceptoe o! the aa9ety aasessaasts are attached. fclur ltoinderiaq has concluded that this *"I ; - It is capable of performing all intended safety tm=icms am is Cnrreatly cpsrsbie .

The attachment to this letter contains actions repaired to be completed by ,area 31, 1992 to ensure spaipment operability daring the summer Months .

YOU have any questions, please call Mike Tucker oa aztension 764= at Downers Grove.

Prepared : ~- Date m 2--~ i-X.S . Vacker senior =ginear Approved : Date : l-LIAz M .L . As" E/2&C Design Superintendent DiltC11 =30rx\ s3tJM .=

rcctass attachments cc : C.A . Crier K.L . Massia M.r . Ptetraszsvski R .M . Radtke D.L . Taylor M.E . Richter S .M . viahl X.C . Strait ti .A . Gates S .A . Lavaca Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

l Page 135 of 142

. °93 . .' : ;2M -- 9%

Affects of Ae oraded 1! ltsce fla 'c~1 e~tin,~c Certain electrical equipment is shown in the degraded voltage analysis with available terminal voltage oelow the NEMA acceptance criteria . Some of the safery related motors may have lower terminal votmge than vender recommendations to assure successful starting. An assessment of this condition follows .

SCS -t1hials ilne F-The Containment Cooling Service Water System (CCSW) provides long term decay heat removel. This system has a total of four pumps. CCSW pump A and 9 am ESS Givisiort 1 and pun11a C and 0 are Division Il. Two of the

=01 pumps, 8 and C, are In vault$ to provide protection aglainat local

.1%

flooding. Each of arose two pumps have four cooling farm fell VV true, respective ESS division power source . See Table 1 below. CCSW Pure= A and 0 are not in vaults. Therefore, those pumps do not require cooling ro fans. Only one CCSW pump is required per the FEAR.

. Table 1 CCSW Pum ES3 Division In Vaunt CC:SV1l Cubicle Cooun Fens A Division f s1o None B 01vision !: yes A Fan 1, A Pn 2, 8 Fan 1 and 8 Fan 2 C Division 11 yes C Fan 1, C Fan 2. 0 Fen 1 and 0 Fen 2 0 Division 11 No None The voltage available to the Division 1 fans to and 8) Is adsqusts for starting and running these motors at the second level undervoltage relay astpoint issued per calculation 8982"17-19-2 Revision 0. However, setting the relay to assure starting of the Division 11 fans (C and 0) would result in an unacceotabty high relay satpoint.

The simultaneous events of flood, LOCA and degraded voltage with off site power available is not considered to be credible . This event is astimstso to be on the order of 9.8 x 10-12 per year (am 1/20/92 C.A . Qrier memo!.

Therefore, the potential tow voltage at the Division 11 cooling fans is not a concern.

AttAdueAM UMDV".o0C PWe 1 of a - .

ORMN 103FIMATTMOC 21t 11!92 9:16 AN Calculation No. 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

I Page 136 of 142

Q1eae1 GeneratorCoelina Water PLms Minimum Starting Vohacw The purpose of this assessment is to evaluate the voltage available for starting the Diesel Generator Cooling Water Pumps (DGCWPI. The critical voltage calculations used to determine the second level undervottage relay semoint have determined that the swing OGCWP has an available terminal voltage of 342.7 Volts under starting conditions. This is 74%% of rated.

The Unit 3 DivisIon 1 critical voltage was determined In calculation 8982 19-1 Rev. 0 dated 1121192 ICHRON d 179719). Division 1 bounds Division 11 as shown by cakmiadon 8882-19-19-1 Rev. 1 dated 2!3182 (Unit 3 DIVIsion 11, CHRON " 180285); this caftMslon determined the OGCWP 3 hall 349.6 Volts available for starting (7894 of rated).

The vendor of the Diesel Geenaaw Cooling Water Pumps (DGCWPi.

Chempump Division of Crane Companv, dm not specify a minimum starting voltage requirement . In response to a request by CECO for a minimum starting voltage requirement, the vendor responded that the rnatvr was guaranteed to start and run at 9094 of the 460 Volt rating (or 414 Volts) and may not start If the line voltage dips by mom than 1596,(8594 of rated or 391 Voltsi . However. the 8691 numbw was based on enginearlop judgement, and no actual' tasting was performed under degraded voktlge conditions (uncor 9096 of rated voitage) . The vendor was unable to provide -

a motor torque-speed curve applicable to this pump. This speolt nmotw is no longer used by Crane, and they no longer have one available for testing.

Crane obtained a standard motor for each of Drasden's DGCWP* . The pump vendor modified each motor to allow for use In a submerged location.

To accomplish this, the vendor machined the rotor to Increase air gap and installed a liner in the motor. This liner protects the windings from moisture, thus creating a submeralble combination pump/nor in a common enclosure. A water oooeng jacket was also provided integral with the housing. Machining the rotor and providing a custom enclosure is standard practice for the vendor. The pumps were supplied to CECo in 1973 .

A test of the Unit 3 Diesel Generator Cooling Water pump was performed to obtain me torque - speed characteristic curve by developing an analytical model of the motor. Torque - speed curves would normally be obtained using a dynamometer. Due t0 the deiign of the OGCWP, the motor shaft can not be connected to a dynamometer. Dynamorneter testing may also result in motor failure . Therefore, this method of testing was impractical for the Dresoen OGCWP. -

AnsaM.ec U33ADVA.ooc Pop xofe mSMUTT.00C 211242 ads Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 00 5 Attachment : I Page 137 of 142

Alternate analytical methods are available to determine torque " speed characteristics of induction motors . Generally, these methods ore not used by manufacturers as potentially destructive dynamometw testing of redundant motors is more economical than the enginerring effort required to develop the analytical model. For the Dresden DGCWP, developing on analytical model of the motor based on test data waa the only possible alternative . The test measured the three phase currents and voltage vaiuss from the initial inrush current until reaching a steady state Yoke, indicating that the motor had started. Current and potential transforwam wwe installed In the motor circuit to allow the use of a digital fault recorder to obtain the required data . The DGCWP was than matted in accordance with normal station operating procedure:. The testing accurately monitored the motor and pump as it Is installed In the plant wig the actual fraeftnical load applied to the pump impeller !cooling water flow to the Unit 3 decal nerstorl .

An anatytieat model of the motor was developed and benchaiarked a the test data for validity . This type of modal can be used to predict motor behavior under oil conditions. This type of motor model accurately represents the motor speed - torque curve, the chance rotor impedance with time ono allows aasessn>>nt of machine capabitlty In response to available voltage. The motor circuit model developed Is independent of voltage actually present during the tent. The minim ,mt suMngj ulted to start and accelerate tne,m,weesglen c~lcuiaie~'~rSn_I test dais . mehoa' y"9lf~d the torque " speed curve developed are documented In calculation 8882-13-19.

4, Revision 0. dated 1/8/92 .

Ttnirequiremots must be met at the mWmum acceptable starting votteQ&

Adequate torque must be provided at reduces! voltage endow prot4Qjjve dev~cas must mot,St a..o&.oy mm=, before the Inrush drops tothe steady state value. The tguzw-, ed curve deter , irrriLned by the testing shows that the motor wT s'uccessfui"'T096of r ated v0=910. The overload relay wits nottr'-tp during a degraded voltage stag, and t~td maximum current drawn by the motor Is below the trip curve of the breaker .

The motor develops adequate breakdown and pull-up torque at 7096 of rated ' voltage to assure successful starting. The critical factor in this application, by the test data, is net accelerating torque available. A minimum value of 2594 of load torque must be provided to accelerate the load in a riaswzaole time, or about 50 lb . In this application : an

.-ft accelerating torque of 73 .8 lb .-ft. is available at 70'16 voltage. providing a Ann MADVA .DOC ft" aOfa DItM Ilosrnu3ATT.boc 21'9/22 s:1s AM Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : 1 Page 138 of 142

"-28-W : :4=f 31 : 6t conservative margin in the calculated result . This will accelerate the pump to operating speed in 1 .65 seconds .

At locked rotor current. the overload relay will trip in 13 to 21 seconds .

assuring that the thermal rating of the motor is not compromised . As the motor will start in leas than two seconds . the overload will not trip the motor under starting conditions at 7096 of rated voltage . The maximum current will be drawn when the motor starts under the highest expected voltage, which causes a locked rotor current of 826 Amperes at 11096 of rated voltage. The 200 Amp TFJ breaker will take 27 seconds to trip at this current.

Therefore, at 7096 vottage,the motor has adequate torque to start and no undesired . protectIve trip will occur.

S and 230 Voh Estrrry~G'h=Mars The Battery Chargers we rated 480V, not 460V as most motors . Therefore, to meet the NEMA criteria of 90'16 voltage, 432V Is required at the charger terminals . Further, the manufacturer of the chargers Illower Conversion Products) has a published specification of 130V t 196 output voltage from no load to 200 Amperes with an input of 480V +115. -1096 . To assure 432 Volts to the charger would require an operationally unacceptable tetpoMt for the Second Level Undervoltage Relay .

The worst case battery charger is 123 V Battery Charger 3 which has 410.9 Volts at.the terminals during summer COCA steady state conditions . A8 other chargers have greater than 420V available .

NED has assessed the effect on the charger output at 410 .9 Volts 185 .8'16 sd_gO Volt rating) and has concl d there would less than a reduction in output volts . Is would be a cram to prevent a discharge of tlie"DS'1FEeriea. charger maximum current output capability is also reduced ; however, with off-site power evailabb the bad demand on the DC system would be Ion than the design basis loading le .g. fewer breaker and solenoid operations ; inverters remain on AC powers . Therefore the smad reduction in charger output is acceptable . Addftionatht k should be noted that the batteries were sized based on a toss of off site power with no credit from the battery chargers .

Atdahment u36ADVA.o0C Pegs 4 of a na=N EDIEIHUSATT.DOC 211 " 192 9:15 AIA Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

I Page 139 of 142

1 Volt QDnt~,a_ra Five safety related 120 Volt co ctors on Dresden Unit 3 do not most the vendor stipulated minimum hags requirement of 7596 of me 120 Volt rating at the new second level relay setooint. The" CCntactors control motor operated valves required for LPC1 Injection, These valves are:

Reactor Recirculation Pump 3A Discharge Valve. 3-202-6A Reactor F~drcuirtbn Pump 38 Glacharge Valve. 3-202-58 LPt2 Injection Valve 3A, 3-1501-22A LPCI lnjecbon Vahra 3". 3-1501-228 LPC1 FUN Flow Test Valve 3A, 3-1501-38A At the new relay setpant of 3870 t 7 Volts, a minimum critical voltage of 3832 Volts is assured on the 4kV bull. This crhtical voltage a based on the rninirnurn acceptable . running voltage on all required safety related equipment under the highest auxillary power system loading condition. The setpolrlt includes a toisrancs for the louver analytical limit of the potentiall transformer, undervottage relay and calibration equipment. The relay setpoint was determined in calculation 8982-17-19-2, dated ,2-8-92. The critical voltage used was based on Unit 3 Division I (calculation 8992-17 1 Rev. 0 dated 1121192. CHRON d` 179719). This vedue of critical voltage bounds the Unit 3 Division 11 analysis (Calculation 8982-19-19-1 Rev. 1 dated 2/3102. CHRON i 180205) ..

The worst case valve. LPCI Injection Valve 1801-22A. has 68.4796 of rated volagiavailable at the contactour under these conditions. Raising that relay setpoint to meet the conservative vendor voltage requirement these contactors would result In an unacceptable relay setpoint. A higher relay setpoint would trip the preferred power source when it is still capable of supplying critical loads. This would challenge the diesel generators unnecessarily . Therefore, the higher relay setpoint is unacceptable . both from an operating perspective and considering overall giant safety .

The five contactore for the valves listed above were repll"at: during the to 1991 outage with safety-related . environmentally qualified General Electric (GE) Series 300 corttactora. CECo has tested the minitnurn pickup of a 300 Series contactor. The test data shows that the GE Seri" 300 contactor minimum pickup is 5896 of rated voltage when new. The GE values for pickup of 7596 is to allow aging over trig useful life of the device (40 Years) and to provide *-margin for conservatism .

Att"ChRMN i13SADVA.00C Poi 5 or e DAWN WW3A?T.t3oC MOM2 fi :1S 1y 13-1, Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : 1 140 of 142 Page

- GOOJ " "~ " 4;3r%

The minimum expected voltage on the 4-kV bus *is 3924 Volts . (M .L. Reed .

Evakjation of Dresden Station Unit 2 b 3 Degraded Veitage Condition, dated 213192. CHIRON 179942) . This is an extreme condition which would only occur at the, highest off site power system loading condition with two transmission system condncences and a LOCA on Unit 3. CECa is a summer peaking utility. and the highest off site power system loading condition occurs on the hottest day of the year. Lower loading condltlons of broth the transmission system and the station auxiBsrv power system wiN provide higher available voltage during spring. 1992. This wig assure pickup of the contsawrs under worst case lading coruiidons.

Based on; 1) the qualified GE Series contacsor desipn which assures 7391, voltage pickup at the end of its 40 year life; 21 the d VOW"! 58% of rated pickup voltage of a new_Series 300 contactor through testing; 31 the irutwiiatbn of new Series 300 contactors in all five safety related circuit= in quefon: and 4) the minimum expected voltages during the Spring '92 time period. all contectors wOP properly perform their safety function.

Modifications vAII be completed by March 31 . 1992 to assure that there is adequate voltage for contaator pickup at the now second level relay setpont.

A4tschm m u3SADVAAOC rat 6 of 0 011113DN OV1Ut3ATT.DDC 2n stag 9:115 AM 1; . 1 4 _j7 F Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : I Page 141 of 142

DRESDEN STATION UNITS 2 AND 3 r ,.

DEGRADED VOLTAGE CALCULATIONS ASSUMPTION VERIFICATION AssunWon - 14 "The existing location of Panel 2252-83, which will contain one of the undervoltage relays is too close to the core spray pipe to be within the relays acceptable radiation level . Therefore, it is assumed that the panel has been relocated as planned such that the radiation level experienced by the relay is acceptable ."

Re ference Calculation 8982-13-I9-6, Revision 2 Verification Descriot i -an Panel 2252-83 has been relocated . ,(

Reference ECN 12-0 a7O W .R . No . : 97548 Follow_Up Action Incorporate assumption verification in calculation .

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

I Page 142 of 142

ATTACHMENT J RSOs for 2"a Level UV Relays Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : i Page A of J3

C.s.so. so-4404 e .03 .

57At1QN l~. D~4ES'oea+1 KV woo- vtT.Tro6;71

,T

or+c ow a3 -I st^_ oAAD 1046Z LLuD cvoL-0 Z-i~ .ie+.a wac RT. D.O./ i uno .

C.T. ram

~a POt 31172 v roar

~'  %& 110-63 v o. tJMoto u7 CCMAF YT.O V Inv. a w G pK~ttt 99% b a pour Cup . L^G age ( as r DRon e peg timm ",

__-rfmcft -r 7 sec f26%)

Otl~Cw~ T~Otr~ a0" COTgwja o:' G-3T-96.* z7M

_, it 5;f7, Ear7i rlt ADOYC Ow OC1.O", !YCH as LIN* NO Nt" an ao.Doerrm G. ETC.

NOTE :

The setpoint calculation has several stipulations for setting (calibrating) these relays which must be adhered to by the Station and the Operational Analysis Department . They are as follows:

A Fluke Model 45 multimeter, must be used to set the relay and have been calibrated within the manufacturer's specified tolerance range of 18 to 28 degrees Centigrade . Furthermore, the Fluke 45 must be set to a user selected reading rate of 5 (medium) readings per second . If another voltmeter is to be used then it must have an accuracy equal to or better than the Model 45 in the appropriate volt range and be approved for use in this application by the Nuclear Engineering Department.

The relay must be set (calibrated) at a temperature between 21 to 24 degrees Centigrade (70 to 75 degrees Fahrenheit).

3. ABB instruction bulletin I.B .7.4 .1 .7-7 Issue D can be referenced when setting the ABBIITE, type 271`4-R undervoltage relay with harmonic filter .

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : J Page J2 of J3

RELAY SETTING ORDER PROM on - DIV . 19"G .

C.1t .Co . 40-4404 5-43 t I

X/C Typt ULAT :rre',Z.

STA710H 1A PA STDOS" KV  ?-A19

=0 IL 0 31"TAU 0 ZONE OR CL I C C1 xw too Ar" olt CJ. T"WAN "O"ET ITI v 3,? 7A- V Mob Ur HO U ftcl

1. .r T #A 0,0, Pro .!r 0. ??.r TIMING -tAP ittzozj -rA r P, 7 f67- C* L C 9f C4 4

% 8, IVA CFtor-TVIS ST S MOT COVIEVICID ACQvj OR CIELOW . SUCII AS L041E NO., MUW 00 OLD SCTTW44. ETC .

.k s

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 ion 005

Attachment:

i Page J3 of J3

ATTACHMENT K DOC ID 0006191944 Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : K Page K1 of K4

CbmEd Dresden Station Design Information Transmittal I RS

[ X ]Safety-Related DOC ID 0006191944

( ]Non-Safety-Related Revision - 05

[ ]Augmented Quality Page 1_ of - 3_

Mr. William A. Barasa Organization : . Sargent & IAmdy Address/Location : 55 E. Monroe, Chicago, 10L 60603-5780 Subject- Improved Technical Specification MAnalytical Limits Status of Information: erified p Unverified For Unverified DITs, include the Method and Schedule ofVerification in the -Description of Information .

List Action Tracking # assigned for verification of -Unverified" information:

Description of Information: The attached table identifies the Analytical Limits, Allowable Values and References for the Timer, Time Delay Relay, Limit Switch, Displacer Switch, and Protective Relay functions identified in the Technical Specifications for use in the preparation of calculations to support the M submittal. For many ofthese functions, the actual Analytical 'Limits are unknown or unavailable (*

AL available) . As such, "°Ilie Analytical Limits (AL) for these fnictions and devices shall be conservatively set equal to the current Technical Specification LCO values". This statement shall also be included in the Methodology section of each calculation prepared. Rev. 2 change 4160V ESS Bus Undervoltage (Degraded Voltage) value to 3820 volts per Cale . # 9198-18-19-1 Rev.3, 9198-18-19-2 Rev.3, 9198-18-19-3 Rev. 3 & 9198-18-19-4 Rev.3 . Rev. 3 ofthis DIT changes 4160V ESS Time Delay (No LOCA) Setpoint and Tolerance per page 3. Rev. 4 of this DIT changes device type'and cah1wation frequency for Condensate Storage Tank Level. Rev. 5 of this DIT changes the calibration frequency of calc .#8982-13-19-6 (DCR#-990552) and 8982-I7-19-2 (DCR# 990560) due to not having valid site specific and vendor data.

urpose of Issuance : This Design Information Transmittal supersedes Revision 03 dated 7/05100 in entirety. For use in determining Allowable Values for the ITS calculations submittal.

Limitations:

References (Source of Information) :

Current Technical Specification/DCR#990552 & 990560 Prepared by : Date: 915/0 0 Reviewed by : Date:

Approved by : Date:

Distribution : Doc ID File, R. Peak, DG Central File, D. Eatnan, T. Thorsell, T.Loch, D. 9 llur form has hens reviewed agunst the requirements of CC-AA-3 10, Rev. 0 and Site Engineering Policy Statemetri No. 6 Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

K Page K2 of K4

DOC ID # 0006191944, Rev. 5 Page 2 of 3 0 Station Function ~' Current Tech . Specifics0on LCO Value Device Cal Freq

r. 10% closed Limit 24M Dresden MS Isolation Valve Closure Switch 10% closed Limit Switch 24M Dresden Turbine Stop Valve Closure I Dresden jRx VsQlater Level low low Time Delay 8 seconds and 10 seconds ITime Delay Relay ?4M Dresden CS CS Pump Start Time Delay Relay 14 seconds (Note 1) ITime Delay Role Dresden LPCI ump Start Time Delay Relay 9 seconds (Note 1) ITime Delay Ratay Dresden LPCI Recirc Pump dP Time Delay Relay Deleted. See DREDO-0035 far now values. Time Delay Relay 24M

= !C Deleted. See DREOO-035 for now values . Time Delay Relay MMMI Dresden LPCI Rx Vsl Dome Pressure Time Delay Relay 24M for Dresden LPCI Recirc Riser dP Time Delay Relay Deleted. See DRMOXIS now values. Time Delay Relay 24M Dresden HPCl Condensate Storage Tank Level Low and 7.25' for 6 CST Mach. Level Switch 24M T 15 feet-81 Inches" F- Switch Dresden I-MG Suppression, Pod Water Level Hjh 1~ Mech. Die lacer 24M Dresden ADSA Initiation Timer le. 120 seconds I

Timer 24M Dresden ADSA Low low Water Level Actuation Timer 1 10 minutes [Timer 24M I s 120 seconds I

Dresden ADSB Initiation Timer Dresden ADSB Low Low Water Level Actuation Timer 10 minutes Timer 2: 3 seconds and e. 9 seconds ~7Rela Time 920 Dresden HPCI Steam Line Flow Timer 3.3.6.1-1 3b T ime DDelay Raj Relay Dresden I.= Set RV Reactuatlon Time Delay k 8.5 seconds and 511.5 sec.(Note 11) Tinmee Delay Relay 24M UAW I volts and :5 3078 volts Dresden 4160V ESS Bus Undervoltage Loss of Voltage) IM41 21 :2784 - protective Relay 24M Dresden j4160 ESS Bus Undervoltage Time Delay k SA seconds and 1 M no Time Delay Relay 24M volts Dresden 10160V ESS Bus Undervoltage (Degraded Voltage) 3.3.8 .1-1 23820 (Note 21) Protecttve Relay Note 4 Dresden 1060MV ESS Time Delay No LOCA) k 270 seconds and :5 330 *so (See page 3) Time Delay Relay 24M 2b volts Dresden IRPS Elec. Power Monitoring - Overvoltage Trip :5 129.6 Protective Relay 24M 3.3 .8.2 SR 3.3.8.2-2a Dresden RPS Elec. Power Monftorlng - Undervoltage Trip k 105.3 volts Protective Relay 24M 3.3.8.2 SR 3.3.8.Z21) 55,4 Dresden RPS Elec. Power Monitoring - Underfrequency Trip

- IM .611 118=c k Hz protective Relay 4 seconds (Note 2)

Dresden RPS Elec. Power Moattoring-overvoltage Tkno Datay 3.3.8 .2 SR 3.3 .8.2.2s s Time Delay Relay Dresden RPS Elec. Power Monftoring-Undervokage Time D y, IM a 4 seconds (Note 2) Time Delay Rel SR 3.3.8.22b Time 1 Dresden IRPS Elec . Power Monitoring-Underfrequency _&3.&2 _ SR 3.3.8.Z2c i5 4 seconds (Note 2) Time Delay Relay Actual AL Number (Refer to NDIT SEC-DR-00-018j Note t Current A"d%d Value Actual AL Number (Refer to DRE98-0030) Note 2: Allowable Value per DOC ID

• 0006046402 Note 3: Colo. 11919&18-19-1 Rev.%MBAII-194 Note 4: Due to a lack of plant specific date and to be consistent with Rov.3,9198-18-19-3 Rev. 3 & 9198-iS-19-4 Rev.3 Quad and LaSalle, a calibration frequency of 18M Is selected . See Calc.#8982-13-1"(DCR#090562)&8982-i7-19-2(DCROOD0560) .

0 0 G 19 19 4 14

Subject:

Second Level Degraded Voltage 5-Minute time Delay Basis for Setpoint and Tolerance A reviewed of the UFSAR and historical documentation was performed to determine if a basis exists for the current time Delay setting of 5-Minutes +/_ 15 Seconds. The following description is provided in UFSAR section 8.3 .1 .7:

TO 1-second time delay prevents circuit jnitiation due to grid disturbances and motor starting transients, whereas the 5-minute time allows the operator to attempt restoration, of normal bus voltage. The 5-minute tinier is bypassed on high drywell, pressure / low.

low reactor water level.'

The NRC Staff SER of May 19, 1982 states :

delay is of sufficient duration to prevent-spurious operation of

• The five-minute time . the second level' ldst,if voltage relays during . short bids voltage disturbances that may result from or short.term'grid'dis~.uibances .,AdditionaL this time delay will :allow. operator-action to ;attempt . r6storati6n.of grid voltage :by means. available to him."

This subjtct,.'wbs -also discussed With severaHridividuals. involved- with, the early-degraded these discussions voltage issues: Based on and -the documentation review conducted, it is specific concluded that there is no analytical basis for theestablishment of tht time delay of 5-isilmitm with a tolerance of +/-1 5 seconds., It is therefore reasonkle to, accept .an iq~re4sc in, esetpoin tIoleranke (i.e., +/- 30,secon;k) as aresultofciilqilaId drift

? IJ 4 J-oHN 60, 9-a`-

KOVACA Calculation No, _ 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

K Page __K4 of

ATTACHMENT L Telecon Between J. Kovach (ComEd) and C. Tobias (S&L)

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : L Page Ll of Q

Date : 4120JO0 3:13 PM Sender. John.G.Kovach com To: Craig tot>ias Priority : Nborammal Receipt requested

Subject:

FW: T*'Pcon Documen As- being_ current and at on file for the indicated services . Please note that the completion date (op authorization) for both Bus 23-1 and 24-1 Degraded voltage RSO'a is 08/23/96 .

Regards, John

> ---_-Original Message-----

> From : craig_tobias@mail-sargentlundy .com

> ISMTP :craig-tobias@mall .sargentlundy.com)

> Sent : Thursday, April 20, 2000 9 :15 AM -

> To : john .g .kovachfucm .com

> Subject : Telecom Documenting RSOs

> John,

> As we spoke on the phone, I am creating an email message to document our

> phone

> call on 4/18/2000 . The topic discussed was the confirmation that the

" relay

" setting orders (RSO) that I obtained at Dresden were the most recent relay

> setting orders .

> Please confirm the relay setting orders that I obtained from Dresden

" are the

" most recent relay setting orders . The RSOs are identified below :

" Loss of voltage Relays RSOs

" Bus 23-1 Issued 2/21/86 Completed 3/1/86

" Bus 24-1 Issued 2/11/86 Completed 3/1/86

" Bus 33-1 Issued 2/11/66 Completed 3/l/66

" Bus 34-1 Issued 2/21/86 Completed 3/1/86

> Degraded voltage Relay RSOs

" Bus 23-1 issued 6/27/96

" Bus 24-1 Issued 7/11/96

" Bus 33-1 issued 3/16/94 Completed 4/28/94

" Bus 34-1 issued 10/31/96 Completed 11/8/96

> Please review this ion and verify that it is correct .

If you

> agree with

> the information, please reply to the message and make a statement to that

> effect . This document will then serve as telecom for the calculations Calculation No.

8982-13 Revision 005 Attachment : L Page L2 of I

> being

> performed.

> Thank you for your time and support .

> Yours truly,

> Craig Tobias

> Sargent 6 Lund , LLC

> 312-269-6577

• • • aaaa*a***a*a*r This E-mail and any of its attachments may contain Uniccaa proprietary information, which is privileged, confidential, or subject to copyright belonging to the Unicom family of Companies . This E-mail is intended solely for the use of the individual or entity to which it is addressed . If you are not the intended recipient of this E-mail, you are hereby notified that any dissemination, distribution, copying, or action taken in relation to the contents of and attachments to this E-mail is strictly prohibited and away be unlawful . If you have received this E-mail in error, please notify the sender immediately and permanently delete the original and any copy of this E-mail and any printout . Thank You .

aaa**+*****aaa*aa Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment : L Page L3 of L3

ATTACHMENT M DIT BB-EPED-0178 Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005

Attachment:

Page M1 of

DESIGN ISPORMATION TRAB Commonwealth Edism-Cnw-anv Byron /Braidw-od AC-cawn cy--Wculatiob Input Data MODIFICATION OR DESIGN CHANGE NUMBER (8)

This information is approved for use and requires no further verification .

IDENTIFICATION OF THE SPECIFIC DESIGN INFORMATION TRANSMITTED AND PURPOSE OF ISSUZ(L, a" sa"Maq damm"M MMAW 0 DM Q ke W, most newnr ion dam, ad total number of parm for each supporting 40CUMUNW)

The following information is for use in the preparation of the Degraded Voltage Relay . Accuracy calculation :

0 Switchcrear Roam Environmental Co; tditians

- Minimum Temp .

- Maximum Temp .

- Relative Humidity za 65* F

= los e F

- 8 to 70%

Radiation exposure _ :5 104 cads

- Internal Switchgear Temp . Rise as --5 5 0 F Potential Transformer Data

- Westinghouse 4200 - 120 V; Model 9146D46GO2

- Accuracy an 0 .3W, X, Y and 1 .2 Z References 1 . UFSAR Section a) .4 9

.2

.5,4 b) 3 .11 (Table 3 .11-2) 2 . Westinghouse Instruction Book, Volume 3A (Dwg . EN018-6A) 3 . Specification F/L-2737-01, Amd . 1, dated 3-3-78 4 . Byron Station Walkdown Data, dated 5-11-92 (copy attached) 11c . No . -N/A----.Report No .

Rev. and/or dam See above

'STF - '4UTION 0 anis/File 66 & 41 - 23 ad -- 25 CV .

Calculation No . 8982-13-19-6 Revision 005 Attachment :

Page M2 of

5°c tzat"i W^LKD6WrJ S~ATAc c cu.V~+~" USr r4 l 1.i&T9,4d 27Y 4,44

_~1K'~ 8o2.rAt'~ rnut.Tt m~t~R t~.1~~~.v~+r 8cT'-35o T~f, ~Rcx :

""*A (2 (NEAf2 Uwt -r i T?pmCywAY~

Ou'TciDC A 19, 7 A 1'2 M

CA E 5U 4.7" k l~151 Su~GR>>

4 a 04a* 3p 6+t7'* x5' 5 14Z 4m; ', o 24'2. 3'q,

1. ,PCO12- CLOSEP TO AttOW T9MpsFaWRE "fa 5-r-A0,IWZE' THEW rv%9WAS o ta ts . T ~Q~ ~ ~ M M m1sr, .,Y, TtrnfVAT"V 9ff TAKWJ I W, t,06" C v61C t,C- w+t 1Ckf COW-D&-WS 11- a DeC9#040ec 4Cx--r;0%66 IRe..RY.

Nata% E~oT44 uai*'r!p oreqArtw,s .A,at7 vfAT,L,A.-rtorj SysTF,rns Irj AL.t.

5W&p SUSS FoOrr5 D jZAtii . t+jE Te4pEI .TUR r?vTScaC Tee CUBICtZ Whip MEA5QFZD NEAR 'tuF 5ufLY AIR .Duet"" 'TO M45 ORE T+ ; :. GaaLrvT TAMP ~(RE .nll r N TttE cSrZIrA1'1 ~"'

TVA FFLT-UV4T1h171AS RaE'~7.

Calculation No. 8982 Revision 005 Attachment M Page of

ATTACHMENT 3 Calculation 8982-17-19-2, "Second Level Undervoltage Relay Setpoint - Unit 3," Revision 004

Exeloam C&AW1,3094001 ATTACHMENT 1 Revision 1 PQ tic] r Design Analysis Cover Sheet Pg 1 Last Page No. 15 Analysis No. 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 EC/ECR No. t495.39 350337 ~ S50338 Revision 000

Title:

Second Level Undervoltage Relay Setpoint - Unit 3 Station(s) Dresden Components}

Unit No.: 3 Discipline E Description Code/

E07, E13 Keyword Safety Class Safety Related System Code 67 Structure N/A CONTROLLED DOCUMENT REFERENCES Document No. From/To Document No. From/To Is this Design Analysis Safeguards? Yes No V,4,11 Does this Design Analysis Contain Unverified Assumptions? Yes No ?,$] ATI/AR# N/A If yes, complete Is a Supplemental Review Required? Yes 0 No E Attachment 3 Preparer Patricia A. Ugorcak ~

Print Name Si Date Reviewer Scott Shephard ~~~~~,~  ?/ 6 Print Name An NamV Date Method of Reviewer Detailed Review Alternate a culations r-1 Testing Review Notes:

Approver A Print Name SO Warne Date (For External Analyses Only)

Exelon Reviewer Prq Le 15A r" Iv ~-z "-W -A rn F-A~

Print Name Sign Name/ Date Approver I

Print Name Sign Nam e )TS "DQR ongrogK-5 4 g ~- EC-J 3955). Dale Description of Revision (list affected pages for partials) : Incorporatwminor - revisiont3Aen ,~--pply7a"t est 4 71 methodology to determine new setpoint, Allowable Values and Expanded Tolerances . Reformat entire cat .

Revision bars shown only for content changes, not for format or section numbering changes .

THIS DESIGN ANALYSIS SUPERCEDES: 8982-17-19-02 Revision 3,3J~ik 1-t9-64

CC-AA-309 Revision 3 Page 15 of 15 ATTACHMENT 2 Owners Acceptance Review Checklist for External Design Analysis Page 1 of 1 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO. 8,982 1?-? REV: 00 '/

Yes No Do assumptions have sufficient rationale? D D Are assumptions compatible with the way the plant is operated and with the 2.

licensing basis? D

3. Do the design inputs have sufficient rationale? D

4. Are design inputs correct and reasonable? D D

5. Are design inputs compatible with the way the plant is operated and with the licensing basis? 14

• D D

6. Are Engineering Judgments clearly documented and justified? F] 0 .

NONE

7. Are Engineering Judgments compatible with the way the plant is operated and with the licensing basis? D D

8. Do the results and conclusions satisfy the purpose and objective of the design analysis?

Are the results and conclusions compatible with the way the plant is operated

9. D and with the licensing basis?

10 . Does the design analysis include the applicable design basis documentation? D D Have any limitations on the use of the results been identified and transmitted 11 . D to the appropriate organizations?

12 . Are there any unverified assumptions? D 01 Do all unverified assumptions have a tracking and closure mechanism in 13 .

place? D EXELON REVIEWER : O~4 t-7A TS LICL5NS ,F- f-9MJ1'NDr-I15~1 -

KEv151oP,1 Cloy ee- u(O~aZ ~+

RS LV U E .5'7- CL R R1 ,  ?'1fE S'!<~ 1N )Pa-5 X4 .+1 D T H i<

C6M10A'7_1 33LG t,.v JT,1a R SUGTS~Cau CLc1510K1S Af2E

IN ES-G-14.01 Effective Date :

04/14/00 CALCULATION TABLE OF CONTENTS CALC NO.: 8982-17-19-2 REV . NO.: 004 PG NO. 2 SECTION PAGE NO. : SUB PAGE NO..

DESIGN ANALYSIS COVER SHEET 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS 2

1. PURPOSE 3

2. METHODOLOGY 3

3. ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 5

4. ASSUMPTIONS/ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS 5

5. INPUT DATA 5

6. REFERENCES 7

7. CALCULATIONS 9

8.

SUMMARY

AND CONCLUSIONS 15 Attachments A DIT DR-SPED-0685-00 Al A27 B Fluke 45 Dual Display Multimeter User's Manual, Appendix A 131-1312 C S&L Interoffice Memorandum from J. F. White C1-C2 D GE Document 7910 Dated 6-20-77 D1-D3 E Telecon Between S. Hoots (ABB) and A. Runde (SQ E1-E2 Instruction F ABB Bulletin I. B 7.4.1 .7-7, Issue ED F1-F12 G Telecon Between C. Downs (ABB) and H. Ashrafi (S&L) G1-G6 H Calculation MLEA 91-014 Hl-H22 I DIT DR-EPED-0671 -01 1113 i S&L Interoffice Memorandum from B. Desai J1042 K RSO's for 2nd Lvl UV Relays & E-Mail from J. Kovach K1-K4 L DOG ID 0006191944 L1-L4 M Telecon Between J. Kovach (ComEd) and C. Tobias (SQ M1-M3 N DIT BB-EPED-0178 14103

N ES-G-14.02 Effective Date :

OV1500 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO. 8982-17-19-2 REVISION 004 PAGE NO. 3 of 15

1. PURPOSE The purpose of this calculation is to determine a setpoint, the allowable values, and the expanded tolerances for the second-level undervoltage relays at Dresden Unit 3 based on post LOCA voltage analysis.

The setpoint will consider the setpoint error of the circuit that monitors the voltage at the 4.16 W safety-related switchgears 33-1 (Div . 1) and 34-1 (Div. 11) . The circuit consists of a GE type JVIVI-3 4200-120 volt potential transformer (PT) and an ITE-27N undervoltage relay (catalog number 41 lT4375-L-HF) .

2. METHODOLOGY The methodology for determining the loop uncertainties, setpoints, allowable values, and extended tolerances is done in accordance with NES-EIC-20 .04 (Ref. 6.15) and the main body of Reference 6.18 with the clarifications as identified below . Appendix I of Reference 6. 18 does not apply to this calculation because Appendix 1 is a documentation of guidelines for the Exelon calculations prepared under a different scope of work. However, where the setting tolerance (ST) is greater than the drift tolerance interval (DTIc), the methodology identified on page 23 of Reference 1118 (pad of Appendix 1) is used to determine loop random errors . The nomenclature for the relay setpoint terms, such as pickup, dropout, and reset is taken directly from the relay instruction bulletin (Reference 6.9) .

2.1 . The error associated with the PT will be established . The error for the PT is classified as a random process error and will be based on the accuracy assigned the PT by the manufacturer . It is not expected that the PT performance will be significantly affected by environmental factors . Therefore, no additional error for the PT will be introduced for environmental factors .

2.2. The error associated with the second-level undervoltage relay will be established . The following items will be considered in determining the setpoint error as a result of the relay :

Reference accuracy (defined by the mfr as repeatability at constant temperature and control voltage) . Per the methodology of Reference 6.15, reference accuracy or repeatability as specified by the manufacturer are taken as 2a values, unless specified otherwise .

Calibration instrument error (defined by the mfr) . The error due to calibration standards is considered negligible per the methodology of Reference 6 .15 .

Temperature effect (defined by the mfr as repeatability over temperature range)

Control voltage effect (defined by the mfr as repeatability over the allowable dc control power range)

Relay setting tolerance (see Input Data Section 5.4)

Drift error The following items will be evaluated for their effect on the relays' functional capability:

" Seismic error

" Humidity error

" Pressure error

" Radiation error the errors 2.3 . Per the methodology of Reference 6.15, identified above will be combined into total error by adding the total random error to the total non-random error, as follows .

All random error are converted to 10' values and thecombined by the "Square root of the sum of the squares"(SRSS) method . The outcome of SRSS is then doubled to a 2a value.

NES-G-14 . 02 Effective Date :

051500 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO. 8982-17-19-2 REVISION 004 PAGE NO. 4 of 15 All non-random error will be added together by straight addition .

2.4 . The nominal dropout for the two relays will be determined by adding the total error to the Analytical Limits . No margin will be considered in this calculation since all applicable components in the circuit have been accurately represented .

2.5. The drift based on vendor specifications (DTIv) is determined by calculating the square root sum of squares of reference accuracy (RA), calibration error (CAL), setting tolerance (ST), and drift (DR).

If specific values for drift are not provided by the vendor, then a default random [2a] value of

+/-1 0; of span per refueling cycle for mechanical components and +/-0 .5% of span per refueling cycle for electrical component is assigned (Section 3.1 of Ref. 6.15}.

2 .6. Allowable Value An allowable value will be determine utilizing the following equations based on Appendix C of Reference 6.15 as applicable:

[lower AV 2: SPC - Zav + limit]

[upper AV :5 Spc + Zav - limit]

Where AV: is the allowable value SPc is the calculated setpoint Zav+, Zav- is the total error (positive, negative) applicable during calibration .

Note: The names of the terms in the generic equations shown above may be modified in accordance with specific loop designations .

The errors that are included for the determination of the allowable values (Zav) are only those applicable during calibration . Thus, only reference accuracy (RA), calibration errors (CAL),

setting tolerance (ST), drift (DR) and if applicable, the input error (bin) are included. If DTIc is available, then RA, CAL, ST and DR errors will be replaced by the calculated drift (DTIc).

2.7 . Expanded Tolerances (ET)

Expanded tolerances are determined as follows :

a. ET = +/-[0 .7*(Zav - ST) + ST], where ST is used at a 2cr value.

b. If any of the tolerances determined using the equations above result in an expanded tolerance (ET) value that is less than the setting tolerance (ST), then ET = ST is specified .

The expanded tolerance is specified as an acceptable tolerance for as-found values . It is expected that the calibration setting tolerance is still utilized as the as-left tolerance .

NES-G-14 .02 Effective Date :

051IN00 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO. 8982-17-19-2 REVISION 004 PAGE NO. 5 of 15

3. ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA The relay setpoints will be chosen such the that the lowest possible voltage for relay operation, considering setpoint error, will be no lower than Analytical Limits as identified in Section 5.6 of this calculation :

3820 V or 91 .8% of 4160 V at Switchgear 33-1 (Div 1) 3820 V or 9119% of 4160 V at Switchgear 34-1 (Div 11)

There are no acceptance criteria for the allowable value determination . The allowable value is calculated in accordance with the methodology and the results are provided for use.

The expanded tolerances are determined in accordance with Section 2.7 and are acceptable if the result is greater than or equal to the application setting tolerance and do not result in a violation of an applicable limit.

4. ASSUMPTIONS/ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS None I INPUT DATA 51 . Instrument Channel Configuration (per Reference 6.1 .1)

The ABB/ITE 27N undervoltage relay trip unit is fed from a 4200-120 volt PT. The 4200 volt side of the PT is connected to two phases of the 4160 volt source at the safety-related switchgear . The trip unit is connected to the 120 volt side of the PT. The trip unit is powered by a 125 volt dc source . Per Reference 6.20, the burden on the PT is within the standard test burden of the PT.

5.2. Loop Element Data (per Reference 6.1 .2, 6.1 .3, 6.5, 6.6, & 6.9) 5.2.1 . The PT is a GE, type JVM-3 (See References 6.1 .3 and 6.6)

Voltage ratio: 4200-120 Accuracy class : 0.3 W,X,M.Y : 1 .2 Z Frequency : 50 Hz, 60 Hz Burden : 750 VA @ 550 C rise above 30'C Ambient 500 VA @ 30'C rise above 55*C Ambient BI L: 60 kV 122. unit is an ABB/ITE, type 27N undervoltage relay with a Harmonic Filter (catalog number 411 T4375-L-HF, Ref. 6.1 .2)

Setpoint Ranges (per Ref. 6.9)

Pickup : 70 V -120 V (See Reference 6.9)

Dropout: 70% - 99 .5%

• of Pickup Dropout Delay: 1 -10 sec.

Note: - Difference between pickup and dropout can be set as low as 0 .5% . The setting is 99.50% of pickup (References 6 .16 and 6.19).

Operating Ranges (per Refs. 6.5, 6.9, and 6.14)

Control Voltage : 38-58 Vdc (48 Vdc nominal)95-140 Vdc (125 Vdc nom .) (Reference 6.14) 89 Vdc for I sec. (Reference 6.14)

Temperature : -20 to +55'C (normal)

-30 to +70 0C (accident)

Seismic: 6g ZPA

N ES-G-14 .02 Effective Date:

04/14/00 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO. 8982-17-19-2 REVISION 004 PAGE NO. 6 of 15 Humidity: 0 to 100% no condensation (Reference 6.11, Section 10.3)

Pressure: Atmospheric, to 5000 ft Radiation : Gamma 100k rads over 40 yrs Repeatability Tolerances (per Reference 6.9)

@ coast temp & coast control volt: +/-0 .1%

for volt. range 100 -140 Vdc : +/-0 .1%

for temp . range +10 to'+40 OC : +/-0.4%

0 to +55 0C: +/-0.75%

-20 to +70'C : +/-1 .50%

The 3 tolerances are cumulative and are taken as 2a values per Reference 6.7) .

For the tolerance over temperature range, the repeatability effect is linear over the range of 0 to +55'C, as indicated in Reference 6.7.

5.3. Calibration Instrument Data (per References 6.2 and 6 .14) the The Fluke 45 Digital Multimeter will be used for the calibration of to unit (see Ref. 114 included as Attachment J).

Reference Accuracy : +/-0.2% +10digits Full Scale : 300 Vac, 5 digits Minimum Gradation : 0.01 V 5.4. Calibration Procedure Data The setting tolerance when setting the trip unit voltage is +/-0.2 V (Ref. 6.14, 6.16 and 6.19 which is taken as a 3a value per the methodology in Reference 6.15 .

5 .5. Station Data The circuits for these two processes are located entirely in the Reactor Building in Environment Zone 26 per Reference 6.1 .2 . The following are the conditions that the circuits will be subject to:

Normal Conditions Control Voltage Range: 95-14OVdc (Ref. 6.14)

Temperature Range: +18 .33 - +39 .44'C (see Ref. 6 .12)

Humidity Range : 0-90%

Radiation Level : <10k rads over 40 years Accident Conditions Control Voltage Range : 95-14OVdc ; 89 Vdc for 1 sec. (Ref. 6 .14)

Temperature Range : +18 .33 - +39 44'C (see Ref. 6.12)

Humidity Range : 0 -100% non-condensing As noted in Reference 6.13, the maximum actual temperature inside the cubicle where the relays are installed will be approximately 2.78'C higher than the ambient temperature outside the cubicle . The minimum actual temperature inside the cubicle where the relays are installed will be approximately 0.39 0C higher than the ambient temperature outside the cubicle . Therefore, the relays will experience temperatures in the range, of 18.72'C to 42.22'C.

The relay has already been qualified bar humidity variation, seismic events, radiation exposure, and pressure variation as discussed in References 6.1 .2, 6.5, and 6.11 .

NES-G-14.02 Effective Date:

04/14/00 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO. 8982-17-19-2 REVISION 004 PAGE NO. 7 of 15 5.6. Analytical Limit of Switchgear Voltage The minimum voltages required at the 4160 V safety-related switchgear for adequate auxiliary system performance are taken from References 6.3, 6.4 and 6.17 as :

3820 V or 91 .8% of 4160 V at Switchgear 33-1 (Div 1) 3820 V or 91 .8% of 4160 V at Switchgear 34-1 (Div 11) 5.7, Per Reference 6.20, the burden on the PT is within the standard test burden of the PT.

& REFERENCES 11 . DIT Number DR-SPED-0685-00, entitled, "ITE-27N Undervoltage Relay and Potential Transformer Technical Data", dated 2-3-92 (Attachment A). The following were included in the DIT:

6.1 .1 . Dresden Unit 3 Drawings :

12E-3301, Sheet 3, Rev . Z 12E-3334, Rev . K 12E-3345, Sheet 2, Rev . AB 12E-3346 . Sheet 2, Rev . AF 12E-3655G, Rev . K 6.1 .2 . Work Request Number D-97546/D-97547, Rev . 0, entitled "Minor Plant Design Change Package for Commonwealth Edison Company, Dresden Unit 3, Replacement of Second-Level Undervoltage Relays," dated 6-26-91 .

6 .1 .3 . 4160 V Switchgear Proposal Data Sheet (page 6) of Specification number K-2175 R.

6 .2. User's Manual for Fluke 45 Dual Display Multimeter, Appendix A, Rev . 4, dated 7/97 (Attachment B).

6 .3. S&L Calculation Number 9198-18-19-3, Rev . 3, entitled "Gale . for Dresden 3/1 Safety-related Continuous Loads - Running/Starting Voltages" 6 .4. S&L Calculation Number 9198-18-19-4, Rev . 3, entitled "Gale . for Dresden 3/11 Safety-related Continuous Loads - Running/Starting Voltages" 6.5. S&L Interoffice Memorandum from J. F. White, entitled "Seismic Qualification of ITE/ABB Undervoltage Relay Model 27N, Series 411T," which references ABB document number RC-5039-A, entitled "Equipment Performance Specifications, 27N Undervoltage Relay ." (Attachment C) 6.6. GE document 7910, page 131, providing information for type JVM-3 Potential Transformer, dated 6-20-77 (Attachment D).

6.7. Memorandum of Telephone Conversation between S. Hoots of ABB and A. Runde of S&L concerning ITE-27N relay characteristics, dated 1-23-92 (Attachment E).

60. Dresden Unit 3 Technical Specification Number DPR-25, Amendment number 103, specifically table 3.2.2, page 3/4 .2-10. This reference provides the second-level undervoltage relay time delay requirement (See Attachment A Page A27) .

6.9. ABB Instruction Bulletin Number I .B . 7.4.1 .7-7: Issue D for ITE-27N relays and others (Attachment F).

6.10 . Memorandum of Telephone Conversation between C. Downs of ABB and H. Ashrafi of S&L concerning effect of temperature on the ITE-27N relays with Harmonic Filter Units, dated 3-30-92 (Attachment G).

N ES-G-14.02 Effective Date:

0=00 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO. 8982-17-19-2 REVISION 004 PAGE NO. 8 of 15 6.11 . Main Line Engineering Associates (MLEA) Calculation No. MLEA 91-014 for Commonwealth Edison Company, entitled, "Environmental Qualification of Dresden Second Level Undervoltage System and Equipment for RWCU Line break Environmental Conditions", dated 1-23-92 (Attachment H).

6.12 . DIT Number DR-SPED-0671-01, "Reactor Building Ventilation, Minimum Temperature," dated 5 92 (Attachment 1).

6.13 . DIT Number BB-SPED-0178, "Undervoltage Relay Accuracy Calculation Input Data," dated 5-07-92 (Attachment N).

6.14 . Interoffice Memorandum from Bipin Desai (SPED}, dated December 1, 1993 to FL M. IiQdon (EAD) which contains information required for assumption verification (Attachment J).

6.15 . NES-EIC-20 .04, Revision 3, "Analysis of Instrument Channel Setpoint Error and Instrument Loop Accuracy" (Not Attached) 6 .16 . Current Relay Setting Orders for the Second Level Undervoltage Relays plus e-mail memo from John G, Kovach to Craig Tobias dated 07/14/00, which discussed the RSO for the second-level undervoRage relay W Bus 33-1 (Attachment Q.

6.17 . DOC ID 0006191944, Rev . 5-DIT transmitting Improved Technical Specification (ITS) Analytical Limits (Attachment L).

6.18 . "Improved Technical Specifications and 24-Month Technical Specification Project Technical Plan",

Revision 2 dated 04/28/2000 6.19 . Telecon between John Kovach of ComEd and Craig Tobias of Sargent & Lundy dated 4/20/2000 verifying the relay setting orders for the degraded voltage and loss of voltage relays (Attachment M).

6.20 . EC 8229, ITS Disconnect U3 Watt-Hr Meter At 33-1 & 34-1, Rev . 0

NES-G-14.02 Effective Date :

04/14/ 00 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO. 8982-17-19-2 REVISION 004 PAGE NO. 9 of 15

7. CALCULATIONS the 7.1 . Per inputs 5.1 and 5.2 .1, PT has a standard published error of +/- 0.3% and the burden of the PT is within the standard test burden of the PT. Therefore, the maximum error of +/- 0.3% will be considered is calculation . PT testing would have to be performed to justify a smaller error . The error contributed by the PT is considered to be a process error since the PT is not a calibrated device .

This is classified as a random 2cr error . Therefore the PT 1 cy error value is +/- 0.15%.

7.2. Second Level Undervoltage Relay Random Errors:

7.2 .1 . Reference accuracy (RA):

Per Input 5.2.2, repeatability at constant temperature and control voltage is +/- 0.1 % of voltage reading [2a] . Dividing by 2 to take to a 1 a value:

RA = 0.05% of reading [1a].

7.2 .2. Calibration Instrument error (CAL}:

The reference accuracy at medium sampling rate (Reference 110 of a 60 Hz voltage signal 4 +/- (02% of reading + 10 Nast significant digits), to a 2a value per the methodology of Reference 6.15 . The linear resolution at medium sampling rate on the 300 V range is 0.01 V.

Thus, each digit corresponds to 0.01 V. Therefore, the 2a reference accuracy is +/- (0 .2% of reading + 10*0 .01 V).

Conservatively taking this at a reading 112 V, which is slightly larger than the existing relay setpoint value, and dividing by 2 to get a 1 cr value:

CALv=+/-(0 .2%*112V+10*0 .01V)/2=0 .162V [1a]

In terms of % of reading (taken at a reading of. 112 V):

CAL= CALv/112 11=OA62V/ 112 11=1145% of reading [1a]

Since the instrument has a digital readout, there is no reading error .

Also, since the calibration instrument and the relay are calibrated within the allowable range as specified by the calibration instrument manufacturer, there is no temperature effect for the calibration instrument . (See Input Data Section 5.3) 7.2.3. Setting Tolerance (ST)

Per Input Section 5.4, the relay setting tolerance is a random error of +/- 0.2 V [3(y] .

Converting this to terms of % of reading, for a 112V reading, and dividing by 3 to get the 1 a value :

ST = +/-(0 .2 V)/((112V)*3) =+/-0 .060% of reading [1a]

7.2.4. Drift (DR)

According to Reference 6.7, no drift error is expected for the relay as long as the relay is calibrated at reasonable intervals. Thus, DR = 0. However, this is not the case. From operating experience it is known that these relays do drift some. Unfortunately, there is not enough data to perform a drift uncertainty calculation .

Based on the above discussion, a drift value is needed . It is considered conservative to use the default drift effect of 0 .5% of span per refueling cycle (reference 6.15). This specification conservatively encompasses the 18 month calibration interval plus 25% late factor (22 .5 months) considered in this calculation . The 0 .5% of span is a 2a value. Per Section 5.2.2,

NES-G-14.02 Effective Date:

04/14/00 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO. 8982-17-19-2 REVISION 004 PAGE NO. 10 of 15 the relay functions over a voltage range of 70 V to 120 V, for a span of 50 V. Converting the drift to % of reading, by conservatively setting the reading at 112V, and taking to a 1cr value :

DR = (+/- 0 .5% of span) * (120 V -- 70 V) / (112 V) / 2 = +/- 0 . 112% of reading 7.2 .5. Random Input Error (crin)

The random input error present at the relay is the random error from the PT, which per Section 7.1 is 0.15°l0 . Thus :

crin = 0.15% of reading [10]

7.2.6. Drift Tolerance Interval (DTIv)

DTIv = +/- (RA2 + CAL 2 + STZ + DR2)1/2 Where RA = reference accuracy = 0.050% per Section 7 .2.1 CAL = calibration error = 0.145% per Section 7.2.2 ST = setting tolerance = 0.060% per Section 7 .2.3 DR = drift = 0 .112% per Section 7.2.4 Thus:

[(0 .050%)2 + (0.145%)2 DTIv +(0 .060% )2 +(0 .112% )2)112 DTlv=+/-0 .199% of reading [1a]

7.2.7. Total Random Error (a)

The total random error is the SRSS of the random errors from Sections 7.2.1 through 7 .2 .6.

Therefore :

+ +

cr = +/- (RAZ + CAL Z ST Z DR Z + crin 2)1/2 cr = +/- [(O .050%)' + {0.145%)` + (0.060%)4 + (0.112%) 50%)2)1/2 a= +/- 0.249% of reading [16]

7.3. Relay Non-Random Errors 7.3 .1 . Temperature effect (eT):

Per Input 5.2, the temperature effect is +/-0.75%, and the absolute effect is 1 .5% over the temperature range of 0 to +55'C . Per References 6.7 and 6 .10, the relay operating voltage increases or decreases approximately linearly with temperature. Applying the 1 .5% linearly across the 0 to 550C range results in a rate of 1 .5% / (55 - O)OC = 0.0273% / oC.

The actual pickup or dropout voltage is lower than the setpoint value if the operating temperature is higher than the temperature at which the relay was calibrated .

Similarly the pickup or dropout voltage is higher than the setpoint value if the operating temperature is lower than the calibration temperature .

Then, for a temperature range of +1&72 to +42 .22'C and a relay calibration temperature range of 21 to 24'C (per Reference 6.14), the temperature effect is developed below:

Negative Temperature Effect:

In determining the error due to relay negative temperature effect, it will be considered that the relay is calibrated at a temperature of 24'C (per Reference 6 .14). This will provide a conservative reference point from which the temperature effect for the relay can be incorporated into the determination of the nominal dropout . At 24'C, a larger portion of the error used in the calculation for relay temperature effect will be negative, which will provide a conservative nominal dropout .

N ES-G-14.02 Effective Date :

04/14/ 00 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO. 8982-17-19-2 REVISION 004 PAGE NO . 11 of 15 Neg . Temp. Effect :

-eT = (24-18 .72'C)*0 .0273%/'C = 0 .144%

Positive Temperature Effect :

In determining the error due to relay positive temperature effect, it will be considered that the relay is calibrated at a temperature of 21'C (per Reference 6.14). This will provide a conservative reference point from which the temperature effect for the relay can be incorporated into the determination of the maximum dropout of the relay .

At 21 OC rather than 24*C, a larger portion of the error used in the calculation for relay temperature effect will be positive, which will provide a conservative determination of the relay maximum dropout .

Pos . Temp. Effect:

+eT = (42 .22-21'C)*0 .0273%/'C = 0.579%

Thus, the temperature effect is -0.579%/+0 .144% .

This is classified as a non-random error .

7.3.2. Control Voltage Effect (CV)

Per Input 5.2, control voltage effect is +/- 0.1% over the dc control voltage range of 100-140 Vdc. This is classified as a non-random error .

CV = +/- 0.1% of reading 7.3.3. Environmental Effects By comparison of the acceptable relay conditions provided in Section 5.2 .2 with the expected station conditions provided in Section 5.5, it is evident that no effect on functional capability is introduced as a result of pressure variation or humidity variation .

7.3.4. Seismic Effects As discussed in Reference 6.1 .2, section 1 .7, no effect on functional capability of the relay is introduced as a result of a seismic event since the relay capability envelops the seismic requirement for the relay locations .

7.3.5 . Total Non-Random Error The total non-random error is the sum of the non-random errors from sections 7.3.1 through 7.3.2. Therefore :

Negative non-random error is the addition of the negative relay temperature effect (-eT) from Section 7.3.1 and the negative control voltage effect (CV) from Section 7.3.2:

Ze- ="eT + (IV) == (- 0.579%) + (- 0.1 %) = - 0.679% of reading Positive non-random error is the addition of the positive relay temperature effect (+eT) from Section TO and the positive control voltage effect (CV) from Section 7.3.2:

7-e+ = +eT + (+CV) = (+ 0. 144%) + (+ 0.1 %) = + 0 .244% of reading

NES-G-14.02 Effective Date :

0=00 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO. 8982-17-19-2 REVISION 004 PAGE NO. 12 of 15 7.4. Total Error It should be noted that this calculation utilizes the methodology defined in Sections 2 .3 and 2 .4 to calculate the dropout setpoint. The calculation uses the Total Negative Error (TNE) in determining the dropout setpoint and the Total Positive Error (TPE) in determining the maximum dropout value.

definitions of error do not follow the methodology defined in Sections 2.6 and 2.7 for These calculating the Allowable Values and Expanded Tolerances. Thus, TNE and TPE are used in the determination of the dropout setpoint and maximum dropout value, and Z+, Z-, Zav+ and Zav- are used in the determination of the Allowable Values and Expanded Tolerances .

The total error present at the relay is the combination of the random and non-random errors determined in Sections 7.2.7 and 7.3.5.

Total Error = 20' + Ze Total Negative Error (TNE) = 2 * (0.249%) + (0.679%) =1 .177°I° of reading Total Positive Error (TPE) = 2 * (0.249%) + (0 .244%) = 0.742% of reading Converting to 4kV voltage process units, by conservatively taking the relay voltage reading at 112V, and then multiplying by the voltage ratio:

THE = 1 .177% - (112 09 - (4200 V/ 120 V) = 46 V (in the 4kV process)

TPE = 0.742% - (112 11 - (4200 V/ 120 V) = 29 V (in the 4kV process)

In this calculation, the terms of Total Positive Error (TPE) and Total Negative Error (TNE) are used for calculating the setpoint . A positive error is one that would cause the actual trip value to be higher than the setpoint value . Using this definition when the eras am applied to calculating the Allowable Values and Expanded Tolerances results in the following relationships :

Z+ TNE Z- TPE 2:e+ = Negative Non-Random Errors = 0 .679% of reading Ze- = Positive Non-Random Errors = 0.244 % of reading Per Section 2.6, Zav will be used to determine the allowable value random errors . Because the relay is bench calibrated, Zav includes only the contributions of DTIv, which from Section 7 .2.6, is +/- O.199%

of reading . Therefore, aAv = DTIv = +/-0 .199% of reading Per Section 2.6, the total errors for determining allowable values are :

2CYAV 2 ZAV+ + (+ 0 .199%) + 0.398% of reading 2 ZAv- 2CYAV - (- 0 .199%) - 0 .398% of reading Converting to voltage at relay, by using a reading at 112V:

Zav = (0.398% of reading) * (112 V) = 0 .45 V at relay

NES-G-14 .02 Effective Date :

OTIV00 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO. 8982-17-19-2 REVISION 004 PAGE NO. 13 of 15 7.5. Setpoint Determination The setpoints for 4160 V Switchgear 33-1 (Div . 1) and 34-1 (Div. 2) are calculated as:

Nominal Trip Setpoint for Dropout (NTSPDO)= Analytical Limit (AL) + THE NTSPDO = AL + THE (Using values from Sections 5.6 and 7.4)

= 3820 V + 46 V = 3866 V at 4.19 kV bus Converting to voltage read at the relay by multiplying by the voltage ratio:

NTSPDO-R = NTSPDO * (120 V) / (4200 V) = (3866 V) - (120 V)/(4200 V)

=110 .46V- 110 .5 V at relay NTSPPU-R = NTSPDO-R 10.995 =110.5 V / 0.995

= 111 .06 V - 111 .1 V at relay From the nominal dropout, the maximum dropout and pickup voltages can be determ Maximum Dropout = NTSPDO + TPE = (3866 V) + (0.74%

• 3866)

= 3895 V at 4.16 kV bus Converting to terms of voltage at the relay : (3895V)*(120V)/(420OV)=111 .3V Maximum Pickup = Maximum Dropout / (dropout/pickup ratio) = 3895 V / 0.995

= 3915 V at 4.16 kV bus Converting to terms of voltage at the relay : (3915V)*(120V)/(420OV)=111 .9V (The Max . Pickup is the relay Max. Reset Voltage) 7.6 . Allowable Value Determination Per Section 2 .6, the Allowable Value is determined .

The lower allowable value for the dropout setpoint is determined as:

AVDOL ? SPC - I ZAv + I [lower li SPCDO = 3866 V at 4.16 kV bus (Section 7.5)

ZAv+ = 0.398% of reading (Section 7.4)

A040L M (3866 IV) - (0 .398% * (3866 V)) = 3851 V Converting to voltage at the relay, by multiplying by the voltage ratio:

AVDOL-R ? (3851 V) * (120 V) / (4200 V) = 110 .029 V - 110.0 V Applying the applicable uncertainties to determine the upper dropout AV:

AVDOU :5 SPC + I ZAV+ I [lower limit]

AVDOU a (3866 IV) + (0.398% - (3866 V)) = 3881 V Converting to voltage at the relay, by multiplying by the voltage ratio:

AVDOU-R :5 (3881 V) * (120 V) / (4200 V) = 110.886 V - 110.9 V

N ES-G-14 .02 Effective Date :

04/14/00 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO. 8982-17-19-2 REVISION 004 PAGE NO. 14 of 15 7.7. Expanded Tolerance Determination Per Section 2.7, the Expanded Tolerance is determined as:

ET [0.7 * (I ZAv+ I - ST) + ST] where ST is taken to a 2cr value ZAv+ = 0.398% of reading (Section 7.4)

ST = 0.2 V [3a] (Section 5.4)

Taking the ET at a reading of 112V at the relay :

ET = +/- Y27

• qO.398% of reading) * (112 V) - (0.2 V *2/3)) + (0 .2 V *2/3) 0.352 V at relay ET = +/- 0.35 V at relay The ET is now checked to ensure that the applicable limits are maintained :

Check 1 : ET ST ?

+/- 0.35 V 2: +/- 0.2 V PASS Check 2: SPc - ET AV ? [lower limit]

110.5-0.35V 110 .O V 110.15 V 110 .0 V PASS Check 3: SPc + ET :5 AV ? [upper lim 110 .5+0 .35V :5 110 .9V 110 .85 :5 110 .9 V PASS

NES-G-14.02 Effective Date:

OVIV00 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO . 8982-17-19-2 REVISION 004 PAGE NO. 15 of 15 FINAL

8.

SUMMARY

AND CONCLUSIONS The following are the recommended settings for the Division I and 11 second-level undervoltage relays :

The results summarized below are applicable for normal and accident operating conditions, for the existing Analytical Limit of 3820 V. It should be noted that the field setpoint value is required to be revised per this calculation .

Calculated Values Summary Description Div . I / 11 V at relay Div . 1/ 11 (4.16kV equiv.)

SPc (DO) 110 .5 3866 SPc (PU) 111 .1 3885 AV(Diewo-wer 1110.0 13851 AV pper 51105 13881 Max. 111 .3 3895 Max. PU 111 .9 3915 Section 522)

NOTE: Pickup (PU) is 99.5% of Dropout (DO) (see The delay setting for the relay was the not analyzed in this calculation nor was it intended to be. Thus, the delay of the relay should be set to same value as previously required per the Dresden Unit 2 Technical Specifications (Reference 6.8), which is 7 seconds .

Please utilize the Instruction Bulletin I.B. 7.4.1 .7-7, Issue D (Reference 6.9) when setting the relay since the setpoints and setpoint terminology in this calculation are based on this instruction bulletin Calibration Summary The calibration information used to support the results of this calculation is defined below. In addition, the field calibration setpoint and expanded tolerances are identified .

Calibration Setpoint / Allowable Value (for Dropout (DO)) :

EPN Parameter Process Units 127-3(4)-B311 Field Calibration Setpoint 2: 110.5 V 12WOY13311 Allowable Value - Lower 2: 110 .0 V Allowable Value - Upper :5 110 .9 V Calibration Frequency, Setting Tolerances and Expanded Tolerances :

Surveillance Interval Setting Tolerance Expanded Tolerance Channel Calibration 18 months +/- 0.2 V +/- 035 V The values calculated above are dependent on the relays being calibrated with a Fluke 45, set on medium rate, to read the voltage at the relay, in the 300 Vac range. Use of other M&TE is only permitted if it is analyzed to be of equal or better accuracy than the Fluke 45 .

ATTACHMENT A DIT DR-SPED-0685-00 Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : A Page Al of A27

-0 A SARGENT i LUNDY ' DESIGN INFORMATION TRANSMITTAL 1141111111121L .

1: SAFETY-RELATED NON-SAFETY-RELATED DIT No -

C th c to Page of CLIENT -

STATION u2R 6 SPEAAJ UNIT(S) - To 40 PROJECT NO(S) . gg-,, -i -7 1 SUBJECT /76 7 A/ (:,,A1PEe v.0 &7,A 6 6 RELAY A&D Pf W.,V rIA 4~

ZWKSKAGWER 16TWIC4& DATA MODIFICATION OR DESIGN CHANGE NUMBERM) 5! K . SAW WED .4 2-3-"92 Preparer (Please Print names Division Preparer's signature Issue date STATUS OF INFORMATION (This information is approved for use. Design information . approved for use.

that contains assumptions or is preliminary or requires further verification (review) shall be so identified .)

APPROVED FOR U'SE IDENTIFICATION OF THE SPECIFIC DESIGN INFORMATION TRANSMITTED AND PURPOSE OF ISSUE (List any supporting documents attached to DIT by as title, revision and/or issue date, and total number of pages for each supporting document .)

C 12E - 33 0 / 5g . 3 Rriv, 12-E - 33 3 4. Rev. k R0 76A1 7-1,44- 7-,64A,4.TF04A46Ae (Pr) AND WE -IIS41, 4W, z in, Ab 17 274J UV D&C V6 1-r~a AtEl-Ay 12- 6 -334-6 -SV - z REV, AF S01=#GEAR PePPaM 4. 0,4 -rA

5#eer(AAa,c 0 roe spca, v-2QS D965DEAI t1kt7- 3 rEeW,

-3, 2- ,ABLE 3. z, 9 MIAlbR- 10,LAAir 0-HAAICE JSGSIGA,/

Z - q7017 , Ml  ; 0 , .DATED yWOF

. 26, /?1/ ()'V/7- 3 .

COR FA1V1~5LJRA.1A4C-AJVL. & OWES` QVISM471TV SOURCE OF INFORMATION CaIc . no . Report no .

Rev. and/or date Rev. and/or date Other DISTRIBUTION ES IRAfs - 00t 1477 0,v1C-1,,1A L 6; 15-.D R );4SCA; 21 K . Yip 21 16~

P913A (112) 0140 F3 Calculation No .

Revision Attachment :

Page A2

MINOR PLANT CHANGE DESIGN PACKAGE FOR COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY DRESDEN STATION UNIT 3 REPLACEMENT OF SECOND LEVEL UNDERVOLTAGE RELAYS MODIFICATION June 26, 1991 Calculatio n No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

A Page A3 of A27

E IGNINPUT REQUIREMENTS - TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Description Page 1 .0 DESIGN INPUT REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 .1 BASIC FUNCTIONS TO BE PERFORMED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 .2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 .3 CODES, STANDARDS, REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS,

• AND QA REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 .4 DESIGN CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 .5 DESIGN LOADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 .6 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 .7 SEISMIC QUALIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 .8 ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 .9 INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 .10 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 .11 STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 .12 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 .13 LAYOUT AND ARRANGEMENT REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . 6 1 .14 OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS . . . . . : .' . : . . 6 1 .15 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . 7 1 .16 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CHANGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1 .17 FSAR/UFSAR CHANGES .. . . . . 7 1 .18 REDUNDANCY, DIVERSITY, ~AND SEPARATIO" REQUIREMENTS . . . . . 7 1 .19 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1 .20 TEST, NDE, AND WELDING REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1 .21 ACCESSIBILITY, MAINTENANCE, REPAIR, AND ISI . . . . . . . . . 8 1 .22 RISK TO HEALTH AND SAFETY OF THE PUBLIC . . . . 8 1 .23 SUITABILITY OF PARTS, EQUIPMENT, PROCESSES, AND MATERIALS . . 8 1 .24 PERSONNEL SAFETY . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 8 1 .25 CATHODIC PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS " . . . . . . . . . . 9 1 .26 INDUSTRY EXPERIENCE (SER/SOER KEYWORD INDEX) . . . . . . . . 9 1 .27 STANDARD INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . 10 1 .28 STANDARD STATION INSTALLATION PROCEDURES ~ANO QC PROCEDURES 10 1 .29 ENGINEERING CHECKLISTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 1 .29 .1 SYSTEM INTERACTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 1 .29 .2 ACCEPTANCE TESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 1 .29 .3 ALARA . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 1 .29 .4 ENVIRONMENTAL QUALIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 1 .29.5 FIRE PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 2 .0 WALKDOWNS 2 .1 DESIGNER'S WALKDOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 2 .2 INSTALLER'S WALKOOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 3 .0 CONCEPTUAL DESIGN DOCUMENTS . . . . . . 12 4 .0 NOTES FROM CONCEPTUAL DESIGN . PROJECT REVIEW KICKOFF MEETING . . . 12 5 .0 SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT OR MASTER EQUIPMENT LIST . . . . . . . . 12 6 .0 COMPONENT CLASSIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 7 .0 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 8 .0 PROCUREMENT DOCUMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 8 .1 BILL OF MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 8 .2 EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 8 .3 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 8 .4 EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 8 .5 PURCHASE ORDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : A Page A4 of A27

9 . OA AC/DC LOAD TICKETS . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 9 .08 ELECTRICAL PROTECTIVE DEVICE SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 10 .0 ENGINEERING DESIGN EVALUATION (QP 3-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 11 .0 REFERENCE TO CONFIRMATORY ANALYSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 11 .1 CALCULATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 11 .2 TECHNICAL REPORTS . . . . . . . . . . 14 11 .3 STRESS REPORTS/OVERPRESSURE PROTECTION REPORT* .* .* * ' . . . 14 11 .4 COMPUTER 1/0 LISTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 12 .0 ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 12 .1 ENGINEERING CHECKLISTS 12 .2 WALKDOWN CHECKLIST 12 .3 ENC-QE-12 .1 FORMS 12 .4 NOTES OF CONCEPTUAL DESIGN REVIEW KICKOFF MEETING/CONCEPTUAL DESIGN SKETCHES 12 .5 LOAD TICKETS Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : A Page _ A5 of A27

W .R . No . : D-97546/D-97547 Rev . : 0 Date : June 26, 1991 Page I 1 .0 DESIGN- INPUT REQUIREMENTS 1 .1 PERFOROKED The basic function to be performed by this modification is to replace the existing second level undervoltage relays Type ITE-27D connected to the Class IE 4 .16-kV Buses 33-1 and 34-1 with Type ITE-27N .

1 .2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS The performance requirement is for the second level degraded voltage protection scheme relays for the Class IE 4 .16-kV Buses 33-1 and 34-1 to be able to reset (once it drops out) when the system voltage recovers to an acceptable level within the time delay setting . This can be achieved by replacing the existing ITE-270 with ITE-27N relays .

1 .3 CODES, STANDARDS, REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND OA REQUIREMENTS The codes and standards listed below will be used as guidelines for this modification . Some portions of the minor plant change may not be designed or procured according to these, but the design will conform to them whenever practical .

Co dde andAd A) ANSI C37 .90 Relay and Relay System Associated with Electric Power Apparatus .

8) ANSI C37 .90A Guide for Surge Withstand Capability .

C) ANSI C37 .98-1978 Standard Seismic Testing of Relays .

0) ANSI N45 .2-1971 or Quality Assurance Program NQA-1 (1986) Requirements for Nuclear

(*1977 ; 1983) Facilities .

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : A Page M of A27

W .R . No . : D-97546/D-91547 Rev . . 0 Date : June 26, 1991 Page 2 E) ANSI N45 .2 .2-1978 Packaging, Shipping,

(*1972)

Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants .

• IEEE-308-1980 Criteria for Class lE

(*1911) Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations .

G) *IEEE-323-1983 Standard for Qualifying Class

(*1974) lE Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations .

H) *IEEE-344-1975 Recommended Practices for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E Equipment .

I) 10 CFR 21 Reporting of Defects and Noncompliance .

J) 10 CFR 50, App . A General Design Criteria .

K) 10 CFR 50, App . B Quality Assurance .

l) 10 CFR 50 .49 Environmental Qualification of Electrical Equipment Important to Safety for Nuclear Power Plants .

M) Specification K4080 General Work Specification for Rev . 2 Maintenance/Modification Work .

N) Specification Equipment Qualification 13524-068-N102, Rev . 3 Specification (by Bechtel) .

0) DC-SE-002-DR, Rev . 2 Dresden Seismic Design Criteria .

P) Specification Bechtel Radiation Study 13524-068-N101, Rev . 1 Q) Nuclear Station Work Procedures (NSWP),

Vol . III, Rev . 1 2

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : A Page A7 of A27

w .R . No . : D-97546/D-91547 Rev . . 0 Date : June 26, 1991 Page 3 R) CECo Electrical Installation Standard (EIS), Rev . 2 Note : An asterisk (*) designates a code or standard to which Commonwealth Edison Company (CECo) has committed Dresden Station, Unit 3 . The revision committed to is not necessarily the same one as is to be used in the design of this modification .

1 .4 DESIGN CONDITIONS The Type ITE-27N relays shall operate under all plant operating conditions and in the environmental conditions given in Section 1 .6 . The ITE-27N relays will be purchased with an internal harmonic filter to' eliminate harmonic distortion in the ac input circuit .

The ITE-27N relay has a lower pickup voltage/dropout ,

voltage ratio, which allows the relay to reset (once it drops out) when the system voltage recovers to an acceptable level . Thus, avoiding unnecessary tripping of the off-site power source and transferring of the Class lE 4 .16-kV buses to the on-site diesel generators . See also Section 1 .12 for electrical design conditions .

1 .5 DESIGN LOADS The new ITE-27N relays are the same size as the existing ITE-27D relays . There is no significant change in structural loading of the panels where the relays will be installed . Structural loads (i .e .,

seismic and dead weight) have been evaluated for this modification and found acceptable (see also Sections 1 .7 and 1 .11) . The new relay has an input circuit at 0 .5 VA/120 Vac and a control circuit at 0 .05 A/125 Vdc which are less than 1 .2 VA/120 Vac and 0 .08/125 Vdc for the existing relay . The new relays will have no significant thermal heat contribution to the area where they will be located .

ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS The existing Dresden, Unit 3 second level undervoltage relays are mounted in Panels 2253-83 and 2253-84 .

Each panel contains two undervoltage relays . These panels are associated with and located just behind Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : A Page A8 of A27

W .R . No . : 0-97546/D-97547 Rev . . 0 Date : June 26, 1991 Page 4 4160-kV Switchgear Buses 33-1 and 34-1, respectively .

These switchgears and panels are located on elevation 545-6" of the Unit 3 Reactor Building . This area is Environmental Zone 26 . The environmental parameters (based on E . Q . Binder 440 and Bechtel Specification 13524-068-N101, Rev . 1) were determined for the present locations of these undervoltage relays as presented below :

Parameter Normal LOCA Temperature 104'F 104 " F Pressure 14 .7 psia 14 .7 psia Humidity <90% 100% (non-condensing)

Radiation <1 .OE04 Duration 40 years 1 year Further detailed reviews (based on distances from radiation sources) have determined that Core Spray Pipe 1404-12" is the relevant radiation source for all the panel locations . Comparison of the distances of each panel from this pipe provided the one-year post Loss Of Coolant Accident (LOCA) doses as shown in the following :

Distance From Panel No . Pipe 1404-12" Dose raW 2253-83 18 feet 3 .5E04 (mild) 2253-84 43 feet l .QE04 (mild)

Panels 2253-83 and 2253-84 are subject to the effects of an RWCU line break at this location . This area is considered to be a harsh environment in the event of an RWCU line break . However, per EQ binder 440, the second level undervoltage relay is not required to mitigate the consequences of an RWCU line break (Bechtel Chron 13303 and MLEA Calc . No . 88011-03, dated 11/15/88) . CECo is currently evaluating environmental status of the second level undervoltage relays .

1 .7 SEISMIC QUALIFICATION The seismic information contained in ABB Certification Report No . RC-5039-A (submitted for Modification M12-3-89-53) was compared against the seismic requirements for the location of the relays in each Calculatio n No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : A Page A9 of A27

W .R . No . : D-97546/D-97547 Rev . : 0 Date : June 26, 1991 Page 5 subject panel . The Seismic Design Criteria DC-SE-002-OR (Rev . 2) provides the response spectra damping values and seismic design requirements for the Dresden Station . The results of this review is that the ITE-27N relays, purchased to the ABB Report mentioned above, do indeed envelop the seismic requirements for this location and the relays would, therefore, maintain their functional ability during and after a seismic event (Reference Calculation CQD-051325, Rev . 1) .

1 .8 ENVIRONMENTAL OUALIFICATIONS The new relays will be installed in the same location within Panels 2253-83 and 2253-84 . For a LOCA condition, Panels 2253-83 and 2253-84 are considered to be in a mild environment . For a HELB condition, specifically a RWCU line break, these panels are considered to be in a harsh environment . But, second undervoltage relays are not required to mitigate the consequences of a RWCU line break . Therefore, the second level undervoltage relays do not require environmental qualifications .

1 .9 INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS This modification is limited to the second level undervoltage protection of the Class IE 4 .16-kV Buses 33-1 and 34-1 . No other plant system is impacted .

This modification will increase the reliability of the second level undervoltage protection by using ITE-27N relays, which have a lower pickup voltage/dropout voltage ratio .

1 .10 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS In addition to the ABB ITE-27N undervoltage relays, the following materials are required for this modification :

a) Terminal lugs for #14 AWG SIS wires .

b) Switchboard wires, #14 AWG, and 600-V Type SIS .

5 Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : A Page A10 of A27

W .R . No . : D-97546/D-97547 Rev . : 0 Date : June 26, 1991 Page 6 1 .11 STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS The impact of replacing the second level undervoltage relays on Panels 2253-83 and 2253-84 have been seismically evaluated (see Section 1 .7 above) . The new relays provide no significant change to the structural loading of the subject panels . Therefore, the design capabilities of the structures are not affected .

1 .12 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS This modification does not change the existing design and electrical function of the second level undervoltage relays .

The new undervoltage relays shall meet the following specifications :

Detailed Description :

Type : ABB ITE-27N (High Accuracy Undervoltage Protective Relay)

Control Voltage : 125 Vdc (Nominal)

Input Voltage : 125 Vac (Nominal), Single-Phase Input Frequency : 60 Hz Case : Test Case Mounting Semi-Flush Operating Time : Definite Time Delay Unit (Dropout Range I to 10 Seconds)

Harmonic Filter : Yes Standards : Per IEEE-344 (1975) ANSI C37 .90 nd C37 .98 Catalog No . : 411T4375-HF 6

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : A Page All of A27

W .R . No . : D-97546/D-97547 Rev . . 0 Date : June 26, 1991 Page 7 Replacement relays will have the same settings as the existing relays . System Planning will issue the relay setting order and Electrical/Instrument and Control Group will review the relay setting order .

The Dresden Station Technical Specification, ELMS electrical design drawings, vendor supplied information, and field walkdowns are utilized to establish the necessary electrical parameters for the second level undervoltage relays .

1 .13 YOUT AND ARRANGEME T REOUIREMENIS The outline dimensions and panel drilling for the new ITE-27N undervoltage relays are identical to the existing ITE-270 relays .

Therefore, there will be no additional layout arrangement, requirements .

1 .14 OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS The plant operational requirements are not changed by th,s modification .

The second level undervoltage relays are required to protect Class 1E 4 .16-kV Buses 33-1 and 34-1 against a degraded voltage condition . The relays are required to initiate a timer (five-minute time delay setting) if a degraded voltage condition persists (see Tech .

Spec . Table 3 .2 .2) . After the delay, the relays actuate associated circuits to trip off-site power source breakers, initiate load shedding and start the diesel generators . The relays are also required to be able to reset when the line voltage recovers to an acceptable level within the time delay setting. Thus, overriding unnecessary tripping of off-site power source breaker, load-shedding and starting of the diesel generator.

1 .15 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS There are no additional instrumentation and control requirements since this modification does not change the function or logic circuitry of the second level undervoltage protection scheme .

7 Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : A Page A12 of A27

W .R . No . : 0-97546/0-97541 Rev . . 0 Date : June 26, 1991 Page 8 1 .16 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CHANGES This modification does not change any set points or time delay settings for the existing undervoltage protection scheme . The new relay has a drop out tolerance of +/- 0 .5% which is bounded by the existing relay tolerance of +/- 2% . This tolerance is stated in Table 3 .2 .2 of the Technical Specification . The lower reset voltage is an internal characteristic of the new undervoltage relay . Therefore, no changes to the Technical Specifications are required as result of this, modification . The Dresden station, Unit 3, Technical Specifications, Sections 3 .2 and 3 .9, and Table 3 .2 .2 were reviewed in making this determination .

1 .17 FSARZUFSAR CHANGES This modification does not require changes to the Dresden Station, Unit 3 Final Safety Analy is Report (FSAR)/Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR) .

The FSAR/UFSAR, Section 8 .2 .3 .1 . was reviewed in making this determination .

1 .18 REDUNDANCY . DIVERSITY . AND SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS The redundancy, diversity, and separation requirements for the Class lE 4 .16-kV Buses 33-1 (Division I) and 34-1 (Division II) are not affected by this modification .

1 .19 FAILURE MODES AND EFFECTS REQUIREMENTS This modification will reduce the probability of inadvertent tripping of the Class 1E 4 .16-kV buses off-site power source when the system voltage is at an acceptable level, and thus minimize unnecessary load shedding and starting of the diesel generators . No other failure effects are changed by this modification .

8 Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : A Page A13 of A27

W .R . No . : D-97546/D-97547 Rev . . 0 Date : June 26, 1991 Page 9 1 .20 TEST, NDE . AND WELDING REQUIREMENTS CECo and SQL will define the applicable tests and the acceptance criteria for the tests . The new undervoltage relays are required to be tested per CECo Test Procedure DOS 6600-09 . This test declares the relays operable after the implementation of this modification . There are no NDE or welding requirements .

1 .21 ACCESSIBILITY . MAINTENANCE . REPAIR AND ISI This modification does not affect or change the accessibility for maintenance, repair, and in-service inspection of the undervoltage relays .

1 .22 RISK TO HEALTH A NO SAFETY OF THE PUBLIC This modification will not increase the risk to the health and safety of the puLlic .

1 .23 SUITABILITY OF PARTS , EQUIPMENT.PROCESSES, AND MATERIALS All components used for this modification shall be compatible with the existing design and shall comply with the requirements in Sections 1 .2, 1 .6, 1 .7, 1 .8, 1 .9, 1 .10, and 1 .12 .

1 .24 PERSONNEL SAFETY No special personnel safety requirements exist for installing this modification . Standard precautions for working on electrical equipment are considered adequate for this project . No hazardous materials (e .g ., asbestos) are to be used .

1 .25 CATHODIC PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS Cathodic protection is not required for this modification since no new metal pipes or structures are being added .

9 Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 044 Attachment : A Page A14 of A27

W .R . No . : D-97546/D-97547 Rev . . 0 Date : June 26, 1991 Page 10 1 .26 INDUSTRY EXPERIENCE fSER/SOER KEYWORK INDEX)

After the degraded system voltage events at the Millstone Unit 2 Nuclear Plant in 1976, the Nuclear Regulatory Commission concluded that system design alone does not ensure the adequacy of the off-site power supply, and therefore, undervoltage relaying schemes should be installed on the system to protect against the possibility of degraded system voltage .

Experience with the added protection system over the past 10 years has revealed some problems in scheme logic and application that caused loss of the off-site power supply . The following is a brief review of one of these occurrences :

On August 1, 1983, the Monticello Nuclear Generating Plant experienced an actuation of the degraded voltage protection system .

The plant was operating at rated power .

The saf .ay buses were running at 95 .2% of nominal bus voltage . This is 1 .8% higher than the degraded voltage protection system setpoint . During this time, a large safety-related pump motor was started . The voltage dip from starting the motor caused the voltage to drop below the degraded voltage protection system's setpoint . This activated the undervoltage relay and initiated the time intended to allow the protection system override such motor starting events . After the motor started, the voltage at the bus recovered to about 95% of bus nominal voltage, the same voltage level prevailing before the motor starting event . This, however, did not allow the undervoltage relay to reset at a higher level than the voltage of the buses even prior to the motor starting (95 .8X) . This actuated the degraded voltage protection system . This event suggested that the undervoltage relay reset characteristics have not been carefully considered in analyzing the system or selecting the hardware . In this Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

A Page A15 of A27

W .R . No . : 0-97546/D-97547 Rev . : 0 Date : June 26, 1991 Page 11 case, the relay reset point is 2 .6% higher than the trip setpoint . This would' require that the bus voltage be maintained at a level 2 .6% higher than the relay setpoint to prevent inadvertent loss of off-site power .

This modification is being initiated to prevent a similar occurrence at the Dresden Station, Unit 3 .

1 .27 STANDARD INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS Installation work for this modification will be performed in accordance with the CECo's EIS, General Work Specification K4080, and Asea Brown Boveri Instruction Manual for ITE-27N relays .

1 .28 STANDARD STATION INSTALLATION PRCEDUR "SAND OC PROCEDURE standard Station Installation and QC Procedures will be used for this modification .

1 .29 ENGINEERING CHECKLISTS Attachment 12 .1 contains the following engineering checklists required by Procedure ENC-QE-06 .

1 .29 .1 System Interaction The Nuclear Engineering Department (NED)

Procedure ENC-QE-06 .2, Exhibit A, "System Interaction Checklist," was used to evaluate system interactions that might be created by the installation of use of this minor plant change and, therefore, must be considered in its design . Input for this evaluation was taken from the Dresden Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR), Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR), applicable station drawings, vendor information, and walkdown information . There are no system interactions that must be accounted for .

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : A Page _ A16 of A27

W .R . No . : D-97546JD-97547 Rev . . 0 Date : June 26, 1991 Page 12 1 .29 .2 Acceptance Testing The NED Procedure QE-06 .4, Exhibit A, "Modification Acceptance Testing Checklist," was used to evaluate the testing requirements . The testing requirements are described in the Summary of Testing Acceptance Criteria . Input for this evaluation is from the documents used as the guidance for writing the test procedures and other references listed in the Summary of Testing Acceptance Criteria .

1 .29 .3 ALARA The NED Procedure ENC-QE-06 .5, Exhibits A, 8, and C, "ALARA Review Checklist," was used to evaluate the ALARA requirements for this minor plant change . Input for this evaluation is from station personnel, Radiation Zone Maps, Regulatory Guide 8 .8, and the modification description .

The radiological impact of this minor plant change is minimal . Therefore, a formal ALARA plan is not required and that standard radiological control procedures may be followed .

1 .29 .4 Environmental Oualificatio The NED Procedure ENC-QE-06 .6, Exhibit A, "Equipment Environmental Qualification Flowchart Checklist" was used to evaluate the environmental qualification requirements for this minor plant change . Input for this evaluation is from Bechtel's Specification 13524-068-N102 and Dresden Station UFSAR .

Relays are located in a mild environment for a LOCA accident . For a HELB accident, relays are located in a harsh environment, but are not required for operation .

Calculatio n No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : A Page A17 of A27

W .R . No . : 0-97546/D-97541 Rev . . 0 Date : June 26, 1991 Page 13 1 .29 .5 Fire Protection The NED Procedure ENC-QE-06.7, Exhibit A, "Fire Protection Review Checklist," was used to evaluate the fire protection and safe shutdown requirements for this minor plant change . The Fire Protection System in the surrounding area where the undervoltage relays are located are not required to be modified as a result of this minor plant change . No other fire protection or safe shutdown concerns were identified .

2 .0 WALKIDOWNS 2 .1 Designer's Wa lkd-Qwn The Designer's Walkdown was performed on April 26, 1991, to confirm and provide input for the detailed design of this minor plant change . The Designer's Walkdown Checklist is included as an attachment .

2 .2 Installer's Walkdown The Installer's Walkdown has been performed on June 4, 1991, to verify constructability of this minor plant change . The Installer's Walkdown Checklist will be included in the Minor Plant Change Design .

3 .0 CONCEPTUAL DESIGN DOCUMENTS Conceptual design sketches of the second level undervoltage protection scheme for Class lE 4 .16-kV Buses 33-1 and 34-1 are included as an attachment . The sketches include schematic, wiring, and single line diagrams .

The notes from the Project Kickoff meeting and photographs taken during the Designer's Walkdown are included as an attachment .

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : A Page A18 of A27

W .R . No . : D-97546/D-97547 Rev . : 0 Date : June 26, 1991 Page 14 5 .0 SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT OR MASTER EQUIPMENT LIST The new second level undervoltage relays' for the Class 1E 4 .16-kV Buses 33-1 and 34-1 are classified as safety-related . The Master Equipment list should be updated to include the device numbers for the new relays . the Master Equipment List Update Form (Exhibit C, ENCAE-12 .1) is included as an attachment .

6 .0 COMPONENT ChAS_SIFIOATI The new second level undervoltage relays are classified as safety-related . The Classification of Component Form (Exhibit B, ENC-QE-12 .1) is included as an attachment .

7 .0 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES Installation work for this minor plant change shall be performed in accordance with the CECo EIS and standard procedures for safety-related work .

8 .0 PROCUREMENT DOCUMENTS 8 .1 8i11s of Mater ial No Bill of Material is required for this minor plant change .

8 .2 Equipment Specifications No equipment specifications are required for this minor plant change .

8 .3 Material Specifications No material specifications are required for this Minor Plant Change .

8 .4 Equipment Requirements Schedules (ERS)

Materials other than the protective relays required for this minor plant change are specified in the ERS .

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 .,

Attachment : A Page A19 of A27

W.R . No . : D-97546/0-97547 Rev . . 0 Date : June 26, 1991 Page 15 8 .5 Purchase Orders Purchase orders for the undervoltage relays have been issued by CECo to the appropriate manufacturer .

9 .OA ACIDC LOADS Input load tickets have been completed to reflect the new model number (ITE-27N) and are included as an attachment (see attachments) .

9 .OB ELECTRICAL PROTECTIVE DEVICE SETTINGS System Planning will issue the relay setting order and CECo .

Electrical/Instrument and Control group will review the relay setting order. New relays will have the same settings . ' '

10 .0 ENGINEERING DESIGN ALUATION (OP 3-1)

The design documents for this minor plant change have been reviewed in accordance with Quality Procedures 3 .1 .

11 .0 REFERENCE TO CONFIRMATORY ANALYSES 11 .1 Calculations Seismic Qualification Calculation No . CQD-051325 .

11 .2 Technical ReDOrt There are no Technical Reports prepared for this minor plant change .

11 .3 Stress Reports/OverpresSure Protection Report This minor plant change does not require a Stress Report or Overpressure Protection Report .

11 .4 Computer I/0 Listings No Computer I/0 Listings were generated for this minor plant change .

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : A Page A20 of A27

W .R . No . : D-97546/D-97547 Rev . : 0 Date : June 26, 1991 Page 16 12 .0 AIVICHRIEWS Approved by : Date :

REO :kdf WDQC1834 .EP Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : A Page A21 of A27

I ALMS)

,LUNDy ELECTRICAL LOAD MCNI TORING SYSTEM j

SAFETY RELATED DC LOAD DATA FORM PAGE OF YES NO (:1 UTILITY' ----------- STATION :__ 1A ... ... .. .. UNIT_',__ . PROJ . NO .

i DESCRIPTION NOTES INRUSH CURRENT AMPS INRUSH DURATION SECONDS CMMMWS~LM---CURRWM AMPS t),-1577 )Q,on, INE IME n SOURCE BUS OR PANEL

= SYSTEM CODE n~MOOIFICATION NUMBER nICABLE NUMBER SOURCE OF DATA EXCEPT AS NOTED :

Mode I ABE6 I T E: 11 N CAT . No. 1411T4315 -NF F-r om ABG

~J.. SSt++~.

C011401 '1jpt.+ Cureer'+= .06 Amps, 0444-)

I I DATA FORM PREPARATION DATA ENTRY INTO (ELMS)

DATE PRUAR9 _ REVIEWER . DATE REV PREPARER REVIEWER F 10688 08-86-K Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : A Page A22 of A27

13ARGEW &LUNDY[ ELECTRICAL LOAD MONITORING SYSTEM (ELMS)

SAFETY RELATED DC LOAD DATA FORM PACE_ A_ OF _y YES (9 NO (:1 UTILITY --C.Eq .FL ------------ STATION .__ Dre%a~ey%. . . . . . . . . . . UN I T ._ PROJ . NO. -QpRjQw DESCRIPTION DATA NOTES tnAo STAM ts 0 Ovip.

INRUSH CURRENT - AMPS INRUSH DURATION - SECONDS NuoiGums twaxwwam. Amps ,

SOURCE BUS OR PANEL CODE _ ""

SYSTEM Allow MODIFICATION NUMBER CABLE NUMBER SOURCE OF DATA EXCEPT AS NOTED :

ode ABB ITE- 0170 CA'r . No. q11T43"7S-HF From A196 ASOWL&O"

-Clsswe 10 cor%4ro 1i Inpvf Cvrrt-j-b c P.VT .4MPs tM&Y .)

DATA FORM PREPARATION I DATA ENTRY INTO (ELMS)

DATE PREPAWRE REVIEWER REV. 1 DATE I PREPARIER REVIEME ]REV .,

IMIN F I jjn, ()A-Af; , K Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : A Page A23 of A27

[ sARQEMUNBY' ELECTRICAL LOAD MONITORING SYSTEM (ELMS)

SAFETY RELATED DC LOAD DATA FORM PAGE _1__ OF YES No UTILITY -_Caot ....... . . .. . STATION :__ . . . . . . . . . . . UN I T PRGJ . NO . _1!00 1 TER DESCRIPTION I DATA NOTE INRUSH MOIRENT - AWPS INRUSH DURATION - SE IFIFIT prTrANWIT SOURCE BUS OR PANEL 011-111rinmr-.1

'SYSTEM CODE MWIFICATION NUWKR CABLE NUMBER soss-so SOURCE OF DATA EXCEPT AS NOTED:

ii.

'M o 4 ,c 1 A-;B !T E 7-7 C 4'r- No . 41 IT43 -75 H4::-

From Mdwak Ig -7. y, l.1-1 C*-+r*1 -T"gtx+ CArfe,-.+ = 0,o S Awfs (Aitir)

DATA FORM PREPARATION DATA ENTRY INTO (ELMS)

DATE PREP ARfR REYIEVER REV . GATE PREPARER REVIEWER IMIN IMIN i~r~r~r~

~

IMIN

~ ~~

f -I 10688 08=86-K Calculation No . 8982 19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : ------

Page A24 of A27

RUNDy ELECTRICAL LOAD MONITORING SYSTEM (ELMS) ummmum-6 SAFETY RELATED DC LOAD DATA FORM PAGE OF YES g NO C3 UTILITY :_j;5Cj42 ----------- STATION-__ _k~t5Slevj . . . . . . . . . . UNIT : 3__. PROJ .NO .

DESCRIPTION DATA NOTES INRUSH CURRENT - ALPS IWWSWH DURATION SECONDS Aws 0.

LOW, SOURCE BUS OR PANEL SYSTEM CODE MODIFICATION NUMBER' CABLE NU~+

~SOURCE OF DATA EXCEPT AS NOTED :

fAvae 1 4 ArB6 7: T E, -70 W CAT. No. 11117q31 .5 - HF Fr o w% egg 'xvs4r, Lj jo q Manwe .i2 I3 7,41-1.7-7 Coyrifo I ZnPwt C -reen't o5' AMP'S (M,-, x.

DATA FORM PREPARATION DATA ENTRY INTO (ELMS)

DATE PREPARER REVIEWER REV . DATE PREPARER T- REVIEVIER .

REV F10688 0806-K Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : A Page A25 of A27

K-ZiH I ,- L i .u 6r or"oea Unn- 2 a daca i=lcoaie columns WITCHCEAR DAI'A, C ., nL . 1200 A 2000 A 3000 A H . Percentage :f water absorbed in bus sup-x porcs per ASTM Test D570 (plastic) at

. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 05 grart~s 1 . Minimum clearance between buses :

a . Phase-co-phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (inches) - 4 .5 b . Phase-ro-ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (inches) -3 .0 J . Bus spacing cencer-to-center . . . . . (inches) ___ 5 .0 K . Tap spacing cencer-to-conter .- -Jinches) 6 .0 -

L . Type and description of bus Joints .!

. Bolted Silver plated 1

M . Size and material of main bus . . . . . . . . . . . . AN7 um, .

I .

N . Size and material of ground bus . . . . . . . . . . 2 X 3 8 Copper Manufacturer Type 0 . Watthour meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

P . Circuit breaker control switch, . . . . . . . . . .

Q . Overcurrenc relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

R . Overcurrent ground relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

S . Undervoltage relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

T . Elapsed rime meter . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

U. Potential transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V . Current transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

W . Cubicle Space Heaters :

Watts per cubicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., . . .

Voltage rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9 . BUS DUCT ASSEMBLIES (Furnish information for both indoor and outdoor designs, where difrerent) :

A . High potential withstand test at factory on assembied structure :

60-cycle (I ininuce) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (k 19 Calculation No . 8982-17-1.9-2 Revision 004 Attachment : A Page A26 of - A27

DRESDEN III OPA-25 Amendment No . 103 TA"8LE 3.2 .2 INSTRUMENTATION THAT INITIATES OR CONTROLS THE CORE AND CONTAINMENT COOLING SYSTEMS Min. No . of Operable Inst.

Channels per Trip . . System 1 Trip Level Setting Remarks (2) Reactor Law &1" (plus 4, minus 0 1. In conjunction with low reactor pressure Low Water level inches) above top of initiates Core spray and LPCI .

active fuel (5) 2. In conjunction with high dry-well pressure, 120 sec. time delay, and low pressure care Coaling interlock initiates auto tinwdown.

3. Initiates MPCI and SBGTS.

4. Initiates starting of diesel generators .

2 High Orywell Pressure Less than or equal to 1. Initiates cars spray LPCI . MPCI, and SBGTS.

(2) . (3) Z PSIG 2. In conjunction with low low water level 120 sec. Lima delay and low pressure core cooling interlock initiates auto blowoown.

3. Initiates starting of diesel generators .

1 Reactor Low Pressure Greater than or equal 1. Permissive for opening care spray and LPCI to 300 PSIG I: less admission valves .

than or equal to 2. In conjunction with low low reactor water 350 PSIG level initiates cars spray and LPCI .

1(4) Containment Spray Interlock Greater than or equal Prevents inadvertent operation of con-2/3 Core Height to 2/3 core height tainment spray during accident conditions .

2(4) Containment High Pressure Greater than or equal Prevents inadvertent operation of can-to 0.5 PSIG i less tainment spray during accident conditions .

than-or equal to 1 .5 PSIG 1 Timer Auto Slowdown less than or equal to In conjunction with low low reactor water 120 seconds Is" 1, high dry-well pressure and low pressure care cooling interlock initiates auto olowdown .

Low Pressure Core Cooling Greater than or equal ' Defers APR actuation pending confirmation of Pump Discharge Pressure to 50 PSIG i less tow pressure core cooling system operation .

than or equal 100 PSIG 218us 4 KV Loss of Voltage Trip on 2930 volts 1. Initiates starting of diesel generators .

Emergency Buses plus or minus 51 2. Permissive for starting ECCS pumps.

decreasing voltage . 3. Removes nonessential loads tram busts .

4. Trips emergency bus normal food breakers .

2 Sustained High Reactor Less than or equal to Initiates isolation condenser.

Pressure 1070 PSIG for 15 seconds 2/Bus Degraded Voltage on 4 KV Greater than or equal Initiates alarm and picks up time delay Emergency Buses to 3708 volts (equals relay. Diesel generator picks up load if 3784 volts less 2X War- degraded voltage not corrected after time once) after less than or delay.

equal to S minutes (plus 5% tolerance) with a 7 '

second (plus or minus 20X) inherent time delay Notes: (See neat page) 3/4.2-10 lation No . 8982-17-19-2 ion 004 Attachment : A Page A27 of A27

ATTACHMENT B Fluke 45 Dual Display Multimeter User's Manual, Appendix A Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

B Page BI of B12

FLUKE a Dual Display Multimeter Users Manual PN 855981 January 1989, Rev. 4, 7197 0

411 1999 Fluke CCorporation,

, Printed in USA product "names .trademarks .companies .

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : B Page _132 of B12

Appendix A Specifications Introduction Appendix A contains the specifications of the Fluke 45 Dual Display Multimeter.

These specifications assume :

" A 1-year calibration cycle

" An operating temperature of 18 OC to 28 OC (64 .4 OF to 82.4 OF)

" Relative humidity not exceeding 90 % (non-condensing) (70 % for 1,000 kJQ range Accuracy is expressed as +(percentage of reading + digits) .

Display Counts and Reading Rates Rate Readings per Second Full Range Display Counts Slow 2.5 99,999*

Medium 5 30,000 Fast 20 3,000 range will typically be 98,000 counts Reading RS-232 and IEEE-488 Transfer Rates Reading Per Second Rate Internal Trigger Internal Trigger Operation Print Mode Operation Operation (TRIGGER 1) (TRIGGER 4) (Print set at 1)

Slow 15 1.5 2.5 Medium 4.5 2.4 &0 Fast 15 18 13 .5 1 1 1 Response Times Refer to Section 4 for detailed information .

41 Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

B Page B3 of B12

45 Users Manual DC Voltage Range Resolution Accuracy Slow Medium Fast (6 Months) (1 Year) 300 mV - 10liv 100 uV 002%+2 0.025%+2 3V - 100 NV 1 mV 0.02%+2 0.025°10+2 30V - 1 mV 10 mV 0.02°10+2 0.025%+2 300 V - 10 mV 100 mV 0.02%+2 0.025%+2 1000 V - 100 mV 1 V 0.02%+2 0.025%+2 100 mV 1 NV - - 0.02%+6 0.025%+6 1000 mV 10 liv - - 0.02%+6 0.025%+6 10V 100pv - - 0.02%+6 0.025°10+6 100 V 1 mv - - 0.02%+6 0.025%+6 1000 V 10 mV - - 0.02%+6 0.025%+6 Input Impedance 10 Mt2 in parallel with X100 pF Note In the dual display mode, when the volts ac and volts dofunctions are selected, the 10 MD do input divider is in parallel with the 1 Md2 ac divider.

Normal Mode Rejection Ratio

>80 dB at 50 Hz or 60 Hz, slow and medium rates

>54 dB for frequencies between 50-440 Hz, slow and medium rates

>60 dB at 50 Hz, fast rate (Note: Fast rate has no filtering)

Maximum Allowable AC Voltage While Measuring DC Voltage or (AC + DC)

Voltages Range Max Allowable Peak AC Peak Normal Mode Signal Voltage NMRR* >80 dBt NMRR >60 dBt 300 mV 100 mV 15V 15V 15V 3V 1000 mV 15V 15V 15V 30V 10 V 1000 V 50 V 300 V 300 V 100 V 1000 V 50 V 300 V 1000V 1000V 1000 V 200 V 1000V

• NMRR is the Normal Mode Rejection Ratio t Normal Mode Rejection Ratio at 50 Hz or 60 Hz +/-0 .1 °10 Common Mode Rejection Ratio

>90 dB at do, 50 or 60 Hz, (1 kf1 unbalanced, medium and slow rates)

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : 13 Page 84 of 1312

Appendices Specifications Maximum Input 10{OV do or peak ac on any range True RMS AC Voitage, AC-Coupled Resolution Range Slow Medium Fast 300 mV - 10 iiv 100 pV 3V - 100PV 1 mV 30V - 1 mV 10 mV 300 V - 10 mV 100 mV 750 V - 100 mV 1V 100 mV 1 PV - -

1000 mV 10 PV - -

110V 100 pV - -

100V 1 mV - -

750 V 10 mV - -

Accuracy Linear Accuracy dB Accuracy Max Frequency Power' Input at Slow Medium Fast Slow/Mod Fast Upper Freq 20-50 Hz 1%+100 1%+10 7%+2 0.15 0.72 2%+10 750V 50 Hz-10 kHz 0.2%+100 0.2%+10 0.5%+2 0.08 0.17 0.4%+10 750V 10-20 kHz 0.5%+100 0 .5%+10 0.5%+2 0.11 0.17 1%+10 750V 20-50 kHz 2%+200 2%+20 2%+3 0.29 0.34 4%+20 400 V 50-100 kHz 5%+500 5%+50 5%+6 0.70 0.78 10%+50 200 V Error in power mode will not exceed twice the linear accuracy specification Accuracy specifications apply within the following limits, based on reading rate:

Slow Reading Rate: Between 15,000 and 99,999 counts (full range)

Medium Reading Rate: Between 1,500 and 30,000 counts (full range)

Fast Reading Rate: Between 150 and 3,000 counts (full range)

Decibel Resolution Resolution Slow & Medium I Fast 0 .01 dB 1 0.1 d13 A-3 Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

B Page B5 of B12

45 Users Manual Decibel Reference Resistance 8000 S2 500 S2 124 S2 8 at 1200 S2 300 S2 110a 4 at 1000 S2 250 Sb 93Q 20t 900Q 11500 75Q 800 S2 1350 50 S2 600 S2* 1250 160t

• Default resistance t Reading displayed in watts (POWER)

Input Impedance i M(I in parallel with 60 dB at 50 Hz or 60 Hz (1 kf2 unbalanced medium rate)

Maximum Input 750 V nns, 1000 V peak 2 X 107 Volt-Hertz product on any range, normal mode input 1 x 106 Volt-Hertz product on any range, common mode input (AC + DC) Voltage Accuracy Total Measurement Error will not exceed the sum of the separate ac and do accuracy specifications, plus 1 display count . Refer to the table under "Maximum Allowable AC Voltage while Measuring DC Voltage or (AC + DC) Voltages" located on page A3.

Note When measuring ac dc, (or any dual display combination ofac and dc) in

+

thefast reading rate, the Fluke 45 may show significant reading errors.

This results from a lack offiltering on the do portion ofthe measurement for thefast reading rate. To avoid this problem, use only the "slow" and "medium" reading ratesfor ac + do or ac and do combinations.

Maximum Frequency of AC Voltage Input While Measuring AC Current When the meter makes ac current and ac voltage measurements using the dual display, the maximum frequency of the voltage input is limited to the maximum frequency of the current function . For example, if you are making an ac current measurement on the 10 A range, the maximum frequency of the voltage input must be less than 2 kHz.

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

B Page B6 of B12

Appendices Specifications DC Current Resolution Burden Range Accuracy Voltage Slow Medium Fast 30 nmwA 1 pA 10 NA 055%.+3 0 .45 V 100 mA 101iA 100 NA 0.05%+2 1 .4 V 10A - 1 mA 10rnA 0.2%+5 0 .25V 10 MA 100 nA 0.05%+ 0 .14V 100 mA 1 PA 50 .05%+5 1 .4 V 10A 100pk 0.2%+7 0 .25V

• Typical at full range Maximum Input To be used in protected, low energy circuits only, not to exceed 250 V or 4800 Volt-Amps. (IEC 664 Installation Category H.)

mA 300 mA dc or ac rms. Protected with a 500 mA, 25OV, IEC 127-sheet 1, fast blow fuse A 10 A dc or ac ims continuous, or 20 A dc or ac rms for 30 seconds maximum.

Protected with a 15 Aq 250 N% lOQOO A interrupt rating, fast blow fuse.

Note Resistance between the COM binding post and the meter's internal measuring circuits is approximately . 003 d2 AC Current Resolution Burden Range Voltage Slow Medium Fast 10 mA 100 nA 114 V 30 mA - 1 NA 10 NA 0 .45 V lOOrnA 1 IjA lOpA 100 IjA 1 .4 V 10A 100PA lama 0. 25 V 4 range

• 5 Calculation No . 8982-17-112 Revision 004

Attachment:

B Page 87 of 812

45 Users Manual Accuracy Accuracy Range Frequency Slow Medium Faso mA (To 100 mA) 20-50 Hz 2%+100 2%+10 7%+2 mA (To 100 mA) 50 Hz-10 kHz 0.5%+100 0.5%+10 0.8%+2 mA (To 100 mA) 10 -20 kHz 2%+200 2%+20 2%+3 A (1-10A) 20-50 Hz 2%+100 2%+10 7%+2 A(1-10A) 50 Hz-2 kHz 1 %+100 1%+10 1 .3%+2 A (0 .5 to 1 A) 20-50 Hz 2%+300 2%+30 7%+4 A (0 .5 to 1A) 50Hz-2 kHz 1%+300 1%+30 1 .3%+4 mA accuracy specifications apply within the following limits, based on reading rate:

Slow Reading Rate: Between 15,000 and 99,999 counts (full range)

Medium Reading Rate: Between 1,500 and 30,000 counts (full range)

Fast Reading Rate: Between 150 and 3,000 counts (full range)

Maximum Crest Factor 3.0 Maximum Input To be used in protected, low energy circuits only, not to exceed 250 V or 4800 Volt-Amps . (IEC 664 Installation Category II.)

mA 300 mA do or ac rms . Protected with a 500 mA, 250 V, IEC 127-sheet l, fast blow fuse 10 A do or ac rms continuous, or 20 A de or ac rms for 30 seconds maximum .

Protected with a 15 A, 250 V, 10,000 A interrupt rating, fast blow fuse.

Note Resistance between the COM binding post and the meter's internal measuring circuits is approximately . 00352 lation No .

Revi

Attachment:

Page 138

Appendices Specifications Ohms Resolution Typical Full Max Current Range Accuracy Scale Through the Slow Medium Fast Voltage Unknown 300 Q - 10 mil 100 Mil 0.05 % + 2 + 0.0212 0.25 1 mA 3W - 100 Mil 1 Q 0.05%+2 0.24 1201jA 30 kit - 1 12 100 0.05%+2 0.29 14pA 300 W - 100 10012 0.05%+2 0.29 1.5 pA 3 Mil - 100Q 1 kQ 0.06%+2 0.3 150 NA 30 MQ - 1W 10 ka 0.25%+3 2.25 320 pA 300 Mfg" - 100 kit 1 M12 2% 2.9 320 IjA 100 Q 1 mil - - 0.05 % + 8 + 0.0212 0.09 1 mA 1000 a 10 mil - - 0.05 % + 8 + 0.02-12 0.10 120 NA 10 kit 100 mil - - 0.05%+8 0.11 14pA 100 W 1Q - - 0.05%+8 0.11 1 .5 I1A 1000 ki2 10Q - - 0,06%+-8 0.12 150 pA 10 MQ 1000 - - 0.25%+6 1 .5 150 jjA 100 M11* 100 W - - 2%+2 2 .75 320 pA

• Because of the method used to measure resistance, the 100 Mil (slow) and 300 Mil (medium and fast) ranges cannot measure below 3.2 M12 and 20 Mil, respectively. "UL" (undefload) is shown on the display for resistances below these nominal points, and the computer interface outputs "+1 E-9".

Open Circuit Voltage 3.2 V maximum all on the 100 Q 300 Q 30 NM, 100 M42, and 300 MQ ranges, 1.5 V on other ranges.

Input Protection all 500 V dc or mis ac on ranges Diode TestlContinuitv Maximum Reading Resolution Slow 999.99 mV 10 NV Medium 21V 100 NV Fast 21V 1 mV Test Current Approximately 0.? mA when measuring a forward biased junction.

Audible Tone Continuous tone for continuity . Brief tone far normal forward biased diode or semiconductor junction .

07 Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : B Page B9 of B12

45 Users Manual Open Circuit Voltage 31 V maximum Continuity Capture Time 50 us maximum, 10 us typical Input Protection 500 volts dc or rms ac Note When the meter is set to measure frequency and there is no input signal (L e., input terminals are open), the meter may read approximately 25 kHz (rather than the expected zero). This is due to internal capacitive pickup of the inverter power supply into the high-impedance, input circuitry . With source impedance of <2 W this pickup will not affect the accuracy or stability ofthefrequency a reading.

Frequency Frequency Range 5 BA to >1 MW Applicable Functions Volts ac: and Current AC Resolution Range Accuracy Slow & Medium Fast 1000 Hz 11 A .1 A 05%+2 10 kHz AA 1 A 15%+1 100 kHz I A 10 A .05%+1 1000 kHz 10 A 100 A 15%+1 1 MHz" 100 Hz I kHz Not Specified

• Specified to I MHz, but will measure above 1 MHz.

Sensitivity of A C Voltage Frequency Level Nine wave) 5 Hz-100 kHz 30 WV rmms 100 kHz - 300 kHz 100 mV mmis 300 kHz- 1 MHz 1 VV mss Above 1 MHz Not specified Sensitivity Level of AC Current Frequency Input Level 5 Hz-24 kHz 100 mA >3 mA rmms 45 Hz-2 kHz 10A >3 A rms Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

B Page B10 of B12

Appendices Specifications Note When the meter is set to measurefrequency and there is no input signal (i.e., the input terminals are open), the meter may read approximately 25 kHz (rather than zero). This is due to internal capacitive pickup of the inverter power supply into the high-impedance, input circuitry. With source impedance of <2 kQ this pickup will not affect the accuracy or stability of the frequency reading.

Environmental Warmup time 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> to rated specifications for warmup < 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />, add 0 .005 % to all accuracy specifications .

Temperature Coefficient <0 .1 times the applicable accuracy specification per degree C for 0 °C to 18 *C and 28 *C to 50 *C (32 *F to 64 .4 *F and 82.4 *F to 122 *F)

Operating Temperature 0 °C to 50 °C (32 °F to 122°F)

Storage Temperature -40 °C to + 70 °C (-40 °F to 158°F)

Elevated temperature storage of battery will accelerate battery self-discharge. Maximum storage time before battery must be recharged:

20 °C - 25 °C 1000 days 50 °C 180 cloys 70 °C 40 days Relative Humidity To 90 % at 0 °C to 28 °C (32-82 .4 °F),

(non-condensing) To 80 % at 28 °C to 35 °C (82.495 °F),

To 70 % at 35 ° C to 50 °C (95 °F -122 ° F) except to 70 % at 0 °C to 50

°C (32 °F -122 °F) for the1000 kit, 3 MS2, 10 M11, 30 MG, 100 MQ,and 300 MQ ranges.

Operating 0 to 10,000 feet Altitude Non-operating 0 to 40,000 feet In an RF field of 1 Vlm on all ranges and functions: Total Accuracy =

Electromagnetic Specified Accuracy +0 .4% of range . Performance above 1 Vtm is not Compatibility specified 3G @55 Hz Vibration Half sine 40 G. Per Mil-T- 28800D, Class 3, Style E.

Shock Bench Handling. Per Mil-T-28800D, Class 3 .

A-9 Calculation No. 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

B Page 1311 of B12

45 Users Manual General Common Mode Voltage 1000 \1 dc or peak ac maximum from any input to earth Size 9.3 cm high, 21 .6 cm wide, 28 .6 cm deep (3 .67 in high,8.5 in wide, 1117 in deep)

Weight Net, 2 .4 kg (5 .2 lbs) without battery ;

3.2 kg (7 .0 lbs) with battery ;

Shipping, 4 .0 kg (8 .7 lbs) without battery; 4.8 (10 .5 lbs) with battery Power EQ Id to 264 \1 ac (no switching required), 50 Hz and 60 Hz < 15 VA m

Standards Complies with: IEC 348, UL1244, CSA Bulletin 5668 EMC : Part 15 subpart J of FCC Rules, and VDE 0871 .

RS-232-C Baud rates : 300, 600,1200,2400,4800 and 9600 Odd, even or no parity One stop bit Options Battery (Option -01 Q Type 8 V, Lead-Acid Operating Time 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> (typical) . GM lights when less than 1/2 hour of battery operation remains.

Meter still meets specifications.

Recharge Time 16 hours1.851852e-4 days <br />0.00444 hours <br />2.645503e-5 weeks <br />6.088e-6 months <br /> (typical) with meter turned off and plugged into line power. Battery will not charge when meter is turned on .

IEEE-488 (Option -05K) Capability codes SHI, AH1, T5, L4, SRI, RL1, PPO, DC1, DT1, El, TED, LEO and CO External Trigger Input VIH 1 .35 V minimum VIL 1 .25 V maximum Input Threshold Hysteresis 0.6 V minimum Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

B Page 812 of - B12

ATTACHMENT C S&L Interoffice Memorandum from J. F. White "Seismic Qualification of ITE/ABB Undervoltage Relay Model 27N Series 411T" Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : C Page C1 of C2

S A R G E N T L U N D Y INTEROFFICE MEMORANDUM From J . F .._ White - ?.2_ x-3172 Date August 14, 1991 Project No . 8909-03 Dept ./Div . Mech .ZComponent Qualification Spec . No .

Pilo No . COD-052214 Rev . 01 Page No . 1 of 1 Client Commonwealth-Edison Co . Stn . Dresden Unit 2 & 3 Subject Seismic Qualification of ITE/ABB Undervoltaae Relay Model 27N_, Series 411T To : J . Sinnappan - 22 (1/0)

CC : K . L . Adlon - 22 (l /0)

R . W . Fermier - 22 (1/001

~-

CQD File - 22 Reference : Asea Brown Boveri (ABB) Equipment Performance Specification RC-5039-A, dated 1-10-90, including Qualification Report Summary RC-5139-A, dated 1-10-90 for undervoltage Relay Type 27N .

CQD has reviewed the Referenced Test Report and found it to be acceptable . This revision is being made to add a reference from the vendor that clarifies identification of the tested model . The seismic test levels meet the requirements for the intended application of the relay, and the test requirements of IEEE 344-1975 . Therefore, the relay is seismically qualified for use in panels 2252(3)-83(4), at elevation 545 1 -6" in the Reactor Building at the Dresden Station .

By copy of this memorandum, the Checklist for Dynamic Qualification of Mechanical and Electrical Equipment, supporting documents, are being sent to the CQD file .

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 n 004

Attachment:

C Page C2 of C2

ATTACHMENT D GE Document 7910 Dated 6-20-77 Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : Q Page Q1 of D3

HY-8U iE 1 b01s MOLDED FUSED AND UNFUSED MODELS Page 13 Type JVM-3 2400 to 4800 Volts 50"610 Hz BI"O Kv June 20, 19' (Photo 1234873) (Phase 1234874) (Phoa 12348731 Fig . 1 . Typo JVM-3 voltage tonsformer Fig. Z Type JVM-3 vebege transformer Fig. 3. Type JVM- vshosto transform" (unfused) (one uw design) (two-Nos dodge)

APPLICATION-The Type J V M " 3 voltage transformer is designed DIMENSIONS for indoor service and is suitable for operating meters, instruments. relays and control devices, Dwatptlmt CONSTRUCTION AND INSULATION-See Section 7907, item 1 .4 . langtb ( W1drA Uararad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107,4 CORE-See Section 7907, item 2.3 . 3114 6%

WNh ano prYnarlt hrw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107J(t COILS-Enamel insulated wire is used in the primary and 6%

secondary coils . The primary is wound and cast in epoxy resin . Vats two prin'ary nrws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107/4 6'Yts The secondary is inside the primary next to the core .

DATA TABLE (For Pricing Information, see Sedion 7901)

T,amformor T1Hrmo1 latf In ANSI Acwocy Closdncadon. 60 Ht Rannq(~ Volt-amperes Appacattoo PrinteryFvsos AS" VA h l 6wden tot ANSI twdns 55C 30 C Imped°tKe Car. He. Orok M

Rise Rise of Rated vrimar7~ Rorio above above operored of o refd of Voasltage, but Veto.

age. (oreser Vdt " Fuse stilts. h vorroge) Rated 5 Rated 30C SS C Operated at PrYlwry °~ A Cot Not Ambient Ambles Voltage rope 5.8 t~rd CoMec.

am UNFUSED 1400 20,1 643X83 750 I 500 0.3 w, X.AY,1 .2Z 0.3 W. X,1 .2 AY 03 W, X', M'. Y', 1 .2 r 2400 ~ . . . . . . . . 3S

{4160 ~

ot Y

.200 35,1 643x90 750 500 0.3 W. X.AkY1 1 .2Z 0.3 W, X,1 .2 At. Y 0.3 W, x", M", Y' 1 Iir 4200 GwY . . . . . .

A00 643x93 750 3s 4800 300 0.3 W, X.AY11 .2Z 0.3 W.Xt1 .2M.Y 0.3 W, X'. W. Y's 1 .2 r 4800 port 3S WITH ONE PRIMA RY FUSE (Neutral terminal Insulation to ground-2 .! Kv)1 2400 20:1 763X21642 750 500 0.3 W, X,M,Y,1 .2Z 0.3 %V, x11 .2M.Y 2400 4200 20,1 35:1 643X85 643X91 750 750 500 500 0.3W,X,AY;I .2Z 0.3 W, X.KY1 1 .2Z

%. :x,xr t .2M.Y 0.3 W, X,1 .2 AV .

03 W, X', M',rr1.2r

.3 W, x', M' Y'1 1 .2 r 0

03 W,x',MfY'rt .2Z' Alb°nn Y

r aw ry "4800 00 1 9F60AA8001 37 4800 40 1 643X96 750 500 0.3W.X,AY,L2Z 0.3W,X11 .2M.Y 03W .X' .M,Y',1 .2r Ao0 Y~ 4600 03 9F60888D~905 9F60a80905 37 37 WITH TWO PRIMARY FUSES 2 ,100 20e 1 1763X21640 730 300 0.3 W, X . At, Y, 1 .2 2 0.3 W, Xi 1 .2 A Y 0 .3 W, X M', Y'r 1 .2 r' 2400

.200 35 :1 643X92 750 300 0.3 W, X. M. Y1 1 .2 Z pw Y 11400 t 9P60AA8001 3a 0.3 w, X, 1 .2 A Y 0 .3 W, X . M', Y'r 1 .2 r 4200 dw Y 4800, O.3 4F60880403 38 4800 14011 1 643X9 7 750 500 0.3 W, X, A Y ; 1 .2 Z 0.3 w, Xr 1 .2 M, Y 0.3 W, X, M', Y'1 1 .2 Z' 4800 pa Y 4800 03 9F60480905 38 The prime symbol ('1 is used to signify that these burdens do not conditions, ovcrvoltage must be limited t0 1 .25 times the transform correspond to standard ANSI definitions . Ptimary-voltage rating .

On transformers with one primary fuse the neutral terminal insulation For Y connections. i t is preferred practice to connect one lead from ca(

to ground is 2500 volts . voltage transformer directly to the grounded neutral . using a fuse on in the line side of the primary . By this connection a transformer c:

OFor continuous operation, the transformer-rated primary voltage never be "&five" from the line side by reason of a blown fuse on t .

should not be exceeded by more than 10%. Under emergency grounded side .

Co,naiete revision since Dec 23,197A hwo. Farmedy page 125 . Date rebiow to dsa4a wlt#ssw moo SE 700. 701, 702,711-713 .721-723,731 .733.7V 794 Tab 2 CW35, S'W35, CW351GE. SW351GE CTRI Type JVM" 3 Calculation No. 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

D Page D2 of D3

r, .-out c r vv v -ve.c+w - ruacv rvrsw %jriruQCU r^6JLdCLQ

. Page 132 Type JVM-3 June 20, 14?

-r 00 to 4800 Volts 50-60 Hz BIL-60 KV RY TERMINALS-The primary ter- from the base plate to permit primary plastic. Provision is made for sealing the

.,1.. .s on the unhued models consist of insulation-resistance testing at voltages up cover.

tapped holes in the center of a flat boss with to 2540 volts.

lock washer and screw. On the two-fuse POLARITT-See Section 7907. item 6.2 models, both terminals are bolts attached FUSES-Current-limiting fuses, Type FJ-1, directly to the fuse supports and provided are used. NAMETUTE-See Section 7907, item 5.3.

with lock washers and nuts. On the onefuse design the line terminal is on the fuse "ASE AND MOUNTING-The base is made support and the neutral terminal is a stud SECONDARY TERMINALS-The secondary of heavy sted plate and is provided with protruding from the back a short distance terminals are soldedess cramp type. The holes a" slots adapting it for mounting by above the base plate. This stud is insulated terminal cover is made of transparent either bolts or pipe clamps.

DIMENSIONS ro' Fly. S. Dimensions of JVM-3 Car. No's. 763X31042 and Fig. 4. Dimensions of JVM-3 (unfusod) 763)(41040. (Sao Fly. 4 for base) is. 4. Dimensions of JVM-3 (ono4uso design), Col. No'$. 643X63, Fig. 7. Dinwasions of JVM4 (Iwo.fvso doslola, Ca4 No's. 643X42 643X1t, and 643X16. (Sec Fig. 4 for bass) and 643X17. (foe FI& 4 bt base)

o4>> "-ro- 0nee D.c 23. 1974 taw. Fometiv pages 126-1211 . (s/d Dws k w AN +0e 1401n GENERAL 41 ELECTRIC Calculation No. 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

D Page D3 of D3

ATTACHMENT E Telecon Between S. Hoats (ABB) and A. Runde (S&L)

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 sion 004 Attachment : E Page El of E2

Memorandum of Telephone Conversation SARGENT & LUND Date 1-23-92 Time 9 :30 A Person Called Company Steve Hoats ABB (215) 395-733_3_ _

Person Calling Company A . J . Runde S&L EAD (312) 269 6799 Project jProject No .

Dresden Unit 2 _ 8982-64 Subject Discussed Repeatability of the ITE-27N Undervoltage Relay Mr . Hoats provided the following information :

The tolerances listed in IB 7 .4 .1 .7-7 Issue D do not include an-considerations for instrument drift . However, no drift error i .

expected if the relay is calibrated at, reasonable intervals .

The absolute range of repeatability over temperature range is twice the published values . For example, the absolute range of repeatability over a temperature range of 0° to 55°C for a relay with a harmonic filter is 2 X 0 .75% or 1 .5% based on the published data .

The published tolerances are generally twice the tested tolerances, so they are quite conservative .

The information on the attached sheets from Cliff Downs of ABB concerning the linearity of the published tolerances over the identified ranges is applicable to both the 27D and the 27N relay .

Al Wetter of CECo may have further information regarding the 27N relay tolerances by test methods .

NOTE : THIS CONSTITUTES OUR UNDERSTANDING OF THE DISCUSSIONS . IF WRITTEN COMMENTS ARE NOT RECEIVED WITHIN FIVE WORKING DAYS, THE ABOVE WILL BE ASSUMED CORRECT .

cc :

Steve Hoats - ABB File

. Runde AJR :1sc C:IEAD\MS-TEIE-AJR Calculation No.

i Attachment : E_

Page E2 of E2

ATTACHMENT F ABB Instruction Bulletin 1.13 7.4.1 .7-7, Issue D Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 ion 004 Attachment : F Page F1 of F12

P~ui~r

.SEA BROWN SOVERI IB 7 .4 .1 .7-7 Issue D IN STRUC'TICaNS Single Phase Voltage Relays Type 27N HIGH ACCURACY UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY Type 59N HIGH ACCURACY OVERVOLTAGE RELAY Type 27N Catalog Series 211T Standard Case Type 27N Catalog Series 411T Test Case Type 59N Catalog Series 211U Standard Case Type 59N Catalog Series 411U Test Case ASEA BROWN BOVERI Calculation No. 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : F Page F2 of F12

IS 7 .4 .1 .7-7 Single-Phase Voltage Relays Page 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 2 Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 2 Placing Relay into Service . . . .Page 2 Application Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 4 Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 10 INTRODUCTION These instructions contain the information required to properly install, operate, and test certain single-phase undervoltage relays type 27N, catalog series 211T and 411T ;

and overvoltage relays, type 59N, catalog series 2110 and 4110 .

The relay is housed in a case suitable for conventional semiflush panel mounting .

All connections to the relay are made at the rear of the case and are clearly numbered . Relays of the 411T, and 4110 catalog series are similar to relays of the 211T, and 2110 series . Both series provide the same basic functions and are of totally drawout construction ; however, the 411T and 4110 series relays provide integral test facilities . Also, sequenced disconnects on the 410 series prevent nuisance operation during withdrawal or insertion of the relay if the normally-open contacts are used in the application .

Basic settings are made on the front panel of the relay, behind a removable clear plastic cover . Additional adjustment is provided by means of calibration potentio meters inside the relay on the circuit board . The target is reset by means of a pushbutton extending through the relay cover .

PRECAUTIONS The following precautions should be taken when applying these relays :

1 . Incorrect wiring may result in damage . Be sure wiring agrees with the connection diagram for the particular relay before energizing .

2. Apply only the rated control voltage marked on the relay front panel . The proper polarity must be observed when the do control power connections are made .

3 . For relays with dual-rated control voltage, withdraw the relay from the case and check that the movable link on the printed circuit board is in the correct position for the system control voltage .

4 . High voltage insulation tests are not recommended . See the section on testing for additional information .

5. The entire circuit assembly of the relay is removable . The unit should insert smoothly . Do not use excessive force .

e . Follow test instructions to verify that the relay is in proper working order .

CAUTION : since troubleshooting entails working with energized equipment, care should be taken to avoid personal shock . Only caepetant technicians familiar with good safety practices should service these devices .

PLACING THE RELAY INTO SERVICE 1 . RECEIVING, HANDLING, STORAGE Upon receipt of the relay (when not included as part of a switchboard) examine for shipping damage . If damage or loss is evident, file a claim at once and promptly notify Asea Brown Boveri . Use normal care in handling to avoid mechanical damage .

Keep clean and dry .

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

F Page F3 of F12

Single-Phase voltage Relays IS 7 .4 .1 .7-7 Page 3 2 . INSTALLATION Mounting :

The outline dimensions and panel drilling and cutout information is given in Fig . 1 .

Connections :

Typical external connections are shown in Figure 2. Internal connections and contact logic are shown in Figure 3 . Control power must be connected in the proper polarity .

For relays with dual-rated control power : before energizing, withdraw the relay from its case and inspect that the movable link on the lower printed circuit board is in the correct position for the system control voltage . (For units rated 110vdc, the link should be placed in the position marked 125vdc .)

These relays have an external resistor wired to terminals 1 and 9 which must be in place for normal operation . The resistor is supplied mounted on the relay .

These relays have metal front panels which are connected through printed circuit board runs and connector wiring to a terminal at the rear of the relay case . The terminal is marked "G" . In all applications this terminal should be wired to ground .

3 . SETTINGS PICKUP The pickup voltage taps identify the voltage level which the relay will cause the output contacts to transfer .

DROPOUT The dropout voltage taps are identified as a percentage of the pickup voltage . Taps are provided for 70%, 80%, 90%, and 99% of pickup, or, 30%, 40%, SOX, and 60% of pickup .

Note : operating voltage values other than the specific values provided by the taps can be obtained by means of an internal adjustment potentiometer . See section an testing for setting procedure .

TIME DIAL The time dial taps are identified as 1,2,3,4,5,6 . Refer to the time-voltage charac-teristic curves in the Application section . Time dial selection is not provided on relays with an Instantaneous operating characteristic . The time delay may also be varied from that provided by the fixed tap by using the internal calibration adjust-ment .

4 . OPERATION INDICATORS The types 27N and 59N provide a target indicator that is electronically actuated at the time the output contacts transfer to the trip condition . The target must be manually reset . The target can be reset only if control power is available,~AND if the input voltage to the relay returns to the "normal" condition .

An led indicator is provided for convenience in testing and calibrating the May and to give operating personnel information on the status of the relay . See Figure 4 for the operation of this indicator .

Units with a "-L" suffix on the catalog number provide a green led to indicate the presence of control power and internal power supply voltage .

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

F Page A of F12

IS 7 .4 .1 .7-9 Single-Phase voltage Relays Page 4 APPLICATION DATA Single-phase undervoltage relays and overvoltage relays are used to provide a wide range of protective functions, including the protection of motors and generators, and to initiate bus transfer . The type 27N undervoltage relay and type 59N overvoltage relay are designed for those applications where exceptional accuracy, repeatability, and long-term stability are required .

Tolerances and repeatability are given in the Ratings section . Remember that the accuracy of the pickup and dropout settings with respect to the printed dial markings is generally not a factor, as these relays are usually calibrated in the field to ob-tain the particular operating values for the application . At the time of field cal-ibration, the accuracy of the instruments used to set the relays is the important factor . Multiturn internal calibration potentiometers provide means for accurate adjustment of the relay operating points, and allow the difference between pickup and dropout to be set as low as 0 .5% .

The relays are supplied with instantaneous operating time, or with definite-time delay characteristic . The definite-time units are offered in two time delay ranges :

1-10 seconds, or 0 .1-1 second .

An accurate peak detector is used in the types 27N and 59N . Harmonic distortion in the AC waveform can have a noticible effect on the relay operating point and on measuring instruments used to set the relay . An internal harmonic filter is available as an option for those applications where waveform distortion is a factor .

The harmonic filter attenuates all harmonics of the 50/60 Hz, input . The relay then basically operates on the fundamental component of the input voltage signal . See figure 5 for the typical filter response curve . To specify the harmonic filter add the suffix "-HF" to the catalog number . Note in the section on ratings that the addition of the harmonic filter does reduce somewhat the repeatability of the relay vs . temperature variation . In applications where waveform distortion is a factor, it may be desirable to operate on the peak voltage . In these cases, the harmonic filter would not be used .

CHARACTERISTICS OF COMMON UNITS Time Delay Catalog Numbers Type Pickup Range Dropout Range Pickup Dropout Std Case Test Case

---

z -------------

27N 60 - 110 Y 70% - 99% Inst Inst 211701x5 411701x5 Inst 1 10 sec, 211T41x5- 411741x5 Inst 0 .1 1 sec 211761x5 411761x5 70 - 120 v 70% - 99% Inst Inst 211703x5 411703x6 Inst 1 10 sec 2llT43x5,_ _411T43x5 Inst 0 .1 1 sec 211763x5 411763x5 60 -110 V 30% - 60% Inst Inst 211702x5 411702x5 Inst 1 - 10 sec 211742x5 411742x5 Inst 0 .1 - 1 sec 211762x5 4117b2x5 59N 100 - 150 Y 70% - 99% Inst a Inst 211001x5 411U01x5 1 10 a Inst 211041x5 411041X5 0 .1 1 Inst 211061x5 411061x5 IMPORTANT NOTES :

1 . Each of the listed catalog numbers for the types 27N and 59N contains an "x" for the control voltage designation . To complete the catalog number, replace the "x" with the proper control voltage code digit :

48/125 vdc / . . . . . 7 250 vdc . . . . . . 5 220 vdc . . . . . . 2 48/110 vdc . . . . . . 0 2 . To specify the addition of the harmonic filter module, add the suffix "-HF" . For example : 41174175-H F . Harmonic filter not available on type 27N with instantaneous delay timing characteristic .

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 on 004 Attachment : F Page F5 of F112

IB 7 .4 .1 .7-7 Single-Phase Voltage Relays Page 6 Figure 1 : Relay Outline and Panel Drilling Figure 2 : Typical External Connections Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : F Page - F6 of - F12

le-Phase Voltage Relays IS 7 .4 .1 .7-7 Page 7 Figure 3 : INTERNAL CONNECTION DIAGRAM AND OUTPUT CONTACT LOGIC The following table and diagram define the output contact states under all possible conditions of the measured input voltage and the control power supply . "AS SHOWN" means that the contacts are in the state shown on the internal connection diagram for the relay being considered . "TRANSFERRED" means the contacts are in the opposite state to that shown on the internal connection diagram .

Condition Contact State Type 27N Type 59N Normal Control Power Transferred As Shown AC Input Voltage Below Setting Normal Control Power As Shown Transferred AC Input Voltage Above Setting No Control Voltage As Shown As Shown Pickup Voltage Level Dropout Voltage Level Input Voltage Decreasing Figure 4a : ITE-27N Operation of Figure 4b : ITE-59N Operation of Dropout Indicating Light Pickup Indicating Light Figure 4 : Operation of Pickup/Dropout Light-Emitting-Diode Indicator Calculation No . 8982-17-197!2 Revision 004 Attachment : F Page F7 of F12

IB 7 .4 .1 .7-7 Single-Phase Voltage Relays Page 8 TIME VOLTAGE CHARACTERSTICS TIME VOLTAGE CHARACTERISTICS 1YPE ITE-69" OYEWYOLTAGE RELAY 1YPE ITE-2111 UhOERYOLTAOE RELAY DEFINITE TIME DEFINITE TIME LE ~ iE Time T APE TAPS 1 .0 6 "0, E

1 .0 0.! 0.4 0.! 0!

WO 7.. 0.4 3 3 2.2 2 2 LE t T 0

0 3 Ds a! 0.! L0 YuLT"LAS .E PKMES TAP tET7fq 0 MULTIPLE$ PI 0l0POUT 39TTINO SNWT TIM C."IW 840-40. 2I\Y.... RIMS -US. . . SHWT TIME C

" 1*! S.riP . ZIITRtxx ARE AlITl-TIM DELAY AS SNOW TIME DELAY AS SHCN1i

.902u" T2.S C."IPI S."a situ.. .. u10 .ti-a. MEDIIR. TIME C.GI S.ri.. 2ItTXa BW .Ity"".

MULTIPLY TIM! DELAY SMONN !Y 10 Mut.TIPLY TIM DELAY SNOW IT 10 ASY MOwM SOYtIS

. or TO 4.0410 I.P.T RAYING z

100 r t'YPICit-i 0

b0 O

i f

~I t0

~

ow 30 60 120 tea 300 Frewmacy - H*rtz Figure 5 : Normalized Frequency Response - Optional Harmonic Filter Nodule Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

F Page F8 of F12

Single-Phase Voltage Relays IB 7 .4 .1 .7-7 Page 9 Figure 6 : Typical Circuit Board Layouts, types 27N and 59N Figure 7 : Typical Circuit Board Layout - Harmonic Filter Module Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 ion 004

Attachment:

F Page F9 of F12

IS 7 .4 .1 .7-7 Single-Phase Voltage Relays Page 10 TESTING 1 . MAINTENANCE AND RENEWAL PARTS No routine maintenance is required on these relays . Follow test instructions to verify that the relay is in proper working order . We recommend that an inoperative relay be returned to the factory for repair ; however, a circuit description booklet C07 .4 .1 .7-7 which includes schematic diagrams, can be provided on request . Renewal parts will be quoted by the factory on request .

211 Series units Drawout circuit boards of the same catalog number are interchangible . A unit is identified by the catalog number stamped on the front panel and a serial number stamped on the bottom side of the drawout circuit board .

The board is removed by using the metal pull knobs on the front panel . Removing the board with the unit in service may cause an undesired operation .

An 18 point extender board (cat 20OX0018) is available for use in troubleshooting and calibration of the relay .

411 Series Units Metal handles provide leverage to withdraw the relay assembly from the case . Removing the unit in an application that uses a normally closed contact will cause an operation . The assembly is identified by the catalog number stamped on the front panel and a serial number stamped on the bottom of the circuit board .

Test connections are readily made to the drawout relay unit by using standard banana plug leads at the rear vertical circuit board . This rear board is marked for easier identification of the connection points .

Important : these relays have an external resistor mounted on rear terminals 1 and 9 .

In order to test the 'rawout unit an equivalent resistor must be connected to terminals 1 & 9 on the rear vertical circuit board of the drawout unit . The resistance value must be the same as the resistor used on the relay . A 25 or 50 watt resistor will be sufficient for testing . If no resistor is available, the resistor assembly mounted on the relay case could be removed and used . If the resistor from the case is used, be sure to remount it on the case at the conclusion of testing .

Test Plug :

A test plug assembly, catalog number 40OX0002 is available for use with the 410 series units . This device plugs into the relay case on the switchboard and allows access .to all external circuits wired to the case . See Instruction Book IS 7 .7 .1 .7-8 for details on the use of this device .

2 . HIGH POTENTIAL TESTS High potential tests are not recommended . A hi-pot test was performed at the factory before shipping . If a control wiring insulation test is required, partially withdraw the relay unit from its case sufficient to break the rear connections before applying the test voltage .

3 . BUILT-IN TEST FUNCTION Be sure to take all necessary precautions if the tests are run with the main circuit energized .

The built-in test is provided as a convenient functional test of the relay and assoc-iated circuit . When you depress the button labelled TRIP, the measuring and timing circuits of the relay are actuated . When the relay times out, the output contacts

-.ransfer to trip the circuit breaker or other associated circuitry, and the target is Jisplayed . The test button must be held down continuously until operation is obtained .

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : F Page F10 of F12

Single-Phase Voltage Relays IB 7 .4 .1 .7-7 Page 1 1 4 . ACCEPTANCE TESTS Follow the test procedures under paragraph 5 . uniTs, select Time Dial #3 . For the type 27N, check timing by dropping the voltage to 5OX of the dropout voltage set (or to zero volts if preferred for simplification of the test) .

For the type 59N check timing by switching the voltage to 105% of pickup (do not exceed max . input voltage rating .) Tolerances should be within those shown on page 5 If the settings required for the particular application are known, use th ;

procedures in paragraph 5 to make the final adjustments .

5 . CALIBRATION TESTS Test Connections and Test Sources :

Typical test circuit connections are shown in Figure 8 . Connect the relay to a proper source of dc control voltage to match its nameplate rating (and internal plug setting for dual-rated units) . Generally the types 27N and 59N are used in applica-tions where high accuracy is required . The ac test source must be stable and free of harmonics . A test source with less than 0 .3% harmonic distortion, such as a "line corrector" is recommended . Do not use a voltage source that employs a farroresonant transformer as the stabilizing and regulating device, as these usually have high harmonic content in their output . The accuracy of the voltage measuring instruments used must also be considered when calibrating these relays .

If the resolution of the ac test source adjustment means is not adequate, the arrangement using two variable transformers shown in Figure 9 to give "coarse" and "fine" adjustments is recommended .

When adjusting the ac test source do not exceed the maximum input voltage rating of the relay .

LEO Indicator A light emitting diode is provided on the front panel for convenience in determining the pickup and dropout voltages . The action of the indicator depends on the voltage level and the direction of voltage change, and is best explained by referring to Figure 4 .

The calibration potentiometers mentioned in the following procedures are of the multi-turn type for excellent resolution and ease of setting . For catalog series 211 units, the 18 point extender board provides easier access to the calibration pots . If desired, the calibration potentiometers can be resealed with a drop of nail polish at the completion of the calibration procedure .

Settina Pickup and Dropout Voltages :

Pickup may be varied between the fixed taps by adjusting the pickup calibration potentiometer R27 . Pickup should be set first, with the dropout tap set at 99% (60%

on "low dropout units) . Set the pickup tap to the nearest value to the desired setting . The calibration potentiometer has approximately a +/-5% range . Decrease the voltage until dropout occurs, then check pickup by increasing the voltage . Re-adjust and repeat until pickup occurs at precisely the desired voltage .

Potentiometer R16 is provided to adjust dropout . Set the dropout tap to the next lower tap to the desired value . Increase the input voltage to above pickup, and then lower the voltage until dropout occurs . Readjust R16 and repeat until the required setting has been made .

Setting Time Delay ,

Similarly, the time delay may be adjusted higher or lower than the values shown on the time-voltage curves by means of the time delay calibration potentiometer R41 . On the type 27N, time delay is initiated when the voltage drops from above the pickup value to below the dropout value . On the type 59N, timing is initiated when the voltage increases from below dropout to above the pickup value . Referring to Fig . 4, the relay is "timing out" when the led indicator is lighted .

External -Resistor Values : The following resistor values may be used when testing 411 series units . Connect to rear connection points 1 & 9 .

Relays rated 48/125 vdc : 5000 ohms ; (-HF models witty harmonic filter 4000 ohms) 48/110 vdc : 4000 Ohms ; (-HF models with harmonic filter 3200 ohms) 250 vdc : 10000 ohms ; (-HF models with harmonic filter 9000 ohms) 220 vdc : 10000 ohms ; (-HF models with harmonic filter 9000 ohms)

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 -

Attachment : F Page F11 of 2112

AB ASEA BROWN BOVERI ASS Power Transmission Inc .

Protective Relay Division 35 N . Snowdrift Rd .

Allentown, Pa . 18106 Issue 0 (2/89) 215-395 - 7333 Supersedes Issue C To AC Test Source See Fig . 9 Timer START Input SARGENP JON 0't 1990 Figure 8 : Typical Test Connections T1, T2 Variable Autotransformers (1 .5 amp rating)

T3 Filament Transformer (I amp secondary)

V Accurate AC Voltmeter Figure 9 : AC Test Source Arrangement These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met in conjunction with installation, operation, or maintenance . Should particular problems arise which are not 'covered sufficiently for the purchaser's purposes, the matter should be referred to Asea Brown Boveri .

Calculation No . 8-9 82-17-19-2 Revision - 004 Attachment : F Page F12 of F12

ATTACHMENT G Telecon Between C. Downs (ABB) and H. Ashrafi (S&L)

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : G Page G1 of G6

my a z not<i no ognnf ix Hd rt 1

.ixroI1 "

ro n to 0 X411 bc ; 3t iaa l it KI 0014 u u. 1 m t~t~ " C rrCRrt " Nn ip p " C " 1 001% 0 z 3A1 4 brov0x301, hart " ng" " C-tt 3 m 0 z -A tt 0 on is Koo ° rrriott rtc111 rton t pwoov n m t+tb r ANO Ch 0130 CMG'0 " r3 n rl

<a1.o0 n arto0 NNAt N Non w r p r soil 170 0 1 1 1161t14 " rt" p 1 1 i a3cn - 0

-i goes t rto pwin 0000N 3 P C A 00 br d01401711 30 of otrt14 r 0 w t) m 0 a d ' 1 ott " d1 asr3o 0 4Ap171 r z 30140 Adc r 1 cot cep "IN "

0 z0 M K43d 17oadx41, 006 103110 A C -A C}

au 0 a96 4- 0 404K t % nod A 4001R00 phoe 140101000 1"N ax 14 d "n 113 0 110117 X311 " 03 4 "4 2V 11- 1Nd0C3A ; <Ato dahrt K " 0K m

A NGi " R qA O (ttoN31 MO 0 " C i op la " i of poi 'moll d IV0rt t "" 1 ' 0 t 01- 11 a Mtg 00417 N " 00tt a "n c 144Ad do ortPho , C t t" t ov w n o0G Et'D&0lip off 1110A1110 1 as 311no 1&0 IL-11 Off "ft o1c"03 wn d"p d3 " 14 4N 171 " 01141 0 H ep 17 ad"Vo 0 r nrrt3` 0 H!

-i m 1744 0'd 017 40 Nut 40 1^6 1 Q A m 111 17 cnt " tc dv 17ottld3 r OV n t to 1 3rtrt rzrt trr11440It D v 104 40 H1410 4 t n 3o n 0 H n 3 a Ha r i ia~rh t bi n. ei 4 c Hi 00, n H or " n0 r " A11 1411tt'0 Hr v ft 0 g m No t1 C 1040414 "" n 140 'ON u 0 r 0 c 0 b 0 0 d v 00 K" 00 " C 0 aH "

u o1 0ArAZ Ite 9"b ronhu ti 0 3 D A t 'i m z~p (t o9~nwnn ie ° wanarptxI m off 14 rt to 114c QIONg N z 0

z D 1` .17 43rt011H r td 17A t10 " r t, ft 0 11<0p w4 " 00Hr Ax^ t " carrel "

111 " 0 F+ 0 KN " n v 4 40 110 3 n1 n iivx nh"Nw4 !t i 0 a x140 0 6 !

m m 0 " t pl+ppdz ~2A 17 ; 00044 ow 0 ev 14tt17 111 51, 00-+ ON N 0000 1914 0% o 1" 3 Hrr N u r hat 4"ococr3 3140 a 0aan1 0 0 4 txtHo~t oft 0IfZraoIt v NY x

xcM~ 0 " x'4!P it1i9 W9 Mo 0r Up 0

x 1410 3 160 " cb 0140 1 ft m

0wr " af0 uw 0 0 m " h0 x 0 K'° 11 0 "a or 317 " 1 , 13900 no tLe311 0a ua 0 " 01114 mprae o g& 0 p " 0tt m m acre rt17ta r ba~ 0p ge 1117 z 11d 0 AHi`t wo r m W t tJ t " 3~

14 G " ndn wa 0

0000 11A A OW 3 fr" 3 YA N

'O 11cr :3 " N M3 v $so r rter m n(toil U

a wa 4n a 0 0 11 ~o 0 1 v r" r ~ 3 N b i

March 21, 1992 Memorandum of Telephone Conversation SARGEST V IMNA Date 3130/92 Time 11 :15,a,m Person Called Company FAX (215) 395-1055 Cliff Downs ABB (215) 395-7333 Person Calling Company H . Aghrafi _SGL (3121 269-2041 Project Project No .

Ouad Cities 8913 DVPM01 Subject Discussed : Effect of Temperature on the ITE-27N Relays with Harmonic Filter Units Summary of Discussion, Decisions, and commitments :

Based on earlier conversations, it was understood by S&L that the deviation in the relay set point of ITE 27N Relays (from the calibration point) is linear over an operating temperature range of 0-55 0 C . It was also understood that the actual pickup or dropout voltage is lower than the set point value if the operating temperature is lower than the temperature at which the relay was calibrated . Similarly, the actual pickup or dropout voltage is higher with higher than calibration temperature .

It was later noted from the type test report (Page 6 of RC-6004) that this trend is not true for ITE 27N Relays with Harmonic Filter Units .

The actual pickup or dropout voltage decreased with increased operating temperature and vice versa .

Mr . Cliff Downs informed me that this inverse relationship between pickup or dropout voltage and operating temperature is true because of the presence of the Harmonic Filter Unit in the ITE 27H Relays . He pointed out that the test results for the ITE 27N Relay without Harmonic Filters (on top of page 6 of RC 6004) does show direct relationship -between pickup or dropout voltage and the operating temperature . He, therefore, mentioned that the information provided during earlier conversations was probably related to Relays without Harmonic Filters .

He suggested that, while it can be assumed that the deviation'is linear over the operating temperature range of 0-55 0 C, the inverse relationship between pickup or dropout voltage and operative temperature should be considered in any calculation where ITE 27N Relays with Harmonic Filters are involved .

Note : THIS CONSTITUTES MY UNDERSTANDING OF OUR DISCUSSION .

PLEASE CONTACT ME AT 312/269-2041 IF YOU HAVE ANY COMMENTS PERTAINING TO THE ACCURACY OF THE ABOVE

SUMMARY

cc : C . Downs-ABB File : Relays kam :7 6i v Relays .HA f/ A-t-/

H . Aghrafi Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

G Page G3 of G6

From : STZVEN E . BOATS -

ABB Power T&D Co .

Protective Relay Div .

7036 Snowdrift Rd .

ITInnonm PA 18106 ASEA BROWN BOVERI Telephone 215 395 7333 Telefax 215 395 1055 Date : 3 / * / 9Z Total Pages :

Reference : -2 ,7& 40,6xv perhy. V-wrcl i I

- pynse gnj~ L -VI jh AMM"annd Ike !M0 *zZxh-MT7 our .1retgk4c- ~,--Sto ct,&

ac "I ^~-,~!~ 1a5,~i1~ ~ Mcs,r ~A .ledro...~

CA- 51 4 -011

`

0 4*~ ti IQ L. 5 kcate Ilaz-4 rJec&~--f AL DMhjp-4%,V-G i

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : G Page G4 of G6

Report Number : RC-6004 Revision : 0 Page 6 of 0-Temperature Tests :

Pickup Variation from Dropout Variation from Temperature Voltage Room Temperature Voltage Room Temperature 25°C 100 .04v --- 99 .95v ---

0 100 .04 0 .00 % 99 .94 -0 .01%

-20 100 .04 0 .00 % 99 .94 -0 .01%

40 100 .11 +0 .07 % 99 .93 -0 .02%

55 100 .15 +0,11 % 99 .96 +0 .01%

70 100 .21 +0 .17 % 100 .10 +0 .15%

Time Variation from Temperature Delay Room Temperature 250 C 0 .997 sec 0 0 .996 -0 .1%

-20 0 .993 -0 .4%

+40 0 .998 +0 .1%

+55 1 .007 +1 .0%

+70 1 .013 +1 .6%

Results of Test : relay characteristics are stable with temperature and within published specifications .

Relay Tested : 211T6175 Date of Test : 10/15/82 Tester : W .C . Martin Temperature Test with Harmonic Filter Option :

Pickup Variation faom Dropout Variation from Temperature Voltage Room Temperature Voltage Room Temperature 22°C 100 .12v --- 100 .03v ---

-3 100 .53 +0 .41% 100 .43 +0 .40%

-20 100 .90 +0 .78% 100 .81

+40 100 .14 +0 .02% 100 .05 +0 .02%

+55 99 .88 -0 .24% 99 .79 -0 .24%

+70 99 .30 -0 .82% 99 .25 -0 .78%

Results of Test : relay operation is stable with temperature and within published specifications .

Relay Tested : 211TO175-HF Date of Test : 3/6/84 Tester : C .L . Downs Calculation No. 8982-17-19-2 ion 004

Attachment:

G Page G5 of G6

Da,to,2J30192 Tim,  : S A.

Company FAX (215) 395-1035 Ccaapany 6&L (31.11 ,3,60- tl Project Project So .

onad C tfds r 8913 2=1, Subject Di cussed : Effect of Temperature on the ITE-27h Relays with Harmonic Filter Units Based on earlier conversations, it was understood by S&L that the deviation in the relay silt point of M 27N Relays (from the calibration pointy is linear over an operat temperature range of 0-SS*C. It was also understood that the actual p okvp or dropo+~t voltage is lower than the set point value if the operating temperature is lancer, than the te:weraturo at which the relay was calibrated. Similarly, the actual pickup or dropout voltage is higher with higher than calibration tsmpeY'atureo 2t was later noted from the type test report (Page 6 of RC-6004) that this trend is not true for ZTS 27K Relays with Harmonic Filter Units .

The actual pickup or dropout voltage decreased with increased operating ceaperaturo and vice versa . .

mr . cliff Downs informed and me that this inverse relationship between pickup or dropout voltage operating temperature is true because of the presence of the Hazwonic filter nit in the =TN 27Y Relays. He pointed out that the test results for the ITE 27S Relay without Harmonic Filters (on top of page 6 of RC 6004) does show direct relationship between pickup air dropout voltage and the operating -temperature . He, therefore, mentioned that the information provided during earlier conersations was probably related to Relays without Harmonic Filters .

He suggested that, while it can be assumed that the deviation is linear over the operating temperature range of 0-85+C, the inveras relationship between pickup or dropout voltage and operative tolperature ahaald be considered in any calculation where 2TE 278 Relays with Harmonic Filters era involved .

Notes THIS CON TOTES MY BRSTANDIN D ON .

fLEMM CONTACT XN AT 33.2/269-2061 IF YOU HM ANY 0 T9 PxATAIbtIbl'G TO THR ACCURACY of TIM ASM SL13O0= .

Cal: aa . - o~rsis" Filet Relays SA:kam 18 1 s ~R~e2ays . btA Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : G Page G6 of G6

ATTACHMENT H Calculation MLEA 91-014 Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : H Page 1-11 of H22

-)Pt tST- 4 U2 : 2 : 56PM ; 3122693757 ;# 2/22 MAIN SINE ENGINEERING ASSOCIATES January 23, 1471 Serial Nee. 92-40124 All Boris Pikelny 0xvincammudth; Ediscwt CompanY Nwwww Enganoewin8 Department 1400 Opus Place, Suit* 300 Downers Csove, IL 60515

Subject:

Transmittal of Eirvironmenta.1 Qualification of Dresden Second Lew"I LodetvaltuW4 System and Equipment for 110MI lima Break Emflranmental Conditions, Dresden Nuclear Powar Station Unit 2 and 3, AMEA, Calcubdon MLEA-914)14, Revision (l4 dated IM/92, System Cede 6705 Dear All PP&UewhjT-Awttwdwed is the subject document for use. Please contact us if you have any questions.

4uamne Project Managcr/Manager of Engineering (per DDL C020 and Steve Hunsader)

H. Masain (CEC4/NEDXlcttcr Only)

N. Smith (CECu/NED)(LrAter Only)

S. Hunsader (CECaVM)(Utter Only)

D. Wheeler (CECWDresden)(Letux Only)

I- Eenipnburg (CECWDresden)(Leuer Only)

R. Tyler (CECo/NEDXP.O. Boat 767 .UFN'W)(TAitct Only)

CEDION Spam R Wang (CECoINED)(1,etter Only)

F. Petrustch (CECo(Dresden)(LrAter Only) 1141.1% F'ro0un Ilk: 140071 MIE-A Serial Me (Later only) 967East M&MdRoad

• Exton. P9nn*VK%nja 19341 - (219) 889"9626 - FAX(215)8894419 Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : H Page 112 of HOW

JCt 01 4- -x-92 ' `? :57F".M 3122693757 ;fr 31, 22 a u n over Ctd=Aadoii No. MM Of-014 sheet Page 1 of 20 AeMtd M YAs O"crip"M b

hvOaoa f

""rrri ft Calculation No. 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

H Page H3 of H22

IJL-Ir U1 I z Wa I a- V I a 114 1 TABLE O!r CONTENTS 1.0 Purpose of the Evailuation 2.0 Statement d QuaWkstion and summary of the Evakiation 10 UR of RAA*rmenrxmm 4.0 Qualification CCUUMMS

&0 PASUINd Of SlelftOmOmM and Test Sequence 64 lIpjawnt Descr#Won and Skn" to Tested Equ#xnem 7%0 SUN Function am Required Operaft Tirm

&0 Quaftd Life 9.0 Qualrastion for melon IaO QualrcaWn for High Teffpwatum Steam Environments 1 MI Pliant Accident Environmemal Profile W Sq*u#ovmmem Pedormance Chameterlstics 10.3 ElReft of Hwklky 10.4 Accident SkmAvion Testing ims marvy 11 .0 Synergistic Effom 120 Mahename and Suvelance ASUAMMI I - ROftarearmmmm MIFF 10*m Am 0 Calculation No. 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

H Page H4 of H22

4- 4-32 : 2 :57-V ; 3122693757 ;9 3/22 SENT BY ;

Calculation No. IOULY01414 Page 3 clf 20 Calculation Sheet Revision : (0 Prne"PasWM 1.0 Purpose at the IEWndiumadmon The ElVarimentall 0unkimmian (EQ) evaluation amo,affted herein OwwnuomrsaMmmes quall1ficadon for to 45mc Second Level Undenubgs; CkhowuMby arid E~ for Dresden Station 41(vac Bootee Z11, W 331-1, and 34-1 for the harsh tomperalars, and hurnii1tV armwQxnymnoerintal condbons resulting *an AWCU Me Mak.

Dresden Mato EQ Kidder 9344% Goneriall swat Swkiftear Componerft Model MC-4.7B, Roc 06 OWE of Mlf* domaisivites erivironrivirital qnillfbation h accordance v4di 1 0161100iinows &I and 32 the Gionwentl Electric ARNac soUNpuir asscicial,iiial vWth ENwadon Station louses SNAI, and Mt 35t 351 IN a pan LOU radoIlon exposure at USEUG 11110 nelemince 317 estabillshed that the ovdaQwar associated v&h Dresden Stallion mope 23-i artd 33-1 Located In Environmental Zone 20 Reference 3.18} are ertvironrneritady q usAlled for ttte harsh temperature and humidkV (212'F/100% RIQ carriditions resulting from apasahned break jj Me RNOU poling {Reference 3.5).

Ise second level undervoluge protection esqu*oMmmeant for bless 23-1, 33-1,241 and 351 are located in separate Panels 00rat 22%0% ZWK and ZM34aQ in Envimomootall Zone 26 and ant aIsix subject to this harsh tatmpewmautt me astd humidity (21 rF/I 00% F*Q ernivironrroont roealtg from the R%Ctl Ana boosk OWL &0. RalkAwmeince 3.3 established that the second level

• undervalltage equipment for buses 211 and 334 rivust not fall in a maimmar which would proven prevent Smuro of Me AC powered FVWTJ iscUMon valve, In the rest MO seconds after FNVCXJ Ins break.

Reference 3.3 pmAAd a Justlitmion for Continued Option and determined Out hfaMmum of the second lovel Undemom4pi, e0qju40xnannt Is urilkely durhg the hit 40 seconds of the ROWROW ate break accident when the break is isolated but thin there is a possibility that the " term paMormaricce of the equilorrient could be adversely affected by the elevated tempowture and humidky conditions resuLAOMV from RWCU " break (Reference U).

Reference &7 provided a test plan for 14ELS simulation steam testing of the second level UrKmwvoRaps dMuitry and equipment . The acceptance crbiwis for the test was that the undervo" re* equipment must not fall by c1hanglInIg stave during tie find mlimAe of the steam exposure. Reference &S contains #0 mmub of steam eocposure testing which demonstrate that the second level andoroolitage spQrnent does not to for UP one hour duration of the HEM exposure.

ALE14110GAM Fivar in Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 ion 004 Attachment : H Page H5 of FQ22

J"14 01 , 4- 4-OZ , _. : Owx  ; 3122693757 ;# 6/22 SIA 40OWNFIGIlt of QW1011101darl and Swrvnwy of ft RiMMm ilia caknJabon dowmetraws too cpa=Wn of the Dreomlen soccoul lava! uwnddswvwdAbnqpp circuitry and cwponwa bested In SmAmnonenul zone 26 for the bomb tumpmmuce and hunkRy conrOlUftmi (212'F/i00% F*4 caused by ROCU One break (Ralmence &3). The eakxdmdw Idendfloa the ipocIfIc coalponenus volch are ra,irocl U) be qualMod for Mill PowsmUdiaw MELB In the RWOKCAU "am (aw section 6 of d* ccadbmAA"w*w . Al Mumawu corrqwnerooi ore mar #M%0W*wm*nnaoe &7) to tho" tad for HELS =%Nww as deed In (SW 0 0A Swu 0 Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

Hi Page A of FL22

4- 4-82 ; 2 :58PY, ; 3122693757 ;# 7/22 SENT BY :

&A LAO of 1111oftmMme 3.1 IEEE Stvxlard 323-1974,8 QualINVI; Class I E B*#VMM to hluclaor Power GewrVorraw" Ebt8*rvWW.

I OCIFRUIX Quambohn Cal Ellecutall Equoment Impomt to SOMY to hudew poww Flame, January 1, . 198r a3 Main Lire Enghearft Aftocletse Report M0054-1 1, Jusl2badon for Coothied operation Tecivimi Satimalm ant Environommmud Quallvallmn CONVOW400n Assessnors for RINCU LINN Break &xovb tr ABBATE lype 271D Sold Sti1tY Ubduvoluge Flaby, Age ETR Time DAM( Relays, and )JIastat Clan" Relays Contained In to ClutV for 4 KVAa Bus 994, 0modlon Nuclear Powwow SUMon Unit 24 Revision 1, 54041.

9,4 SK Letter No. 890000032861 dated 7PV9Q MA11 IWISCINMON: Ennopinemoft churge NiccoWum (EC14 124103I I E, Pages I Vrmo 7 and EC N 11400122FK, P" t through 8; for QNmuction. 1071-00O 80clVel L01W Chron 133CO, 0000d July I 1888, S1A*Vt QQ140joylent (KORmbon. Nactor war chop Spdenl c.ins Break {err-71-018j 3.6 CECo Requisition No. C054694 dated IVISVOI for 23 ASS, nV47N Uhnds"nothqp mss. (DR-7i-007 17 AppomAt 14 to A64o Nuclear EmArannontad QuaVioatbn Teat Report Na 1710001 damad SelpWvnber ;M, 111111, M618 WNW Two 160g= on UnJerwNtage Ohmmuft Corriporoma; IMLEA Tit Plan M0071-r107 013. Rev 0 For Use, dated W1 ZSt Two Furl for HSLS SHhmauAWWHon Teasing of Second Lavell Undervokap Noultry and EQxrent IncluchM; ASS Igo 2710 Solid Sun"N thdannAlralp Aellayi, ASS Type 274 SW State Umkn*bVe Rellqra, Appm"a ECOVD02 Ca"moc RaMp, A"M EMi4OMOQ2Tb* Delay Relay, AQW1121 ETRI4030003TInts Delay Relay, Wash F& I Switch and Marathon 1 800 Tmn*ud Ollockv (This reference is cortaindd in mismoop aS bellow)

WVb NOW SMOVDISM011 QUOROM AM* ROPOM IN 171011 dated S010100"oor 2k I M011, 3t13 Simulation Test Program on Undeevoitape Circuit 0onVImmonmenfto 19 ASS DrvwVq No 181 199643M FWAsIon 003, dated 9111190, SeMorroda, SlInghskvb Phase UnalaoobVe Relays, Type ZN4 004sanonio F11mv ININQ (OVIT41-032 034 VC ASS Dry Na. 011 7141WOO-11, Revision I MCI We% Hamnonic Fabw SdWnWir. gXV714QSM 011 ASEA, Brawn Soverl Repast RC-50068 With RC-Si OS-S, dated I VIM Class i E Eknotal Falujnnent QueMkoixi at 27T114 Umbnohge Relays wAkh Aqmmdk It Compyont Aging Evsk9dions and Apperx* *81. SoMM Calculation No. 898 Revision fl04

Attachment:

---

IHi -

H7 Page of __ KHA2

4- 4-92 ; 2 :58PY : 31226337-57 ;R 8/22 SENT BY :

UmWon No. WZY1014"Al I Papa 6 of 20 Calculation Sheet Revision:

Summary Report to Meawnically Equivalert Do** Model CM, XMNMAs M 3312 ASK Omwn OmMO Repo OPW RCW39-A with X5139-A, dated 1110/4 Cps IE 0000'cal EquOrOnt QLWffMOft% and27N Und9rvOkqP Relay u& A;VendlK 'q'Aw*.

Component AQOQ Eflikokme Appendlig 1% sqw, BurmnwV ROWL Report, oIr 71-09o

• &13 Agnowma Nuclear ErNkornental Qualification Too Roped on A40stat EOP, EENNILL.

and EM Control Relays by 0ownawal Products DMsion Arnerwe Corporaft%

Test Report E&OXIA Rev. A dated 7/11 IM (Contained in CECo EQ fft PaW 1, 4 3, and 7 are attached.} (Drr 71-045) 3014 Memorandum from I! Cons (CECO/DrandeN to C. Crans (ML.EA) dated September SAft Replacement 012ni Dresden AltI"99L I Wpm-034)

&16 Amogy from C. Collins (CIECo/Dread" to J. Murphy (MLEA) containirV C3100 Requkdoun FA 066460B, dated 11011/91, SubOM Increase Description of Play to setter Specilly IN Green W$t Emu 01040 & Cum Proof Nwel &

Correctun In Part Nurnbel; ONTO 404M)

Dresden SUMIon EETO Binder ED-44D, General Seclac SmwAkcdNKpjn Cornponer^

Model MC-4.76j Rev. 06 dated 11114/89.

Calculation

• 3.1 r MLEA No. 0101141 Rev.1, dated MUMS ErNk*vywu OuSlillcation of GE SwIt&,gew, MC-4.7a, bus 23-1(33-1}, Dresden station RACU Lira Break..

• 118 Boohle! QwAllmation N102. Rev. I load 10121188, Response to IE Butimlin 79-018. Procedure for Use of EnAmmanobW Zone Maps for Dresden Nuudollo ww Power Statkin Unbi 2 and 414 CornnurmrsaXII SAwn Company

((DIITF4hWw4WXM dated 3119 DOSMIXIS OLIONO 414790, December, 1977, ftexAMs Switch type FT 1.

dated 3,20 Teboopy from on Derry (SE Inarvopgofts Data Inc.) to doe Murphy MAN October Zk 1901, Subjear Thernnal AINKI for PQj=fbOVULXn11 -4wm*

• 3.21 Main Lke EQUoring AMWdates Report 140004-9, Justillcallon for (Goarnawad Operalkln TWnical linlAxWon and EnMawnental Qualltalion 00"Aww"0%

Asseswmt for RICU LOCA scenario for ABMM Type 27D Solid Suft Undervokaw Relay. Alastat ETR 10M Delay Rabys, and Amt Control Relays Contained in the Undry for 4 KV9c Bus 23-1, Dresden Nuclear Power Station Unit 24 Revision 2. S20411 .

indicates that the refearred document is not afUwbed and controlled v*%Ih VtIft COWOUAM3110n.

MLEF-10=

Ow. 0%

Calculation No . 8982-17-1,91-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

H Page A of __ H122

St1T BY ~- x-82 . ~ : °.gPM 31228937~7 ;~ 9/22 4.0 Cr>rawiit Crri<etit m demorwtr tta quai~iCacbn to in aor orrluutida wah tt~ fob (hdhate d~ which are apptlcat~ie) :

USNRC t30R-0utda~r~es, "titidetfnaa for Eva~atirg Erwirormentai Ouai~tlon cd Cbas t E E'teotricai EqutPmant h 0 ~ Reactorar, No~nber t 979.

U$NRC NUREti-OS88, Revision 1, °irrferi>> StaA Portion cn Envlrorxnsrrai OualrfhaRiott of Satetlt-Retated Etsotricai Egt x', Jt~y t 98t C~ i ,_ Category ii _

toCFRS0 .49, "Ettvironmeraal OusEicadion of Eiectric Equiprnert Important to Safety far Nuclear Power Plarrts", February 22, 1983.

USNFiC Regtriatory 4uklr3 t .t39 R ion t, "Ernrirormerttai Cwa~bn of Certain Equ~rnera Important to Safety icx Nuciaar Power Piantrs", June 1984, Para~tiiph C.s,e, tEEE 32S-t 9T4, "IEEE Standard fOr QtJaYfymg C~ass t E Electrical Equiprnetx for Nuclear POwor t3er Staltiorar.

Other, $pscty:

Calculation itilo. 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Rttachment : H Page H9 of Fi22

4- 4-92  ; 2 :59PM  ; 3122893757 ;#10122 SE "T BY I No. MLEA-01-014 Page 8 of 20 Calculation Sheet Revision: 0 s.0 a QWfn and TM fltgtrnoa "wc r (Cr" onhy one block)

Test of Identical Item Under Identical Conditions or under Sander Condtiona with Supporting Analysis Teat of Similar Items with Supporting Analyst Analysis in Combkreelon with Partial Type Test Data that Supports the Anaytfotd Assumptions and Conclusions Expertttce with Idersicsd or Similar Equipment Under Similar Conditions with Supporting Analyst Wyle Laboratories repat 171 M1 (Rderence 3.8) demonstrates that the circuitry and gUpment s ntiW to that used i1 the Dresden 41(vac second level trndervoitage agcipmem k csted in ernrkorrnnentM zone 25 was wgoosed to a steam erw ramnent which e the harsh tem perattae and humidity (212'F/100% Ri) described In Reference 3.5 and meets the acceptance criteria ( Le, the equonant does not change state as a result of the steam mcposure n the first minute of the Hf18 ernrkonrn&lt) .

Teat Sequence: (Reference 3.5 Section 10.0)

Equipment was Inspected for damage and conformity to tent plan description by Wyle nabs. (Rat" 10.1)

" Thus delays for AgeM Time delay relay ETR14038003was set at 4.98 seconds and for ETR14033NO02was set at S mirnrtee, 7 secorde. (Rat. 3.8, 10.2}

Base IIna functioned testing (Fiat. 3.8, 1 (13):

(a) With the DC C* Ir voltage at 125 Vdc, the 120 Vac voltage was reduced to 107 Vac to verily that the ASS undenra" relays would grange aRaau appWMdrnatety 7 SerAnds after the AC input voltage reached 109.1 Vac In addtbn, I was also verified theft the Aflaetat ETR14a3N002 relay cftanped sbft approximately 5 minutes alter the ASS undervoltage relays changed state, dosed to verity that would change state ocxirr, ly l s (c) The AC kaput voltage was Increased to 120 Vac to verity that all specinsnns would return to their 9nitief carrion at normal voltagw (d) PMper operation of as wired specimen contacts was also vwtd HEL.B Tact (Rel 3.8,10 .42): !ruined ramp to 212'F Wowed by a gradual reduction to approximately 142E at one hour after start of the teen The Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 ion 004 Attachment : H Page H10 of H22

SEN7 BY' 4- 4-92 ; i:OOPY : 3122693757 ;#11/22 n0l"WIS wee =Nlumd tar aw MW* dute MIS HMA tOOK POW WMS FUV*MW Test (Rat. 8.10.6}: An hratao tests doWINd k In PA%MrCe 18, paragraph I CL3 won mpe"d.

0 Post Test VNIPPOWCOOMn (Rat. 3.4 1110 : The epworo were popeaw Mdo and Uvi comiNxi d the apalmons was re0arded MLEP-100AM Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : H Page HH1 of __F222--

scor BY : 92 ; 3 :OOPM : 3122693757 ;*12/22 U EqL*nwg Donadpdan std ShAwly to 11stood EEU*pA4pxm=mwVt The fo1owMq table Own the eqiprnert irmadod in Dresden Station as bertilkwd in FFNkmftMwrwono &T and oft Equipmen tested at tdWvdbbd in Reftrances U. a7. && and &1S.

IgAwk UWKZARM Tamed Scubtlyrt ASS, Tgo pro SWWqW Cat X1184175 ASS Type 270 RQky COL 41184175 AB1B'Type 2?NFWh Cat 411514173VAINCIP ASS Type 277N SOMY Cat. 4011 U93071344FA-0P W101100WO F&I SUKI style 129AS01 G01 hVestirgAouts FN 90kh Qto lowumleGool

&pout %ft Do" Re* MI 4WNOM AORIM Time Daisy R01" EM14003N*OX02 Agantst We DQW Roby GMUD38002 Control AQUIM 11no D61W Aeloy ETRI4038003 AgaM ReW" go EGPDO02 Amt (Umital RWqm go EGOPMOXOM02 Marathon 1 800 Sarin Terminal Stocks Marathon IWO 8050 QwAhM SkKage Hoffman JuxWon BOX Cat. AJCZUKLP Hwdolmman AnWori Bast Cats A30SMUZOt.P Box Junction Sax SOCk PNIGI Cat A330NPM24 Junction Back Panel COL ASOMPO Agestat SWIpy Socket Sam ECRO02=1 Qpwtst Rainy Socket late R000950001 Agana Locking Stop ECRMSUM AqVu" Looking soap SOPOISUOI Acroutbo Jr Sax GandItUA Asmoonda Snitits 21 Sax QWnwk Top Entry 3- conckA Siting Top Entry 7 0JjQ**%y con" MV GE Vulkene 14 AWG si9 Wino RM*1301400 14 ANG 819 Win P01b08106 14 WWNG Flrewall Wire Aahbmtos 14 ANWNG 88 VAre Relatence &7 emMbAwhas that the eqUprnent and RaWyy load above and tested in Aeterertce 3.8 am Under to the a*Aqnwt and cKuNny installed in the Dresden Station Second Low" Undemotage cireLft Reference VS transn*tod a revised CECo rcluse M*iisitfcc for the ASS type 27N sold state urxfervaltaz~a relays br irtatrll8tkxt at Dresden StaBout (Reference 9.4). Refeconoe3:15, required to knotWWWWdkon of the DP Bezel (as in the tested ASS type 27N umndUWnv*kba4q9 QQ4 green and also rm**ud a Aght annittij; diode to be added to indloft the presence of DO cewaral power (`L" option) in addition to be red 54gjht enthing dodo namnslV mod hour andiestion du the relay ties Changed state.

did The ASS type 2"4 test spembmw not trove Oil green Ogtt eKting diode hit incitinipq got IT control powew. 11* test specirron was based an the origind COCo PUFC11120 roybdUM Reference 10. However; it was not known afar the V cMaynant was nm*Avd to to speddlowd to ASS, Ultoonos 19 shows the green Ight arn1abIg dbift as "Ll option, installed in series with a IS kONV rewittor wwon the posbe =4 n090thO skies of 010 DC owntnit power portion of Suva tardy circa. The green light emu diode is instailect in the same numm so the nommft instated rod light amifting diode, which is irstalied in series with a 15 kohrn resistor as shmn on Rebwwwo IS.

hiLENJOW Calculation No. 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment H Page F02 of H222

SENT BY : 4- 4-82 ; M ON ; 3122633757 ;*13/22 The nommWy linmium h"M fad Igtt W**V dkxW performed mdsMM* dLn*V OW HELg agoosum 1000q; dilars1*3001 in ReImminco 3.& 01"m the green 69ft WMUV diode added to the ASS 470 ZN relays for Dmisden SAW by RMhavo 3, 1 S is kMtWW in the seine arrornmm (and is Me :acne device) On to nOrmailly twAled red SIX emitting NO (vi:., in OWNS V01111 a and 13 Wo Waml to naraWly kwAlled no Apt ernWkq diliods porbamed WKWIwImt under HELS condOwm the green !" amk*q dliode acted to the type ASS V%l said some underwAlmge nWMjs by Flateranxi 315 b qumlHecl by similarity fmr HELS exposun Woau"L TIVIRM 00 testing at Wder equipment to the Dresden 4WAM Second Well UndummakWagge Protection circuitry and OqufAmwit ONSWitims that the instated oqaxmmt and C*CWUY awme enuborrnentaly qwWbd by Adwame &S for the harsh mnperature and hunkay canckjorm 9H 2194 07% AM nmx*MQ from RWOU ko bbrao"O .

MILEF-1104m AM. n Calculation No . 8982-17 Revision 004

Attachment:

H Page H13 of __H22

3122693757 ;#14/22 4- 4-82  ; 3 :01N  :

7.0 8dW/ FWW" 00 PA"Od CPWWV 7WO Dtxft nomal On operation, WN9 hxwdon at the second level urxi.rvoldgtr charm, and eqL*xrmt is to provide pootaCtion ppairst a degmIded Wmgpp cont2jon Oll Nis lmdMqf relMled 44 War. buseit, A degraded vow COnCIIIIII011 *01 CALSO WILIMIC111 MOOM 0: CIAVW 1111010 OUUMMUt and nVqf result 11h 0410MOSIS; of the orator AldIrIgI116 The eammand level undermMuMpa wafmi owns set loswamn 3701 We and STIS Vow. H a degraded condbors persists Rw 7 asomakt, an anrunclamor Owns the operator " a S minute thm, belay lt 1ANNISC16 H the but volltage it not it restored to nammd operating QUIP WOW 5 AlAox, the diesel QWwrWCW SWAS the hcoaft breakers we VIpp44 Act WhaddQ; Is kidawk and the domW gammmator barem*momm close when err pormIssivea am satisfied Rot. 3.3).

provide In the event of ANATIJ IMP MR. 4 ONSIC buses 211(33-1) must AC power to 480 Wall motor controlloanters MCC 18-11A(28-11A) for at least 40asoonds after the *w break in order to close the AC RWCU Isolation velves MO.2(3)-IZM4 and isolate the RWCU Ww break (Rat. 3.4 need The to floWn the second WON urclervoillage pnotecillot% cOWIlant vAh a RW'CU line break considered solar, is rot to be nmxmswy and the scenario is not =01100d W be a credibIle event ((Ref

.3.7).

lbOtelOrS. the second heel undonoltage promallon circuit awe no VarVe sate owing oft Iml 40 Secords of Wxposuro to the harsh tompeniture and humidity onvirtrwal I)WFM 00on"A F"t MUsed by RWCU Iline break (Ref. 3.3).

MLIEF-1100"W 6.0 A Calculation No . 898517 ReWsbn __004 -

Attachment:

-AH -

Page H14 of _Q20

4- 4-92 ; 3 :01N ; 3122693737 ; 915/22 SBT BY*

U Qudbd Us V AQg TVpe 270 and Mom 2m ON SM undenwMe rjj*wL-In R010rencolUl ond&IXABB Type 97D and 2PR Solld San urnroWiL The method used is a conftudan of Ardmankis evokadons of WAstion troomialm used In to repays and ML-HOOK-MY IMMUnaftonlS of the GINOW of dXWed and Monnal Sloutev on the olechwum*

00111P0130 used intits and rOVOL ft of Me Type 2ZD Type 27N sold state underANQps reb4as is in =men of MO yews so an average arnblort air temperature of JUVQ an internall alt tonperett" of and CPA a control voltage d 131 Vdc.

82 Agm M Tkne am eB" am EGP C&Wgj FIGINAMOR 113 &dSnddAs to qwWkd ire of the Aga= ETR and EGP re" = 10 YWS ftn Me dole d mwUkan or 21LOW opwokm whMmor ammo IMML U I am Swim TlermlnaL a Dresden 90 Binder EOM, Revision & establishes a 40 year quarod ire of to Marathon 1 804 series twn*iW blocks used In Dresden Station both Inside and outside o 001 (W b1nder is buU, In the COT) Droaden EEO flee.)

U WA=hmw ml smch, of volelMof constriction of to coup and cower din Weallnghouss F111 switch an pdolyycaadWoormam s.m Rdererm 3.20 BM the We at a ty"M popwbowematerial as 31,2p0 years in atemponMawof 1010F.

Thers(oma, I IS cancimAd Mat mom to wcqpadbon of the AgwW EM and EOP rohys, fife second levoluwWWWwUg GqLdpmwttwuwodiknDmubn$W*m*xd*SUWVAAWod4MVhac buses IS Qw0led for 40 yoWl St I OPF Ohs nmu2nmn ambient Wrgimmure in Zone 26 an -

idenUbed in Ref. & 10). The quailed his of the A4=1 ETA and EC P relays is 10 yam hm the date of ammuhmare or 25,000 oporma0doomm whichever conves filmt; The SIS wino used by CSGO vvvu0hxjt Me lAent be or0rarvnenoWhe qAMWd for 40 year NNW and to WMWWO i contained M the CECo DmxWn SO Iftes.

AKERICOW am . A Calculation No . 89851T19-2 Revision 054 -

Attachment : .... KHJ Page H15 of H222

3122693737 :*16/22 SENT BY' 4- 4-92 ; 3 :02PM :

9A MoOkw9on for RodiOM Ile wwond level undanOtege ohn*rV and equyinwric for DMWOn Station 4 KVac Man 24.1, and 334, 344 are, ftated in a mid radiation Manneint in the omml Of 1.01k Mweedlen radiation Station 4 NNAC bus 2111 SL0*00a to a harsh envirorwroct in to gym of LoCA.

Refeiranoe &21 estoWled that the A%powt EM One delay nrftoy" and EUP amvel Mops, tahe Marathon ISOM swim terminal b1bilm and the Weatirghouse FTi mWWh are apWfied for the event WhOM enAliornart W 00h they word be WA000d in tits of WC0 FkWlewap 4SL221 also establishod that the ASS Type ZK? solid state uridervoltap relays an opwabls in the radiation arwirwinent IMLOWS by LANk alOxwqh to One dear 19 W=883W tram 7 Seconds to agmuMawk 20 seconds.

MAVWX0 MAI dates that the ASS Type 2711) says assodallal with At NNAw kno 2011 we be replaced wtn ASS; type 2011 relay's (Reference 3.4) arid that the penal containing that seoortd level undervokage GqL*xTim for 4 KV30 Ma 251 we be moved to a 11002000 which is mid tar rachation in the event of WWA.

Calculation No . 8982-17191-2 Revision __004 -

Attachment:

H Page H16 of H22

4- 4-92 ; 3 :02P1l, : 3122693757 ; ,#17/22 SET BY *-

1041 c0lundWombobbon fbr High Temperou" Shown Eradlurvneft 10.1 PIM Accieert Prefix temperature the SWuxual Fflum kjurso 2 and'% provide the In MUM" 8= of #0 Dowdon Station FtWeadtoor WWI; jonwWwrwoninnVeaw zone 26) as a function of time rear RWCU We break . The. temperature class to 2i 2f at aqqWV*VwdQ1V 4NO seconds after the Wait {at v4tichl two tot break is 1001ated). The ternparature then faft oft to appmaknatoV 1140 F at one hour after the FRAW NMI break oaccausm Figlunte 2 and 3 of Reference &3 amp reproduced on ;ages 17 and 18 of this caleulatbn based met Figures 2 and 3 of Reforems &S are on a double ended ydiodis book in rtes 0 ton RWCU piping in the RWCU hog room (Rowenoo &3).

10.2 Sumu&Wwwt porkmmance Chwactedstka.

PWworvo a7, Section 8. and ROW*mm U. Section &Z note that the second wy-oll umdenablge pmmitweacdlon cirmAq and ewpment are not requW to hrztion to mitoote, Me RWCU No brealc but must not hd 60, wouldcharge stavo chs,ing the omt moUs OWNW break PVWTJ tires Ion any momm which prevent closure at the AC RWCU isolation v" (MO-2(3)-112014) .

10.3 END= of HuMkMV.

MAorence &S does not spec0o* dentily the relative hturtlidif in the mwouzWe area of the reactor bukft Therefor., for oormervadom, a rel;Wdh"m hurTWky of 100% has been assumed in this lion.

The ASS type 270 and Type 27N WW ,State =Wvolltap relays and Out Agwew M second mm rays in the 0l und8nA*A99 Protection QwWy ane ollectrons dm*m devices.

Reference U yes Out mootare Ittrusion and condensation an to efeCxrgrrbOs might Wersolly acct the pelformenmm of the equOrnent. Rallpronos I& conciuded out t is urolm* that the allecOvnice would be exposed to ffXnhn dWirg the first break seconds after RWCU Illne .

Referercoaa in the report of steam to&*V (100% Fpj 01 the second WVoll underoviltage PprvotwoocUkon equipment The report demonstrates that the equipment is not adversely aRectod ('gyp., does no chapgps SMUO when eqxwed W a steam prtvirorrrtant for one hour.

10A Shulation 199tha - acrd Resuks:

sellwance &8 demancr*1we HEW Wmulletion {steam expose) UnWV of rtes 000roOdden SoooWn Lewal UnUnvoltagle relay cent and circulWp The tact prod* shown on P0901 41 through 45 of Reference &B errA*nm the accident temperature prod.

shown an Figures 2 and 3 of RoWnwoo W The two was ccodwaad using steam that which ansumd do M56M hwbAy van at 1016 MrougIVU the test. Pie 45 of Rallonmv* 34 shtmmvs that the Internot tompersame of the jjimlion I= which ocomn"uhnWo MLEF-10=

A04 n Calculation No . 8982-17-102 Revision 004 Attachment : H Page __H!7 of __H22

4- 4-92 : 3 :02PM : 3122683757 :918/22 CalcUation No. MLEA-91.014 alcuiation Sheet Page IS of 20 vision : 0 "7

the second level undervolta" eq*rnent stbatenti* 4Ms the tempamuse at VMV stun PAkW*nM &s, pages dMI VVVQj 53, CWMMonSbjZMj the the UXNrnAMg* OqUlpaook did not =ge SMMMM MroughoU the HMA soon tesWig. in adcakA post HELS tog bowtimnol NO% (100arence 141, page 0) donwonswoleall No the epiprert personnel Whin design requirements uUnIdwovou"goo sydAlictaMbow (RoVenoe 3.7, Section

&0).

10.5 -YAM Alltrough PM**Mm aS dernononam a ton,vare margin of 4'F to I VF during the H190 sirrmAxtion testing, the qua1illicalike MaMh K the DMM*M 410AW Second Level Unalmobige Protection Ckcukry and Equipment is a Tbm margin, no DMONO 4KMVOac Second L" UncW4oftge Protection Ckcu&y and EqWn" rmuot not OU090 state ding to M 40 Sa=nds after W4CU rune bra* (R&WWM

31) h order to WOWS CIMM of the AC SMU system isolation Nve (M3-

. The HELB silrAMM tes1mg dlemsNadbied in Rdwwm &B estabilishod that go 2(3o-V01-1)

Dresden 4KVac Second L" Um*w*" Protection MoLoy and EWpnwt did not dmmge stzlte kw one how obw RWCU line break. Thills tbw main mom V*

margin reoonanerxisd tirne at Angubearv tads t8l 0 how pfuM operating time},

MLEF-10=

owe A Calculation NO . 8982-1T1Q2 on 004

Attachment:

H Page H18 of _H22

. SEAT by : 4 - -

4 UZ i jouorx v Bechtel stern Power Company Figure 2

~ii Ilil I If F I i 1 171- 17

'a UMM-Mblow-I A UM W later P+awr Calculation No . 8982AT142 ision 004 Attachment : FHJ Page H19 of H22

4- 4-92  ; 3 :03PNI  : 3122893757 :*20/22

-SENT BY

• Bechtel Eastern Power Company FLjur& 3 40

~i~ii iii

'in~ii~~~

In ii ~i~~n~ !i ni~i~~~

~

111111

~um rn.,~ Iwo Omni 0

A OW W G&MMM Poor CAMgMWOMM Calculation No, 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : H page H20 Of

SENT BY* 4- 4-92 ; 3 :03PM ; 3122693757 ;*21/22 11 .0 sputumm Eftow Synergistic a o ahlots aare mox*mw with intenscomm temperature QyN and rawUmbn seas rOm ThIlladdSOCOnd NMI undONOU10 circuitry and equipment tended in OmmaWn Stalon swag lodes in ambient PWASKI amdrOnmems and Vowba world not md4bit mpo,lio WROM due to temperature am radlatim coal rate:

Roldranum 3.1 I and V2 address prergistle e6w1m for % ASS Typo 270 and Type 27N sold scats UUM111ligs Ullys, and Stag that no synergistic WIs trove been identillod forth equoram EWWW18101 testing of Aigaslat EVR and 10313 relays described In Reference 3. t3 indicate that to* are no synergistic oft= associated with thesis relsty&

Dramsdan So Binder 604K) estabnes tim that there we no synergistic effects for Marathon 1 50114 Gm) onus terminal ticks, A review of available 1wWUv on p*0pcaaftanumne matecois established that there am no Jdavollao wtftd M0111150: 81"0131 camed by gamma dmakloami rate and WPUSKaL (MG; ,..mar bmuUMons of p1metwum haw dvon aensmd,y to mist fib and mpervere but the ANKNOwume F&I switch A not conammkod of clew pallyambonste and Vmwvkwa not subject to synergistic effects due to ultraviollat light.)

Wsullow" Rot 0 Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 004

Attachment:

FHQ Page 1-121 of H02

3122693757 ; #22/22 4- 4-92 ; 3 :04PNI ;

12.0 womonot and aufflodornmm 12.1 AIM ryp 270 and Ty" 27M SON SOON LVd01Vft" Ask" in Raftrerimmi and 3.f2,1188 ryas that the taftV idontliod in the ABB contained hwnakn womMis *w to eqVront, WWI as in Aqppenatt 8 to AhWwwwonmo

&7, be conducted at two year irxarvaka.

12-2 A000 EM ?'ho 00W pioq amps " wo 00wd Rebw The P40111011MUMCO at to A00sitt EVI TWO Delsy POWYS and Aggggg egn) ON" comol FISNYS; 001 be numMored dwMg pperftaffnasnowe of ths ASS Sold ftft Unidervokop POWYS 00MY two YMML In Ratersive 3AM Awnervas Corp IMMO Mot Me Aguas VETPR aod EGPD vMqs mum be FQP*Wwd W (10) years airs: the clue at marufacare or ear 24000 operadoinik %okbover commit Amv

,13 Nwroven I 40D sawshm rarntrt.l seam Dreadva Stmtk)n 90 Binds, E0461 TAO E conIallne the matterawn- and surNisAwwwft manta for Marathon I SX) aerial townfinal biocks. No odw maintsinorm or slAwwww is required for the Mared-on 1 600 Soros tem*xd bftft hustled h tire Psnction bmwe for the secxind Wvel undenwhAtuage eqWpawo quomwL 12.E WMN*Vgt*M FT-1 $Wkft to Referarrov, 3.19, Vhadmowee does not provide any rm;4**menw ky auw&0ftWnrwwn*oe or surwoNance of to FT I swish. HOWSAM, Reference &3 established that the FrA wwwkwch is manneVape a tenvorod Utew ITOPS1009, MiD era sumMeAftonve recommended in Tab E d Dresden E4 Binder E04M) far Marathon tisrmirmd blocks shmAd be aped to the Westinghouse F&I amwdkth MLEF-103A

. A



CL Calculation No . _89_82_-17-_19-2 Revision__-0 04 Attachment : __H_i,_2__

Page _ H22

ATTACHMENT I DIT DR-SPED-0671-01 Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : I Page 11 of L3

SMOEXTit LUNDY -'- DESIGN INFORMATION TRANSMITTAL Z-

'SAFETY-RELATED ' .= NON-SAFETY-RELATED DIT No. e - 4P-ES--G 71 -0/

,e c 0 Page of z CLIENT I

C 4F , 1_1 11 STATION UNIT(S) TO PROJECT NO(S). <?e~ 2-SUBJECT EF,'c7'0A? 3L, 1L0J&1 G  ;'E1,1 ILA 7-ICA-1 A,4 / oAwl my 404q MODIFICATION OR DESIGN CHANGE NUMBER(S)

S4 HA E P 6'1) 7,X, as-o8_,92 Prepare/ (Paris print name! Division Preparer's signature Issue date STATUS OF INFORMATION (This information is approved for use . Design infornyMWp@VWM30 .

that contains assumptions or is preliminary or requires further verification (review) shalt"colentitled) rH,E -3 6,5/-,k/ OPOWNA 77 0 X/ IS A,0P~rV6,D &-,0,E'MhyS&Zj992 RECENVED IDENTIFICATION OF THE SPECIFIC DESIGN INFORMATION TRANSMITTED AND PURPOSE OF ISSUE (List any supporting documents attached to OIT by its title, revision and/or issue date, and total number of -

pagesorfhi eac supportngocumen dt).

T,'y JS D/7- IS SVIcipZ-&A-f6-41 7 710 Z17 40' W- a= 4510171-0 4)'

3 1,r pevvlDG 77-16 IWA-11146IA4 Re4cmle a4lIz-D14j; 7-*,',S

,4AjD 7-ffg you VICE 711 10C7,0010f 7? /0,; JAMSTWEVIJ OFSAR, (-S6-C7-1CV1/ 49 , mg - l")

l7A,-c7 c- 7 of 0/7- /-5 7-,4',c 10,4q-9 .t" 5& ,

-0971-oo) PRGtll-ocls ~/P NAT 7Y6 WV1A4V1W TrWOFeAre-~~,

SOURCE OF INFORMATION Calc . no. Report no.

Rd/ ev. anorated Rev . and/or date ,

Other OF,514A DISTRIBUTION 6, Sd ff.VAfA C11rr-RIle ,y, ~~~VIA E -1,:777 21 oOCaW,41 1=14,g - /j7V

-7;4 Sc,4-1 Z/

2 P03A (")

0147. F3 Calculation No. 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

I Page 12 of 13

ES037C'l plant teatiq, , entilat-.ng ano air :onai -,,*oniny system consists of :ne Vements required to effect and control the following space air processes : supply and exhaust ; distribution and recirculation ; velocity ;

differential and static pressure control ; filtration of particulate con-taminates ; cooling and heating ; complete air conditioning ; and area iso-lation .

Elements necessary to perform and control the space air requirements are filters, dampers, cooling and heating coils, electric duct heaters, air washers, refrigerating equipment, fans, and the necessary control and support equipment .

The overall system is related, but divided into subsystems which are designed to control the air requirements in a particular area (see Figures 10 .11 .2 :1 thru 10 .11 .2 :5) . They are as follows :

1. Reactor Building Ventilation ; Min 65*F, Max 103 0 F

2. Turbine Building Ventilation ; Min 65*F, Max 120 0 F

3. Radwaste Building :

Occupied areas ; twin 50°F, Max 103°F Cells and Collector Tank Room ; Min 50 0 F, Max 120°F Concentrator & Concentrator Waste Tank Cells ; Min 500 Max GOT

4. Main Control Room ; Min 70 0 F, flax 80 0 F S. Orywell Ventilation :

Normal ; 135OF Average 8 hrs after Shutdown ; 105OF Average Calculation No . 8982 :IZ:1.2-2 Revision 004 Attachment :

Pogo 01 CA 13

ATTACHMENT J S&L Interoffice Memorandum from B. Desai Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

i Page J1 of J42

DRESDEN STATION UNITS 2 AND 3 DEGRADED VOLTAGE CALCULATIONS ASSUMPTION VERIFICATION A-s su mD til o-n-- 15 The setting tolerance used for setting the trip unit voltage is assumed to be

+1-0 .2 V which corresponds to about +/-0 .182% for a setpoint expected to be used near 110 V .

eference Calculations 8982-13-19-6, Revision 2 8982-17-19-2, Revision I Verification Descriptio n The attached relay setting order for Dresden Station Unit 2, Buses 23-1, 24-1, and Unit 3, Buses 33-1 and 34-1 from CECo System Planning already 'addresses tolerance of +/-0 .2 V and setpoints are near 110 V . Therefore, this assumption does not require further verification .

Fallow Up Action Incorporate assumption verification in the calculation .

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment :

Page S2 of

RELAY SETTING ORDER FROM ETA . ELiZ .

V1CCK3$-4Uwww STST PLAN STATION,,/,~- l)kpA p, Z KV .1.

414~ ;;;:r l two SOC2 an = C3 9UL 0 flu co SOL 1-1 15 a "e) s L. F0 FI- (41JO UP - 1/," L7 4 6 ZONE OR a

"TUW C fic I

CANOE (I)

RIMANT SEtTING ru TAPS /A TE ST -7;~ ~,,x A .1A-V~

~

TIMING VIA knsE~ Z IkA y &,or ~= -l/4_ia" - ,V,0 L-r-S 171 In Arens) Aw .51? V Art 60 C ; 010 0 V 1 Appoz bes R50 ,gspe'n I DESIC14ATIONS NOT COVERED ACOVIE OR CIELOW . SUCH AS LINE No. . HEW, OR OLD SETTING. E T C .

. 11 5t2  % 5 , (3 (2,-~ RELAY SETTING ORDER STA . ELEC FROM En OR Div. ENO. :

SYST . PLAN .

ONLY I

KrV*)f. /I~( !~~Yj; Z,&- A,0C' UL

= A ,W 1 (3 C g) n C:] aSOL n C) tea. ]z OUMMATU (3 5ee Z-EL16"L C.-O'41 AIrpe - toobL rd ZONE 00 ELACHARACI 1 L. Tuse" CANOE aM (NATING) sin;NC SEC. xU- G (DIV VAWII U110 f

T111 AI ;G C..

DIG TIMING clA 4 RE -c o A io :s r-

" SIS" , / - 9,15,

'DESIGNATIONS NOT COVIEPIEV AUOVE OR CELOW . SUCH AS LINE NO. . NEW 00 OLD SETTING . ETc-~

7, /,7 -

L Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : i Page J3 of J42

R ELAY C-9-CO. #6-"04 5-03 0

ZONE ON

- EL.(C"ARAC) iATlO CT "TUAM 40

1. At=

RANGE

AT..NGI t'

SS ITT.=

11111A 74 UTIO CAOwrs OHM TIMING

--ZT VAIA -X X107- MMM/K SEE') YoVIS

!C:2A z) krszea k,-srr V,~- aM=-nb,! V 5C AM -ZLQ ~;, colt" Q18 ' IT

• DESIGNATIONS NOT COVERED AL-OV9 00 09L.01R . SUCH AS LINE NO., NEW OR OLD SZTT'NG- ET C-w f-, (v .: S P-k I RELAY SETTING -ORD&R . . .

R STA . ELtC .

1PIROM Elan - Div . ENO STST . PLAN .

STATION ICY Tyn X'rFOINI-AN q-F A Q !C3 C29 .ex. CO = C3 w0 Ph 0 wL 0 cmm go

.JA

- LVEt. Ff-VOLUr, 044 3 A&:;kj RFwr VOG7me .

r-,JWAr,rA "mt ,2r- 2/.,a 4L Tie 'rbW,'e4J>a,W OAt1' -2/11AZ-11 C3'TIO 13 Z,4,

• DESIGNATIONS NOT COVERED ACOVE 09 MLrL.0W, SUCH AS LINE NO., N9W OR OLD ;MwET'romow K&S.,

V I I 'r- -:

Calculation No. 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

i Page J4 of J42

DRESDEN STATION UNITS 2 AND 3 DEGRADED VOLTAGE CALCULATIONS ASSUMPTION VERIFICATION AssumDtion1_LQ__"

I The dc control voltage for the undervoltage relays will be within the relay's acceptance range of , 100 to 140-Vdc during both normal and accidental conditions .

Reference Calculations (1) 8982-13-19-6, Revision 2 (2) 8982-17-19-2, Revision 1 Verification Description To verify above assumption calculation 9198-42-19-1 was prepared .

The calculation demonstrates that there are sufficient terminal voltages at the second-level UV relays during the first seven seconds of a LOCA (no LOOP) combined with a degraded voltage condition . The calculation also shows that these relays will not be exposed to terminal voltages exceeding their maximum limit during battery equalization .

Follow-Up Action Incorporate assumption verification in the calculation op : G:\ELEC\00C\QDC3545-EP Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : i Page J5 of J42

Cats . For minimum Contret dower voltage at The Te of The StCOMO Levet QFCerV0ttA99 ReiaVS SARGENT 'a LUNDY X I Safety-atiated ;I i Non-safety-Rttat'_

Went  : ammonwee t t h Ed i s on C o"womatnY Pmetmared by I I Date I Project  : .-tsoen Station - units 2 &no 3 Wood by I Date j . Mo. ;195-42 . No .

Equip )Wwwwad br t One I The battery chargers are rated at 200A (Reference 16) and are set to curren" limit at 100% of the charger rating (Reference 15) .

J. The characteristics of the NCX-21 battery cells for the 125-Vdc battery (Reference 5) are the same as those of the NCX-1500 battery cells of the 250-Vdc batteries (References 6 and 21) .

IV . ASSUMPTIONS Assumntion-s- not Reouirinq Verification A. Fuse resistances are not included in this calculation . The fuses which are upstream of the control circuits where the second-level UV relays are installed, are all 35 A (Reference 10) . The resistances of, the 35 A fuses are negligible when compared to the resistances of the cables . (ENGINEERING JUDGMENT)

Contact resistance for switches, breakers, and relays are assumed negligible . This is based on Dresden Station Design li .,:ormation Transmittj' DR-EPED-0503-00 (Reference 11) which shows that contact resistances vary from 0 .0028 to 0 .0002 OHMS . (ENGINEERING JUDGMENT)

The battery is fully charged at the time of LOCA initiation . The battery voltages are checked daily by personnel from the station operations department (Reference 12) .

0. No LOOP condition exists .

E. The new main feed to Panel 903-34 on Bus 3A-2 (Reference 22) has been installed . (ENGINEERING JUDGMENT - This loading is conservative relative t(

premodification loading on the same bus) .

V. ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA The input voltage at the terminals of the second level UV relays must not be belov the established minimum value of 95 Vdc or above the maximum value of 140 Vdc as determined by vendor information (References 7 and 19) . However, the relay will also tolerate a one second dip in minimum (Reference 19) terminal voltage to 89 Vdc .

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : i Page J6 of J42

Catc . For nininaaa Controt Power voltage at The T of The Secato level Uncervottage Retavs SARGENT A_ LUNDY Safety-Reiatad ~ `Ran-Safety-Rata E

client =am onweaith Edison Cmcanv Pre ered bV Data Project )resom Station - Units 2 ano 3 Reviewed by Oata Proj . go. 9198-42 Equip. No. 14uprwad by Oats Table 1 shows that during the worstA nterval (Switchgear 24-1, from -6 .917 to -6 seconds), the battery is still able to supply the minimum voltage to the UV relay, and would discharge from a fully charged state in about 15 minutes if this load were kept constant . Since the time delay for the UV relays is only seven seconds long, it is evident from the table that all UV relays will have the minimum necessary control voltage to operate during this time period .

The tables in Attachments A and B show the loading during a dual unit LOCA with no LOOP . However, the design basis for the station is a single unit LOCA only . Therefore, the results shown in Table 1 are conservative .

" The maximum battery equalization voltage is 135V when the battery is connected to the bus . Therefore, the maximum voltage of 140V at the terminals of the undervoltage relays will not be exceeded . .

VIII . COMPARISON OF RESULTS WITH ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA From the analysis of Section VII, the terminal . ::ltages of all second level UV relays will be within their minimum and maximum established limits under the postulated conditions .

1X . CONC USL_ IONS The calculation demonstrates that there are sufficient terminal voltages at the second-level LIV relays during the first seven seconds of a LOCA (no LOOP) combine with a degraded voltage condition . The calculation also shows that these relays will not be exposed to terminal voltages exceeding their maximum limit during battery equalization .

X. RECOMMENDATIONS Not Applicable .

XI . REFERENCES

1. Sargent & Lundy Standard ESA-102, Revision 04-14-93

2. Sargent & Lundy Standard ESI-253, Revision 12-06-91

3. Sargent & Lundy Standard ESC-291, Revision 05-23-91

4. Oesign Information Transmittal OR-EDO-0086-00, dated 08-02-93 (attached)

5. Sargent & Lundy Calculation 7056-00-19-5, Revision 23, dated 08-27-93 Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 ion 004 Attachment : J Page J7 of J42

j CaIc . No . 8982-17 2 ABB 1

Rev . 2 1 ,Page R25 8982-64 A

NEN BROWN BOYERi 7eiecrane : 21!-iis-7333 7elecczy :

I

-,ATE . Of t14 /13 PAGES :NCLUDING SHEET :

TO :

FROM--- C t. or F 1

Ow1Al S .. ?a* D *j C.'r PY6, it REFERENCE

V7 tj MESSAGE : Pm yo .1 0. ft w 0.,.j %--s-I , r-w I's I -S TO COIQ I=k (try 7-0-pq-r T"Irr A-LL0~JA!6LW' Pr- (:o&jTwz%- VoiLr?rc--r kAr#-J(rz ~ AL 7"Y',06-Z07 iQ W % 1-~ H*t4.t, o #.I t C ~( L 7"VII- IS q .T- 140 V Pr ijo r}+*-r .4 1 SEcofw(V 6"x C u QS 1 0 OJ 7-0

$ I \/ ve- \..j i " 4 or pr pjmgwr I 7 ;g , 0IVWtA-T7 aA) .

1-4+-t S 4 S .S 0 rt C'% T"),.t .E' ( S '7`v 2 -Z*J S 7-0-" IC D a g- -r w 6w-+J TVitm t rJ M LS I .0

,4-W ~ 14 " At C 0 ;= 4000 ow-rls,

. wit

- 7 ~ CC-21 _.^ ~ , =ire' - AMWWO - . C Calculation No. 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : i Page J8 of J42

DRESDEN STATION UNITS 2 AND 3 DEGRADED VOLTAGE CALCULATIONS ASSUMPTION VERIFICATION Assumptions - 11, .17 "It is assumed that the voltmeter used for setting the relay is a Fluke 45 Digital Multimeter . It is also assumed this voltmeter has been set to a user selected reading rate of 5 (medium) readings per second ."

Assumptions - 12, _18 "It is assumed that the multimeter is calculated to meet its technical accuracy specifications as identified in the Fluke 45 literature (Reference D) . Furthermore, it is assumed that the relay is calibrated at a temperature that is within the range of 21° to 24° . This assumption is necessary to limit the conservatism in the error due to relay temperature effect to a reasonable level ."

Reference Calculations 8982-13-19-6, Revision 2 8982-17-19-2, Revision 1 Verifi cation Description Dresden Relay Setting Procedure DOS 6600-09, Revision 8, specify to : a) use calibrated model-'Fluke 45 digital multimeter b) relays must be calibrated to an ambient temperature between 70° and 75°F .

Commonwealth Edison Company will revise Procedure DOS 6600-09 to include the use of Fluke 45 Digital Multimeter with user-selected reading rate of five (medium) readings per second .

Follow Up Action Incorporate assumption verification in calculation .

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : J Page J9 of J42

To : J . J . Hoinqatt1h Subject : Second Level Degraded Voltage Relay Settings Switchgear 23-1(Div . 1) & Switchqear 33-1(Div . I)

Dresden Station, Unit 2 & 3 Ref . : 1 . S&L Calculation Number 8982-13-19-6, Rev .2, entitled Calc . for Second-Level Undervoltage Relay Setpoint, Dresden Unit 2, CHRON # 186718 .

Ref . : 2 . S&L Calculation Number 8982-17-19-2, Rev .1, entitled "Calc . for Second-Level Undervoltage Relay Setpoint, Dresden Unit 3, CHRON # 186716 .

Ref . : 3 . Operability Determination of Safety Related Equipment Affected by the Second Level Undervoltage Relay Setpoint Change on Division I of Units 2 and 3, Dresden Station, CHRON-# 186841 .

The above listed references are for your files .

Reference 1 and 2 establish the design basis for the, setpoints of the subject relays . In order to expedite issuing new Relay Setting Orders reference 1 and 2. were previously sent to you and discussed via phone on June 2, 1992 . The need to adjust the existing settings is due to incorrectly applied vendor information which changed the ambient temperature effect tolerance in the original calculations=. This setpoint adjustment will restore margin to the level established in our current setpoint methodology . It is our understanding that Relay Setting orders for the subject relays have been issued as follows :

Dresden Unit 2 - Division I Primary Trip Setting  : 3835 volts nominal Secondary Trip Setting : 109 .57 volts +/- .2 volts Reset Bandwidth  : set to minimum achievable by device, approximately .5%

( .55 volts) above trip setpoint i .e . 110 .12 volts Timing  : 7 seconds +/- 20%

Dresden Unit 3 - Division I Primary Trip Setting  : 3884 volts nominal Secondary Trip Setting : 110 .97 volts +/- .2 volts Reset Bandwidth  : set to minimum achievable by device, approximately .5%

( .56 volts) above trip setpoint i .e . 111 .53 volts Timing 7 seconds +/- 20%

Calculation No. 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

i Page J10 J42

It should be noted that the existing setpoints on the Division II second level undervoltage relays are conservatively set above the values indicated in the revised S&L calculations (see Ref . 3) . Therefore it is not required at this time to adjust the Division II settings .

The setpoint calculation has several stipulations for setting these relays which must be adhered to by the operational Analysis Department . They are as follows:

1 . A Fluke-Model 45 multimeter, must be used to set the relay and have been calibrated within the manufacturer's specified, tolerance range of 18 to 28 degrees Centigrade .

The Fluke 45 must be set for a 68 Hz signal and at the medium sampling rate . If another voltmeter is to be used then it must have an accuracy equal to or better than the Model 45 in the appropriate volt range and be approved for use in this application by the Nuclear Engineering Department.

2 . The relay must be set (calibrated) at a temperature between 21 to 24 degrees Centigrade (74 to 75 degrees Fahrenheit) .

3 . Utilize ABB instruction bulletin I .B .7 .4 .1 .7-7 Issue D when setting the ABB/ITE, type 27N undervoltage relay with harmonic filter .

A copy of this letter has been sent to the station for appropriate .setpoint control review . If you have any questions or concerns regarding this matter please call Stan Gaconis, X7644 or Mike Tucker, X7648 .

M . L . Reed Superintendent NED-E/I&C Design Attachment cc : H .L . Terhune w/o attachment G .P . Wagner w/o attachment C .W. Schroeder w/o attachment H .L. Massin w/o attachment K .E . Faber w/o attachment M.S . Tucker w/o attachment S .L . Gaconis w/o attachment Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2-2 Revision 004 Attachment : J Page J11 of J42

In Reply, Refer to CHRON # 190945

Subject:

Second Level Undervoltage Protection Relay Setting Orders Dresden andQuad Cities Stations Mr. T .T. Clark:

Please provide copies of the Second Level Undervoltage (Degraded Voltage Protection)

Relay Setting orders for the ABB 27N relays installed for 4160 Volt buses 13-1, 14-1, 23-1 and 24-1 for Station 4, Quad Cities, and for 4160 Volt buses 23-1, 24-1, 33-1 and 34-1 for Station 12, Dresden. NED requires copies of the actual relay setting orders to close out some of the assumptions made in the degraded voltage calculations and for the FSAR rebaseline project.

We would appreciate copies of the subject Relay Setting orders by August 31, 1992. If you have any questions. please call me on extension 7648 at Downers Grovel .

Prepared :

M.S. Tucker Approved: Date:

M.F. Pietraszewski '

E/I&C Design Supervisor cc: M.L. Reed D. VaaPelt T.S . Kriz H.S. Mirchandani Pace i of 1 RS6REQSTIXC Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

J Page J12 of -J42

InterOffice Memo To: Bipin Desai From: Nlike Tucker Date: September 2. 1992

Subject:

Calculation Assumptions, Relay Setting Orders Degraded Voltage Clark Tom of System Planning has sent copies of the Second Level Undervoltage Relay Settings as you note Quad Cities Unit has requested. However, that the any RSO for I am been issued at this time.

Therefore- only the relay setting orders for Quad Cities Unit 2, Dresden Unit 2 and Unit 3 arc attached .

The relay setting order does not address the type pe of meter to be used. much less specify that the medium only sampling rate be user selected. Therefore, wel are going to have to determine an alternate course of action.

If you have any questions, please call me on ext. 7648.

CC: AL Reed

'The term "we" in this context should be best interpreted to mean "you ."

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : J Page J13 W J42

RELAY SETTING ORDER FROM STA . ELEC .

C.C .Ca. 46-44" 5-913 TST. PLAN .

ZONE OR i T. maj 3511 A-M U "Ji'm NIA RAM01

_jAp"Wal 70-129 V 1111"AST

-SITTING SIC bgra f6F '.AAU9I UL v COwuTID TAPS My ivy' JURlist. A ,a TIMING Tai .5 7.0 RELAY SETTING ORDER F"014 A STA . ELEC . EM OR -DIV. CHG.

C.K .C O. 194406 5-43 JSYST. PLAN .

• DU4, ZONE OR ELAC"ARACI ism&) T 3 AT 61.0TV31" I ivl*

RANGE 70 - 10V ONL Y s I 3 11C. .11 ",

COxruiEO IAIS LIZ) 7j a 1131 a -v.

DIG USUMS I qco

?q, 5 u57e q,,?I?o 7-4,e C41c .- t913 lq-Y q2j, 6& CAD 4-16-f z_ , gw1pu,

'DESIGNATIONS NOT COVERED (COVE 00 CELOW. SUCH AS LINE NO.. NEW OR OLD SETTING . ETC .

Calculation No. 8982-17-19-2 004

Attachment:

i Page J14 of J42

RELAY ~IU~ I %Wjj,% DIV. ENO.

C .E.CO . t" -+" 04 S-1S

" `'eCQtr LEW w EQ - lot. r IONS OR EL .tCHARAC' r.T . 'LD.I RATIO Cj. Tug" Rf' i iiAnNG' .~

T4 I

nuAAtt" SETTING V %ET'C SIC*

(O . VALUt) .L c~+utt0

/A - ..-4 " ..

CUSti. IAG DIG Az A TIMING I S SE y'o tLrs r- . V 7 LMT . T

.gq v F+ca .e Fs "' , 96- V QG - IIo r /10, 16.

ZIYA2.

Ana .- .tUyt,.a2-//-'JC L-oa full 6-2 -7L"s. nrt

°6 tr

'DESIGNATIONS NOT COVERED ADOVE OR -ELOW. SUCH AS LINE NO.. NEW OR OLD SETTING. ETC.

RELAY SETTIING "ORDER. . ~~' . M STA . ELIC .

,y 1"L FROM CI OR DIV. ENO.

C.E.CO . S"404 S-1S ' Vily ., ;TfT . FLAN .

" Vl~;

tJi'te~ t RIEATr t

16 STATION"'. 2 DRr,:,~ 1:~: KV . rypt -1. rE - Z7a-Nf A @ f n CE) IM (p =Q &" rl M ML (3 29P' O CHM OEACTIVATE C3 DUS 3't-i 3tr.Z1JzL ""E%;E4 U1J0FK_V0_7

.ON* OR E1.3CHARAt1 I04- A Fw UV I

a. 0.0) lwno ( 3sY, 3s/  ! Ic iw~ R1 t .T TURN JLTiOi

.- 1

' j~

(RA11 "

fAi1NG)  ! 7C+ -rZDr ?4-IzoV ..

SETTING _ 37 W,/ 3370 00 nAlut' / o'?, ! V JlO,F0V ' ,Z V Ano ii*sP utto 1IDy l/CTV tJO. Y L' VRP'ET~

TEST A-V CUS LAG OED 1 z0V 70V TI MIN G 17 SEcI(C -7 SfCZ' ($ ,~ N .:t'I<<"i "" = ttL: . (; /

.T'4 " )

Ad - o ft ct3 Riser Ve)crru F_ . &6 `.r-r~Ar61 841a  : o.J 4E6

!fFCormr-,J-5RrtA "me. or : ~/,a 4Z Tcc~.e T ila2c~1 ay~,J-* lk Zz,, A DATtt Z1tlht..1r e& ii'llo sh-1 /? Z4r

-DESIGNATIONS NOT COVERED ACOVE OR CELOW . SUCH AS LINE NO . . NEW ON OLD 9ETTING. Erc.

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : J Page J15 of J42

RELAY SETTING ORDER FROM r"1 $r

., ELEC .

C .C.CO.

PLAN. 8" ~SYST .

2:0NIM CLAC"ARACI kA

.T 1paj P

RATIO

• A 29FAIMMA --

sarm,w ZI "nil), 23 14 -

cor s U'm Ix ins Data j itXAZZMA M1 0

!5jEC V. 4fAX  ;- L= g=,Se,0 . VML-rs C1 ALI() - Walla z to B- G ;-62 9 . 6a V 1

• Off31Qm^T1OmS too? COV 601 90 ACOVS ON '-XLOW. SUC14 AS LINE NO., New an OLD SKT?Ika. aTit-.

RELAY SETTING ORDER FROM 4JSTA . ELEC.

STST . PLAN. O on - ow . ENG.

ONL STATION IL A a[] CQ UL 0 C) [] SIA

'"*U cam 0 MAOWATIZ 70'a Q ;r ffL. .tC"AMAC1 161 V F'T. WA 1010 ----

-hot ~

C.T. rut" ti 110s )VA A~

3Zto

,01-

"C. '.All#! - I VO Ln cosourea 1A11 C'

1111. A;a ,M TI MING I V. ,"FA -1 w o 7- 6Y C f- F-,0 /0 17. ~VQ c.TS to,&

- SF- r- V. , M-2Z domb: z M! 66 Mill I S sarl / - By &'Ost,

-CS31C.MATIONS Mo"' COVERED ACOVE OR CELOW . 3UC" AS 0"ff NO . . NEW DR OLD 3ETTtl+C. E4 Calculation No . 8982-17-19-?

Revision 004 Attachment-:

Page -Q6 Of J42

Commonwealth Edison Dresden Nuclear Power station RA. 41 Morris. Illinois $0460 7816PI10M 615/942-2920 F A C S I M I L E T R A N S M I T T A L S H E E T 11 *jqz DATE -

AA -1 *- T .4 r

, rELECOPIER NMERs 2-q CA j, cj~.0 S FROM -

COYER SHEET PLUS 25 PAGE(S)

DO YOU WANT TELECOPY BACK? YES &Id, IF YOU HAVE AVY PROBLEMS RECEIVING YOUR TELECOM

?LEASE CALL (815) 942-2920 EXT . A-Telecopy # 815-942-2920 Extension 2265

• • ,*N 0 T I S***

M`Ite I

I .D U K- -6~ -+~- ~x ~ p ro 1~ rt ar*

4:~ A*-k/ AC A ~ (),vvj t e t4 t, r t S' ---L -~~ 49~

Sent'.

Tlmei

/ / , , 2, /-7~ /,? -

Calculation No . _8982-17-19-2 ion 004

Attachment:

i Page J17 of J42

TESTING OF ICCS UNDERVOLTAG6 AND DEGRADED VOLTAGE RELAYS Requirements :

technical Specifications Section 4 .2, 'fable 4 .2 .1 Special Controls/Reviews :

NONE .

I_ 2iyari Originator S . Rhww Independent leviewer/Verifier (If Applicable) 1 . Fiedhr Department Procedure Writer M - Rnrehtnekt Department Supervisor APPROVED ZDOS/137 U/191111 1of8 D.O. S. R.

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

J Page J18 of J42

TESTING OF ECCS UNDERVOLTAGL AND DEGRADED VOLTAGE RELAYS A.

This procedure verifies the undervoitage relay settings for Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS) Buses 23-1, 24-1, 28 and 29 (33-1, 34-1, 38 and 39) and assures calibration of related Diesel Generator power instruments . '

S. USER RPTIRENCTS :

1. Technical Specifications :

Seetioa 4 .2, Table 4 .2 .1, Minimum Test and Calibration .

Frequency for Care and Containment Cooling Systems Instruaentatioa . Rod Blocks and isolations .

2. Procedures :

s. Relay Calibration Procedure (Supplied by Operational Analysis Department) .

Prints :

a. 12E-2334, Relaying and Metering Diagram - 4160 V Switch Group 23-1 L 24-1 .

b. 126-2335, Relay and Metering Diagram - 480 V Switch Groups 25, 26, 27, 28 i 29 .

12E-2346, Schematic Control Diagram . 4160 V Ewes 23-1 i 24-1 Main Feed BKRS .

12E-2345, Schematic Control Diagram, 4160 V Bus 23-1 4KV SWGR Bus 40 Feed BKR .

e. 12E-2346, Schematic Control Diagram, 4160 V Bus 24-1 Standby Diesel 2 Feed i 34-1 Tie Breaker .

f. 12E-3334, Relaying and Metering Diagram - 4160 V Switch or" 33-1 i 34-1 .

12E-3335, Relay and Metering Diagram - 480 V Switch Groups 33, 36, 31, 38, 39, i 30 and 4160 V SWGR CVs 15 .

h. 12E-3366, Schematic Control Dia*ram, 4160 P Buses 33-1 L 34-1 Main Teed SKIS .

i. 12E-3345, Schematic Control Diagram, 4160 V Bus 33-1 4KV SWGR Bus 40 Feed B1CR .

j. 12E-3346, Schematic Control Diagram, 6160 V Bus 34-1 Standby Diesel 3 Feed i 24-1 Tie Breaker .

=81137 ZW/198 2 of 8 7 ,e-

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : J Page J19 of J42

SUTT -t2=2S z Checklist A, LCCS Dun Relay lest .

1. Timor (Calibrated per DAP 11-11) . Record Serial Number and Calibration Due Date on Checklist A .

2. *Fluke Model 45 Multimeter . Record Serial Number and Calibration Due Date on Checklist A . i (W-2, W-3, W-4)

3. Digital Thermometer . Record Serial Number and Calibration Due Date on Checklist A .

E. ERERIMIRI= :

I ------------------------------------

11=

Indicate completion of the prerequisites on Checklist A .

1. Reactor in Cold Shutdown or Refuel .

2. fs being tested is out of service for the Operational Analysis Department ("D) .

Operational Analysis Department (OAD) has verified the relay settings for the relays listed in Checklist A .

4. Permission to start the undervoltage test on each bus (Dun 21-1,r 24-1, 33-1 or 34-1) has been obtained from the Shift tnginser .

F. P2rt',QNjt

1. Use proper sequences when disconnecting or reconnecting the relays to avoid spurious bus trips .

1. A Fluke Model 45 Multimeter must be used to calibrate the GCCS degraded voltage relays . 31 another voltmeter is to be used, 13W the Nuclear Engineering Department oust approve it's use .

1. All operating voltage* and trip times shall be within the tolerances listed in Checklist A .

IZ any of the AS FOUND values fall outside of the Checklist A tolerances, X= notify the Cperations Shift Supervisor and submit an out-of-tolerance notification sheet to the Technical Staff Supervisor .

ZDOSJ131 Zit1198 3 of 8 Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

J Page J20 of J42

I. 3. Acceptance criteria is annotated by acceptance criteria (AC) before the step .

Indication of completion of the relay tests is accomplished by completing Checklist A .

1 . Remove the undervoltage relays as follows :

a. . Isolate the trips by removing the 1.OM paddle .

b. Isolate the voltage sensing circuits by renovizg the UPYLR paddle .

c. Remove the relay .

2. Remove the degraded voltage relays as follows :

a. Isolate the trips by opening Test Switch 9 is the Test Switch Croup TS Z3-1 W (TS 33-1 179) and TS 24-1 W (TS 34-1 W) directly below the relay .

b. Isolate the voltage sensing circuits by opening Test Switches A, H, C, and D in the Test Switch Croup TS 23-1 W (TS 33-1 UV) or TS 24-1 W (TS 34-1 UV) directly below the, relay . _ .

c. Remavv the relay .

3. Complete the following on each relays

a. Verify relay settings .

b. Clean the relay .

Note anything abnormal .

d. Complete Checklist A, EOC3 bus Relay Test .

Install the degraded voltage relays as follows :

a. Install the relay .

b. Connect the voltage sensing circuits by closing Test Switches A, 3, C, and D in the Test Switch Croup IS 23-1 W (TS 33-i W) or TS 24-1 W (TS 34-1 VW) directly below the relay .

ZDCSI137 ZX/198 4 of 8 t t, < l7, r'1 o P.P 7 n`, v f ~TRS"16de'R ._ . e RA~1T'T a f A,f7i' v '+nP~Afn e TP. . '~ ^n n a f1 f T C'T

~

WTnn~nan .~a ~1~.Y In <e 1.

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : J Page J21 of J42

c. Connect the trips by closing Test S Switch Croup TS 23-1 W (TS 33-1 U9) or TS 24-1 UN (TS 34-1 W) directly below the relay .

Install the undervoltage relays as follows :

a. Install the relay .

b. Connect the voltage sending circuits by installing the UPPER paddle .

e. Connect the trips by installing the LOWER paddle .

6. (AC) All operating voltages and trip times are within the tolerances listed on Checklist A .

(initial or NIA)-_

J.Z any of the as found values fall outside of the Checklist A tolerance*, MM notify the Operations Shift Supervisor and submit an out-of-tolerance notification sheet to the Technical Staff Supervisor .

' (Initial or N/A) ' '

T. Notify the Operations Shift Supervisor of test completion and lire his the completed checklist . ',

J. nisr ss.Iltit tests are based on a nominal bus voltage of 4160 volts and a potential transformer ratio of 35 (4200 volts/12o volts) . The nominal voltage at the relay is 118 .86 volts .

W. M M's IrTFn:vlrr1a Response to IL Information Notice 84-02 . dated June 20, 1984 .

Electrical Distribution System Funetional Inspection, July, 1991 .

3. S 4 L Calculation 8982-13-19-6 law . 2 . Second-Level Dndervoltage Relay 6etpoint .

4. S i Z Calculation 8982-17-19-2 Rev . 1, Second-Level UndesvoltaSe Relay Setpoint .

ZDOS/137 ZN/198 5 of 8 Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : J Page J 22 of J42

CRICKLIST A ZCC3 BUS MAY TEST Prerequisites Complete : Unit Initial/Date ZCCS Bus ftdervoltage Relay Test trap getting is 93)

Lever Contact closur-4 T1;; to - E;;ij;- t setting Voltage (UV) Closure 20 to OV Sag F

12 227-2-28 (38)

ZCCS Bus Degraded Voltage Relay Taste*

Ambient Temperature -or Lever Contact Closure Time to Contact Sitting SoLtage OW) Closure 120 to 09 Relay lot . 7 t 09 .77 V 3,j to 127-3-21-1 1174 -l Lover Contact Cl Time to Con tact sot voltage (up) Closure 120 to OV tn 111-17 V 5 .6 to Lh sag Tim to Contact Closure 5 =in to I-Min- 13-AL&C I nS 21-1 (33-11 Time to Contact Closure 1 .9 to 2 .2 sec IMMUN Tbase relays sust be calibrated at an ambient tesperature between 70 and 75'F* utilizing ASS Instruction bulletin 2 .3 . 7 .4 .L .7-7 Issue D .

zno=37 TWI198 6 0 0 8

,2 ~ , 7, /? -

T Mr - - . n A I IV TC, k  ;*% .Tn W"C

, AVItTn "I -7j.-jUJ*AF4'T1'/%"-JVr"M ~

Calculation No . _8AUXT17T-1191-2 Revision 004 Attachment : i Page JZ3 of J42

CBECKLIST A (Continued)

ECCS BUS REZAY TEST Prerequisites Completes Unit Initial/Date ECCS Bus Undervoltage Relay Test trap setting is 93)

Lever Contact Closure Time to Contact Setting Voltage (W) Closure 120 to OV 1-0 i"il MUM LAFT i~ _.. _LF.s2__. ... l. l LEFT I

1~ Zil 1( 34 - i ~

127- -3~1 ~ 3s-i ce 227-1-1D (39~ Li ECCS Bus Degraded Veltage Relay Tests*

Ambient Temperature Lever Contact Closure Time co contact Setting Voltage (W) Closure 120 to OV Q 8_ 4 LUT 127=..~2~"i Lever Contact Closure Time to contact Setting Voltage (W) Closure 120 to OV 110 .4 to 110.9 V S .fi to LINT FO"M

- - I Tire to Contact Closure S min to to contact Closure to 2 .2 sec These relays must be calibrated at an ambient temperature betvOen 70 and 7S'T, utilising Ass Instruction Bulletin I .B . 7 .4 .1 .7-7 Issue D .

ZD0S/137 ZY/198 7 of 8 Calculation No . 8982-17-1 Revision 004 Attachment : J Page J24 of J42

CSICKLIST A (Continued)

ZCCS IUS MAY TEST Absorwal Findings and Coaments :

Timor Serial Number.- Voltmeter Serial NUMber Calibration Due Date Calibration Due Date OAD Repromentativv Digital Thormimmater Social Numbow Calibration Duo Dote Zoos/137 ZW/198 8018 a'^0 I VI - , -^- IM '.~

Calculation No . 8982 19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

i Page J25 of JS412

DRESDEN STATION UNITS 2 AND 3 DEGRADED VOLTAGE CALCULATIONS ASSUMPTION VERIFICATION Assumptions - 13, 19 The Containment Cooling Service Water System (CCSW) pump cubicle cooler fans and the Diesel Generator 2/3 starting air compressor need not be considered in determining the minimum allowable 4 .16-kV system voltage .

The CCSW pump cubicle cooler fans need not be considered in determining the minimum allowable 4 .16-kV system voltage .

Referenc e Calculations 8982-13-19-6, Revision 2, and 8982-17-19-2, Revision 1 .

Verific ation Description See the attached CECo CHRON 179857 for swing diesel starting air compressor assessment .

The existing CCSW cubicle cooler fan motors are acceptable . The Calculation No .

9215-99-19-1, Rev . 1 (calculation for evaluatic.:. of 3 H .P . ; 460 Volt CCSW motor minimum voltage starting requirements) demonstrates that the existing 460 Volt CCSW cooler fan motors will start during degraded voltage conditions without tripping their protective devices or exceeding their thermal capability limits .

Follow Un Action Incorporate assumption verification in the calculation .

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : J Page J26 of J42

CIRON # 17 20 9 57 Mr . C .W . Schroeder Station Manager, Dresden Subject : Safety Assessment Degraded Voltage Dresden Unit 2 Reference : Safety Assessment of Degraded Voltage Dresden Unit 2 M .F . Pietraszewski to C .W . Schroeder dated 1/30/92 CBRON 179582

Dear Mr . Schroeder :

The Electrical/ILC group of the Nuclear Engineering Department has revised the assessment of degraded voltage previously issued under the referenced letter . These assessments addressed the swing diesel generator starting air compressor, CCSW cubicle cooling fans and the battery chargers . Additional assessments have been performed on the affect of 120V contactors being subjected, to a lower voltage than the manufacturer's recommended value and the use of test data to determine the minimum starting voltage required for the diesel generator cooling water pumps . Copies of the safety assessments are attached, Nuclear Engineering has concluded that this equipment is capable of performing all intended safety functions and is currently operable .

Attachment B contains actions required to be completed by March 31, 1992 to ensure equipment operability during the summer months .

if you have any questions, please call Mike Tucker on extension 7648 at Downers Grove .

Prepared : Date :

M .S . Tucker Senior Engineer Approved : ~ ./ Date : °~Z .---

M .L . Reed E/I&C Design Superintendent ORSDN E17SFT\ SADVA .DOC MT : mst attachments cc : C .A . Grier .H .L . Massin M .F . Pietraszewski R . Radtke D . Taylor M .H . Richter B .M . Viehl M .-C .-Strait G .A . Gates S .A . Lawson NEDCC Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : J Page J27 of J42

Attachment A Affects of Degraded Voltage on Non-SafetyEquipment Certain non-safety related equipment is shown in the critical voltage analysis below the NEMA acceptance criteria. These are the 213 diesel generator starting air compressor, the 250V battery charger 2 and the 250V battery charger 2/3. ,

Swing, Diesel Starting Alr Compressor The diesel generator starting air compressor 213A would have 408 .6 Volts at the motor terminals at the new second level undervoltage relay setpoint, slightly less than the NEMA required 414 Volts . To assure the NEMA criteria is met for this motor, the relay would have to be set to assure 3827 Volts at Bus 23-1 as compared to the 3784 required to assure operation of the 2/3 diesel generator cooling water pump . The safety related portion of the air start system relies on accumulators of stored air, and would be fully charged prior to starting the diesel generator. The air compressor would have adequate voltage when it would normally be expected ~ to charge the receiver tank . The air compressor may start after the diesel has started due to low receiver pressure ; however, as the diesel has already started, recharging the accumulator is not required . Therefore, low voltage at the 213A starting air compressor is not a concern . Starting air compressor 2A and 2B have adequate voltage at the new relay setpoint .

250 Volt Battery Chargers The 250 Volt battery chargers are indicated as non-safety related in the Master Equipment List. The batteries were sized based on a loss of offsite power with no credit from the chargers . Unlike induction motors, the battery chargers are rated for 480 Volts nominal . Therefore, to meet the NEMA criteria of 90% terminal voltage, 432V is required . Further, the manufacturer of the battery charger, Power Conversion Products, specifies output voltage regulation and output current capability based on an input of 480V +15, -10%. To assure 432 Volts at the charger terminals, an operationally unacceptable setpoint would be required for the Second Level Undervoltage Relay.

NED has assessed the effect on the charger output at 414 Volts (86 .25% of 480 Volt rating) and has concluded there would be less than a 4% reduction in output voltage . This would be sufficient to prevent a discharge of the 250V battery. The charger maximum current output capability is also reduced ; however, with off-site power available the load demand on the DC system would be less- than the design basis loading. Therefore the small reduction in charger output is acceptable .

Attachment A to SADVA .D0C Page 1 of 1 ORSON EDSFAA7TA .DQC 2/2/92 9 :07 AM Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 404 Attachment : J Page J28 of J42

Attachment B Affects gf Degraded Voltage on Safety-Related Eauipment Certain safety related electrical equipment is shown in the degraded voltage analysis with available terminal voltage below the NEMA acceptance criteria .

Some of the safety related motors may have lower terminal voltage than vendor recommendations to assure successful starting . An assessment of this condition follows. ,

CCSW Cubicle Cooling Fans The Containment Cooling Service Water System (CCSW) provides long term decay heat removal . This system has a total of four pumps. CCSW pump A and B are ESS Division I and pumps C and D are Division 11. Two of the CCSW pumps, B and C, are in vaults to provide protection against local flooding . Each of these two pumps have four cooling fans fed by the respective ESS division power source. See Table 1 below. CCSW Pumps A and D are not in vaults . Therefore, these pumps do not require cooling fans . Only one CCSW pump is required per the FSAR .

Table 1

,. CCSW Pump ESS Division In Vault? CCSW Cubicle Coolin cffans Division I No None Division I Yes A Fan 1, A Fan 2, 8 Fan 1 and B Fan 2 Division il Division II L[

Yes No C Fan 1, C Fan 2. D Fan 1

__ and D Fan 2 The voltage available to the Division 11 fans (C and D) is adequate for starting and running these motors at the second level undervoltage relay setpoint issued per calculation 8982-13-19-6 Revision 1 . However, setting the relay to assure starting of the Division I fans (A and B) would result in an unacceptably high relay setpoint.

The simultaneous events of flood, LOCA and degraded voltage with off site power available is not considered to be credible . This event is estimated to be on the order of 9 .9 x 10-12 per year (see 1/20/92 C.A . Grier memo) .

Therefore, the potential low voltage at the Division I cooling fans is not a concern. to SADVA .D0C Page 1 of 6 ORSON EDSFIIATTB .D 0C 2/2/92 11 :00 AM Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

J Page J29 of J42

Diesel Generator Cooling Water Pumt) Minimum Startina Vol The purpose of this assessment is to evaluate the voltage available for starting the Diesel Generator Cooling Water Pumps (DGCWP) . The critical voltage calculations used to determine the second level undervoltage relay setpoint have determined that the swing DGCWP has an available terminal voltage of 370.6 Volts under starting conditions . This is 80.6% of rated .

The Unit 2 Division I critical voltage was determined 'in calculation 8982 19-1 Rev. 0 dated 1/8/92 (CHR(3N # 179302) . Division I bounds Division 11 as shown by calculation 8982-15-19-3 Rev. 0 dated 1/14/92 (Unit 2 Division 11, CHRON # 179755) ; this calcudtation determined that DGCWP 2 has 372.3 Volts available for starting.

The vendor of the Diesel Generator Cooling Water Pumps (OGCWP),

Chempump Division of Crane Company, does not specify a minimum starting voltage requirement . In response to a request by CECo for a minimum starting voltage requirement, the vendor responded that the motor was guaranteed to start and run at 90% of the 460 Volt rating (9r,414 .

Volts) and may not start if the line voltage dips by more than 15% (85% of rated or 391 Volts) . However, the 85% number was based on engineering judgement, and no actual testing was performed under degraded voltage conditions (under 90% of rated voltage) . The vendor was unable to provide a motor torque-speed curve applicable to this pump . This specific motor is no longer used by Crane, and they no longer have one available for testing .

Crane obtained a standard motor for each of Dresden's DG CWPs . The pump vendor modified each motor to allow for use in a submerged location .

To accomplish' this, the vendor machined the rotor to increase air gap and installed a liner in the motor. This liner protects the windings from moisture, thus creating a submersible combination pump/motor in a common enclosure. A water cooling jacket was also provided integral with the housing . Machining the rotor and providing a custom enclosure is standard practice for the vendor. The pumps were supplied to CECo in 1973 .

A test of the Unit 3 Diesel Generator Cooling Water pump was performed to obtain the torque - speed characteristic curve by developing an analytical model of the motor . Torque - speed curves would normally be obtained using a dynamometer. Due to the design of the DGCWP, the motor shaft can not be connected to a dynamometer. Dynamometer testing may also result in motor failure . Therefore, this method of testing was impractical for the Dresden DGCWP.

.12/92 11 :00 AM Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : J Page J30 of J42

Alternate analytical methods are available to determine torque - speed characteristics of induction motors . Generally, these methods are not used by manufacturers as potentially destructive dynamometer testing of redundant motors is more economical than the enginerring effort required to develop the analytical model. For the Dresden DGCWP, developing an analytical model of the motor based on test data was the only possible alternative . The test measured the three phase currents and voltage values from the initial inrush current until reaching a steady state value, indicating that the motor had started. Current and potential transformers were installed in the motor circuit to allow the use of a digital fault recorder to obtain the required data . The DGCWP was then started in accordance with normal station operating procedures . The testing accurately monitored the motor and pump as it is installed in the plant with the actual mechanical load applied to the pump impeller (cooling water flow to the Unit 3 diesel generator) .

model An analytical of the motor was developed and benchmarked against the test data for validity . This type of model can be used to predict motor behavior under all conditions . This type of motor model accurately represents the motor speed - torque curve, the changing rotor impedance with time and allows assessment of machine capability in response to available voltage. The motor circuit model developed is independent of starting voltage actually present during the test. The minimum starting voltage required to start and accelerate the motor was then calculated from the motor analytical circuit model . The test data, methodology and the torque - speed .curve developed are documented in calculation 8982-13 4, Revision 0;"dated 1/6/92 .

Two requirements must be met at the minimum acceptable starting voltage .

Adequate torque must be provided at reduced voltage and the protective devices must not trip on overcurrent before the inrush drops to the steady state value. The torque - speed curve determined by the testing shows that the motor will successfully start at 70% of rated voltage . The overload relay will not trip during a degraded voltage start, and the maximum current drawn by the motor is below the trip curve of the breaker .

The motor develops adequate breakdown and pull-up torque at 70% of rated voltage to assure successful starting. The critical factor in this application, by the test data, is net accelerating torque available . A minimum value of 25% of load torque must be provided to accelerate the load in a reasonable- --time, or about 50 lb.-ft. in this application ; an accelerating torque of 73 .8 lb .-ft . is available at 70% voltage, providing a Arracmment 8 to SADVA .00C Pale 3 of 6 ORSON EDSFI\ATTB.DOC 2/2/92 11 :00 AM Calculation No . 8982-1T142 sbn AN __

Attachment : i Page S31 of J42

conservative margin in the calculated result . This will accelerate, the pump to operating speed in 1 .65 seconds .

At locked rotor current, the overload relay will trip in 13 to 21 seconds, assuring that the thermal rating of the motor is not compromised. As the motor will start in less than two seconds, the overload will not trip the motor under starting conditions at 70% of rated voltage. The maximum current will be drawn when the motor starts under the highest expected voltage, which causes a locked rotor current of 626 Amperes at 110% of rated voltage. The 200 Amp TFJ breaker will take 27 seconds to trip at this current.

Therefore, at 70% voltage,the motor has adequate torque to start and no undesired protective trip will occur.

1,15 Volt Battery Chargers The 125 Volt Battery Chargers are rated 480V, not 460V as most motors .,

Therefore, to meet the NEMA criteria of 90% voltage, 432V is required at the charger terminals . Further, the manufacturer of the chargers (Power Conversion Products) has a published specification of 130V t,1% output voltage from no load to 200 Amperes with an input of 480V + 15, -10%.

To assure 432 Volts to the charger would require an operationally unacceptable setpoint for the Second Level Undervoltage Relay.

NED has assessed the effect on the charger output at 414 Volts (86 .25°10 of 480 Volt rating) and has concluded there would be less than a 4010 reduction in output volt2~ge . This would be sufficient to prevent a discharge of the 125Vbattery. The charger maximum current output capability is also reduced; however, with off-site power available the load demand on the DC system would be less than the design basis loading (e.g. fewer breaker and solenoid operations ; inverters remain on AC power) . Therefore the small reduction in charger output is acceptable . Additionally it should be noted that the batteries were sized based on a loss of off site power with no credit from the battery chargers . to SADVA.DOC Page 4 of 6 ORSON EDSFIIATTB .DOC 2/2192 11 :00 AM Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : J Page J32 of J42

120 Volt Contactors Five safety related 120 Volt Contactors on Dresden Unit 2 do not meet the vendor stipulated minimum voltage requirement of 75% of the 120 Volt rating at the new second level relay setpoint . These Contactors control motor operated valves required for LPCI injection . These valves are :

Reactor Recirculation Pump 2A Discharge Valve, 2-202-5A Reactor Recirculation Pump 28 Discharge Valve, 2-202-58 LPCI Injection Valve 2A, 2-1501-22A LPCI Injection Valve 28, 2-1501-228 LPCI Full Flow Test Valve 2C, 2-1501-388 At the new relay setpoint of 3820 t 7 Volts, a minimum critical voltage of 3784 Volts is assured on the 4kV bus. This critical voltage is based on the minimum acceptable running voltage on all required safety related equipment under the highest auxiliary power system loading condition . The setpoint includes' a tolerance for the lower analytical limit of the potential transformer, undervoltage relay and calibration equipment. The relay setpoint was determined in calculation 8982-13-19-6, dated 1-29-92 (CHRON # 179508). The critical voltage used was based on Unit 2 Division I (calculation 8982-13-19-1 Rev. 0 dated 1/8/92, CHRON # 179302). This value of critical voltage bounds the Unit 2 Division 11 analysis .

The worst case valve, LPCI Injection Valve 1501-228, has 72.7% of rated voltage available at the contactor under these conditions . Raising the relay setpoint to meet the conservative vendor voltage requirement these Contactors would result in an unacceptable relay setpoint. A higher relay setpoint would trip the preferred power source when it is still capable of supplying critical loads. This would challenge the diesel generators unnecessarily Therefore, the higher relay setpoint is unacceptable, both from an operating perspective and considering overall plant safety .

The five Contactors for the valves listed above were replaced during the fall 1991 outage with safety-related, environmentally qualified General Electric (GE) Series 300 Contactors . CECo has tested the minimum pickup of a 300 Series contactor. The test data shows that the GE Series 300 contactor minimum pickup is 58% of rated voltage when new. The GE value for pickup of 75% is to allow aging over the useful life of the device (40 years) and to provide a margin for conservatism . to SADVA .D0C Page 5 of 6 ORSON EDSFIIATTB .DOC 212/92 11 :00 AM Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 nt : J Page J33 of J42

The minimum expected voltage on the 4kV bus is 3840 Volts ., This is an extreme condition which would only occur at the highest off site power system loading condition with two transmission system contingences and a LOCA on Unit 2. CECo is a summer peaking utility, and the highest off site power system loading condition occurs on the hottest day of the year .

Lower loading conditions of both the transmission system and the station auxiliary power system will provide higher available voltage during spring, 1992 . This will assure pickup of the contactors under worst case loading conditions .

Based on; 1) the qualified GE Series contactor design which assures 75%

voltage pickup at the end of its 40 year life; 2) the demonstrated 5896 of rated pickup voltage of a new Series 300 contactor through testing; 3) the installation of new Series 300 contactors in all five safety related circuits in question ; and 4) the minimum expected voltages during the Spring '92 time period, all contactors will properly perform their safety function.

Modifications will be completed by March 31, 1992 to assure that there is adequate voltage for contactor pickup at the new second level relay setpoint . to SADVA .DOC Page 6 of 6 ORSON EDSFRATTS .DOC 212192 11 : 00 AM Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : J Page J34 of J42

eV -W -'4 In limply, Refer to Xt . C .W . Schroeder t 160914 Station Managar Drsadwsst Subjsat : safety Assessment opsaded voltage Dresden Omit 3

Dear Mr . Schrosdor:

Tint 11.satrical/I&C WO,a~ap of the Macloar Engineering ft9utmat It" not assgaod the affects of dsgrada voltaoa as Plant paiyssnt baanded by the satpotat of the $seond Level am" voltage relay. The" asseasmetts address this Division x= CMW effllktele ebbliae face, the battery chargers, Certain 12DV e=taat=s being ssibieota to a low voltaca than tho saaufaatwrer " a rsaon wrded value aai the use at teat data to dotemse the mialnmt starting voltage regsirea for the diaaal 9rmrsater *aeelisT Water per._ Cspia of the safety assessaaass are attached . falaar ZWnasring has conelaW that this agaipsrset is capable of performing all intended safety funatlons and is Currently, operable .

The attachment to this letter contains aaticins rpaised to be cosVisted by MCCU 31, 1992 to *amass tgttipntat operability daring the messes months .

yon have any questions, ;lease call Mike T'acker on extension 7948 at Downers Grove .

t Prepared : ,:Z- ~~ , Data $ ys=

X.S . rnako:

Senior fagiaser Approved : OOPOKI*W/s Dates ~ u M .1. . Resi EJIAC Design lapsrintsadeat taunt am1 P3371at1'4.DOC rsrsmst attaahseats cc: C.A. Grier Q.L. xassin X.T . Ptetrasseraki X .M . Radtke D.L . Tsyl= S.E . Richter H .X . vishl X.C. Strait G.A. Gates S.A. Larson Calculation No. 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

J Page J35 of J42

=L~i 7-' t!-83 . :4 P1i '. 3I Affects of Ae Cartain electrical equipment is shown in the degraded vortage analyst$ with available terminal voltage oelow the NEMA acceptance criterm. Some of the safety related motors may have lower terminal voltage than vandm recommendations to assure successful starting . An assessment of this condition follows.

M Cighlctt Cooling Atim The Containment Cooling Service Water System ICCSW1 provides long term decay heat removal. This system has a total of four pumps. CCSW pump A end 9 are ESS Division I and pumps C and 0 era Division 11 . Two of the CSW pumps, 0 and C, are in vaults to provide protection against local flooding. Each of these two pumps have toW Co0ttng fart : led the the respective ESS division power source. See Table 1 below. CCSW Purnps A and 0 are not in vaults . Therefore. these pumps do not require coal" fans. Only one CCSW pump is requued per the FSAl1.

' Table 1 CCSW Puma E33 Division In Vaunt CCSW Cubicle Cooling fens A Division i me None 8 Division n: yes A Fan 1, A Fact 2, 8 Fan 1 and 8 Fen 2 C Division If yes C Fan 1, C Fen 2. 0 Fen t and D Fen 2 0 Division li No None The voltage available to the Division I fans to and Bt is adequate for starting and running these motors at the second level undervohage relay aetpoim ued per calculation 8982-17-19-2 1'levisloln 0. However, setting the relay to assure starting of the Division If fans tC and DI would result in an unacceotabiv high relay setpoint .

The simultaneous events of 11000, LOCA and degraded voltage with off site power available is not considered to be credible . This event is estimated to be on the order of 9.9 x 1012 per year (me 1/20/92 C.A. Drier mernol .

Therefore. the potential low voltage at the Division ii cooling fans is not a concern .

Attaehn4m u3SMVA .00C PIN 1 0116 oAWN 103MU3ATT.ow 2118192 9:15 AM Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : J Page J36 of J42

-1tS'!!a~ " J ~ iilt'a1 so of this assessment is to evaluate the voltage available for g the Diesel Generator Cooling Water Pumas (DGCWP). The critical voltage calculations used to determine the second level undervaltage relay setpoint have determined that the swing DGCWP has an available terminal voltage of 342 .7 Volts under starting conditions . This is 74%% of razed.

The Unit 3 Division I critical voltage was determined In calculation 8982.17" 19-1 Rev . 0 dated 1121l92 (CHRON i 179719) . Division Il bounds Division 11 as shown by calculation 8982-19-19.1 Rev. 1 dated 2131M (unit 3 DlvWat ii, CHRON s 1802N) ; this cafcuitadon determined thilt DGCWP 3 has 349.8 Volts available for starting (76% of rated! .

The vendor of the Diesel t3snerstor Cooling Water Pumps (DGCWP),

C2lempump Division of Crane Company, does not sooedflr a mininmlcun slanting voltage requirement. In response to a reauest by CFCa for a minimum starting voltage requirement. the vender responded that the motor was guaranteed to start and run at 90% of the 480 Volt rating (or 414 volts! and may not start if the line voltage dips by name than 15 % . 188% of rated or 391 Voinl. However. the 85%, number was booed on engineering judgement, and no actual tasting was performed under degraded vohxge conditions (unanr 90% of rated voltage). The vendor was unable to provide a motor torque-speed curve app cable to this pump. This apeolf motor Is no longer used by Crane, and they no longer have one available for testing .

Crane obtained a standard motor for each of Dresden's DGCWPS . The pump vendor modified each motor to allow for use In a submerged location.

To accomplish this, the vendor machined the rotor to increase air gap and ad a liner in the motor. This liner protects the windings from moisture, thus creating a submersible combination pumplmotor In a common enclosure . A water oooeng jacket was also provided Integral with the housing . Machining the rotor and providing a custom enclosure is standard practice for the vendor. The pumps were supplied to CECo in 1973.

A test of the Unit 3 Diesel Generator Cooling Water pump was performed to obtain the torque " speed characteristic curve by developing an analytical model of the motor. Torque " speed curves would normally be obtained using a dynamometer . Due to the design of the DGCWP, the motor shah can not be connected to a dynamometer. Dynamometer testing may also result in motor failure . Therefore, this method of tenting was impractical for the Dresden OGCWP . -

An1JCNrAAr U3SADVADOC Pew 2 of a ORM EDMIJUMOW V1 8192 9t d AN Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : J Page J37 of J42

-vo-aa - _ -urn Alternate analytical methods are available to determine torque . speed crisraciarimics of induction motors. Ganersliy, %mass rriethods are not used bV manufacturers as potentially destructive dynamomets,r tasting of redundant motors is more economical than the anginarring effort required to develop the analytical models. For the Dresden DGCWP, developing an analytical model of the motor based on test data was the only possible aiternrnve. The test measured the three phase currents and voltage venues from the initial inrush current until reaching a steady state value, indlostirg that the mater had started. Current and potential tranafomom vwsre installed in the motor circuit to allow the use of a dlVIvA fault rscordw, to obtain the required data. The DGCWP was thin started In accordance v+ith normal station operating procedures. The testing accurately monitored the motor and pump as it is installed in the plant with the actuial mecranfto load applied to the pump impeller !cooling water flow to the Unit 3 disci generator! .

An analytical model of the motor was developed and benchniorked a"inat the teat data for validity.

all This type of model can be used to predict erector behavior under conditions. This type of manor model wcuratMy represents the motor speed " torque curve, the changing rotor impedance with time arc allows assessment of machine capabitity In regmnae to available voltage. The motor circuit model developed is independent of starting voltage actually present during the test. The ~rrdnimum~startingf voltage_ required to stag and acciierate tna~m~r then aaicuiate i5in ttorque "

he~~'n0, LO, test data, mat ` o the speed c=urve developed documented In calculation 8982-13 a, Revision 0, dated 1/6/92.

Ttgr uiremants must be met at the minimum acceptable starting voltage.

Adequate torque must be provided at reduced vohage an~,ap%Qni rot dev+cas must nos, .?siR,.wA..att ,>i~t , before the inrush drops tot=ie steady state value T. e i ,ttuL,;,gpeed curve deter ine~dby the testing shows then the motor obi succeasfu0 start a %of rand vohag . The overload relay will not t p during a degraded voltage start, a e maximum current drawn by the motor is below the trip curve of the breaker.

The motor develops adequate breakdown and pull-up torque at 7+096 of rated' voltage to assure successful starting . The critical factor In this application, by the test data. is net accelerating torque available . A minimum value of 2596 of load torque must be provided to accelerate the load in a riaaonaole time, w about 50 lb.-ft. in this application ; an accelerating torque of 73.8 lb.-ft. is available at 70% voltage. providing a A fit uauava.aoc foe aora DAMN et3RuaArr.ttac 211 raix 3.1 s eve Calculation fro. 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

J Rage J38 of J42

'r %J Uc 7-'?ti-b3 ; 3 :441`51 ~ 6/

conservative margin in the calculated result . This Will accelerate the pump to operating speed in 1,85 seconds .

At locked rotor current . the overload relay will trip in 13 to 21 seconds.

assuring that the thermal rating of the motor is not compromised . As the motor will start in less than two seconds. the overload will not trip the motor under starting conditions at 7096 of rated voltage . The maximum current will be drawn when the motor starts under the highest expected voltage, which causes a locked rotor current of 828 Amperes at 11096 of rated voltage. The 200 Amp TFJ breaker will take 27 seconds to trip at this current.

Therefore, at 70% voftegs,the motor has adequate torque to start end no undesired protective trip will oaccrc.

122 and 290 Malt Battery Cmam The Battery Chargers we rated "0V, not 460V as man motors . Therefore, to mom the NEMA criteria of 90'!6 voltage, 432V is required at the charger terminals . Further, the manufacturer of the chargers ()Power Corweraian Products! has a published sps~on of 130V *11% output voltage from no food to 200 Amperes with an input of 480V + 15. -1096 . To assure 432 Volts to the charger would require an operationally unacceptable setpoMt for the Second laves Undervoltage Relay.

The worst case battery charger is 125 V astitery Charger 3 which has 410 .9 Volts at.the terminals during summer LOCA steady state conditions. AN otner chargers have greater than 420V available .

NEO has assessed the effect on the charger output at 4'10 .9 Volts (85.896 x..,.`!80 Volt rating) and has con d there would less a

reduction in output votta--- .- Mls would be -tuffideMto prevent discharge

'of THe"D Panes. charger maximum current output capability is also reduced : however, wtM off-site power available the bad demand on the CC system would be less _than the design bast: loading (e .g. fewer breaker and solenoid operations ; inverters remain on AC power). Therefore the :mss reduction In charger output is acceptable. Additionally it should be noted s

that the batteries were sized based on loss of off site poi with no credit from the battery chargers.

A uss wVA.o0C pool 4 a s nASON ED5PM13ATr.D0C 2918192 9-15 AAA Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : J Page J39 of J42

'O -UJ - _- 43Pk 120 Mat con actats Five safety related 120 Volt ca ctors on Dresden Unit 3 do not most the vendor stipulated minimum ttage requirement of 'TES 95 of the 120 Voit rating at the new seoald level relay setpoint. These contactors control mow operated valves required for LPC1 Injection, These valves are :

Reactor Reldrculation Pump 3A Discharge Valve . 3-202-6A Reactor Recirculation Pump 38 Discharge Vows. 3-202-58 LPC1 injeatbn Valve 3A, 3-1501-22A LPC Injection Valve 38, 3-1501-228 LPCI Fu6 Flow Test Valve 3A, 3-1501-38A At the new rainy setpointt of 3870 t 7 Voles. a minimum critical voltage of 3832 Volts is assured on the 4kV but. This critical voltage is based on the minirntun acceptable . running votttige on as requksd WOW related equipment under the highest auxiliary power system loading condition. The setpoint includes a tolerance for the lower anatydcal limit of the potentiol transformer, undervattage relay and calibration eouipment. The rainy setpoint was determttndd in calculation 8982-17-19-2. dated 6-82, The critical voltage used was based on Unit 3 Division I (calculation 8952-17 1 Rev. 0 dated 1121192 . CHRON d` 179719). This value of critical voltage bounds the Unit 3 Olvislon Ii analysis (Calculation 8982-19-19-1 Rev. 1 dated 213192. CHRON " 1802a$) ..

The worst case valve, LPCi injection Valve 1501-22A . has 68.4796 of rated voitagiavailable at the contsmor under these canditiona. Relsinj the rainy setpoint to meet the conservative vendor voltage requirement these contactors would result In an unacceptable relay setpoint. A higher relay setpoint would trip the preferred power source when it is still capable of supplying critical loads. This would challenge the diesel generators unnecessarily. Therefore, the higher relay setpoint Is unacceptable . both from an operating perspective and considering overall phm safety .

The five carnacwre for the valves listed above were replaced during the tau 1991 outage with safety-mated . environmentally qualified General Electric (GE) Series 300 contactors. CECo has tested the minimum pickup of a 300 Series contaator . The test data shows that the GE Series 300 contactor minimum pickup is 58% of rated voltage when new. The GE value for pickup of 7696 is to allow aging over the useful life of the device i40 years!

and to provide simargin for conservatism.

Attschn4W iJ3s,ADYA-a=

Pe" 6 of e 0 tDsimu3ATr.ooc MOM 9:15 Are Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

J Page J40 of J42

The minimum expected voltage on the 4-kV bus -is 3924 Volta_ IM.L. Reed, Evakiation of Dresdan Station Unit 2 & 3 Dagraded Voltage Condition . dated M/92. CKRON 1799421 . This is an extreme condition whit would oniv occur at the' highest off Site power system Ioaoatg condition with two transmission svstam contingencss and a LOCA on Unit 3. CECo is a summer peaking utility. and Me highest off site power system loading condidan occurs on the hottest day of the year. Lower loading conditions of both the transmission system and the ststion auxiflary Doww system wig provide higher available vattage during spring, 1992. This will assure pickup of the cor+tactors under worst case loading conditions .

Based on: 11 the qualified GE Series contaator design which assure: 75%

voltage pickup at the end of its 40 year life; 2) the demonsuased 58% of rated pickup voltage of a new.Series 300 contector through testing; 31 the istlon of new Series 300 contactors in aB five safety related circuits' in question : and 4) the minimum expactod voltages dining the Spring '92 time period. a5 contactom will, property perform their safety function.

Modifications wail be complatad by March 31 . 1992 to assure that there is adequate voltage for contactor pickup at the new second levei relay setpoint.

Atuctv"W UMGVA.OOC tail. 6 of a OWN EDSPRUSArT.DOC 2118/82 9:15 AM Calculation No . 8982-17 2 ion 004 Attachment : J Page J41 of J42

DRESDEN STATION UNITS 2 AND 3 DEGRADED VOLTAGE CALCULATIONS ASSUMPTION VERIFICATION Assu lotion - 14 "The existing location of Panel 2252-83, which will contain one of the undervoltage relays is too close to the core spray pipe to be within the relays acceptable radiation level . Therefore, it is assumed that the panel has been relocated as planned such that the radiation level experienced by the relay is acceptable ."

Reference Calculation 8982-13-19-6, Revision 2 Verification Description Panel 2252-83 has been relocated .

Reference E~CN,j,2~

. o .,;-~ ;

W.R . No . : D-97548 Follow Up Action Incorporate assumption verification in calculation .

Calculation No. 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : J Page J42 of J42

ATTACHMENT K RSO's for 2"d Lvl UV Relays & E:Mail from J . Kovach Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 004 Attachment :

Page 141 of K4

RELAY SETTING ORDER c :Z .M li-4604 1-63 WATION fA .1-2. , wow BU-f KV I 20ME OR uv(Frf z ?

AL- acmaltscl, iI C;

F011A

~177 77 101 . "Mi SIC. Vt)Lrf I to VOL f Pic ill"*ts C00OUTIC UPS P, ctrl

'Uf Q cEG 6DJUST D 0 vsh9cma r10Lp p

,o

.AA m g, c. wqp TIMING MO f-e c 1 2,

- UfC -riefe TA/ I HAO /1 419300 dale4 /0-30-14-1

-rmS ASo isruro -ru cLAWY Vmfootmt~j srupv(. A SO MAKE 0- WMAOU04' 4 .. "rim c ."i'm m

V&SIG"AT10"S NOT COVERWO *%DCVK *0 CIELOW . SUCH AS LM6 MO ., 04MU ON' OILD 99 ;i'f Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

K Page

RELAY SETTING ORDER C.IEICO . 40-4*04 5-43 FROM 2 s T. . ELEC .

STST . PLAN . 0 on OE Y. ENO e VKAV STATION KV ;9.14r Typt A" 0 C JR) 21S. 0 :L 0 BL 0- . C"mo 0 IF'r

- &~e--e /-?P .: f, / 4~rr QZ-0 XPVf- L Ae4e Iiot am e 2ONE an ELACHARACI EAtla ANGI I ms nUwwE " ,'

,o, :

'Ic

-CO#APU7KO LAWS TEST ill cum. A;c-

. ova TIMING Aer~,..-,Aor or 7AIN -IC - 7_1t~j, F " ' M 4k), -1 q §,j '--

• DESIGNATIONS NOT COVERED ABOVE 014 wit.10W . SUCH AS LINE NO .. NEW ON OLD SETTING. 97C.

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

K Page K3 of K4

aor : Jobn .G .Kovach*ucm .com at nxmime e '. 7/14/00 10 :20 AM

-, : Normal

~, Requested Craig tobias at SNLPOBlA Thomas . J . Menoeucm . com at nxmime eject : Bus 33-1 Degraded,Voltage Relay RSO aig, per your reqest, this is to document that the requirement, to adjust e dropout/pickup ratio greater than or equal - ~ to 0 .995 also applies to the bject relay . RSO's. for Bus 23-1, 24-1, and 34-1 already reflect this guirement . Bus 33-1 RSO has not been revised since 1994 . The noted

-opout/p*Ickup ratio will be reflected in the next revision of the RSO that .

,11 be required to implement the new setpoint changes .

agards, obn G . Kovach resden X-364S

~/I&c Design Engineering This E-mail, and any of its attachments may contain Unicom proprietary information, which in privileged, confidential, or subject to copyright to the Unicom family of Companies . This E-mail in intended

.y for the use of the individual or entity to which it in addressed are not the intended recipient of this E-mail, you are hereby notified any dissemination, distribution, copying, or action taken in relation o the contents of and attachments to this E-mail in strictly prohibited F

and may be unlawful . If you have received this E-mail in error, please notify the sender immediately and permanently delete the original and any copy of this E-mail and any printout . Thank 41ou . -

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : K Page ___,K4 of

ATTACHMENT L D4C ID 0006191944 Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 ision 004 Attachment L Page LI of L4

Dresden Station Design Information Transmittal

[ X ]safety-Related Design Information Transmittal DOC ID 0006191944,

[ ]Non-Safety-Related Dresden Static Revision - 05

[ ]Augmented Quality Unit(s) : 2 and 3 Page 1_ of To: Mr. William A. Ba asa .

Organization : Sargent & Lmldy u c Address/Location : 55 E. Montme, Chicago, IL 60603-5780 Subject : Improved Technical Specification M Analytical Limits Status of Information : Verified n Unverified For Unverified Drrs, include the Method and Schedule of VeriSation in the "Description of Information" List Action Traddog d assigned for verification of "Unverified" information:

Description of Information : The attached table identifies the Analytical Limits, Allowable Values and References for the Timer, Tune Delay Relay, Limit Switch, Displacer Switch, and Protective Relay fimctions identified in the Technical Specifications for use in the preparation of calculations to support the ITS submittal. For many ofthese functions, the actual Analytical Limits are unknown or unavailable (*

Actual AL available). As such, "°II"he Analytical Limits (AL) for these functions and devices shall be conservatively set equal to the current Technical Specification LCO values". This statement shall also be included in the Methodology section} of each calculation prepared. Rev. 2 change 4160V ESS Bus Undervoltage (Degraded Voltage) value to 3820 volts per Calc. # 9198-18-19-1 Rev .3, 9198-18-19-2 Rev.3, 9198-18-19-3 Rev. 3 & 9198-18-19-4 Rev .3. Rev . 3 ofthis DIT changes 4160V ESS Trine Delay (No LOCA) Setpoint and Tolerance per page 3. Rev. 4 of this DIT changes device type 'and calibration frequency for Condensate Storage Tank Level. Rev. 5 ofthis DIT changes the calibration frequency of calc.#8982-13-19-6 (DCR# 990552) and 8982-17-19-2 (DCR# 990560) due to not having valid site specific os and vendor data.

i Purpose of Issuance : This Design Information Transmittal supersedes Revision 03 dated 7105100 in its entirety. For use in determining Allowable Values for the ITS calculations submittal .

Limitations: None References (Source Information Current Technical SpecificatimMCR#990552 & 990560 Prepared by: Sujal J. Paid !

Prim" Nw"

,~ Date: 9 IS 0 Reviewed by: Date: 9 Approved by: Date: e1' - ` --m,.-

Prtnte8 ...OD i ,e Distribution. Dix ID File, R Peak, DG tial File, D. Eaman, T. Thorsell, T .Loch, D. Ugoreak

Mds fann has been reviewed against the re"iranants of CC-AA-310, Rem and Site Eaginaering fancy 3~No . 6 Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

L Page L2 of L4

DOC IL J006191944, Rev. 5 Station Function ITS Table ITS Line Item Current Tech . Specification LCO Value Device T Cal FGM Dresden MS Isolation Valve Closure 1096 used Limit Switch 24M Dresden Turbine Stop Valve Closure 5 10%dosed 24M Limit Switch Dresden Rx Vol Water Level Low Low Time Delay 2 8 seconds and :5 10 seconds Time Delay Rein Dresden CS CS Pump Start 14 seconds (Note 1) Time Dela Rela __

rt Time Date Rela ~

Dresden LPCI Pum Start Time Dale Rela S 9 second= (Note 1) Tine Dele Reta 24M 3.3.5 .1-1 2e Deed. Sae DRE0043036 for new values. 24M Dresden LPCI Recirc Pum dP Time Dela Red 3.3.5.1-1 21 Time Dsla Rela Deleted. See DRE004M for new values . 24M Dresden LPCI Rx Vsi Dome Pressure Tams Dela Rala 3.3.5.1-1 2 Time Dela Rela tad. See DRE00-0035 for nsw values. 24M Dresden LPCI Recirc Riser dP Time Dela Rela Time Dela Rela Dresden HPCI Condensate Store e Tank Level LLow 10 . 8' for A CST and 7.25' for B CST 24M Mach . Level Switch Dresden HPCI Su cession Pool Water Level H ~ " 15 feat-8114 inches " Mach . Ds lever Switch 24M Dresden ADSA Initiation Timer - ~ . 120 seconds Timer 24M Dresden ADSA Low Low Water Level Actuation Timer s 10 minutes _ Timer 24M Dresden ADSB Initiation Timer 5 120 seswnds Timer ~~ 24M~

Dresden ADSB Low Low Water Level Actuation Timer 10 minutes - Timer Dresden HPCI Steam Line Flew Timer 3 seconds and 5 9 seconds Time Dale Reta , ,

3.3 .8.1-1 3b Dresden Low Set RV ReactuatMn Time Dela 3.3 .8 .3-1 1b a 8.5 seconds and S 11 .5 sec.4Nots 1) . Time Dela Role Z 2784 voRs and 5 3078 volts .

Dresden 4160V ESS Bus Undervoia Loss of Volta _ - 3.3.8 .1-1 - Protective Role Dresden 4160V ESS Bus Undervolta e Time Dela 3.3.8.1-1 2a k 5.6 secx nds and 5 8.4 sec. Time Dela Rela 24M

- 2 3820 vas (Note 3) Protective Rela Note 4 Dresden 4180V ESS Bus Undervolta T De ceded Volta 3.3 .8.1-1 Za 1 270 seconds and 5 330 sac (See page 3) Time Dela Rela Dresden 4160V ESS Time Dela No LOCH 3.3 .8 .1-1 2b 5 129'6 volts Protecdsve Rela . 24M Dresden RPS Elec. Power Monitorin - Overvoka T 3.3 .8 .2 SR 3.3 .8.22a Dresden RPS Elec. Power M_on niitorin - Undervcta T 3.3 .8 .2 _ _ SR 3.3 .8.22b 2 105.3 voles Protective Rela 24M Dresden RPS Elect Power Monitorin - Unde1!1uenY T1 3.3.8.2 SR 3.3.8 .22c . 2 55.4 H Protective Rela 24M Dresden RPS Elec . Power Monttorin 5 4 seconds (Note 2) Time Data Rela 24M rvok a Tine Dela 3.3.8.2 SR 3.3.8 .22a 4 second: (Hots 2)

Dresden RPS Elect Power Monkorin ndervoka Tine Deb 3 .3 .8.2 SR 3.3.8.2.2b 5 Time Dale Rela RPS Elso. Power Monitoring-Underfrequency Tine 4 seconds (Note 2)

Dresden 3,3,8.2 SR 3.3.8.2.2c 5 Time Deb Rele 24M to

" Actual AL Number (RMsr NDIT SEC-DR-00-018) Note 1: Current Specfied Vakce Actual AL Number (Refer to DRE98-0030) Note 2: Allowable Value per DOC ID S 0008048402 Note 3: Calc. # 9198-18-19-1 Rev.3, 9198-18-19-2 Note 4: Due to a lack of plant specific data and to be consistent with Rev.3, 9198-18-19-3 Rev. 3 8 9198-18-19-4 Rev.3 Quad and LoSa~, a cs~ratlen frequency of 18M B selected . Sea I.5 Cal.9898213-19"8 (OCRO990552) S 8982-17-19-2 (DCRJAO90580).

DC7C T:t>AOoaG l9 19 44

Subject:

Second Level Degraded Voltage 5-Minute Time Delay Basis for Setpoint and Tolerance A reviewed of the UFSAR and historical documentation was performed to determine if a basis exists for the current Time Delay setting of 5-Minutes +/-15 Seconds . The following description is provided in UFSAR section 8.3.1 .7: '

The 7-second time delay prevents circuit initiation due to grid disturbances .and motor starting transients, whereas the 5-minute time allows the operator to attanpt restoration -

of normal bus voltage . The 5-minute timer is bypassed on high drywell. pressuro / low low reactor water level."

The NRC Staff SER of May 19, 1982 states:

"The five-minute time delay is of sufficient duration to prevent-spurious operation of the second level , lou of voltage relays during. short bus voltage disturbances that may result from sfrtting large motors or short.term grid'disti rbances . A4ditional, this time delay will .afoW_ opera-tor.action Wattempt .restoration of grid voltage by rpeans axailable to him:" . .. . . . . .. ,

This subjtct.:was'also discussed- with several : individuals . involved- with. the early-degraded voltage issues: Based on these discussions and the documentation review conducted, it is concluded that there is no analytical basis for the'establishment of ttit spccifc time delay of.5-niinutes ;vvith a tolerance of 15 seconds: It is therefore reasonable . Waceeptan incrrcase inane sctpoint .tolercnce (i.e., +/- 30,seconds) as a result of calculated drift errs. .

-2 rc,J fG~dG To4N G, KOVACA Calculation No . 8902-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

L Rage L4 of L4

ATTACHMENT M Telecon Between J . Kovach (ComEd) and C. Tobias (S&L)

Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : m Page M1 of M3

Date: 4120= 3:13 PM Sender: Jobn .G.Kovac ucm.com To: Craig tcbias Priority : Nome Recent requested Subiect:FW Telecon Documnhfng RSOs Craig, I concur with the indicated RSO's as being current and the latest on file for the indicated services . Please note that the completion date top authorization) for both Bus 23-1 and 24-1 Degraded Voltage RSO's is 08/23/96 .

Regards, John

---

Original Message-~____

From : Craig tobias8mail .sargentlundy .com (SMTP :craig tobias@mail .sargentlundy .com]

Sent : ' Thursday; April 20, 2000 9 :15 AM To : john .g .kovachtucm.com Subject : Telecon Documenting RSO9

> John, '

> As we spoke on the phone, I am creating .a n email message to document our

> phone

> 6all on 4/18/2000. The topic discussed was the confirmation that the

> relay

> setting orders (RSO) that I obtained at Dresden . were the most recent relay

> setting orders

> Please confirm the relay setting orders that I obtained from Dresden

> are the

> most recent relay setting orders . The RSOs are identified below :

> Loss of Voltage Relays RSO8

> Bus 23-1 Issued 2/11/86 Completed 3/1/86

> Bus 24-1 Issued 2/11/86 Completed 3/1/86

> Bus 33-1 Issued 2/11/86 Completed 3/1/86

> Bus 34-1 Issued 2/11/86 Completed 3/1/86

> . Degraded Voltage Relay RSOs

> Bus 23-1 Issued 6/27/96

> Bus 24-1 Issued 7/11/96

> Bus 33-1 Issued 3/16/94 Completed 4/28/94

> Bus 34-1 Issued 10/31/96 Completed 11/8/96

> Please review this information and verify that it is correct.

If you

> agree with

> the information, please reply to the message and make a statement to that

> effect . This document will then serve as telecon for the calculations Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment :

Page M2 of M3

being

> performed .

> Thank you for your,time and support .

> Yours truly,

> Craig .Tobias

> Sargent i Lundy, LLC

> 312-269-6577

• a+aata,ra+*ta+++a++aaa+aaa+aaa+a++aaaata+a+aaaa*a++a++a+aaaai+a as+++aaa++a+aa+aa a

This E-mail and any of its attachments may contain Unicom proprietary '

information, which is privileged, confidential, or subject .to copyright belonging to the Unicom family of Companies . This E-mail is intended solely for the use of the individual or entity to which it is addressed. If you are not the intended recipient of this E-mail, you are hereby notified that any dissemination, distribution, copying, or-action taken in relation to the contents of and'attachments to,this E-mail is strictly prohibited and may be unlawful . If you have received this E-mail in error, please notify the sender immediately and permanently delete the original and any copy of this E-mail and any printout . Thank You .

• +aa+*a++ta+*+++*a+a+a+a*taaaaaa*+aa+aaa+a++a+*a+a+++a+a+*++++a as+aa+aa*+aa+++++

a Calculation No . $9$2-17-19-2 Revision 0 Attachment : _M Page M3 of

ATTACHMENT N DIT BB-SPED-0178 Calculation No . 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004

Attachment:

N Page N1 of N3

SARGENT t LMWY j DESIGN INFORMATION TRW SAFETY-RELATED NON-SAFETY-RELATED DIT No . BB-EPED-0178 CLIENT Commonwealth Edison Comnany Page I of 1 TATION BYran/Braidwaad UNITS) 1 & 2 TO-J--B . Wisniews i-25 ROJECT NO(S) 8915-88 S QHJECT Undervoltage Relay Accuracy Calculati 'n Innut Data MODIFICATION OR DESIGN CRINGE NUMBER(S) N1.A lean. Daft STATUS OF INFORMTIOX(lbi. iaformaooe is approrsd for use. Design Infanna;oo. approved for use. that commas a-sumptiow or is pnfimioery or requires Auther vaifwatioa (near) aW be so ideaified.)

This information is approved for use and requires no further verification .

IDENTIFICATION OF THE SPECIFIC DESIGN INFORMATION TRANSMITTED AND PURPOSE OF ISSIIEa ia any supporting documents, anacited m Drr by its wk, revision &Wor iwe due, and tarsi number of patsy for each docamew.)

The following information is for use in the preparation of the Degraded Voltage Relay . Accuracy calculation :

0 Switchgear ROOM Environmental Co jditi

- Minimum Temp .

Maximum Temp .

Relative Humidity

= 108* F

= 8 to 70%

= 41-Radiation exposure = S 104 rads Internal Switchgear Temp . Rise = 5 5* F Potential Transformer Data

- Westinghouse 4200 - 120 Va Model 9146D46G02

- Accuracy = 0 .3W, X, Y and 1 .2 Z References

1. UFSAR Section a) 9 .4 .5 .4 .2 b) 3 .11 (Table 3 .11-2)

2. Westinghouse Instruction Book, Volume 3A (Dwg . EN018-6A)

3. Specification F/L-2737-01, Amd . 1, dated 3-3-78

4. Byron Station Walkdown Data, dated 5-11-92 (copy ttac d OURCE OF INFORMATION 1lc . No . _- N/A Report No . N/A --

Rev. and/or date Rev. and or date

her S above

STT-IUTION jalanis/File 66 & 41 - 23 Haddad - 25 ev.

Calculation No. 8982-17-19-2 Revision 004 Attachment : N Page N2 of N3

$`(t~ot-~ W AO.tCDOLAJQ 5Y-44A muc.rt mlrt'Eg LJ/F(.U)4G <30r-tom Tj5Mf'p '

a'0 .4-r 8

OUT .DC A t &A P ~NI~At Utr.~rT E Tg^ZKWAY

.~

7 4j .

PM

$ U t.7 , IW

`4ko

~c .nE Su fU R- C US o c.rs5 LflG ~~ c v,g 22>> S~ " ~ ° 8~ " Z"

._ W 1114 ,DcO fZ- C 1.0.5 4W To A)-%.oW TSM Pag.&TvAE To sT.Ae3l L; -IS, TPEPI TtrA fEVATV 9E? IA K87J  ! i+,3$ LD6° C vl61 C LE vu4j j C4q Co wn*W ;S vrE 1)Ecyr~eO *4otr-T1kGE RE D.

N0TV 001+4 ua1T'S OpeRA.T%Wd At-JO -4eATIt.~TnotJ S`fSTEMr" 1W .a,L.L 6wGp. sub goor"g of;ofzAtl*, r+ie TEMpegATURs Du7Stae THS Cu81G1~g WAS ME:A5+JRED fIer&"R rWE 5UfjVL7 A!R,DU4 r ?O tW5%;RE Tii;. G,=c,es*r TAP T~'(RESLx.nNo c N TIDE 69CIAT~-7 TEMP&VATURS AFF~SaIIAL) WAS RWORDS-C%

?pqAZaV ;

vezi r r GD Calculation No. 8982-17-19-2 Revi 004 Attachment : N Page N3 of N3

ATTACHMENT 4 Procedure MA-DR-771-402, "Unit 2 - 4 kV Tech Spec Undervoltage and Degraded Voltage Relay Routines," Revision 03

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 1 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use UNIT 2 - 4 KV TECH SPEC UNDERVOLTAGE AND DEGRADED VOLTAGE RELAY ROUTINES

1. PURPOSE 1.1. This procedure provides the necessary administrative controls to perform testing of Dresden Unit 2 4 KV -Tech Spec Undervoltage and Degraded Voltage protective relays.

This procedure also provides the guidance for the isolation, calibration, functional test, and restoration of these protective relays.

2. MATERIAL AND SPECIAL EQUIPMENT 2.1. Material - None 2.2. Special Equipment 2.2.1. Voltage Test Source 2.2.2. 4 each General Electric Test Paddles 2.2.3. Certified test equipment as required to perform quality measurements.

2.2.4. Fluke 45 2.2.5. Calibrated Thermometer

3. PRECAUTIONS, LIMITATIONS, AND PREREQUISITES 3.1. Precautions 3.1.1. OBSERVE personal safety precautions and treat all equipment as potentially live.

3.1.2. Foreign Material Exclusion (FME) Notice - Throughout the procedure care shall be taken to prevent the entry of Foreign Material into the protective relays and relay cases.

3.2. Limitations 3.2.1. NOTIFY the appropriate Operating personnel if any inadvertent operations occur during the performance of this procedure. If any inadvertent operations occur, STOP and PLACE equipment in a safe condition until the station and NOAD management makes a complete evaluation.

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 2 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use 3.2.2. NOTIFY Unit Operating Engineer or Shift Manager of any discrepancies noted during this test.

3.2.3. GENERATE a Condition Report (CR) if any problem(s) are found.

3.2.4. DOCUMENT Temporary Alterations, Jumpers, Lifted Leads (LL), and other applicable items in accordance with appropriate Station Procedures.

3.2.5. INFORM the Unit Operator of any alarms they will receive during functional testing.

3.2.6. MARK N/A the steps in this procedure not required to be performed.

3.3. Prerequisites 3.3.1. Use controlled copies of schematic drawings and relay/metering diagrams to determine the function(s) of relay(s) to be tested in the associated circuit.

3.3.2. Determine if any isolating switches external to the relay package under test need to be opened to preclude unwanted operation of, or interference with equipment external to the relay package under test.

3.3.3. SIGN into work package.

3.3.4. VERIFY that test switches, panels, and relays are labeled correctly and agree with the appropriate attachment prior to the performance of any relay inspection, calibration, sensing circuit test, or trip checks.

3.3.5. PERFORM protective relay calibration of the relays to be tested using MA-AA-772-700 Series "Calibration of Protective Relays" and the applicable relay data sheets.

3.3.6. Attachments 1 and 2 may be performed with the Bus energized or de-energized.

Attachments 3 and 4 are to be performed with the Bus energized.

4. MAIN BODY 4.1. Control Isolation 4.1.1. LIST any additional test switches not identified on the attachment that will be manipulated during the procedure, on a station approved temporary alteration sheet.

4.1.2. LIST all test switches that need to be isolated during the performance of any relay inspection, calibration, or trip checks to prevent any unwanted operations.

4.1.3. LIST all test switches that will be manipulated during the performance of any relay inspection, calibration, or trip checks.

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 3 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use 4.1.4. LIST all test switches that are not identified on the station approve temporary alteration sheet that would be manipulated during the performance of any relay inspection, calibration, or trip checks.

4.2. Functional Testing Acceptance Criteria: Protective relay functional testing is acceptable if relays and control devices, including all diodes in the trip circuit, perform and function per control schematic.

4.2.1. INFORM Operations/Control Room of any alarms they will receive during the functional testing.

4.2.2. Functionally CHECK the control functions of the schematic.

5. RETURN TO NORMAL 5.1. The test switches are restored and equipment is released back to service.

5.2. End of Procedure 5.2.1. NOTIFY Operations shift personnel that the relay routine is complete.

5.3. Evaluation 5.3.1. INITIAL and DATE as each attachment is completed.

6. REFERENCES 6.1. Commitments - None 6.2. Documents 6.2.1. Controlled Current and Potential Schematic 6.2.2. Controlled Tripping Schematic 6.2.3. MA-AA-772-700 Series Protective Relay Calibration 6.2.4. Company Instruction No. 36-0, Periodic Protective Relay Tests.

6.2.5. Generation Station Safety Rule Book 6.2.6. AD-AA-106 Corrective Action Program (CAP) Process Procedure 6.2.7. Tech Spec 3.3.8.1.1

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 4 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use

7. ATTACHMENTS The following is a list of relay routine attachments contained within this procedure and the completed attachments will be part of the completed work package.

7.1. Attachment 1 - 4 KV Bus 23-1 Bus Undervoltage Relays.

7.2. Attachment 2 - 4 KV Bus 24-1 Bus Undervoltage Relays.

7.3. Attachment 3 - 4 KV Bus 23-1 Degraded Voltage Relays.

7.4. Attachment 4 - 4 KV Bus 24-1 Degraded Voltage Relays.

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 5 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 1 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 23-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 1 of 11

1. References 1.1. 12E-2345 Sh. 3- Schematic Diagram 4160V Bus 23-1, 4 kv Swgr 40 Feed Breaker.

1.2. 12E-2655B - Wiring Diagram 4160V Swgr Bus 23-1 Cubicles 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, & 14.

1.3. 12E-2655G - 4160V Swgr Bus 23-1 Cubicle 13 Internal Schematic and Device Location Diagram.

2. Control Isolation CAUTION: ISOLATE 4 KV Bus 23-1 Undervoltage trips BEFORE removing Undervoltage relays for calibration:

NOTE: If 4 KV Bus 23-1 is de-energized, then Alarm 2041, Window 29 4 KV BUSES 23-1 & 24-1 VOLT LO on Panel 902-8 will clear in the Control Room.

2.1 NOTIFY Operating that Isolating the following 3 test switches in the Isolation step of this UV surveillance will inhibit LPCI System 1 and Core Spray System 1 from starting during the performance of this surveillance.

TS 127B23-1X A INTLK LPCI SYS 1 TS 127B23-1X I INTLK CORE SPRAY SYS 1 TS 159SD2/3 G INTLK LPCI SYS 1

_____ / _____

W V Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 6 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 1 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 23-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 2 of 11 2.2. OPEN the following test switches at Bus 23-1, Cubicle 13:

Print Number Test Switch Test Switch Label CV/ Date WV / Date 12E-2345 Sh. 3 TS 127B23-1X A INTLK LPCI SYS 1 12E-2345 Sh. 3 TS 127B23-1X B TRIP BUS 23-1 FROM BUS 33-1 12E-2345 Sh. 3 TS 127B23-1X C TRIP BKR 152-2331 12E-2345 Sh. 3 TS 127B23-1X D TRIP BKR 152-2330 12E-2345 Sh. 3 TS 127B23-1X E TRIP BKR CUB 8 12E-2345 Sh. 3 TS 127B23-1X F TRIP BKR 152-2326 12E-2345 Sh. 3 TS 127B23-1X G TRIP BKR 152-2325 12E-2345 Sh. 3 TS 127B23-1X H TRIP BKR 152-2323 12E-2345 Sh. 3 TS 127B23-1X I INTLK CORE SPRAY SYS 1 12E-2345 Sh. 3 TS 127B23-1X J TRIP BKR 152-2321 12E-2345 Sh. 3 TS 159SD2/3 A TRIP BUS 23-1 FEED BKR TS 159SD2/3 B ALARM BUS 23-1 & 24-1 VOLTS LO PNL 902-8 12E-2345 Sh. 3 W29.

12E-2345 Sh. 3 TS 159SD2/3 F D/G 2/3 START RELAY ASR 2/3-2 12E-2345 Sh. 3 TS 159SD2/3 G INTLK LPCI SYS 1

3. Relay Calibration 3.1. REMOVE relays from 4 KV Bus 23-1 Cubicle 13 listed below and Initial/Date.

Relay Number Service Description Relay Type WV/Date 127-1-B23-1 Bus 23-1 Undervoltage Relay Phase A-B IAV69A 127-2-B23-1 Bus 23-1 Undervoltage Relay Phase B-C IAV69A 3.2. VERIFY that the data sheets for this cubicle agree with the Relay Setting Orders (RSO).

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 7 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 1 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 23-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 3 of 11 3.3. CALIBRATE 127-1-B23-1.

_____ / _____

W V Date Allowable Value: 79.91 VAC < VAC < 87.52 VAC Expanded Tolerance: 80.86 VAC < VAC < 86.50 VAC Setting Tolerance: 81.00 VAC < VAC < 86.40 VAC Recommended Setpoint: 83.7 VAC 3.3.1. IF setting is outside the Allowable Value, THEN NOTIFY the Unit Supervisor.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.3.2. IF setting is outside the expanded tolerance, THEN INITIATE a condition report while continuing with this procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.3.3. IF the setting is outside the setting tolerance, THEN INITIATE a Condition Report while continuing with this procedure. Re-calibration of the relay will need to be done per the applicable NOAD procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 8 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 1 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 23-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 4 of 11 3.4. CALIBRATE 127-2-B23-1.

_____ / _____

W V Date Allowable Value: 79.91 VAC < VAC < 87.52 VAC Expanded Tolerance: 80.86 VAC < VAC < 86.50 VAC Setting Tolerance: 81.00 VAC < VAC < 86.40 VAC Recommended Setpoint: 83.7 VAC 3.4.1. IF setting is outside the Allowable Value, THEN NOTIFY the Unit Supervisor.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.4.2. IF setting is outside the expanded tolerance, THEN INITIATE a condition report while continuing with this procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.4.3. IF the setting is outside the setting tolerance, THEN INITIATE a Condition Report while continuing with this procedure. Re-calibration of the relay will need to be done per the applicable NOAD procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.5. INSTALL relays into 4 KV Bus 23-1 Cubicle 13 listed below and Initial/Date.

Relay Number Service Description Relay Type WV/Date 127-1-B23-1 Bus 23-1 Undervoltage Relay Phase A-B IAV69A 127-2-B23-1 Bus 23-1 Undervoltage Relay Phase B-C IAV69A

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 9 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 1 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 23-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 5 of 11

4. Functional Testing with Bus 23-1 Energized NOTE: If 4 KV Bus 23-1 is de-energized, then N/A Section 4.0 of this procedure and perform Functional Testing using Section 5.0 of this procedure.

4.1. PREPARE four each GE Test Paddles by INSTALLING the connecting links in all terminals EXCEPT terminals 5 and 6. _____ / _____

W V Date 4.2. REMOVE upper and lower relay connection paddles from IAV69A relay 127-1-B23-1 at Bus 23-1, Cubicle 13 and REPLACE them with two GE Test Paddle as modified in step 4.1. After relay disc moves to its reset position, VERIFY that Bus 23-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relays 127B23-1X1, 127B23-1X2, 127B23-1X3, and 127B23-1X4 do not actuate.

_____ / _____

W V Date 4.3. REMOVE both GE Test Paddle from IAV69A relay 127-1-B23-1 at Bus 23-1, Cubicle 13.

REPLACE upper and lower relay connection paddles and VERIFY that relay disc moves to its energized position. _____ / _____

W V Date 4.4. REMOVE upper and lower relay connection paddles from IAV69A relay 127-2-B23-1 at Bus 23-1, Cubicle 13 and REPLACE them with GE Test Paddles as modified in step 4.1.

After relay disc moves to its reset position, VERIFY that Bus 23-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relays 127B23-1X1, 127B23-1X2, 127B23-1X3, and 127B23-1X4 do not actuate.

Do not remove GE Test Paddles. _____ / _____

W V Date 4.5. REMOVE upper and lower relay connection paddles from IAV69A relay 127-1-B23-1 at Bus 23-1, Cubicle 13 and REPLACE them with two GE Test Paddles as modified in step 4.1. After relay disc moves to its reset position, VERIFY that:

4.5.1. Bus 23-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B23-1X1 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 10 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 1 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 23-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 6 of 11 4.5.2. Bus 23-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B23-1X2 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date 4.5.3. Bus 23-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B23-1X3 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date 4.5.4. Bus 23-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B23-1X4 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date 4.5.5. Breaker Close Undervoltage Agastat Timer relay 27XTD-23-1 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date 4.6. REMOVE both GE Test Paddles from IAV69A relay 127-1-B23-1 at Bus 23-1, Cubicle 13.

REPLACE upper and lower relay connection paddles. After relay disc moves to its energized position, VERIFY that Bus 23-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relays 127B23-1X1, 127B23-1X2, 127B23-1X3, and 127B23-1X4 remain actuated.

_____ / _____

W V Date 4.7. REMOVE both GE Test Paddles from IAV69A relay 127-2-B23-1 at Bus 23-1, Cubicle 13.

REPLACE upper and lower relay connection paddles. After relay disc moves to its energized position, VERIFY that:

4.7.1. Bus 23-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B23-1X1 resets.

_____ / _____

W V Date 4.7.2. Bus 23-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B23-1X2 resets.

_____ / _____

W V Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 11 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 1 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 23-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 7 of 11 4.7.3. Bus 23-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B23-1X3 resets.

_____ / _____

W V Date 4.7.4. Bus 23-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B23-1X4 resets.

_____ / _____

W V Date 4.7.5. Breaker Close Undervoltage Agastat Timer relay 27XTD-23-1 resets.

_____ / _____

W V Date

5. Bus 23-1 Undervoltage Relays Functional Testing with Bus De-energized NOTE: If 4 KV Bus 23-1 is energized and functional tests were performed using Section 4.0 of this procedure, then N/A Section 5.0 of this procedure.

5.1. VERIFY that Bus 23-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relays 127B23-1X1, 127B23-1X2, 127B23-1X3, and 127B23-1X4 are actuated. _____ / _____

WV Date 5.2. OPEN test switch TS 23-1UV E at Panel 2252-83.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.3. PLACE a jumper between test switches TS 23-1 UV F and G on Panel 2252-83.

VERIFY that Agastat relay 459X1-23-1 actuates.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 12 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 1 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 23-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 8 of 11 5.4. ACTUATE IAV69A relay 127-1-B23-1 at Bus 23-1, Cubicle 13 by moving relay disc to its energized position. VERIFY that Bus 23-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relays 127B23-1X1, 127B23-1X2, 127B23-1X3, and 127B23-1X4 remain actuated. _____ / _____

W V Date 5.5. RELEASE relay disc to its de-energized position. _____ / _____

W V Date 5.6. ACTUATE IAV69A relay 127-2-B23-1 at Bus 23-1, Cubicle 13 by moving relay disc to its energized position, VERIFY that:

5.6.1. Bus 23-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B23-1X1 resets.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.6.2. Bus 23-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B23-1X2 resets.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.6.3. Bus 23-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B23-1X3 resets.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.6.4. Bus 23-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B23-1X4 resets.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.6.5. Breaker Close Undervoltage Agastat Timer relay 27XTD-23-1 resets.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.7. RELEASE relay disc to its de-energized position. VERIFY that:

5.7.1. Bus 23-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B23-1X1 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 13 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 1 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 23-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 9 of 11 5.7.2. Bus 23-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B23-1X2 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.7.3. Bus 23-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B23-1X3 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.7.4. Bus 23-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B23-1X4 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.7.5. Breaker Close Undervoltage Agastat Timer relay 27XTD-23-1 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.8. REMOVE jumper between test switches TS 23-1 UV F and G on Panel 2252-84.

VERIFY that Agastat relay 459X1-23-1 resets. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.9 CLOSE test switch TS 23-1UV E at Panel 2252-83.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

6. Bus 23-1 Undervoltage Relays Trip Restoration 6.1. VERIFY all taps and time levers in all relays are in their "In Service" position as specified by each relay's "As Left" data.

_____ / _____

W V Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 14 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 1 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 23-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 10 of 11 6.2. REPLACE relay covers.

_____ / _____

W V Date 6.3. REVIEW, INITIAL and DATE appropriate data sheets.

_____ / _____

W V Date CAUTION: If 4 KV Bus 23-1 is energized, then VERIFY 4 KV Bus 23-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relays 127B23-1X1, 127B23-1X2, 127B23-1X3, and 127B23-1X4 are reset BEFORE restoring Bus 23-1 Undervoltage relays trip test switches.

NOTE: If 4 KV Bus 23-1 is de-energized, then Alarm 1539, Window E-03 4 KV BUSES 23-1 & 24-1 VOLT LO on Panel 902-8 will annunciate in the Control Room when Test Switch TS 159SD2/3 B is closed.

6.4. CLOSE the following test switches at Bus 23-1, Cubicle 13:

Print Number Test Switch Test Switch Label CV/ Date WV / Date 12E-2345 Sh. 3 TS 127B23-1X A *INTLK LPCI SYS 1 12E-2345 Sh. 3 TS 127B23-1X B TRIP BUS 23-1 FROM BUS 33-1 12E-2345 Sh. 3 TS 127B23-1X C TRIP BKR 152-2331 12E-2345 Sh. 3 TS 127B23-1X D TRIP BKR 152-2330 12E-2345 Sh. 3 TS 127B23-1X E TRIP BKR CUB 8 12E-2345 Sh. 3 TS 127B23-1X F TRIP BKR 152-2326 12E-2345 Sh. 3 TS 127B23-1X G TRIP BKR 152-2325 12E-2345 Sh. 3 TS 127B23-1X H TRIP BKR 152-2323 12E-2345 Sh. 3 TS 127B23-1X I *INTLK CORE SPRAY SYS 1 12E-2345 Sh. 3 TS 127B23-1X J TRIP BKR 152-2321 12E-2345 Sh. 3 TS 159SD2/3 A TRIP BUS 23-1 FEED BKR TS 159SD2/3 B ALARM BUS 23-1 & 24-1 VOLTS LO PNL 902-8 12E-2345 Sh. 3 W29.

12E-2345 Sh. 3 TS 159SD2/3 F D/G 2/3 START RELAY ASR 2/3-2 12E-2345 Sh. 3 TS 159SD2/3 G *INTLK LPCI SYS 1

• Note: The following three (3) test switches could have 125VDC across the test switches:

TS 127B23 1X A; TS 127B23 1X I and TS 159SD 2/3 G. Since these test switches are used for monitoring permissives, it is acceptable to close them.

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 15 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 1 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 23-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 11 of 11

7. Return to Normal 7.1. VERIFY all relays are reset (or actuated if Bus 23-1 de-energized).

_____ / _____

W V Date 7.2. VERIFY targets reset (or actuated if Bus is 23-1 de-energized).

_____ / _____

W V Date 7.3. NOTIFY Operations/Control Room shift personnel that the relay routine is complete.

_____ / _____

W V Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 16 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 2 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 24-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 1 of 10

1. References 1.1. 12E-2346 Sh. 3- Schematic Control Diagram 4160V Bus 24-1 Standby Diesel 2 Feed &

34-1 Tie Breaker.

1.2. 12E-2656A - Wiring Diagram 4160V Swgr Bus 24-1 Cubs 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, & 8.

1.3. 12E-2656E -Internal Schematic and Device Location Diagram 4160V Swgr Bus 24-1 Cubicle 3.

2. Control Isolation CAUTION: ISOLATE 4 KV Bus 24-1 Undervoltage trips BEFORE removing Undervoltage relays for calibration:

NOTE: If 4 KV Bus 24-1 is de-energized, then Alarm 2042, Window 29 4 KV BUSES 23-1 & 24-1 VOLT LO on Panel 902-8 will clear in the Control Room.

2.1 NOTIFY Operating that Isolating the following 3 test switches in the Isolation step of this UV surveillance will inhibit LPCI System 2 and Core Spray System 2 from starting during the performance of this surveillance.

TS 159SD2 C INTLK LPCI SYS 2 TS 159SD2 D INTLK CORE SPRAY SYS 2 TS 159SD2 E INTLK LPCI SYS 2

_____ / _____

W V Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 17 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 2 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 24-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 2 of 10 2.2. OPEN the following test switches at Bus 24-1, Cubicle 3:

Print Number Test Switch Test Switch Label CV/ Date WV / Date 12E-2346 Sh. 3 TS 127B24-1X3 A TRIP BUS 24-1 FEED BKR 12E-2346 Sh. 3 TS 127B24-1X3 C TRIP RWCU RECIRC PMP 2B BKR 12E-2346 Sh. 3 TS 127B24-1X3 D TRIP CORE SPRAY PMP 2B BKR 12E-2346 Sh. 3 TS 127B24-1X3 E TRIP SDC PMP 2B BKR 12E-2346 Sh. 3 TS 127B24-1X3 F TRIP LPCI PMP 2D BKR 12E-2346 Sh. 3 TS 127B24-1X3 G TRIP LPCI PMP 2C BKR 12E-2346 Sh. 3 TS 127B24-1X3 H TRIP 152-2424 UNASSIGN BKR 12E-2346 Sh. 3 TS 127B24-1X3 I TRIP 152-2423 UNASSIGN BKR 12E-2346 Sh. 3 TS 127B24-1X3 J TRIP RX BLDG CLG WTR PMP 2/3 BKR TS 159SD2 A ALARM BUS 23-1 & 24-1 VOLTS LO PNL 902-8 12E-2346 Sh. 3 W29.

12E-2346 Sh. 3 TS 159SD2 B D/G 2 START RELAY ASR-2 12E-2346 Sh. 3 TS 159SD2 C INTLK LPCI SYS 2 12E-2346 Sh. 3 TS 159SD2 D INTLK CORE SPRAY SYS 2 12E-2346 Sh. 3 TS 159SD2 E INTLK LPCI SYS 2

3. Relay Calibration 3.1. REMOVE relays from 4 KV Bus 24-1 Cubicle 3 listed below and Initial/Date.

Relay Number Service Description Relay Type WV/Date 127-1-B24-1 Bus 24-1 Undervoltage Relay Phase A-B IAV69A 127-2-B24-1 Bus 24-1 Undervoltage Relay Phase B-C IAV69A 3.2. VERIFY that the data sheets for this cubicle agree with the Relay Setting Orders (RSO).

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 18 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 2 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 24-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 3 of 10 3.3. CALIBRATE 127-1-B24-1. _____ / _____

W V Date Allowable Value: 79.91 VAC < VAC < 87.52 VAC Expanded Tolerance: 80.86 VAC < VAC < 86.50 VAC Setting Tolerance: 81.00 VAC < VAC < 86.40 VAC Recommended Setpoint: 83.7 VAC 3.3.1. IF setting is outside the Allowable Value, THEN NOTIFY the Unit Supervisor.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.3.2. IF setting is outside the expanded tolerance, THEN INITIATE a condition report while continuing with this procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.3.3. IF the setting is outside the setting tolerance, THEN INITIATE a Condition Report while continuing with this procedure. Re-calibration of the relay will need to be done per the applicable NOAD procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 19 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 2 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 24-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 4 of 10 3.4. CALIBRATE 127-2-B24-1.

_____ / _____

W V Date Allowable Value: 79.91 VAC < VAC < 87.52 VAC Expanded Tolerance: 80.86 VAC < VAC < 86.50 VAC Setting Tolerance: 81.00 VAC < VAC < 86.40 VAC Recommended Setpoint: 83.7 VAC 3.4.1. IF setting is outside the Allowable Value, THEN NOTIFY the Unit Supervisor.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.4.2. IF setting is outside the expanded tolerance, THEN INITIATE a condition report while continuing with this procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.4.3. IF the setting is outside the setting tolerance, THEN INITIATE a Condition Report while continuing with this procedure. Re-calibration of the relay will need to be done per the applicable NOAD procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.5. INSTALL relays into 4 KV Bus 24-1 Cubicle 3 listed below and Initial/Date.

Relay Number Service Description Relay Type WV/Date 127-1-B24-1 Bus 24-1 Undervoltage Relay Phase A-B IAV69A 127-2-B24-1 Bus 24-1 Undervoltage Relay Phase B-C IAV69A

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 20 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 2 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 24-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 5 of 10

4. Functional Testing with Bus 24-1 Energized NOTE: If 4 KV Bus 24-1 is de-energized, then N/A Section 4.0 of this procedure and perform Functional Testing using Section 5.0 of this procedure.

4.1. PREPARE four each GE Test Paddles by INSTALLING the connecting links in all terminals EXCEPT terminals 5 and 6. _____ / _____

W V Date 4.2. REMOVE upper and lower relay connection paddles from IAV69A relay 127-1-B24-1 at Bus 24-1, Cubicle 3 and REPLACE them with two GE Test Paddle as modified in step 4.1. After relay disc moves to its reset position, VERIFY that Bus 24-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relays 127B24-1X1, 127B24-1X2, and 127B24-1X3 do not actuate.

_____ / _____

W V Date 4.3. REMOVE both GE Test Paddle from IAV69A relay 127-1-B24-1 at Bus 24-1, Cubicle 3.

REPLACE upper and lower relay connection paddles and VERIFY that relay disc moves to its energized position. _____ / _____

W V Date 4.4. REMOVE upper and lower relay connection paddles from IAV69A relay 127-2-B24-1 at Bus 24-1, Cubicle 3 and REPLACE THEM with GE Test Paddle as modified in step 4.1.

After relay disc moves to its reset position, VERIFY that Bus 24-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relays 127B24-1X1, 127B24-1X2, and 127B24-1X3 do not actuate. Do not remove GE Test Paddles. _____ / _____

W V Date 4.5. REMOVE upper and lower relay connection paddles from IAV69A relay 127-1-B24-1 at Bus 24-1, Cubicle 3 and REPLACE them with two GE Test Paddle as modified in step 4.1. After relay disc moves to its reset position, VERIFY that:

4.5.1. Bus 24-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B24-1X1 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 21 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 2 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 24-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 6 of 10 4.5.2. Bus 24-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B24-1X2 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date 4.5.3. Bus 24-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B24-1X3 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date 4.5.4. Breaker Close Undervoltage Agastat Timer relay 27XTD-24-1 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date 4.6. REMOVE both GE Test Paddles from IAV69A relay 127-1-B24-1 at Bus 24-1, Cubicle

3. REPLACE upper and lower relay connection paddles. After relay disc moves to its energized position, VERIFY that Bus 24-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relays 127B24-1X1, 127B24-1X2, and 127B24-1X3 remain actuated. _____ / _____

W V Date 4.7. REMOVE both GE Test Paddles from IAV69A relay 127-2-B24-1 at Bus 24-1, Cubicle

3. REPLACE upper and lower relay connection paddles. After relay disc moves to its energized position, VERIFY that:

4.7.1. Bus 24-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B24-1X1 resets.

_____ / _____

W V Date 4.7.2. Bus 24-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B24-1X2 resets.

_____ / _____

W V Date 4.7.3. Bus 24-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B24-1X3 resets.

_____ / _____

W V Date 4.7.4. Breaker Close Undervoltage Agastat Timer relay 27XTD-24-1 resets.

_____ / _____

W V Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 22 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 2 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 24-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 7 of 10

5. Bus 24-1 Undervoltage Relays Functional Testing with Bus De-energized NOTE: If 4 KV Bus 24-1 is energized and functional tests were performed using Section 4.0 of this procedure, then N/A Section 5.0 of this procedure.

5.1. VERIFY that Bus 24-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relays 127B24-1X1, 127B24-1X2, and 127B24-1X3 are actuated. _____ / _____

WV Date 5.2. OPEN test switch TS 24-1UV E at Panel 2252-84.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.3. PLACE a jumper between test switches TS 24-1 UV F and G on Panel 2252-84.

VERIFY that Agastat relay 459X1-24-1 actuates.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.4. ACTUATE IAV69A relay 127-1-B24-1 at Bus 24-1, Cubicle 3 by moving relay disc to its energized position. VERIFY that Bus 24-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relays 127B24-1X1, 127B24-1X2, and 127B24-1X3 remain actuated.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.4. RELEASE relay disc to its de-energized position. _____ / _____

W V Date 5.6. ACTUATE IAV69A relay 127-2-B24-1 at Bus 24-1, Cubicle 3 by moving relay disc to its energized position. VERIFY that:

5.6.1. Bus 24-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B24-1X1 resets. _____ / _____

W V Date 5.6.2. Bus 24-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B24-1X2 resets. _____ / _____

W V Date 5.6.3. Bus 24-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B24-1X3 resets. _____ / _____

W V Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 23 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 2 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 24-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 8 of 10 5.6.4. Breaker Close Undervoltage Agastat Timer relay 27XTD-24-1 resets.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.7. RELEASE relay disc to its de-energized position. VERIFY that:

5.7.1. Bus 24-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B24-1X1 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.7.2. Bus 24-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B24-1X2 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.7.3. Bus 24-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B24-1X3 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.7.4. Breaker Close Undervoltage Agastat Timer relay 27XTD-24-1 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.8. REMOVE jumper between test switches TS 24-1 UV F and G on Panel 2252-84.

VERIFY that Agastat relay 459X1-24-1 resets. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.9. CLOSE test switch TS 24-1UV E at Panel 2252-84. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

6. Bus 24-1 Undervoltage and Degraded Voltage Trip Restoration 6.1. VERIFY all taps and time levers in all relays are in their "In Service" position as specified by each relay's "As Left" data. _____ / _____

W V Date 6.2. REPLACE relay covers. _____ / _____

W V Date 6.3. REVIEW, INITIAL and DATE appropriate data sheets. _____ / _____

W V Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 24 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 2 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 24-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 9 of 10 CAUTION: If 4 KV Bus 24-1 is energized, then VERIFY 4 KV Bus 24-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relays 127B24-1X1, 127B24-1X2, and 127B24-1X3 are reset BEFORE restoring Bus 24-1 Undervoltage relays trip test switches.

NOTE: If 4 KV Bus 24-1 is de-energized, then Alarm 2042, Window 29 4 KV BUSES 23-1 & 24-1 VOLT LO on Panel 902-8 will annunciate in the Control Room when Test Switch TS 159SD2 A is closed.

6.4. CLOSE the following test switches at Bus 24-1, Cubicle 3:

Print Number Test Switch Test Switch Label CV/ Date WV / Date 12E-2346 Sh. 3 TS 127B24-1X3 A TRIP BUS 24-1 FEED BKR 12E-2346 Sh. 3 TS 127B24-1X3 C TRIP RWCU RECIRC PMP 2B BKR 12E-2346 Sh. 3 TS 127B24-1X3 D TRIP CORE SPRAY PMP 2B BKR 12E-2346 Sh. 3 TS 127B24-1X3 E TRIP SDC PMP 2B BKR 12E-2346 Sh. 3 TS 127B24-1X3 F TRIP LPCI PMP 2D BKR 12E-2346 Sh. 3 TS 127B24-1X3 G TRIP LPCI PMP 2C BKR 12E-2346 Sh. 3 TS 127B24-1X3 H TRIP 152-2424 UNASSIGN BKR 12E-2346 Sh. 3 TS 127B24-1X3 I TRIP 152-2423 UNASSIGN BKR 12E-2346 Sh. 3 TS 127B24-1X3 J TRIP RX BLDG CLG WTR PMP 2/3 BKR 12E-2346 Sh. 3 TS 159SD2 A ALARM BUS 23-1 & 24-1 VOLTS LO PNL 902-8 W29.

12E-2346 Sh. 3 TS 159SD2 B D/G 2 START RELAY ASR-2 12E-2346 Sh. 3 TS 159SD2 C *INTLK LPCI SYS 2 12E-2346 Sh. 3 TS 159SD2 D *INTLK CORE SPRAY SYS 2 12E-2346 Sh. 3 TS 159SD2 E *INTLK LPCI SYS 2

• Note: The following three (3) test switches could have 125VDC across the test switches:

TS 159SD2 C, TS 159SD2 D and TS 159SD2 E. Since these test switches are used for monitoring permissives, it is aceptable to close them.

7. Return to Normal 7.1. VERIFY all relays are reset (or actuated if Bus 24-1 de-energized). _____ / _____

W V Date 7.2. VERIFY targets reset (or actuated if Bus 24-1 de-energized). _____ / _____

W V Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 25 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 2 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 24-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 10 of 10 7.3. NOTIFY Operations/Control Room shift personnel that the relay routine is complete.

_____ / _____

W V Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 26 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 3 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 23-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 1 of 11

1. References 1.1. 12E-2334 Relay and Metering Diagram - 4160. Switch Group 23-1 & 24-1.

1.2. 12E-2345 Sh. 2- Schematic Diagram 4160V Bus 23-1, 4 kV Swgr 40 Feed Breaker.

1.3. 12E-2345 Sh. 3- Schematic Diagram 4160V Bus 23-1, 4 kV Swgr 40 Feed Breaker.

2.3. 12E-2655B - Wiring Diagram 4160V Swgr Bus 23-1 Cubicles 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, & 14.

2.4. 12E-2655G - 4160V Swgr Bus 23-1 Cubicle 13 Internal Schematic and Device Location Diagram.

2.5. 12E-2650B - Wiring Diagram 4 KV Bus 23-1 2nd Level Undervoltage Panel 2252-83.

2. Relay Isolation and Relay Removal 2.1. VERIFY that the data sheets for this relay agree with the Relay Setting Orders (RSO).

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 2.2. INFORM Operations that the 2/3 DG will be inop to D2 prior to performing the following step.

_____ / _____

W V Date 2.3. OPEN test switch TS 23-1UV E. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 2.4. INSTALL a jumper between TS 23-1 UV F and TS 23-1 UV G.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date Note: After the Jumper is installed on the relay, care shall be taken to ensure that the jumper does not become disconnected.

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 27 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 3 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 23-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 2 of 11 2.5. REMOVE TDR-23-1 at Panel 2252-83.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 2.6. OPEN test switches TS 23-1UV A and B at Panel 2252-83.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 2.7. VERIFY that relay 127-3-B23-1 trip target is illuminated.

_____ / _____

W V Date 2.8. REMOVE relay 127-3-B23-1 from Panel 2252-83

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 2.9. OPEN test switches TS 23-1UV C and D at Panel 2252-83.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 2.10. VERIFY that relay 127-4-B23-1 trip target is illuminated. _____ / _____

W V Date 2.11. REMOVE relay 127-4-B23-1 from Panel 2252-83

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 28 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 3 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 23-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 3 of 11

3. Relay Calibration 3.1. VERIFY room temperature is between the range of 21 to 24 Deg. C.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 3.2. SET the Fluke 45 on the medium sampling rate.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 3.3. CALIBRATE relay 127-3-B23-1. _____ / _____

W V Date Allowable Value: 110.3 VAC < VAC < 111.5 VAC Expanded Tolerance: 110.4 VAC < VAC < 111.0 VAC Setting Tolerance: 110.5 VAC < VAC < 110.9 VAC Recommended Setpoint: 110.7 VAC Allowable Value: 5.7 seconds < Time < 8.3 seconds Expanded Tolerance: 6.2 seconds < Time < 7.8 seconds Setting Tolerance: 6.3 seconds < Time < 7.7 seconds Recommended Setpoint: 7.0 seconds 3.3.1. IF setting is outside the Allowable Value, Then NOTIFY the Unit Supervisor.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.3.2. IF setting is outside the expanded tolerance, Then INITIATE a condition report while continuing with this procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.3.3. IF the setting is outside the setting tolerance, Then INITIATE a Condition Report while continuing with this procedure. Re-calibration of the relay will need to be done per the applicable NOAD procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 29 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 3 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 23-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 4 of 11 3.4. CALIBRATE relay 127-4-B23-1. _____ / _____

W V Date Allowable Value: 110.3 VAC < VAC < 111.5 VAC Expanded Tolerance: 110.4 VAC < VAC < 111.0 VAC Setting Tolerance: 110.5 VAC < VAC < 110.9 VAC Recommended Setpoint: 110.7 VAC Allowable Value: 5.7 seconds < Time < 8.3 seconds Expanded Tolerance: 6.2 seconds < Time < 7.8 seconds Setting Tolerance: 6.3 seconds < Time < 7.7 seconds Recommended Setpoint: 7.0 seconds 3.4.1. IF setting is outside the Allowable Value, Then NOTIFY the Unit Supervisor.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.4.2. IF setting is outside the expanded tolerance, Then INITIATE a condition report while continuing with this procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.4.3. IF the setting is outside the setting tolerance, Then INITIATE a Condition Report while continuing with this procedure. Re-calibration of the relay will need to be done per the applicable NOAD procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 30 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 3 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 23-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 5 of 11 3.5. CALIBRATE TDR-23-1 relay.

_____ / _____

WV Date Allowable Value: 279.0 seconds < Time < 321.0 seconds Expanded Tolerance: 297.8 seconds < Time < 317.2 seconds Setting Tolerance: 300.0 seconds < Time < 315.0 seconds Recommended Setpoint: 307.5 seconds 3.5.1. IF setting is outside the Allowable Value, Then NOTIFY the Unit Supervisor.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.5.2. IF setting is outside the expanded tolerance, Then INITIATE a condition report while continuing with this procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.5.3. IF the setting is outside the setting tolerance, Then INITIATE a Condition Report while continuing with this procedure. Re-calibration of the relay will need to be done per the applicable NOAD calibration procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 31 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 3 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 23-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 6 of 11

4. Relay Installation 4.1. INSTALL relay 127-3-B23-1 into Panel 2252-83.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 4.2. VERIFY that relay 127-3-B23-1 power indicating light is lit. _____ / _____

W V Date 4.3. CLOSE test switches TS 23-1UV A and B at Panel 2252-83.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 4.4. RESET relay 127-3-B23-1 trip target. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 4.5. INSTALL relay 127-4-B23-1 into Panel 2252-83.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 4.6. VERIFY that relay 127-4-B23-1 power indicating light is lit. _____ / _____

W V Date 4.7. CLOSE test switches TS 23-1UV C and D at Panel 2252-83.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 4.8. RESET relay 127-4-B23-1 trip target. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 32 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 3 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 23-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 7 of 11 4.9. INSTALL TDR-23-1 relay into Panel 2252-83. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.0 Functional Testing 5.1. CONNECT VOM #1 to TB 1-6 and TB 1-8 in 2252-83 to monitor relay TDR-23-1 contact T1 and M1 VERIFYING no continuity (ohms) across contact. Do not disconnect VOM.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.2. CONNECT VOM #2 to TB 1-5 and TS 23-1 UV I to monitor TDR-23-1 coil VERIFYING no 125VDC across coil. Do not disconnect VOM.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.3. REMOVE jumper previously installed between TS 23-1 UV F and TS 23-1 UV G.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.4. CONNECT VOM #3 between TS 23-1 UV F and TS23-1 UV G, VERIFYING no 125VDC. Do not disconnect VOM.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.5. TRIP Relay 127-3-B23-1 by OPENING test switch TS 23-1 UV A

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.6. VERIFY that relay 127-3-B23-1 trip target is illuminated.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 33 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 3 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 23-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 8 of 11 5.7. VERIFY no 125 VDC on VOM #2 connected across relay TDR-23-1 coil.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.8. VERIFY 125 VDC on VOM #3 connected to TS 23-1 UV F and TS 23-1 UV G.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.9. RESET Relay 127-3-B23-1 by CLOSING test switch TS 23-1 UV A

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.10. RESET target on relay 127-3-B23-1. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.11. VERIFY no 125C VDC on VOM #2 connected across relay TDR-23-1 coil.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.12. VERIFY no 125 VDC on VOM #3 connected to TS 23-1 UV F and TS 23-1 UV G.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.13. TRIP Relay 127-4-B23-1 by OPENING test switch TS 23-1 UV D.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 34 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 3 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 23-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 9 of 11 5.14. VERIFY that relay 127-4-B23-1 trip target is illuminated.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.15. VERIFY no 125 VDC on VOM #2 connected across relay TDR-23-1 coil.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.16. VERIFY no 125 VDC on VOM #3 connected to TS 23-1 UV F and TS 23-1 UV G.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.17. PRIOR to performing the next step, NOTIFY Operations that the 4KV Bus 23-1 Voltage Degraded alarm on the 902-8 F-07 window will be received.

_____ / _____

WV Date 5.18. TRIP Relay 127-3-B23-1 by OPENING test switch TS 23-1 UV A

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.19. VERIFY that relay 127-3-B23-1 trip target is illuminated.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.20. VERIFY 125 VDC on VOM #2 connected across relay TDR-23-1 coil.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.21 VERIFY 125 VDC on VOM #3 connected to TS 23-1 UV F and TS 23-1 UV G.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 35 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 3 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 23-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 10 of 11 5.22 VERIFY continuity (ohms) on VOM #1 across terminal T1 and Terminal M1 of relay TDR-23-1 after 6 minutes.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.23. VERIFY Operations received the 4KV Bus 23-1 Voltage Degraded alarm on the 902-8 F-07 window.

_____ / _____

WV Date 5.24. RESET Relay 127-3-B23-1 by CLOSING test switch TS 23-1 UV A

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.25. RESET target on relay 127-3-B23-1. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.26. RESET Relay 127-4-B23-1 by CLOSING test switch TS 23-1 UV D

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.27. RESET target on relay 127-4-B23-1. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.28. VERIFY no continuity (ohms) on VOM #1 connected across terminal T1 and Terminal M1 of relay TDR-23-1 and REMOVE VOM.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.29. VERIFY no 125 VDC on VOM #2 connected across relay TDR-23-1 coil and REMOVE VOM.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 36 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 3 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 23-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 11 of 11 5.30. VERIFY no 125 VDC on VOM #3 connected to TS 23-1 UV F and TS 23-1 UV G and REMOVE VOM.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

6. Restoration 6.1. VERIFY no voltage across test switch TS 23-1UV E and then CLOSE test switch TS 23-1UV E.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 6.2. INFORM Operations that the 2/3 DG to D2 is operable. _____ / _____

WV Date

7. Return to Normal 7.1. VERIFY all relays are reset. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 7.2. VERIFY targets are reset. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 7.3. NOTIFY Operations/Control Room shift personnel that the relay routine is complete.

_____ / _____

WV Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 37 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 4 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 24-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 1 of 11

1. References 1.1. 12E-2334 Relay and Metering Diagram - 4160. Switch Group 23-1 & 24-1.

1.2. 12E-2346 Sh. 2- Schematic Diagram 4160V Bus 24-1, 4 kV Swgr 40 Feed Breaker.

1.3. 12E-2346 Sh. 3- Schematic Diagram 4160V Bus 24-1, 4 kV Swgr 40 Feed Breaker.

1.4. 12E-2656A - Wiring Diagram 4160V Swgr Bus 24-1 Cubicles 1, 2,3, 4, 5, 6, 7, & 8.

1.5. 12E-2656E - 4160V Swgr Bus 24-1 Cubicle 3 Internal Schematic and Device Location Diagram.

1.6. 12E- 2650C - Wiring Diagram 4 KV Bus 24-1 2nd Level Undervoltage Panel 2252-84.

2. Relay Isolation and Relay Removal 2.1. VERIFY that the data sheets for this relay agree with the Relay Setting Orders (RSO).

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 2.2. INFORM Operations that the 2 DG will be inop to D2 prior to performing the following step.

_____ / _____

W V Date 2.3. OPEN test switch TS 24-1UV E. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 2.4. INSTALL a jumper between TS 24-1 UV F and TS 24-1 UV G.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date Note: After the Jumper is installed on the relay, care shall be taken to ensure that the jumper does not become disconnected.

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 38 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 4 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 24-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 2 of 11 2.5. REMOVE TDR-24-1 at Panel 2252-84.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 2.6. OPEN test switches TS 24-1UV A and B at Panel 2252-84.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 2.7. VERIFY that relay 127-3-B24-1 trip target is illuminated.

_____ / _____

W V Date 2.8. REMOVE relay 127-3-B24-1 from Panel 2252-84

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 2.9. OPEN test switches TS 24-1UV C and D at Panel 2252-84.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 2.10. VERIFY that relay 127-4-B24-1 trip target is illuminated. _____ / _____

W V Date 2.11. REMOVE relay 127-4-B24-1 from Panel 2252-84

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 39 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 4 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 24-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 3 of 11

3. Relay Calibration 3.1. VERIFY room temperature is between the range of 21 to 24 Deg. C.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 3.2. SET the Fluke 45 on the medium sampling rate.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 3.3. CALIBRATE relay 127-3-B24-1. _____ / _____

W V Date Allowable Value: 110.3 VAC < VAC < 111. 5 VAC Expanded Tolerance: 110.4 VAC < VAC < 111.0 VAC Setting Tolerance: 110.5 VAC < VAC < 110.9 VAC Recommended Setpoint: 110.7 VAC Allowable Value: 5.7 seconds < Time < 8.3 seconds Expanded Tolerance: 6.2 seconds < Time < 7.8 seconds Setting Tolerance: 6.3 seconds < Time < 7.7 seconds Recommended Setpoint: 7.0 seconds 3.3.1. IF setting is outside the Allowable Value, Then NOTIFY the Unit Supervisor.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.3.2. IF setting is outside the expanded tolerance, Then INITIATE a condition report while continuing with this procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.3.3. IF the setting is outside the setting tolerance, Then INITIATE a Condition Report while continuing with this procedure. Re-calibration of the relay will need to be done per the applicable NOAD procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 40 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 4 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 24-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 4 of 11 3.4. CALIBRATE relay 127-4-B24-1. _____ / _____

W V Date Allowable Value: 110.3 VAC < VAC < 111.5 VAC Expanded Tolerance: 110.4 VAC < VAC < 111.0 VAC Setting Tolerance: 110.5 VAC < VAC < 110.9 VAC Recommended Setpoint: 110.7 VAC Allowable Value: 5.7 seconds < Time < 8.3 seconds Expanded Tolerance: 6.2 seconds < Time < 7.8 seconds Setting Tolerance: 6.3 seconds < Time < 7.7 seconds Recommended Setpoint: 7.0 seconds 3.4.1. IF setting is outside the Allowable Value, Then NOTIFY the Unit Supervisor.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.4.2. IF setting is outside the expanded tolerance, Then INITIATE a condition report while continuing with this procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.4.3. IF the setting is outside the setting tolerance, Then INITIATE a Condition Report while continuing with this procedure. Re-calibration of the relay will need to be done per the applicable NOAD procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 41 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 4 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 24-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 5 of 11 3.5. CALIBRATE TDR-24-1 relay.

_____ / _____

WV Date Allowable Value: 279.0 seconds < Time < 321.0 seconds Expanded Tolerance: 297.8 seconds < Time < 317.2 seconds Setting Tolerance: 300.0 seconds < Time < 315.0 seconds Recommended Setpoint: 307.5 seconds 3.5.1. IF setting is outside the Allowable Value, Then NOTIFY the Unit Supervisor.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.5.2. IF setting is outside the expanded tolerance, Then INITIATE a condition report while continuing with this procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.5.3. IF the setting is outside the setting tolerance, Then INITIATE a Condition Report while continuing with this procedure. Re-calibration of the relay will need to be done per the applicable NOAD calibration procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 42 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 4 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 24-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 6 of 11

4. Relay Installation 4.1. INSTALL relay 127-3-B24-1 into Panel 2252-84.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 4.2. VERIFY that relay 127-3-B24-1 power indicating light is lit. _____ / _____

W V Date 4.3. CLOSE test switches TS 24-1UV A and B at Panel 2252-84.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 4.4. RESET relay 127-3-B24-1 trip target. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 4.5. INSTALL relay 127-4-B24-1 into Panel 2252-84.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 4.6. VERIFY that relay 127-4-B24-1 power indicating light is lit. _____ / _____

W V Date 4.7. CLOSE test switches TS 24-1UV C and D at Panel 2252-84.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 4.8. RESET relay 127-4-B24-1 trip target. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 43 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 4 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 24-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 7 of 11 4.9. INSTALL TDR-24-1 relay into Panel 2252-84. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.0 Functional Testing 5.1. CONNECT VOM #1 to TB 1-6 and TB 1-8 in 2252-84 to monitor relay TDR-24-1 contact T1 and M1 VERIFYING no continuity (ohms) across contact. Do not disconnect VOM.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.2. CONNECT VOM #2 to TB 1-5 and TS 24-1 UV I to monitor TDR-24-1 coil VERIFYING no 125VDC across coil. Do not disconnect VOM.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.3. REMOVE jumper previously installed between TS 24-1 UV F and TS 24-1 UV G.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.4. CONNECT VOM #3 between TS 24-1 UV F and TS 24-1 UV G, VERIFYING no 125VDC. Do not disconnect VOM.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.5. TRIP Relay 127-3-B24-1 by OPENING test switch TS 24-1 UV A

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.6. VERIFY that relay 127-3-B24-1 trip target is illuminated.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 44 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 4 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 24-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 8 of 11 5.7. VERIFY no 125 VDC on VOM #2 connected across relay TDR-24-1 coil.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.8. VERIFY 125 VDC on VOM #3 connected to TS 24-1 UV F and TS 24-1 UV G.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.9. RESET Relay 127-3-B24-1 by CLOSING test switch TS 24-1 UV A

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.10. RESET target on relay 127-3-B24-1. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.11. VERIFY no 125 VDC on VOM #2 connected across relay TDR-24-1 coil.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.12. VERIFY no 125 VDC on VOM #3 connected to TS 24-1 UV F and TS 24-1 UV G.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.13. TRIP Relay 127-4-B24-1 by OPENING test switch TS 24-1 UV D.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 45 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 4 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 24-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 9 of 11 5.14. VERIFY that relay 127-4-B24-1 trip target is illuminated.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.15. VERIFY no 125 VDC on VOM #2 connected across relay TDR-24-1 coil.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.16. VERIFY no 125 VDC on VOM #3 connected to TS 24-1 UV F and TS 24-1 UV G.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.17. PRIOR to performing the next step, NOTIFY Operations that the 4KV Bus 24-1 Voltage Degraded alarm on the 902-8 H-10 window will be received.

_____ / _____

WV Date 5.18. TRIP Relay 127-3-B24-1 by OPENING test switch TS 24-1 UV A

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.19. VERIFY that relay 127-3-B24-1 trip target is illuminated.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.20. VERIFY 125 VDC on VOM #2 connected across relay TDR-24-1 coil.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.21. VERIFY 125 VDC on VOM #3 connected to TS 24-1 UV F and TS 24-1 UV G.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 46 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 4 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 24-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 10 of 11 5.22 VERIFY continuity (ohms) on VOM #1 across terminal T1 and Terminal M1 of relay TDR-24-1 after 6 minutes.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.23. VERIFY Operations received the 4KV Bus 23-1 Voltage Degraded alarm on the 902-8 H-10 window.

_____ / _____

WV Date 5.24. RESET Relay 127-3-B24-1 by CLOSING test switch TS 24-1 UV A

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.25. RESET target on relay 127-3-B24-1. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.26. RESET Relay 127-4-B24-1 by CLOSING test switch TS 24-1 UV D

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.27. RESET target on relay 127-4-B24-1. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.28. VERIFY no continuity (ohms) on VOM #1 connected across terminal T1 and Terminal M1 of relay TDR-24-1 and REMOVE VOM.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.29. VERIFY no 125 VDC on VOM #2 connected across relay TDR-24-1 coil and REMOVE VOM.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-402 Revision 03 Page 47 of 47 Level 1 - Continuous Use ATTACHMENT 4 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 24-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 11 of 11 5.30. VERIFY no 125 VDC on VOM #3 connected to TS 24-1 UV F and TS 24-1 UV G and REMOVE VOM.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

6. Restoration 6.1. VERIFY no voltage across test switch TS 24-1UV E and then CLOSE test switch TS 24-1UV E.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 6.2. INFORM Operations that the 2 DG to D2 is operable. _____ / _____

WV Date

7. Return to Normal 7.3. VERIFY all relays are reset. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 7.4. VERIFY targets are reset. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 7.4. NOTIFY Operations/Control Room shift personnel that the relay routine is complete.

_____ / _____

WV Date

ATTACHMENT 5 Procedure MA-DR-771-403, "Unit 3 - 4 kV Tech Spec Undervoltage and Degraded Voltage Relay Routines," Revision 3

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 1 of 46 Level 1 - Continuous Use UNIT 3 - 4 KV TECH SPEC UNDERVOLTAGE AND DEGRADED VOLTAGE RELAY ROUTINES

1. PURPOSE 1.1. This procedure provides the necessary administrative controls to perform testing of Dresden Unit 3 4 KV -Tech Spec Undervoltage and Degraded Voltage protective relays. This procedure also provides the guidance for the isolation, calibration, functional test, and restoration of these protective relays.

2. MATERIAL AND SPECIAL EQUIPMENT 2.1. Material - None 2.2. Special Equipment 2.2.1. Voltage Test Source 2.2.2. 4 each General Electric Test Paddles 2.2.3. Certified test equipment as required to perform quality measurements.

2.2.4. Fluke 45 2.2.5. Calibrated Thermometer

3. PRECAUTIONS, LIMITATIONS, AND PREREQUISITES 3.1. Precautions 3.1.1. OBSERVE personal safety precautions and treat all equipment as potentially live.

3.1.2. Foreign Material Exclusion (FME) Notice - Throughout the procedure care shall be taken to prevent the entry of Foreign Material into the protective relays and relay cases.

3.2. Limitations 3.2.1. NOTIFY the appropriate Operating personnel if any inadvertent operations occur during the performance of this procedure. If any inadvertent operations occur, STOP and PLACE equipment in a safe condition until the station and NOAD management makes a complete evaluation.

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 2 of 46 3.2.2. NOTIFY Unit Operating Engineer or Shift Manager of any discrepancies noted during this test.

3.2.3. GENERATE a Condition Report (CR) if any problem(s) are found.

3.2.4. DOCUMENT Temporary Alterations, Jumpers, Lifted Leads (LL), and other applicable items in accordance with appropriate Station Procedures.

3.2.5. INFORM the Unit Operator of any alarms they will receive during functional testing.

3.2.6. MARK N/A the steps in this procedure not required to be performed.

3.3. Prerequisites 3.3.1. Use controlled copies of schematic drawings and relay/metering diagrams to determine the function(s) of relay(s) to be tested in the associated circuit.

3.3.2. Determine if any isolating switches external to the relay package under test need to be opened to preclude unwanted operation of, or interference with equipment external to the relay package under test.

3.3.3. SIGN into work package.

3.3.4. VERIFY that test switches, panels, and relays are labeled correctly and agree with the appropriate attachment prior to the performance of any relay inspection, calibration, sensing circuit test, or trip checks.

3.3.5. PERFORM protective relay calibration of the relays to be tested using MA-AA-772-700 Series "Calibration of Protective Relays" and the applicable relay data sheets.

3.3.6. Attachments 1 and 2 may be performed with the Bus energized or de-energized.

Attachments 3 and 4 are to be performed with the Bus energized.

4. MAIN BODY 4.1. Control Isolation 4.1.1. LIST any additional test switches not identified on the attachment that will be manipulated during the procedure, on a station approved temporary alteration sheet.

4.1.2. LIST all test switches that need to be isolated during the performance of any relay inspection, calibration, or trip checks to prevent any unwanted operations.

4.1.3. LIST all test switches that will be manipulated during the performance of any relay inspection, calibration, or trip checks.

4.1.4. LIST all test switches that are not identified on the station approve temporary alteration sheet that would be manipulated during the performance of any relay inspection, calibration, or trip checks.

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 3 of 46 4.2. Functional Testing Acceptance Criteria: Protective relay functional testing is acceptable if relays and control devices, including all diodes in the trip circuit, perform and function per control schematic.

4.2.1. INFORM Operations/Control Room of any alarms they will receive during the functional testing.

4.2.2. Functionally CHECK the control functions of the schematic.

5. RETURN TO NORMAL 5.1. The test switches are restored and equipment is released back to service.

5.2. End of Procedure 5.2.1. NOTIFY Operations shift personnel that the relay routine is complete.

5.3. Evaluation 5.3.1. INITIAL and DATE as each attachment is completed.

6. REFERENCES 6.1. Commitments - None 6.2. Documents 6.2.1. Controlled Current and Potential Schematic 6.2.2. Controlled Tripping Schematic 6.2.3. MA-AA-772-700 Series Protective Relay Calibration 6.2.4. Company Instruction No. 36-0, Periodic Protective Relay Tests.

6.2.5. Generation Station Safety Rule Book 6.2.6. AD-AA-106 Corrective Action Program (CAP) Process Procedure 6.2.7. Tech Spec 3.3.8.1.1

7. ATTACHMENTS The following is a list of relay routine attachments contained within this procedure and the completed attachments will be part of the completed work package.

7.1. Attachment 1 - 4 KV Bus 33-1 Bus Undervoltage Relays.

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 4 of 46 7.2. Attachment 2 - 4 KV Bus 34-1 Bus Undervoltage Relays.

7.3. Attachment 3 - 4 KV Bus 33-1 Degraded Voltage Relays.

7.4. Attachment 4 - 4 KV Bus 34-1 Degraded Voltage Relays.

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 5 of 46 ATTACHMENT 1 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 33-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 1 of 10

1. References 1.1. 12E-3345 Sh. 2- Schematic Diagram 4160V Bus 33-1, Undervoltage Relays Control Switch Development.

1.2. 12E-3655B - Wiring Diagram 4160V Swgr Bus 33-1 Cubicles 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, & 14.

1.3. 12E-3655G - 4160V Swgr Bus 33-1 Cubicle 13 Internal Schematic and Device Location Diagram.

2. Control Isolation CAUTION: ISOLATE 4 KV Bus 33-1 Undervoltage trips BEFORE removing Undervoltage relays for calibration:

NOTE: If 4 KV Bus 33-1 is de-energized, then Alarm 4041, Window E-03 4 KV BUSES 33-1 & 34-1 VOLT LO on Panel 903-8 E-03 will clear in the Control Room.

2.1 NOTIFY Operating that Isolating the following 3 test switches in the Isolation step of this UV surveillance will inhibit LPCI System 1 and Core Spray System 1 from starting during the performance of this surveillance.

TS 127B33-1X H INTLK LPCI SYS 1 TS 127SD-3X A INTLK CORE SPRAY SYS 1 TS 127SD-3X E INTLK LPCI SYS 1

_____ / _____

W V Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 6 of 46 ATTACHMENT 1 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 33-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 2 of 10 2.2. OPEN the following test switches at Bus 33-1, Cubicle 13:

Print Number Test Switch Test Switch Label CV/ Date WV / Date 12E-3345 Sh. 2 TS 127B33-1X B TRIP ILRT AIR COMP BRK 12E-3345 Sh. 2 TS 127B33-1X C TRIP CORE SPRAY PMP 3A BRK 12E-3345 Sh. 2 TS 127B33-1X D TRIP LPCI PMP 3B BRK 12E-3345 Sh. 2 TS 127B33-1X E TRIP SDC PMP 3A BRK 12E-3345 Sh. 2 TS 127B33-1X F TRIP 152-3328 BRK 12E-3345 Sh. 2 TS 127B33-1X G TRIP LPCI PMP 3A BRK 12E-3345 Sh. 2 TS 127B33-1X H INTLK LPCI SYS 1 12E-3345 Sh. 2 TS 127B33-1X I TRIP RWCU RECIRC PMP 3A BRK 12E-3345 Sh. 2 TS 127B33-1X J TRIP BUS 33-1 FEED TO BUS 23-1 12E-3345 Sh. 2 TS 127SD-3X A INTLK CORE SPRAY SYS 1 12E-3345 Sh. 2 TS 127SD-3X B TRIP BUS 33-1 FEED BRK 12E-3345 Sh. 2 TS 127SD-3X C D/G START RELAY ASR 2/3-3 TS 127SD-3X D ALARM BUS 33-1 34-1 VOLTS LO PNL 903-8 12E-3345 Sh. 2 W29 12E-3345 Sh. 2 TS 127SD-3X E INTLK LPCI SYS 1

3. Relay Calibration 3.1. REMOVE relays from 4 KV Bus 33-1 Cubicle 13 listed below and Initial/Date.

Relay Number Service Description Relay Type WV/Date 127-1-B33-1 Bus 33-1 Undervoltage Relay Phase A-B IAV69A 127-2-B33-1 Bus 33-1 Undervoltage Relay Phase B-C IAV69A 3.2. VERIFY that the data sheets for this cubicle agree with the Relay Setting Orders (RSO).

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 7 of 46 ATTACHMENT 1 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 33-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 3 of 10 3.3. CALIBRATE 127-1-B33-1.

_____ / _____

W V Date Allowable Value: 79.91 VAC < VAC < 87.52 VAC Expanded Tolerance: 80.86 VAC < VAC < 86.50 VAC Setting Tolerance: 81.00 VAC < VAC < 86.40 VAC Recommended Setpoint: 83.7 VAC 3.3.1. IF setting is outside the Allowable Value, THEN NOTIFY the Unit Supervisor.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.3.2. IF setting is outside the expanded tolerance, THEN INITIATE a condition report while continuing with this procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.3.3. IF the setting is outside the setting tolerance, THEN INITIATE a Condition Report while continuing with this procedure. Re-calibration of the relay will need to be done per the applicable NOAD procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 8 of 46 ATTACHMENT 1 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 33-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 4 of 10 3.4. CALIBRATE 127-2-B33-1.

_____ / _____

W V Date Allowable Value: 79.91 VAC < VAC < 87.52 VAC Expanded Tolerance: 80.86 VAC < VAC < 86.50 VAC Setting Tolerance: 81.00 VAC < VAC < 86.40 VAC Recommended Setpoint: 83.7 VAC 3.4.1. IF setting is outside the Allowable Value, THEN NOTIFY the Unit Supervisor.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.4.2. IF setting is outside the expanded tolerance, THEN INITIATE a condition report while continuing with this procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.4.3. IF the setting is outside the setting tolerance, THEN INITIATE a Condition Report while continuing with this procedure. Re-calibration of the relay will need to be done per the applicable NOAD procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.5. INSTALL relays into 4 KV Bus 33-1 Cubicle 13 listed below and Initial/Date.

Relay Number Service Description Relay Type WV/Date 127-1-B33-1 Bus 33-1 Undervoltage Relay Phase A-B IAV69A 127-2-B33-1 Bus 33-1 Undervoltage Relay Phase B-C IAV69A

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 9 of 46 ATTACHMENT 1 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 33-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 5 of 10

4. Functional Testing with Bus 33-1 Energized NOTE: If 4 KV Bus 33-1 is de-energized, then N/A Section 4.0 of this procedure and perform Functional Testing using Section 5.0 of this procedure.

4.1. PREPARE four each GE Test Paddles by INSTALLING the connecting links in all terminals EXCEPT terminals 5 and 6. _____ / _____

W V Date 4.2. REMOVE upper and lower relay connection paddles from IAV69A relay 127-1-B33-1 at Bus 33-1, Cubicle 13 and REPLACE them with two GE Test Paddle as modified in step 4.1. After relay disc moves to its reset position, VERIFY that Bus 33-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relays 127B33-1X1, 127B33-1X2, and 127B33-1X3 do not actuate.

_____ / _____

W V Date 4.3. REMOVE both GE Test Paddle from IAV69A relay 127-1-B33-1 at Bus 33-1, Cubicle

13. REPLACE upper and lower relay connection paddles and VERIFY that relay disc moves to its energized position. _____ / _____

W V Date 4.4. REMOVE upper and lower relay connection paddles from IAV69A relay 127-2-B33-1 at Bus 33-1, Cubicle 13 and REPLACE them with GE Test Paddles as modified in step 4.1. After relay disc moves to its reset position, VERIFY that Bus 33-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relays 127B33-1X1, 127B33-1X2, and 127B33-1X3 do not actuate. Do not remove GE Test Paddles. _____ / _____

W V Date 4.5. REMOVE upper and lower relay connection paddles from IAV69A relay 127-1-B33-1 at Bus 33-1, Cubicle 13 and REPLACE them with two GE Test Paddles as modified in step 4.1. After relay disc moves to its reset position, VERIFY that:

4.5.1. Bus 33-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B33-1X1 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 10 of 46 ATTACHMENT 1 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 33-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 6 of 10 4.5.2. Bus 33-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B33-1X2 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date 4.5.3. Bus 33-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B33-1X3 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date 4.5.4. Breaker Close Undervoltage Agastat Timer relay 27XTD-33-1 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date 4.6. REMOVE both GE Test Paddles from IAV69A relay 127-1-B33-1 at Bus 33-1, Cubicle

13. REPLACE upper and lower relay connection paddles. After relay disc moves to its energized position, VERIFY that Bus 33-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relays 127B33-1X1, 127B33-1X2, and 127B33-1X3 remain actuated. _____ / _____

W V Date 4.7. REMOVE both GE Test Paddles from IAV69A relay 127-2-B33-1 at Bus 33-1, Cubicle

13. REPLACE upper and lower relay connection paddles. After relay disc moves to its energized position, VERIFY that:

4.7.1. Bus 33-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B33-1X1 resets.

_____ / _____

W V Date 4.7.2. Bus 33-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B33-1X2 resets.

_____ / _____

W V Date 4.7.3. Bus 33-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B33-1X3 resets.

_____ / _____

W V Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 11 of 46 ATTACHMENT 1 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 33-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 7 of 10 4.7.4. Breaker Close Undervoltage Agastat Timer relay 27XTD-33-1 resets.

_____ / _____

W V Date

5. Bus 33-1 Undervoltage Relays Functional Testing with Bus De-energized NOTE: If 4 KV Bus 33-1 is energized and functional tests were performed using Section 4.0 of this procedure, then N/A Section 5.0 of this procedure.

5.1. VERIFY that Bus 33-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relays 127B33-1X1, 127B33-1X2, and 127B33-1X3 are actuated. _____ / _____

WV Date 5.2. OPEN test switch TS 33-1UV E at Panel 2253-83.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.3. PLACE a jumper between test switches TS 33-1 UV F and G on Panel 2253-83.

VERIFY that Agastat relay 459X1-33-1 actuates.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.4. ACTUATE IAV69A relay 127-1-B33-1 at Bus 33-1, Cubicle 13 by moving relay disc to its energized position. VERIFY that Bus 33-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relays 127B33-1X1, 127B33-1X2, and 127B33-1X3 remain actuated. _____ / _____

W V Date 5.5. RELEASE relay disc to its de-energized position. _____ / _____

W V Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 12 of 46 ATTACHMENT 1 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 33-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 8 of 10 5.6. ACTUATE IAV69A relay 127-2-B33-1 at Bus 33-1, Cubicle 13 by moving relay disc to its energized position, VERIFY that:

5.6.1. Bus 33-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B33-1X1 resets.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.6.2. Bus 33-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B33-1X2 resets.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.6.3. Bus 33-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B33-1X3 resets.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.6.4. Breaker Close Undervoltage Agastat Timer relay 27XTD-33-1 resets.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.7. RELEASE relay disc to its de-energized position. VERIFY that:

5.7.1. Bus 33-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B33-1X1 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.7.2. Bus 33-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B33-1X2 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.7.3. Bus 33-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B33-1X3 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 13 of 46 ATTACHMENT 1 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 33-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 9 of 10 5.7.4. Breaker Close Undervoltage Agastat Timer relay 27XTD-33-1 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.8. REMOVE jumper between test switches TS 33-1 UV F and G on Panel 2253-83.

VERIFY that Agastat relay 459X1-33-1 resets. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.9 CLOSE test switch TS 33-1UV E at Panel 2253-83.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

6. Bus 33-1 Undervoltage Relays Trip Restoration 6.1. VERIFY all taps and time levers in all relays are in their "In Service" position as specified by each relay's "As Left" data.

_____ / _____

W V Date 6.2. REPLACE relay covers.

_____ / _____

W V Date 6.3. REVIEW, INITIAL and DATE appropriate data sheets.

_____ / _____

W V Date CAUTION: If 4 KV Bus 33-1 is energized, then VERIFY 4 KV Bus 33-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relays 127B33-1X1, 127B33-1X2, and 127B33-1X3 are reset BEFORE restoring Bus 33-1 Undervoltage relays trip test switches.

NOTE: If 4 KV Bus 33-1 is de-energized, then Alarm 1539, Window E-03 4 KV BUSES 33-1 & 34-1 VOLT LO on Panel 903-8 will annunciate in the Control Room when Test Switch TS 127SD-3X D is closed.

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 14 of 46 ATTACHMENT 1 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 33-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 10 of 10 6.4. CLOSE the following test switches at Bus 33-1, Cubicle 13:

Print Number Test Switch Test Switch Label CV/ Date WV / Date 12E-3345 Sh. 2 TS 127B33-1X B TRIP ILRT AIR COMP BRK 12E-3345 Sh. 2 TS 127B33-1X C TRIP CORE SPRAY PMP 3A BRK 12E-3345 Sh. 2 TS 127B33-1X D TRIP LPCI PMP 3B BRK 12E-3345 Sh. 2 TS 127B33-1X E TRIP SDC PMP 3A BRK 12E-3345 Sh. 2 TS 127B33-1X F TRIP 152-3328 BRK 12E-3345 Sh. 2 TS 127B33-1X G TRIP LPCI PMP 3A BRK 12E-3345 Sh. 2 TS 127B33-1X H *INTLK LPCI SYS 1 12E-3345 Sh. 2 TS 127B33-1X I TRIP RWCU RECIRC PMP 3A BRK 12E-3345 Sh. 2 TS 127B33-1X J TRIP BUS 33-1 FEED TO BUS 23-1 12E-3345 Sh. 2 TS 127SD-3X A *INTLK CORE SPRAY SYS 1 12E-3345 Sh. 2 TS 127SD-3X B TRIP BUS 33-1 FEED BRK 12E-3345 Sh. 2 TS 127SD-3X C D/G START RELAY ASR 2/3-3 TS 127SD-3X D ALARM BUS 33-1 34-1 VOLTS LO PNL 903-8 12E-3345 Sh. 2 W29 12E-3345 Sh. 2 TS 127SD-3X E *INTLK LPCI SYS 1

• Note: The following three (3) test switches could have 125VDC across the test switch:

TS 127B33-1X H, TS 127SD-3X A, TS 127SD-3X E Since these test switches are used for monitoring permissives, it is acceptable to close them.

7. Return to Normal 7.1. VERIFY all relays are reset (or actuated if Bus 33-1 de-energized).

_____ / _____

W V Date 7.2. VERIFY targets reset (or actuated if Bus is 33-1 de-energized).

_____ / _____

W V Date 7.3. NOTIFY Operations/Control Room shift personnel that the relay routine is complete.

_____ / _____

W V Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 15 of 46 ATTACHMENT 2 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 34-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 1 of 9

1. References 1.1. 12E-3346 Sh. 2- Schematic Control Diagram 4160V Bus 34-1 Standby Diesel 2 Feed

& 34-1 Tie Breaker.

1.2. 12E-3656B - Wiring Diagram 4160V Swgr Bus 34-1 Cubs 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 & 14.

1.3. 12E-3656H -Internal Schematic and Device Location Diagram 4160V Swgr Bus 34-1 Cubicle 13.

2. Control Isolation CAUTION: ISOLATE 4 KV Bus 34-1 Undervoltage trips BEFORE removing Undervoltage relays for calibration:

NOTE: If 4 KV Bus 34-1 is de-energized, then Alarm 4042, Window E-03 4 KV BUSES 33-1 & 34-1 VOLT LO on Panel 903-8 will clear in the Control Room.

2.1 NOTIFY Operating that Isolating the following 3 test switches in the Isolation step of this UV surveillance will inhibit LPCI System 2 and Core Spray System 2 from starting during the performance of this surveillance.

TS 127B34-1H H INTLK CORE SPRAY SYS 2 TS 159SD3X A INTLK LPCI SYS 2 TS 159SD3X H INTLK LPCI SYS 2

_____ / _____

W V Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 16 of 46 ATTACHMENT 2 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 34-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 2 of 9 2.2. OPEN the following test switches at Bus 34-1, Cubicle 13:

Print Number Test Switch Test Switch Label CV/ Date WV / Date 12E-3346 Sh. 2 TS 127-B34-1X A TRIP BKR 152 3424 12E-3346 Sh. 2 TS 127-B34-1X B TRIP SHUT DOWN COOLG PMP 3C BRK 12E-3346 Sh. 2 TS 127-B34-1X C TRIP LPCI PMP 3D BRK 12E-3346 Sh. 2 TS 127-B34-1X D TRIP SHUT DOWN COOLG PMP 3B BRK 12E-3346 Sh. 2 TS 127-B34-1X E TRIP CORE SPRAY PMP 3B BRK 12E-3346 Sh. 2 TS 127-B34-1X F TRIP RX BLDG COOLG WTR PMP 2/3 BRK 12E-3346 Sh. 2 TS 127-B34-1X G TRIP LPCI PMP 3C BKR 12E-3346 Sh. 2 TS 127-B34-1X H INTLK CORE SPRAY SYS 2 12E-3346 Sh. 2 TS 127-B34-1X I TRIP RWCU RECIRC PMP 3B 12E-3346 Sh. 2 TS 159SD3X A INTLK LPCI SYS 2 12E-3346 Sh. 2 TS 159SD3X C TRIP INTLK BUS 34-1 FEED BRK TS 159SD3X D ALARM BUS 33-1 34-1 VOLTS LO PNL 903-8 12E-3346 Sh. 2 W29 12E-3346 Sh. 2 TS 159SD3X F D/G START REL ASR-3 12E-3346 Sh. 2 TS 159SD3X H INTLK LPCI SYS 2

3. Relay Calibration 3.1. REMOVE relays from 4 KV Bus 34-1 Cubicle 13 listed below and Initial/Date.

Relay Number Service Description Relay Type WV/Date 127-1-B34-1 Bus 34-1 Undervoltage Relay Phase A-B IAV69A 127-2-B34-1 Bus 34-1 Undervoltage Relay Phase B-C IAV69A 3.2. VERIFY that the data sheets for this cubicle agree with the Relay Setting Orders (RSO).

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 17 of 46 ATTACHMENT 2 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 34-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 3 of 9 3.3. CALIBRATE 127-1-B34-1. _____ / _____

W V Date Allowable Value: 79.91 VAC < VAC < 87.52 VAC Expanded Tolerance: 80.86 VAC < VAC < 86.50 VAC Setting Tolerance: 81.00 VAC < VAC < 86.40 VAC Recommended Setpoint: 83.70 VAC 3.3.1. IF setting is outside the Allowable Value, THEN NOTIFY the Unit Supervisor.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.3.2. IF setting is outside the expanded tolerance, THEN INITIATE a condition report while continuing with this procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.3.3. IF the setting is outside the setting tolerance, THEN INITIATE a Condition Report while continuing with this procedure. Re-calibration of the relay will need to be done per the applicable NOAD procedure. _____ / _____

WV Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 18 of 46 ATTACHMENT 2 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 34-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 4 of 9 3.4. CALIBRATE 127-2-B34-1.

_____ / _____

W V Date Allowable Value: 79.91 VAC < VAC < 87.52 VAC Expanded Tolerance: 80.86 VAC < VAC < 86.50 VAC Setting Tolerance: 81.00 VAC < VAC < 86.40 VAC Recommended Setpoint: 83.7 VAC 3.4.1. IF setting is outside the Allowable Value, THEN NOTIFY the Unit Supervisor.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.4.2. IF setting is outside the expanded tolerance, THEN INITIATE a condition report while continuing with this procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.4.3. IF the setting is outside the setting tolerance, THEN INITIATE a Condition Report while continuing with this procedure. Re-calibration of the relay will need to be done per the applicable NOAD procedure.

3.5. INSTALL relays into 4 KV Bus 34-1 Cubicle 13 listed below and Initial/Date.

Relay Number Service Description Relay Type WV/Date 127-1-B34-1 Bus 34-1 Undervoltage Relay Phase A-B IAV69A 127-2-B34-1 Bus 34-1 Undervoltage Relay Phase B-C IAV69A

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 19 of 46 ATTACHMENT 2 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 34-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 5 of 9

4. Functional Testing with Bus 34-1 Energized NOTE: If 4 KV Bus 34-1 is de-energized, then N/A Section 4.0 of this procedure and perform Functional Testing using Section 5.0 of this procedure.

4.1. PREPARE four each GE Test Paddles by INSTALLING the connecting links in all terminals EXCEPT terminals 5 and 6. _____ / _____

W V Date 4.2. REMOVE upper and lower relay connection paddles from IAV69A relay 127-1-B34-1 at Bus 34-1, Cubicle 13 and REPLACE them with two GE Test Paddle as modified in step 4.1. After relay disc moves to its reset position, VERIFY that Bus 34-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relays 127B34-1X1, 127B34-1X2, and 127B34-1X3 do not actuate. _____ / _____

W V Date 4.3. REMOVE both GE Test Paddle from IAV69A relay 127-1-B34-1 at Bus 34-1, Cubicle

13. REPLACE upper and lower relay connection paddles and VERIFY that relay disc moves to its energized position. _____ / _____

W V Date 4.4. REMOVE upper and lower relay connection paddles from IAV69A relay 127-2-B34-1 at Bus 34-1, Cubicle 13 and REPLACE THEM with GE Test Paddle as modified in step 4.1. After relay disc moves to its reset position, VERIFY that Bus 34-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relays 127B34-1X1, 127B34-1X2, and 127B34-1X3 do not actuate. Do not remove GE Test Paddles. _____ / _____

W V Date 4.5. REMOVE upper and lower relay connection paddles from IAV69A relay 127-1-B34-1 at Bus 34-1, Cubicle 13 and REPLACE them with two GE Test Paddle as modified in step 4.1. After relay disc moves to its reset position, VERIFY that:

4.5.1. Bus 34-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B34-1X1 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date 4.5.2. Bus 34-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B34-1X2 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 20 of 46 ATTACHMENT 2 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 34-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 6 of 9 4.5.3. Bus 34-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B34-1X3 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date 4.5.4. Breaker Close Undervoltage Agastat Timer relay 27XTD-34-1 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date 4.6. REMOVE both GE Test Paddles from IAV69A relay 127-1-B34-1 at Bus 34-1, Cubicle

13. REPLACE upper and lower relay connection paddles. After relay disc moves to its energized position, VERIFY that Bus 34-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relays 127B34-1X1, 127B34-1X2, and 127B34-1X3 remain actuated. _____ / _____

W V Date 4.7. REMOVE both GE Test Paddles from IAV69A relay 127-2-B34-1 at Bus 34-1, Cubicle

13. REPLACE upper and lower relay connection paddles. After relay disc moves to its energized position, VERIFY that:

4.7.1. Bus 34-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B34-1X1 resets.

_____ / _____

W V Date 4.7.2. Bus 34-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B34-1X2 resets.

_____ / _____

W V Date 4.7.3. Bus 34-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B34-1X3 resets.

_____ / _____

W V Date 4.7.4. Breaker Close Undervoltage Agastat Timer relay 27XTD-34-1 resets.

_____ / _____

W V Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 21 of 46 ATTACHMENT 2 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 34-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 7 of 9

5. Bus 34-1 Undervoltage Relays Functional Testing with Bus De-energized NOTE: If 4 KV Bus 34-1 is energized and functional tests were performed using Section 4.0 of this procedure, then N/A Section 5.0 of this procedure.

5.1. VERIFY that Bus 34-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relays 127B34-1X1, 127B34-1X2, and 127B34-1X3 are actuated. _____ / _____

WV Date 5.2. OPEN test switch TS 34-1UV E at Panel 2253-84.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.3. PLACE a jumper between test switches TS 34-1 UV F and G on Panel 2253-84.

VERIFY that Agastat relay 459X1-34-1 actuates.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.4. ACTUATE IAV69A relay 127-1-B34-1 at Bus 34-1, Cubicle 13 by moving relay disc to its energized position. VERIFY that Bus 34-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relays 127B34-1X1, 127B34-1X2, and 127B34-1X3 remain actuated.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.4. RELEASE relay disc to its de-energized position. _____ / _____

W V Date 5.6. ACTUATE IAV69A relay 127-2-B34-1 at Bus 34-1, Cubicle 13 by moving relay disc to its energized position. VERIFY that:

5.6.1. Bus 34-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B34-1X1 resets. _____ / _____

W V Date 5.6.2. Bus 34-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B34-1X2 resets. _____ / _____

W V Date 5.6.3. Bus 34-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B34-1X3 resets. _____ / _____

W V Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 22 of 46 ATTACHMENT 2 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 34-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 8 of 9 5.6.4. Breaker Close Undervoltage Agastat Timer relay 27XTD-34-1 resets.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.7. RELEASE relay disc to its de-energized position. VERIFY that:

5.7.1. Bus 34-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B34-1X1 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.7.2. Bus 34-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B34-1X2 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.7.3. Bus 34-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relay 127B34-1X3 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.7.4. Breaker Close Undervoltage Agastat Timer relay 27XTD-34-1 actuates.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.8. REMOVE jumper between test switches TS 34-1 UV F and G on Panel 2253-84.

VERIFY that Agastat relay 459X1-34-1 resets. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.9. CLOSE test switch TS 34-1UV E at Panel 2253-84. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

6. Bus 34-1 Undervoltage and Degraded Voltage Trip Restoration 6.1. VERIFY all taps and time levers in all relays are in their "In Service" position as specified by each relay's "As Left" data. _____ / _____

W V Date 6.2. REPLACE relay covers. _____ / _____

W V Date 6.3. REVIEW, INITIAL and DATE appropriate data sheets. _____ / _____

W V Date CAUTION: If 4 KV Bus 34-1 is energized, then VERIFY 4 KV Bus 34-1 Undervoltage HFA Auxiliary relays 127B34-1X1, 127B34-1X2, and 127B34-1X3 are reset BEFORE restoring Bus 34-1 Undervoltage relays trip test switches.

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 23 of 46 ATTACHMENT 2 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 34-1 Undervoltage Relays Page 9 of 9 NOTE: If 4 KV Bus 34-1 is de-energized, then Alarm 4042, Window E-03 4 KV BUSES 33-1 & 34-1 VOLT LO on Panel 903-8 will annunciate in the Control Room when Test Switch TS 159SD3X D is closed.

6.4. CLOSE the following test switches at Bus 34-1, Cubicle 13:

Print Number Test Switch Test Switch Label CV/ Date WV / Date 12E-3346 Sh. 2 TS 127B34-1X A TRIP BKR 152 3424 12E-3346 Sh. 2 TS 127B34-1X B TRIP SHUT DOWN COOLG PMP 3C BRK 12E-3346 Sh. 2 TS 127B34-1X C TRIP LPCI PMP 3D BRK 12E-3346 Sh. 2 TS 127B34-1X D TRIP SHUT DOWN COOLG PMP 3B BRK 12E-3346 Sh. 2 TS 127B34-1X E TRIP CORE SPRAY PMP 3B BRK 12E-3346 Sh. 2 TS 127B34-1X F TRIP RX BLDG COOLG WTR PMP 2/3 BRK 12E-3346 Sh. 2 TS 127B34-1X G TRIP LPCI PMP 3C BKR 12E-3346 Sh. 2 TS 127B34-1X H *INTLK CORE SPRAY SYS 2 12E-3346 Sh. 2 TS 127B34-1X I TRIP RWCU RECIRC PMP 3B 12E-3346 Sh. 2 TS 159SD3X A *INTLK LPCI SYS 2 12E-3346 Sh. 2 TS 159SD3X C TRIP INTLK BUS 34-1 FEED BRK TS 159SD3X D ALARM BUS 33-1 34-1 VOLTS LO PNL 903-8 12E-3346 Sh. 2 W29 12E-3346 Sh. 2 TS 159SD3X F D/G START REL ASR-3 12E-3346 Sh. 2 TS 159SD3X H *INTLK LPCI SYS 2

• Note: The following three (3) test switches could have 125VDC across the test switch:

TS 127B34-1X H, TS 159SD-3X A, TS 159SD-3X H Since these test switches are used for monitoring permissives, it is acceptable to close them.

7. Return to Normal 7.1. VERIFY all relays are reset (or actuated if Bus 34-1 de-energized). _____ / _____

W V Date 7.2. VERIFY targets reset (or actuated if Bus 34-1 de-energized). _____ / _____

W V Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 24 of 46 Level 1 - Continuous Use 7.3. NOTIFY Operations/Control Room shift personnel that the relay routine is complete.

_____ / _____

W V Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 25 of 46 ATTACHMENT 3 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 33-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 1 of 11

1. References 1.1. 12E-3334 Relay and Metering Diagram - 4160. Switch Group 33-1 & 34-1.

1.2. 12E-3345 Sh. 2- Schematic Diagram 4160V Bus 33-1, 4 kV Swgr 40 Feed Breaker.

1.3. 12E-3345 Sh. 3- Schematic Diagram 4160V Bus 33-1, 4 kV Bus 33-1 & 23-1 Tie Breaker.

2.3. 12E-3655B - Wiring Diagram 4160V Swgr Bus 33-1 Cubicles 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, & 14.

2.4. 12E-3655G - 4160V Swgr Bus 33-1 Cubicle 13 Internal Schematic and Device Location Diagram.

2.5. 12E-3650B - Wiring Diagram 4 KV Bus 33-1 2nd Level Undervoltage Panel 2253-83.

2. Relay Isolation and Relay Removal 2.1. VERIFY that the data sheets for this relay agree with the Relay Setting Orders (RSO).

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 2.2. INFORM Operations that the 2/3 DG will be inop to D3 prior to performing the following step.

_____ / _____

W V Date 2.3. OPEN test switch TS 33-1UV E. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 2.4. INSTALL a jumper between TS 33-1 UV F and TS 33-1 UV G.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date Note: After the Jumper is installed on the relay, care shall be taken to ensure that the jumper does not become disconnected.

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 26 of 46 ATTACHMENT 3 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 33-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 2 of 11 2.5. REMOVE TDR-33-1 at Panel 2253-83.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 2.6. OPEN test switches TS 33-1UV A and B at Panel 2253-83.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 2.7. VERIFY that relay 127-3-B33-1 trip target is illuminated.

_____ / _____

W V Date 2.8. REMOVE relay 127-3-B33-1 from Panel 2253-83

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 2.9. OPEN test switches TS 33-1UV C and D at Panel 2253-83.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 2.10. VERIFY that relay 127-4-B33-1 trip target is illuminated. _____ / _____

W V Date 2.11. REMOVE relay 127-4-B33-1 from Panel 2253-83

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 27 of 46 ATTACHMENT 3 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 33-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 3 of 11

3. Relay Calibration 3.1. VERIFY room temperature is between the range of 21 to 24 Deg. C.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 3.2. SET the Fluke 45 on the medium sampling rate.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 3.3. CALIBRATE relay 127-3-B33-1. _____ / _____

W V Date Allowable Value: 110.3 VAC < VAC < 111.5 VAC Expanded Tolerance: 110.4 VAC < VAC < 111.0 VAC Setting Tolerance: 110.5 VAC < VAC < 110.9 VAC Recommended Setpoint: 110.7 VAC Allowable Value: 5.7 seconds < Time < 8.3 seconds Expanded Tolerance: 6.2 seconds < Time < 7.8 seconds Setting Tolerance: 6.3 seconds < Time < 7.7 seconds Recommended Setpoint: 7.0 seconds 3.3.1. IF setting is outside the Allowable Value, Then NOTIFY the Unit Supervisor.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.3.2. IF setting is outside the expanded tolerance, Then INITIATE a condition report while continuing with this procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.3.3. IF the setting is outside the setting tolerance, Then INITIATE a Condition Report while continuing with this procedure. Re-calibration of the relay will need to be done per the applicable NOAD procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 28 of 46 ATTACHMENT 3 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 33-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 4 of 11 3.4. CALIBRATE relay 127-4-B33-1. _____ / _____

W V Date Allowable Value: 110.3 VAC < VAC < 111.5 VAC Expanded Tolerance: 110.4 VAC < VAC < 111.0 VAC Setting Tolerance: 110.5 VAC < VAC < 110.9 VAC Recommended Setpoint: 110.7 VAC Allowable Value: 5.7 seconds < Time < 8.3 seconds Expanded Tolerance: 6.2 seconds < Time < 7.8 seconds Setting Tolerance: 6.3 seconds < Time < 7.7 seconds Recommended Setpoint: 7.0 seconds 3.4.1. IF setting is outside the Allowable Value, Then NOTIFY the Unit Supervisor.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.4.2. IF setting is outside the expanded tolerance, Then INITIATE a condition report while continuing with this procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.4.3. IF the setting is outside the setting tolerance, Then INITIATE a Condition Report while continuing with this procedure. Re-calibration of the relay will need to be done per the applicable NOAD procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 29 of 46 ATTACHMENT 3 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 33-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 5 of 11 3.5. CALIBRATE TDR-33-1 relay.

_____ / _____

WV Date Allowable Value: 279.0 seconds < Time < 321.0 seconds Expanded Tolerance: 297.8 seconds < Time < 317.2 seconds Setting Tolerance: 300.0 seconds < Time < 315.0 seconds Recommended Setpoint: 307.5 seconds 3.5.1. IF setting is outside the Allowable Value, Then NOTIFY the Unit Supervisor.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.5.2. IF setting is outside the expanded tolerance, Then INITIATE a condition report while continuing with this procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.5.3. IF the setting is outside the setting tolerance, Then INITIATE a Condition Report while continuing with this procedure. Re-calibration of the relay will need to be done per the applicable NOAD calibration procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 30 of 46 ATTACHMENT 3 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 33-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 6 of 11

4. Relay Installation 4.1. INSTALL relay 127-3-B33-1 into Panel 2253-83.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 4.2. VERIFY that relay 127-3-B33-1 power indicating light is lit. _____ / _____

W V Date 4.3. CLOSE test switches TS 33-1UV A and B at Panel 2253-83.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 4.4. RESET relay 127-3-B33-1 trip target. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 4.5. INSTALL relay 127-4-B33-1 into Panel 2253-83.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 4.6. VERIFY that relay 127-4-B33-1 power indicating light is lit. _____ / _____

W V Date 4.7. CLOSE test switches TS 33-1UV C and D at Panel 2253-83.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 4.8. RESET relay 127-4-B33-1 trip target. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 31 of 46 ATTACHMENT 3 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 33-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 7 of 11 4.9. INSTALL TDR-33-1 relay into Panel 2253-83. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.0 Functional Testing 5.1. CONNECT VOM #1 to TB 1-6 and TB 1-8 in 2253-83 to monitor relay TDR-33-1 contact T1 and M1 VERIFYING no continuity (ohms) across contact. Do not disconnect VOM.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.2. CONNECT VOM #2 to TB 1-5 and TS 33-1 UV I to monitor TDR-33-1 coil VERIFYING no 125VDC across coil. Do not disconnect VOM.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.3. REMOVE jumper previously installed between TS 33-1 UV F and TS 33-1 UV G.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.4 CONNECT VOM #3 between TS 33-1 UV F and TS 33-1 UV G, VERIFYING no 125VDC. Do not disconnect VOM.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.5. TRIP Relay 127-3-B33-1 by OPENING test switch TS 33-1 UV A

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.6. VERIFY that relay 127-3-B33-1 trip target is illuminated.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 32 of 46 ATTACHMENT 3 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 33-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 8 of 11 5.7. VERIFY no 125 VDC on VOM #2 connected across relay TDR-33-1 coil.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.8. VERIFY 125 VDC on VOM #3 connected to TS 33-1 UV F and TS 33-1 UV G.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.9. RESET Relay 127-3-B33-1 by CLOSING test switch TS 33-1 UV A

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.10. RESET target on relay 127-3-B33-1. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.11. VERIFY no 125 VDC on VOM #2 connected across relay TDR-33-1 coil.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.12. VERIFY no 125 VDC on VOM #3 connected to TS 33-1 UV F and TS 33-1 UV G.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.13. TRIP Relay 127-4-B33-1 by OPENING test switch TS 33-1 UV D.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 33 of 46 ATTACHMENT 3 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 33-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 9 of 11 5.14. VERIFY that relay 127-4-B33-1 trip target is illuminated.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.15. VERIFY no 125 VDC on VOM #2 connected across relay TDR-33-1 coil.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.16. VERIFY no 125 VDC on VOM #3 connected to TS 33-1 UV F and TS 33-1 UV G.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.17. PRIOR to performing the next step, NOTIFY Operations that the 4KV Bus 33-1 Voltage Degraded alarm on the 903-8 C-04 window will be received.

_____ / _____

WV Date 5.18. TRIP Relay 127-3-B33-1 by OPENING test switch TS 33-1 UV A

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.19. VERIFY that relay 127-3-B33-1 trip target is illuminated.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.20. VERIFY 125 VDC on VOM #2 connected across relay TDR-33-1 coil.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.21. VERIFY 125 VDC on VOM #3 connected to TS 33-1 UV F and TS 33-1 UV G.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 34 of 46 ATTACHMENT 3 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 33-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 10 of 11 5.22 VERIFY continuity (ohms) on VOM #1 across terminal T1 and Terminal M1 of relay TDR-33-1 after 6 minutes.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.23. VERIFY Operations received the 4KV Bus 33-1 Voltage Degraded alarm on the 903-8 C-04 window.

_____ / _____

WV Date 5.24. RESET Relay 127-3-B33-1 by CLOSING test switch TS 33-1 UV A

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.25. RESET target on relay 127-3-B33-1. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.26. RESET Relay 127-4-B33-1 by CLOSING test switch TS 33-1 UV D

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.27. RESET target on relay 127-4-B33-1. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.28. VERIFY no continuity (ohms) on VOM #1 connected across terminal T1 and Terminal M1 of relay TDR-33-1 and REMOVE VOM.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.29. VERIFY no 125 VDC on VOM #2 connected across relay TDR-33-1 coil and REMOVE VOM.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 35 of 46 ATTACHMENT 3 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 33-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 11 of 11 5.30. VERIFY no 125 VDC on VOM #3 connected to TS 33-1 UV F and TS 33-1 UV G and REMOVE VOM.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

6. Restoration 6.1. VERIFY no voltage across test switch TS 33-1UV E and then CLOSE test switch TS 33-1UV E.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 6.2. INFORM Operations that the 2/3 DG to D3 is operable. _____ / _____

WV Date

7. Return to Normal 7.1. VERIFY all relays are reset. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 7.2. VERIFY targets are reset. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 7.3. NOTIFY Operations/Control Room shift personnel that the relay routine is complete.

_____ / _____

WV Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 36 of 46 ATTACHMENT 4 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 34-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 1 of 11

1. References 1.1. 12E-3334 Relay and Metering Diagram - 4160. Switch Group 33-1 & 34-1.

1.2. 12E-3346 Sh. 1- Schematic Diagram 4160V Bus 34-1, 4 kV Diesel 3 Feed Breaker &

24-1 Tie Breakder.

1.3. 12E-3346 Sh. 2- Schematic Diagram 4160V Bus 34-1, Diesel 3 Feed Breaker & 24-1 Tie Breaker.

1.4. 12E-3656A - Wiring Diagram 4160V Swgr Bus 34-1 Cubicles 1, 2,3, 4, 5, 6, 7, & 8.

1.5. 12E-3655G - 4160V Swgr Bus 34-1 Cubicle 13 Internal Schematic and Device Location Diagram.

1.6. 12E-3650C - Wiring Diagram 4 KV Bus 34-1 2nd Level Undervoltage Panel 2253-84.

2. Relay Isolation and Relay Removal 2.1. VERIFY that the data sheets for this relay agree with the Relay Setting Orders (RSO).

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 2.2. INFORM Operations that the 3 DG will be inop to D3 prior to performing the following step.

_____ / _____

W V Date 2.3. OPEN test switch TS 34-1UV E. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 2.4. INSTALL a jumper between TS 34-1 UV F and TS 34-1 UV G.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date Note: After the Jumper is installed on the relay, care shall be taken to ensure that the jumper does not become disconnected.

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 37 of 46 ATTACHMENT 4 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 34-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 2 of 11 2.5. REMOVE TDR-34-1 at Panel 2253-84.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 2.6. OPEN test switches TS 34-1UV A and B at Panel 2253-84.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 2.7. VERIFY that relay 127-3-B34-1 trip target is illuminated.

_____ / _____

W V Date 2.8. REMOVE relay 127-3-B34-1 from Panel 2253-84

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 2.9. OPEN test switches TS 34-1UV C and D at Panel 2253-84.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 2.10. VERIFY that relay 127-4-B34-1 trip target is illuminated. _____ / _____

W V Date 2.11. REMOVE relay 127-4-B34-1 from Panel 2253-84

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 38 of 46 ATTACHMENT 4 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 34-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 3 of 11

3. Relay Calibration 3.1. VERIFY room temperature is between the range of 21 to 24 Deg. C.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 3.2. SET the Fluke 45 on the medium sampling rate.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 3.3. CALIBRATE relay 127-3-B34-1. _____ / _____

W V Date Allowable Value: 110.3 VAC < VAC < 111.5 VAC Expanded Tolerance: 110.4 VAC < VAC < 111.0 VAC Setting Tolerance: 110.5 VAC < VAC < 110.9 VAC Recommended Setpoint: 110.7 VAC Allowable Value: 5.7 seconds < Time < 8.3 seconds Expanded Tolerance: 6.2 seconds < Time < 7.8 seconds Setting Tolerance: 6.3 seconds < Time < 7.7 seconds Recommended Setpoint: 7.0 seconds 3.3.1. IF setting is outside the Allowable Value, Then NOTIFY the Unit Supervisor.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.3.2. IF setting is outside the expanded tolerance, Then INITIATE a condition report while continuing with this procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.3.3. IF the setting is outside the setting tolerance, Then INITIATE a Condition Report while continuing with this procedure. Re-calibration of the relay will need to be done per the applicable NOAD procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 39 of 46 ATTACHMENT 4 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 34-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 4 of 11 3.4. CALIBRATE relay 127-4-B34-1. _____ / _____

W V Date Allowable Value: 110.3 VAC < VAC < 111.5 VAC Expanded Tolerance: 110.4 VAC < VAC < 111.0 VAC Setting Tolerance: 110.5 VAC < VAC < 110.9 VAC Recommended Setpoint: 110.7 VAC Allowable Value: 5.7 seconds < Time < 8.3 seconds Expanded Tolerance: 6.2 seconds < Time < 7.8 seconds Setting Tolerance: 6.3 seconds < Time < 7.7 seconds Recommended Setpoint: 7.0 seconds 3.4.1. IF setting is outside the Allowable Value, Then NOTIFY the Unit Supervisor.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.4.2. IF setting is outside the expanded tolerance, Then INITIATE a condition report while continuing with this procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.4.3. IF the setting is outside the setting tolerance, Then INITIATE a Condition Report while continuing with this procedure. Re-calibration of the relay will need to be done per the applicable NOAD procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 40 of 46 ATTACHMENT 4 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 34-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 5 of 11 3.5. CALIBRATE TDR-34-1 relay.

_____ / _____

WV Date Allowable Value: 279.0 seconds < Time < 321.0 seconds Expanded Tolerance: 297.8 seconds < Time < 317.2 seconds Setting Tolerance: 300.0 seconds < Time < 315.0 seconds Recommended Setpoint: 307.5 seconds 3.5.1. IF setting is outside the Allowable Value, Then NOTIFY the Unit Supervisor.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.5.2. IF setting is outside the expanded tolerance, Then INITIATE a condition report while continuing with this procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date 3.5.3. IF the setting is outside the setting tolerance, Then INITIATE a Condition Report while continuing with this procedure. Re-calibration of the relay will need to be done per the applicable NOAD calibration procedure.

_____ / _____

WV Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 41 of 46 ATTACHMENT 4 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 34-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 6 of 11

4. Relay Installation 4.1. INSTALL relay 127-3-B34-1 into Panel 2253-84.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 4.2. VERIFY that relay 127-3-B34-1 power indicating light is lit. _____ / _____

W V Date 4.3. CLOSE test switches TS 34-1UV A and B at Panel 2253-84.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 4.4. RESET relay 127-3-B34-1 trip target. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 4.5. INSTALL relay 127-4-B34-1 into Panel 2253-84.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 4.6. VERIFY that relay 127-4-B34-1 power indicating light is lit. _____ / _____

W V Date 4.7. CLOSE test switches TS 34-1UV C and D at Panel 2253-84.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 4.8. RESET relay 127-4-B34-1 trip target. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 42 of 46 ATTACHMENT 4 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 34-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 7 of 11 4.9. INSTALL TDR-34-1 relay into Panel 2253-84. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.0 Functional Testing 5.1. CONNECT VOM #1 to TB 1-6 and TB 1-8 in 2253-84 to monitor relay TDR-34-1 contact T1 and M1 VERIFYING no continuity (ohms) across contact. Do not disconnect VOM.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.2. CONNECT VOM #2 to TB 1-5 and TS 34-1 UV I to monitor TDR-34-1 coil VERIFYING no 125VDC across coil. Do not disconnect VOM.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.3. REMOVE jumper previously installed between TS 34-1 UV F and TS 34-1 UV G.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.4. CONNECT VOM #3 between TS 34-1 UV F and TS 34-1 UV G, VERIFYING no 125VDC. Do not disconnect VOM.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.5. TRIP Relay 127-3-B34-1 by OPENING test switch TS 34-1 UV A

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.6. VERIFY that relay 127-3-B34-1 trip target is illuminated.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 43 of 46 ATTACHMENT 4 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 34-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 8 of 11 5.7. VERIFY no 125 VDC on VOM #2 connected across relay TDR-34-1 coil.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.8. VERIFY 125 VDC on VOM #3 connected to TS 34-1 UV F and TS 34-1 UV G.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.9. RESET Relay 127-3-B34-1 by CLOSING test switch TS 34-1 UV A

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.10. RESET target on relay 127-3-B34-1. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.11. VERIFY no 125 VDC on VOM #2 connected across relay TDR-34-1 coil.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.12. VERIFY no 125 VDC on VOM #3 connected to TS 34-1 UV F and TS 34-1 UV G.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.13. TRIP Relay 127-4-B34-1 by OPENING test switch TS 34-1 UV D.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 44 of 46 ATTACHMENT 4 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 34-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 9 of 11 5.14. VERIFY that relay 127-4-B34-1 trip target is illuminated.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.15. VERIFY no 125 VDC on VOM #2 connected across relay TDR-34-1 coil.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.16. VERIFY no 125 VDC on VOM #3 connected to TS 34-1 UV F and TS 34-1 UV G.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.17. PRIOR to performing the next step, NOTIFY Operations that the 4KV Bus 34-1 Voltage Degraded alarm on the 903-8 D-04 window will be received.

_____ / _____

WV Date 5.18. TRIP Relay 127-3-B34-1 by OPENING test switch TS 34-1 UV A

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.19. VERIFY that relay 127-3-B34-1 trip target is illuminated.

_____ / _____

W V Date 5.20. VERIFY 125 VDC on VOM #2 connected across relay TDR-34-1 coil.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 45 of 46 ATTACHMENT 4 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 34-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 10 of 11 5.21. VERIFY 125 VDC on VOM #3 connected to TS 34-1 UV F and TS 34-1 UV G.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.22 VERIFY continuity (ohms) on VOM #1 across terminal T1 and Terminal M1 of relay TDR-34-1 after 6 minutes.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.23. VERIFY Operations received the 4KV Bus 33-1 Voltage Degraded alarm on the 903-8 D-04 window.

_____ / _____

WV Date 5.24. RESET Relay 127-3-B34-1 by CLOSING test switch TS 34-1 UV A

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.25. RESET target on relay 127-3-B34-1. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.26. RESET Relay 127-4-B34-1 by CLOSING test switch TS 34-1 UV D

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.27. RESET target on relay 127-4-B34-1. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.28. VERIFY no continuity (ohms) on VOM #1 connected across terminal T1 and Terminal M1 of relay TDR-34-1 and REMOVE VOM.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 5.29. VERIFY no 125 VDC on VOM #2 connected across relay TDR-34-1 coil and REMOVE VOM.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

MA-DR-771-403 Revision 3 Page 46 of 46 ATTACHMENT 4 Relay Routine for 4 KV Bus 34-1 Degraded Voltage Relays Page 11 of 11 5.30. VERIFY no 125 VDC on VOM #3 connected to TS 34-1 UV F and TS 34-1 UV G and REMOVE VOM.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date

6. Restoration 6.1. VERIFY no voltage across test switch TS 34-1UV E and then CLOSE test switch TS 34-1UV E.

_____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 6.2. INFORM Operations that the 3 DG to D3 is operable. _____ / _____

WV Date

7. Return to Normal 7.1. VERIFY all relays are reset. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 7.2. VERIFY targets are reset. _____ / _____ _____ / _____

CV Date WV Date 7.3. NOTIFY Operations/Control Room shift personnel that the relay routine is complete.

_____ / _____

WV Date